Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 16, 2018

Registration No. 333-227634

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

Amendment No. 1

to

FORM F-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

StoneCo Ltd.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

 

 

 

The Cayman Islands   7374   N/A
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

R. Fidêncio Ramos, 308, 10th floor—Vila Olímpia

São Paulo—SP, 04551-010, Brazil

+55 (11) 3004-9680

(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Registrant’s Principal Executive Offices)

 

 

Cogency Global Inc.

10 East 40th Street, 10th Floor

New York, NY 10016

+1 (212) 947-7200

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Byron B. Rooney, Esq.

Maurice Blanco, Esq.
Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP
450 Lexington Avenue
New York, NY 10017

Tel: +1 (212) 450-4000

Fax: +1 (212) 701-5800

 

Colin J. Diamond, Esq.

John R. Vetterli, Esq.
White & Case LLP
1221 Avenue of the Americas
New York, NY 10020

Tel: +1 (212) 819-8200

Fax: +1 (212) 354-8113

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.  ☐

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐                

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐                

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐                

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an emerging growth company as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act of 1933.

Emerging growth company  ☒

If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards† provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.  ☐

 

The term “new or revised financial accounting standard” refers to any update issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board to its Accounting Standards Codification after April 5, 2012.

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of each Class of

Securities to be Registered

 

Amount

to be

Registered (1)

 

Proposed

Maximum

Offering Price

Per Share (2)

 

Proposed

Maximum

Aggregate

Offering Price (1)(2)

 

Amount of

Registration Fee (3)

Class A common shares, par value US$0.000079365 per share

  54,886,364   US$23.00   US$1,262,386,372   US$153,001.23

 

 

(1)

Includes Class A common shares granted pursuant to the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares. See “Underwriting.”

(2)

Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(a) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(3)

$12,120 of such fee was previously paid.

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to such Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We and the selling shareholders may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED OCTOBER 16, 2018

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

 

LOGO

47,727,273 Class A Common Shares

StoneCo Ltd.

(incorporated in the Cayman Islands)

This is an initial public offering of Class A common shares of StoneCo Ltd., or Stone Co. We are offering 40,909,091 of the Class A common shares to be sold in this offering. The selling shareholders identified in this prospectus are offering an additional 6,818,182 Class A common shares. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of Class A common shares by the selling shareholders.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Class A common shares. The estimated initial public offering price for the Class A common shares in the offering is expected to be between US$21.00 and US$23.00 per Class A common share. We have applied to list our Class A common shares on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “STNE.”

Upon consummation of this offering, we will have two classes of common shares: our Class A common shares and our Class B common shares. The rights of the holders of Class A common shares and Class B common shares will be identical, except with respect to voting, conversion and transfer restrictions applicable to the Class B common shares. Each Class A common share will be entitled to one vote. Each Class B common share will be entitled to 10 votes and will be convertible into one Class A common share automatically upon transfer, subject to certain exceptions. Holders of Class A common shares and Class B common shares will vote together as a single class on all matters unless otherwise required by law. Following this offering, our issued and outstanding Class B common shares will represent approximately 93.3% of the combined voting power of our outstanding common shares, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.

Berkshire Hathaway, Inc. has indicated an interest in purchasing up to 13,712,960 Class A common shares in this offering at the initial public offering price. Entities advised by T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc., certain of which are existing holders of our shares, have indicated an interest in purchasing up to 9,545,455 Class A common shares in this offering at the initial public offering price. Madrone Opportunity Fund, L.P., an entity affiliated with entities which are existing holders of our shares, has indicated an interest in purchasing up to 2,386,364 Class A common shares in this offering at the initial public offering price. Because these indications of interest are not binding agreements or commitments to purchase, such potential purchasers could determine to purchase more, less or no Class A common shares in this offering, or the underwriters could determine to sell more, less or no shares to such potential purchasers. The underwriters will receive the same discount on any of our Class A common shares purchased by such potential purchasers as they will from any other Class A common shares sold to the public in this offering.

Neither the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

We are an “emerging growth company” under the U.S. federal securities laws as that term is used in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 and, as a result, have elected to comply with certain reduced public company disclosure and reporting requirements.

Investing in our Class  A common shares involves risks. See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 21 of this prospectus.

 

     Per Class A
common share
     Total  

Initial public offering price

   US$                US$            

Underwriting discounts and commissions (1)

   US$                US$            

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

   US$                US$            

Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling shareholders

   US$                US$            

 

(1)

See “Underwriting” for a description of all compensation payable to the underwriters.

The selling shareholders have granted the underwriters the right to purchase up to 7,159,091 additional Class A common shares, within 30 days from the date of this prospectus, at the initial public offering price, less underwriting discounts and commissions.

The underwriters expect to deliver the Class A common shares to purchasers on or about                 , 2018, through the book-entry facilities of The Depository Trust Company.

 

 

Global Coordinators

 

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC   J.P. Morgan  

Citigroup

Bookrunners

 

Itaú BBA   Credit Suisse   Morgan Stanley   BofA Merrill Lynch   BTG Pactual

The date of this prospectus is                 , 2018.


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

     Page  

Presentation of Financial and Other Information

     ii  

Glossary of Terms

     vi  

A Letter from the Founders

     ix  

Summary

     1  

The Offering

     14  

Summary Financial and Other Information

     18  

Risk Factors

     21  

Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

     57  

Use of Proceeds

     58  

Dividends and Dividend Policy

     59  

Capitalization

     60  

Dilution

     62  

Exchange Rates

     64  

Selected Financial and Other Information

     65  

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     67  

Business

     101  

Management

     144  

Principal and Selling Shareholders

     154  

Related Party Transactions

     160  

Description of Share Capital and Constitutional Documents

     163  

Class A Common Shares Eligible for Future Sale

     186  

Taxation

     188  

Underwriting

     193  

Expenses of the Offering

     201  

Legal Matters

     202  

Experts

     202  

Enforceability of Civil Liabilities

     203  

Where You Can Find More Information

     205  

Index to Financial Statements

     F-1  

 

 

Unless otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires, all references in this prospectus to “Stone Co.” or the “Company,” “we,” “our,” “ours,” “us” or similar terms refer to StoneCo Ltd., together with its consolidated subsidiaries, and Linked Gourmet Soluções Para Restaurantes S.A. (“Linked Gourmet”), being an entity which we have a significant minority interest in but do not consolidate, and all references to the “Issuer” refer to StoneCo Ltd., the company whose Class A common shares are being offered by this prospectus.

Acquisition of Remaining Interest in Equals

On September 4, 2018, we acquired an additional equity interest in Equals S.A. (“Equals”), an entity in which we previously had a significant minority interest but did not control. We therefore currently control Equals, as we own 56.0% of its outstanding equity interests. Accordingly, as of and for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017 and the six months ended June 30, 2018 we did not consolidate Equals, but for periods subsequent to September 4, 2018, we will consolidate Equals in our financial statements. In addition, we have agreed to purchase the remaining 44.0% interest in Equals that we do not currently own for 233,856 Class A common shares in connection with the consummation of this offering.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

Neither we and the selling shareholders, nor the underwriters, nor any of their respective agents, have authorized anyone to provide any information other than that contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us or to which we may have referred you. Neither we and the selling shareholders, nor the underwriters, nor any of their respective agents, take responsibility for, and can provide any assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. Neither we, the selling shareholders nor the underwriters, nor any of their respective agents, have authorized any other person to provide you with different or additional information. Neither we, the selling shareholders nor the underwriters, nor any of their respective agents, are making an offer to sell the Class A common shares in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. This offering is being made in the United States and elsewhere solely on the basis of the information contained in this prospectus. You should assume that the information appearing in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date on the front cover of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of the Class A common shares. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since the date on the front cover of this prospectus.

For investors outside the United States: Neither we and the selling shareholders, nor the underwriters, nor any of their respective agents, have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus or any free writing prospectus we may provide to you in connection with this offering in any jurisdiction, other than the United States, where action for that purpose is required. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus or any such free writing prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of our Class A common shares and the distribution of this prospectus and any such free writing prospectus outside the United States and in their jurisdiction.

Trademarks

We own or have rights to trademarks, service marks and trade names that we use in connection with the operation of our business, including our corporate name, logos and website names. Other trademarks, service marks and trade names appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners. Solely for convenience, some of the trademarks, service marks and trade names referred to in this prospectus are listed without the ® and ™ symbols, but we will assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights to our trademarks, service marks and trade names.

 

 

PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL AND OTHER INFORMATION

The term “Brazil” refers to the Federative Republic of Brazil and the phrase “Brazilian government” refers to the federal government of Brazil. “Central Bank” refers to the Brazilian Central Bank ( Banco Central do Brasil ). References in the prospectus to “ real ,” “ reais ” or “R$” refer to the Brazilian real , the official currency of Brazil and references to “U.S. dollar,” “U.S. dollars” or “US$” refer to U.S. dollars, the official currency of the United States.

All references to “IFRS” are to International Financial Reporting Standards, as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, or the IASB.

Financial Statements

We prepare our consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS, as issued by the IASB. We maintain our books and records in Brazilian reais. Unless otherwise noted, our financial information presented herein as of and for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017 and as of June 30, 2018 and for the six months ended June 30, 2017 and 2018 is stated in reais , our functional and presentation currency. The financial information contained in this prospectus includes our audited consolidated financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017 together with the notes thereto, and our unaudited condensed consolidated interim financial statements as of June 30, 2018 and for the six month periods ended June 30, 2017 and 2018, together with the notes thereto. All references herein to “our financial statements,” “our unaudited condensed consolidated interim financial information,” and “our audited consolidated financial statements,” are to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

ii


Table of Contents

The financial information should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements.

Our fiscal year ends on December 31. References in this prospectus to a fiscal year, such as “fiscal year 2017,” relate to our fiscal year ended on December 31 of that calendar year.

Financial Information in U.S. Dollars

Solely for the convenience of the reader, we have translated some of the real amounts included in this prospectus from reais into U.S. dollars. You should not construe these translations as representations by us that the amounts actually represent these U.S. dollar amounts or could be converted into U.S. dollars at the rates indicated. Unless otherwise indicated, we have translated real amounts into U.S. dollars using a rate of R$3.856 to US$1.00, the commercial selling rate for U.S. dollars as of June 30, 2018 as reported by the Central Bank. See “Exchange Rates” for more detailed information regarding translation of reais into U.S. dollars and for historical exchange rates for the Brazilian real .

Special Note Regarding Non-IFRS Financial Measure

This prospectus presents our adjusted net income (loss) for the convenience of investors. Adjusted net income (loss) is a non-IFRS financial measure. Generally, a non-IFRS financial measure is a numerical measure of a company’s performance, financial position or cash flow that either excludes or includes amounts that are not normally excluded or included in the most directly comparable measure calculated and presented in accordance with IFRS. Adjusted net income (loss), however, should be considered in addition to, and not as a substitute for or superior to, profit (loss), or other measures of the financial performance prepared in accordance with IFRS.

Adjusted net income (loss) is prepared and presented to eliminate the effect of items from profit (loss) that we do not consider indicative of our core operating performance within the period presented. We define adjusted net income (loss) as profit (loss) for the period, adjusted for (1) non-cash expenses related to the grant of share-based compensation and the fair value (mark-to-market) adjustment for share-based compensation classified as a liability, (2) amortization of the fair value adjustment on intangible assets and property and equipment as a result of the application of the acquisition method, (3) certain other non-recurring items and (4) tax effects of the foregoing adjustments, as described in note (3) to “Summary Financial and Other Information.”

Adjusted net income (loss) is presented because our management believes that this non-IFRS financial measure can provide useful information to investors, securities analysts and the public in their review of our operating and financial performance, although it is not calculated in accordance with IFRS or any other generally accepted accounting principles and should not be considered as a measure of performance in isolation. We believe adjusted net income (loss) is useful to evaluate our operating and financial performance for the following reasons:

 

   

Adjusted net income (loss) is widely used by investors and securities analysts to measure a company’s operating performance without regard to items that can vary substantially from company to company and from period to period, depending on their accounting and tax methods, the book value of their assets and the method by which their assets were acquired;

 

   

non-cash equity grants made to executives and employees at a certain price and point in time do not necessarily reflect how our business is performing at any particular time and the related expenses are not key measures of our core operating performance;

 

   

fair value adjustments to share-based compensation expenses classified as a liability do not directly reflect how our business is performing at any particular time and the related expense adjustment amounts are not key measures of our core operating performance;

 

iii


Table of Contents
   

amortization of the fair value adjustment on intangible assets and property and equipment relating to acquisitions can vary substantially from company to company and from period to period depending upon the applicable financing and accounting methods, the fair value and average expected life of the acquired intangible assets, the capital structure and the method by which the intangible assets were acquired and, as such, we do not believe that these adjustments are reflective of our core operating performance; and

 

   

other write-offs that are one-time extraordinary charges and are not reflective of our core operating performance.

We use adjusted net income (loss) as a key profitability measure to assess the performance of our business. We believe that adjusted net income (loss) should therefore be made available to investors, securities analysts and other interested parties to assist in their assessment of the performance of our business.

Adjusted net income (loss) is not a substitute for net income or loss for the period, which is the IFRS measure of earnings. Additionally, our calculation of adjusted net income (loss) may be different from the calculation used by other companies, including our competitors in the payments processing industry, because other companies may not calculate these measures in the same manner as we do, and therefore, our measure may not be comparable to those of other companies. Additionally, this measure is not intended to be a measure of cash available for management’s discretionary use as it does not consider certain cash requirements such as interest payments, tax payments and debt service requirements. For a reconciliation of our adjusted net income (loss), see “Summary Financial and Other Information.” You are encouraged to evaluate our adjustments and the reasons we consider them appropriate.

Market Share and Other Information

This prospectus contains data related to economic conditions in the market in which we operate. The information contained in this prospectus concerning economic conditions is based on publicly available information from third-party sources that we believe to be reliable. Market data and certain industry forecast data used in this prospectus were obtained from internal reports and studies, where appropriate, as well as estimates, market research, publicly available information (including information available from the United States Securities and Exchange Commission website) and industry publications. We obtained the information included in this prospectus relating to the Brazilian internet, payment solutions and e-commerce markets, and more broadly, the industry in which we operate, as well as the estimates concerning market shares, through internal research, public information and publications on the industry prepared by official public sources, such as (1) the Brazilian Association of Credit Card and Service Companies ( Associação Brasileira das Empresas de Cartões de Crédito e Serviços ), or the ABECS, (2) the Central Bank, (3) the Brazilian Federation of Banks ( Federação Brasileira de Bancos ), or FEBRABAN, (4) the Brazilian Institute of Geography and Statistics ( Instituto Brasileiro de Geografia e Estatística ), or the IBGE, among others and (5) an August 2018 survey comparing the Net Promoter Scores, or NPS, of our peers in our key markets in Brazil, prepared by the Brazilian Institute of Public Opinion and Statistics ( Instituto Brasileiro de Opinião Pública e Estatística ), or the IBOPE, which was commissioned by us. For additional information regarding NPS, see “—Calculation of Net Promoter Score” below.

Industry publications generally state that the information they include has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, but that the accuracy and completeness of such information is not guaranteed. Although we have no reason to believe any of this information or these reports are inaccurate in any material respect and believe and act as if they are reliable, neither we, the selling shareholders, the underwriters, nor their respective agents have independently verified it. Governmental publications and other market sources, including those referred to above, generally state that their information was obtained from recognized and reliable sources, but the accuracy and completeness of that information is not guaranteed. In addition, the data that we compile internally and our estimates have not been verified by an independent source. Except as disclosed in this prospectus, none of the publications, reports or other published industry sources referred to in this prospectus were commissioned by us or prepared at our request. Except as disclosed in this prospectus, we have not sought or obtained the consent of any of these sources to include such market data in this prospectus.

 

iv


Table of Contents

Calculation of Net Promoter Score

Net Promoter Score, or NPS, is a widely known survey methodology that measures the willingness of customers to recommend a company’s products and services. It is used to gauge customers’ overall satisfaction with a company’s products and services and their loyalty to the brand, and it is typically based on customer surveys. NPS measures satisfaction using a scale of zero to 10 based on a customer’s response to the following question: “How likely is it that you would recommend Stone Co. to a friend or colleague?” Responses of nine or 10 are considered “Promoters.” Responses of seven or eight are considered neutral. Responses of six or less are considered “Detractors.” The NPS, a percentage expressed as a numerical value, is calculated by subtracting the percentage of respondents who are Detractors from the percentage who are Promoters and dividing that number by the total number of respondents. The NPS calculation gives no weight to customers who decline to answer the survey question. Our NPS score of 65 was measured in an August 2018 survey we commissioned, which was conducted by the IBOPE.

Rounding

We have made rounding adjustments to some of the figures included in this prospectus. Accordingly, numerical figures shown as totals in some tables may not be an arithmetic aggregation of the figures that preceded them.

 

v


Table of Contents

GLOSSARY OF TERMS

The following is a glossary of certain industry and other defined terms used in this prospectus:

“ABECS” means the Brazilian Association of Credit Card and Services Companies ( Associação Brasileira de Empresas de Cartões de Crédito e Serviços ).

“active client” means a merchant that has completed at least one electronic payment transaction with us within the preceding 90 days.

“acquirer” means a payment institution that, without managing payment accounts, provides the following services: (i) accreditation of receivers for the acceptance of payment instruments issued by a payment institution or financial institution participating in the same payment scheme; and (ii) participation in the settlement process of payment transactions as a creditor with respect to the card issuer, in accordance with the rules of the payment scheme. The acquirer receives the transaction details from the merchant’s terminal, passes them to the card issuer for authorization via the payment scheme, and completes the processing of the transaction. The acquirer arranges settlement of the transaction and credits the merchant’s bank account with the funds in accordance with its service agreement with the merchant. The acquirer also processes any chargebacks that may be received via the card issuer regarding consumer transactions with merchants.

“Adjusted net margin” means adjusted net income (loss) divided by total revenue and income for any given period/year, and “Net margin” means profit (loss) divided by total revenue and income for any given period/year.

“APIs” means application programming interfaces, a set of clearly defined methods of communication between different software components, which, together with our SDKs and other tools, enables developers and resellers to create applications that can easily connect and integrate with our payment processing technology platform.

“APMs” means alternative payment methods, and includes any payment method used by customers that is not a credit or debit transaction involving a major payment scheme. APMs include, but are not limited to, local meal voucher schemes and boletos .

boleto ” means a printable document issued by merchants that is used to make payments in Brazil.  Boletos  can be used to pay bills for products or services, utilities or taxes. Each  boleto  refers to a specific merchant and customer transaction, and includes the merchant’s name, customer information, expiration date and total amount due, plus a serial number that identifies the account to be credited and a barcode so the entire document can be read and processed by a Brazilian ATM. A  boleto  can be paid in cash at a bank teller, at an ATM, or by bank transfer. Our payment platform and merchant account can be used to pay  boletos .

“BNDES” means the Brazilian Economic and Social Development Bank ( Banco Nacional de Desenvolvimento Econômico e Social ).

“cardholder” means an applicant (either an individual or an entity) for a credit, prepaid or debit card that has been approved by a card issuer. The cardholder may use its card at any affiliated merchant.

“card brand” means the name of the payment scheme settlor that is printed on the issued branded credit, debit and/or prepaid cards.

“card issuer” means a payment institution or a financial institution that acts as issuer of cards and administrator of prepaid/postpaid payment accounts or deposit accounts operated by such institutions in a certain payment scheme and that meets the brand qualification requirements to issue branded credit, debit and/or prepaid cards. Card issuers are also responsible for collecting amounts spent with branded credit, debit and/or prepaid cards from cardholders.

“CDI Rate” means the Brazilian interbank deposit ( certificado de deposito interbancário ) rate, which is an average of interbank overnight rates in Brazil.

 

vi


Table of Contents

“Central Bank” means the Brazilian Central Bank ( Banco Central do Brasil ).

“chargeback” means a claim where the consumer makes a purchase using a payment card and subsequently requests a reversal of the transaction amount from the card issuer on the basis of a commercial claim (for example, if the goods are not delivered, or are delivered damaged). Chargebacks occur more frequently in online transactions than in in-person transactions, and more frequently for goods than for services.

“clients” means integrated partners and merchants.

“CMN” means the Brazilian National Monetary Council ( Conselho Monetário Nacional ).

“CVM” means the Brazilian Securities Commission ( Comissão de Valores Mobiliários ).

“DOC” means credit document ( documento de crédito ), a means of making an electronic transfer of funds used in Brazil.

“EdB” means our subsidiary, MNLT Soluções de Pagamento S.A., which was formerly known as Elavon do Brasil Soluções de Pagamento S.A. prior to our acquisition of such entity on April 22, 2016 (the “EdB Acquisition”).

“ERP” means enterprise resource planning.

“eWallet” means a digital wallet that offers clients the ability to make payments online using a variety of payment methods, including credit or debit cards, without having to type in the card details each time.

“FIDC” means a Receivables Investment Fund ( Fundo de Investimento em Direitos Creditórios ), an investment fund legal structure established under Brazilian law designed specifically for investing in credit rights receivables. FIDCs (and quotas representing interests therein) are regulated by the rules and regulations of the CMN and the CVM; in particular Resolution No. 2,907/01 of the CMN, and CVM Instruction No. 356/01, as amended from time to time, including by CVM Instruction No. 489/11 and CVM Instruction No. 531/13.

“FIDC AR1” means Fundo de Investimento em Direitos Creditórios—Bancos Emissores de Cartão de Credito—Stone , a FIDC launched by the Group in June 2017 in order to raise capital.

“FIDC AR2” means Fundo de Investimento em Direitos Creditórios—Bancos Emissores De Cartão De Credito—Stone II , a FIDC launched by the Group in November 2017 in order to raise capital.

“FIDC TAPSO” means TAPSO—Fundo de Investimento em Direitos Creditórios , a FIDC launched by the Group to provide working capital solutions to clients.

“gateway” means an online application that connects an e-commerce point of sale to the payment processor enabling online payment transactions.

“integrated partners” means PSPs, ISVs and marketplaces.

“interchange fee” means a fee paid by the acquirer to the card issuer (via the payment scheme settlors) for transaction established in the scope of a payment scheme.

“ISV” means integrated software vendor.

“marketplace” means digital platforms that enable sellers and buyers in specific market segments to connect more effectively.

“merchant” means any person, entity or organization that accepts electronic payment transactions for the payment of goods or services.

 

vii


Table of Contents

“merchant discount rate” or “MDR” means the fee or commission paid by merchants for the service of capturing, processing, transmitting and settling transactions. The merchant discount rate is applied to the value of each cardholder’s transaction and includes the interchange fee.

“net merchant discount rate” or “net MDR” means the total MDR charged to our merchants, net of interchange fees retained by card issuers, assessment fees charged by payment scheme settlors and sales taxes.

“payment institution” means a legal entity that participates in one or more payment schemes and is dedicated to executing, as its principal or ancillary activity, those payment services described in article 6, item III, of Law 12,865/13 to cardholders or merchants, including those activities related to the provision of payment services. Specifically, based on current regulations, the Central Bank has opted to narrow the definition of payment institutions as set out in Law 12,865/13 to include only those entities that can be classified into one of the following three categories: (i) issuer of electronic money (prepaid payment instruments), (ii) issuer of postpaid payment instruments (e.g. credit cards), and (iii) acquirers.

“payment scheme” means the collection of rules and procedures that govern payment services provided to the public, with direct access by its end users (i.e., payers and receivers). Such payment services must be accepted by more than one receiver in order to qualify as a payment scheme. A payment scheme is established by and operated by a payment scheme settlor.

“payment scheme settlor” means the entity responsible for the functioning of a payment scheme, for the associated card brand and for the authorization of card issuers and acquirers to participate in the payment scheme. Visa and Mastercard are major payment scheme settlors.

“POS” means a point of sale where a transaction is completed. “POS devices” allow merchants to accept payments where a sale is made, whether inside an establishment or in outdoor or mobile environments.

“PSP” means payment services providers, which are firms that contract with a merchant to provide them with payment acceptance solutions.

“reconciliation provider” means a service provider that integrates with, among other agents, acquirers and gateways in order to provide to merchants with a reconciliation of receivables resulting from their transactions, chargebacks and refunds. Equals is a reconciliation provider that offers reconciliation solutions.

“SDK” means software development kit, which is typically a set of software development tools that allows for the creation of applications for software packages or frameworks, hardware platforms, computer or operating systems or similar development platforms.

“SPB” or “Brazilian Payments System” ( Sistema de Pagamentos Brasileiro ) means all the entities, systems and procedures related to the clearing and settlement of funds transfer, foreign currency operations, financial assets, and securities transactions in Brazil. The SPB includes systems in charge of check clearing; the clearing and settlement of electronic debit and credit orders, funds transfer, and other financial assets; the clearing and settlement of securities transactions; the clearing and settlement of commodities and futures transactions; and, since the introduction of Brazilian Federal Law No. 12,865/13 dated as of May 17, 2013, payment schemes and payment institutions.

“Take rate” means the sum of our net revenue from transaction activities and other services, net revenue from subscription services and equipment rental and financial income, divided by our TPV.

“TPV” means total payment volume, which is the value of payments successfully processed through our integrated platform, net of cancellations and chargebacks.

“transaction” means, unless the context otherwise requires, any and all electronic payment transactions for the acquisition of goods and services.

“transaction volume” means the volume of transactions captured, processed, transmitted, and settled by acquirers or any other entity responsible for the settlement of transactions.

“UMBNDES Rate ” means a floating exchange rate based on a monetary unit of the BNDES, which is based on a basket of currencies including the US dollar, the euro and other currencies.

 

viii


Table of Contents

A LETTER FROM THE FOUNDERS

This entrepreneurship story was made possible by three groups of partners: our clients, who are the reason for our existence; our investors, who have supported and believed in our dreams and vision early on, and our young and passionate team of entrepreneurs, who are transforming the Brazilian landscape for small business with their relentless energy.

The idea for Stone Co. was born in 2012. At the time, we had a 12-year history of founding, investing and selling a series of digital payments related businesses in Brazil, one of which, Braspag , quickly developed into the country’s leading online payments gateway at that time. Throughout those years we watched the market evolve, witnessed a series of key events and learned lessons that ultimately drove our decision to start Stone Co.

The first thing we learned early on was that Brazil was a country ripe with opportunity. Not only because of its large population and developing economy, but also because of the relatively weak presence of electronic payments and simple, user-friendly technology to support modern commerce and foster Brazilian entrepreneurship. When we started our first business in 2000, to facilitate transactions between online buyers and sellers, e-commerce in Brazil was in its very early stages and incumbent providers of payment processing services were unable to service the needs of online merchants.

We saw that, despite the lack of good solutions in Brazil, these incumbent providers charged relatively high prices. In those early years, the merchant acquiring market in Brazil was still a duopoly dominated by two payment processing companies owned by the country’s largest banks that had exclusive arrangements with the global networks. It was only in 2010 that the Central Bank of Brazil and Brazilian antitrust authorities implemented a series of initiatives to create a regulatory framework aimed at fostering a more open and competitive environment.

This led us to our second important lesson learned. In a market like ours, it is very important to be closely in-tune with the regulatory framework. We have always strived to understand new regulations from a technical perspective. Many of our most important decisions have been driven by our understanding of the market structure in Brazil and the direction in which the regulatory environment was heading, in order to benefit society and increase competitiveness.

The third and most important lesson we learned in those early years was that the concentration and the legacy of the market created a gap in the value proposi tions available to m erchants , both in terms of technologies and customer service. This context created an opportunity to build a company centered around the needs of merchants and equipping them to leverage the transformation that only technology could provide.

Our response was to build a new business from scratch, aimed at truly serving merchants’ needs, by providing them with modern solutions, at fair prices, with a great overall experience. We wanted our clients to be pleasantly surprised and delighted by our services – not just accepting of them. Ultimately, we were passionately focused with the idea of merchant centricity – meaning, the core rationale for what we do needs to be aimed at improving our clients’ experience.

To achieve this, we began by developing a proprietary technology platform that initially focused on serving digital clients. We designed our platform to address the idiosyncrasies and complexities of the Brazilian payment market through a robust architecture, but with a simple, end-to-end solution to which our clients could integrate through simple APIs. This approach of entering the industry quickly with a focus on the nascent needs of online commerce enabled us to establish a significant footprint in the digital space. Once we had a strong digital presence, it was a natural step to expand our model into the brick and mortar space, given the vast majority of Brazilian commerce is still transacted in-store.

 

ix


Table of Contents

Brazil is a geographically vast country, of continental proportions, composed of more than 5,500 cities and 200 million people to date. According to Neoway, there are currently approximately 9 million small and medium businesses in Brazil, battling the difficulties associated with the high cost banking environment and the infrastructure challenges that such a vast geography imposes, while trying to grow their businesses despite these challenges. Early on, our vision was to help those businesses be more productive and efficient, by leveraging technology, a differentiated approach to service and support, and local proximity. In Brazil, we believe that owning direct distribution is the only way to create a true understanding of merchants’ needs, and to be able to respond effectively to those needs by establishing a relationship of trust and transparency. This vision led to the creation and rollout of our Stone Hub distribution model.

In our view, Brazilian entrepreneurs have historically suffered from the general lack of transparency regarding the transaction fees they pay for their banking services. Because of this reality, we believe financial services are today one of their biggest frustrations in running their business, which explains why we have established our first business relationship with them through electronic payments. But there is a range of additional business needs that can be addressed through better technology to make those merchants more productive and profitable. With the roll-out of our Stone Hub strategy, our experience in thousands of cities has enabled us to understand how we can provide better commerce solutions to merchants and act as a partner, introducing the best technologies and solutions that can help them grow and become more competitive. From a business perspective, our distribution network, our technology platform and the relationships we have established are a strong foundational asset upon which we expect to improve the lifetime value of our client base as we strive to continuously serve them in the future.

In our initial years, we were inspired by Zappos’ approach to customer relationships, and we studied how we could adapt this to our business and to our reality. One of the first decisions we made relating to our business was to build our customer relationship team in-house, to serve clients of all sizes and channels. Brazil suffers from a general lack of a service mentality and, being entrepreneurs ourselves, we understood the sense of urgency that exists and wanted to assure we would not frustrate our clients by having them wait in line or make multiple phone calls to solve a simple issue. Today, we think we have not only been able to achieve that but also to improve our clients’ happiness by consistently looking to exceed their expectations.

Our view on service involves three pillars: (i) Technology: reduce the need for the merchant to lose time and money picking up a phone and calling, by creating a simple, user-friendly self-service mentality with virtual touch points facilitating all the information needed to immediately resolve a merchants need; (ii) Human Connection: if our merchants would like to or need to call us, they will speak with a person who understands our business, and is qualified and dedicated to resolving and even anticipating any issues they may have on the spot, within a single phone call; (iii) Proximity: we believe that the only true way to understand the needs of merchants is to stay close, regularly meet with them, and establish a relationship. We combine these three pillars by using technology to track and give our team members insight and intelligence to better understand and serve our clients.

We believe that Brazil is on the brink of a technology driven revolution in the banking and financial services sectors. We are actively working to position ourselves from a distribution and technology perspective to become the financial technology partner of choice to small retail in Brazil, offering a range of financial services and leveraging our flexible platform to embed additional commerce enabling solutions to those offerings, making our clients more productive. It is our belief that by founding and growing Stone Co. with the strong culture of improving the productivity of these entrepreneurs in small cities of the country, we are helping Brazilian society by combatting abusive bank spreads, increasing competitiveness in the market and equipping merchants with the products and services they need to grow and improve their businesses.

 

x


Table of Contents

Stone Co. is only six years old and it is still in its early days. We are happy to see the value we have created since our first private investment round and we are very excited to welcome new partners who will continue to support our team to achieve memorable and lasting results. We have one culture centered on our clients, and driven by mission and purpose, and will continue to drive our business into the future with the same beliefs.

André Street and Eduardo Pontes

 

xi


Table of Contents

SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary may not contain all the information that may be important to you, and we urge you to read this entire prospectus carefully, including the “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” sections and our consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus, before deciding to invest in our Class A common shares.

Our Company

We are a leading provider of financial technology solutions that empower merchants and integrated partners to conduct electronic commerce seamlessly across in-store, online, and mobile channels in Brazil. We have developed a strong client-centric culture that seeks to delight our clients rather than simply providing them with a solution or service. To achieve this, we created a proprietary, go-to-market approach called the Stone Business Model , which enables us to control the client experience and ensure that interactions are provided by our people or our technology. The Stone Business Model combines our advanced, end-to-end, cloud-based technology platform; differentiated hyper-local and integrated distribution approach; and white-glove, on-demand customer service, each of which is described below.

 

  1)

Advanced, End-to-End, Cloud-Based Technology Platform —We designed our cloud-based technology platform to (i) help our clients connect, get paid and grow their businesses, while meeting the complex and rapidly changing demands of omni-channel commerce; and (ii) to overcome long-standing inefficiencies within the Brazilian payments market. Our platform enables us to develop, host, and deploy our solutions very quickly. We also sell our solutions to integrated partners such as Payment Service Providers, or PSPs, which are firms that contract with a merchant to provide them with payment acceptance solutions, and marketplaces to empower them to conduct commerce more effectively in Brazil.

 

  2)

Differentiated Hyper-Local and Integrated Distribution —We developed our distribution solution to proactively reach and serve our clients in a more effective manner. In particular, we developed Stone Hubs, which are local operations close to our clients that include an integrated team of sales, service, and operations support staff to reach SMBs locally, efficiently, and to build stronger relationships with them. We also have a specialized in-house sales team that serves online merchants and digital service providers with dedicated expertise. We also work with integrated partners, such as ISVs, to embed our solutions into their offerings and enable their merchants to accept payments seamlessly and easily.

 

  3)

White-Glove, On-Demand Customer Service —We created our on-demand customer service team to support our clients quickly, conveniently, and with high-quality service designed to strengthen our customer relationships and improve their lifetime value to us. Our customer service approach combines (i) a Human Connection , through which we seek to address our clients’ service needs in a single phone call using a qualified team of technically trained agents; (ii)  Proximity , through our Green Angels team of local support personnel who can serve our clients in person within minutes or hours, instead of days or weeks; and (iii)  Technology , through a range of self-service tools and proprietary artificial intelligence, or AI, that help our clients manage their operations more conveniently and enable our agents to proactively address merchant needs, sometimes before they are even aware of an issue.



 

1


Table of Contents

LOGO

The Stone Business Model is disruptive and has enabled us to gain significant traction in only four years since the launch of our service. In 2017, we were the largest independent merchant acquirer in Brazil and the fourth largest based on total volume in Brazil according to data from The Nilson Report and other public sources. In 2017, we became the first non-bank entity to obtain authorization from the Central Bank of Brazil to operate as a Merchant Acquirer Payments Institution. In the same year, we grew our total revenue and income to R$766.6 million, an increase of 74.3% from 2016. We have managed this rapid growth while maintaining high-quality service and obtaining high NPS scores, a measure of the willingness of customers to recommend a company’s products and services, typically based on customer surveys. As of August 2018, we had an NPS of 65, the highest NPS among our peers in our key markets in Brazil, according to a study comparing industry participants performed by the IBOPE.

We served over 200,000 active clients in Brazil as of June 30, 2018, including digital and brick-and-mortar merchants of varying sizes and types, although our focus is primarily on targeting the approximately 8.8 million small-and-medium-sized businesses, or SMBs. We believe these merchants have been historically under-served and over-charged by traditional bank and legacy providers that use older technology, less effective distribution networks through bank branches, and outsourced customer service and logistics support vendors. We also served over 95 integrated partners as of June 2018, which use or embed our solutions into their own offerings to enable their customers to conduct commerce more conveniently in Brazil. These integrated partners include global payment service providers, or PSPs, digital marketplaces, and integrated software vendors, or ISVs.

We provide our clients with a powerful combination of solutions that help facilitate their in-store, online and mobile commerce activities, and empower them to:

 

   

Connect More Effectively —Our solutions allow our clients to connect more effectively by integrating and connecting to our cloud-based technology platform using simple and convenient APIs. These solutions provide powerful gateway services to encrypt, route, and decrypt transactions, and PSP solutions to onboard merchants and connect integrated partners.



 

2


Table of Contents
   

Get Paid Quickly and Easily —Facilitating payment collection is streamlined by accepting numerous forms of electronic payments and alternative payment methods, or APMs, such as boletos , and conducting a wide range of transactions in brick-and-mortar and digital storefronts in a quick and user-friendly manner. We also provide digital product enhancements to help our merchants improve their consumers’ experience, such as our split-payment processing, multi-payment processing, recurring payments for subscriptions, and one-click buy functionality.

 

   

Grow Your Business —We have the ability to grow our clients’ businesses by automating and streamlining business processes at the point-of-sale or digital checkout. These solutions help our clients run their businesses more effectively and in a more integrated manner with ERP software, reconciliation, and reporting tools that provide greater control, transparency of information, and insights into their daily operations. We also help our clients manage their working capital needs and effectively plan for the future by offering our clients with prepayment financing options. These provide clients with transparency and control over their receivables and enable them to manage their cash flow to help their business grow.

We distribute our solutions primarily through proprietary Stone Hubs. These hubs are located in small and medium-sized cities, or suburban areas of larger cities, and are designed to provide hyper-local sales and services and high-quality, on-demand support to SMB merchants within the hub’s designated area of operations. Our hubs may share an office depending on the size of the area served. We believe this approach enables us to provide a superior customer experience to our clients and is a key part of our go-to-market strategy. As of June 30, 2018, we had nearly 180 operational Stone Hubs, and we are currently growing our hubs’ footprint to maximize our presence in Brazil and provide sales coverage to the country’s approximately 5,500 cities with a total population of 207.7 million.

Our in-house customer relationship team supports all of our clients. We equip our customer relationship team with the tools and technologies to resolve our clients’ needs, often in a single phone call. We have a strong focus on using first-call resolution as a key performance indicator of our customer support operation. In June 2018, 83% of our clients who called our customer relationship team had their problems resolved on the first call.

We generate revenues based on fees we charge for the services we provide. These include payment processing fees related to transaction activities and other services, which are typically charged as a percentage of the transaction amount or as a fixed amount per transaction, financial income related to prepayment financing fees, and subscription and equipment rental fees, which accounted for 29.2%, 53.8% and 13.7%, respectively, of our revenues in 2017. The following is a summary of our key operational and financial highlights:

 

   

We generated R$635.7 million of total revenue and income in the six months ended June 30, 2018, compared to R$331.8 million in the six months ended June 30, 2017, representing period over period growth of 91.6%. In 2017, we generated R$766.6 million of total revenue and income, compared to R$439.9 million of total revenue and income in 2016, representing annual growth of 74.3%.

 

   

We served approximately 200,600 active clients as of June 30, 2018, compared to approximately 88,200 as of June 30, 2017, representing period over period growth of 127.5%. As of December 31, 2017, we served approximately 131,200 active clients, compared to approximately 82,000 as of December 31, 2016, representing 60.1% annual growth.

 

   

We generated net income of R$87.7 million and adjusted net income of R$97.6 million in the six months ended June 30, 2018, compared to a loss of R$75.9 million and adjusted net income of R$18.6 million in the six months ended June 30, 2017. In 2017, we generated a loss of R$105.0 million and adjusted net income of R$45.2 million, compared to a loss of R$122.2 million and adjusted net loss of R$51.9 million in 2016. See “Summary Financial and Other Information” for a reconciliation of adjusted net income (loss) to our profit (loss) for the period.



 

3


Table of Contents
   

We processed TPV of R$35.1 billion in the first half of 2018, compared to R$21.4 billion in the first half of 2017, representing period over period growth of 63.9%. In 2017, we processed TPV of R$48.5 billion, compared to R$28.1 billion in 2016, representing 72.7% annual growth.

Our Market

We operate in Brazil, which is a large and fast-growing market for financial technology solutions. According to the World Bank, Brazil GDP and Private Consumption Expenditures in 2017 were R$6.6 trillion and R$4.2 trillion, respectively, up from R$6.3 trillion and R$4.0 trillion, respectively, in 2016. According to Statista, retail e-commerce sales in Brazil excluding digitally distributed services and digital media downloads were approximately R$61.8 billion in 2017 and are expected to grow to approximately R$104.8 billion by 2022, representing a compound annual growth rate of 11%. According to World Payments Report 2017, Brazil is the fourth largest market in the world for non-cash transaction volumes. The payments market has continued to grow and demonstrate resilience to macroeconomic fluctuations in Brazil. During Brazil’s most recent economic recession from 2014 to 2017, nominal GDP grew at a compound growth of 4.3%, according to the World Bank. During the same period, electronic payments volume grew at a compound annual growth rate of 8.1%, according to ABECS.

Despite Brazil’s large size, we believe its payments market remains less penetrated and has greater growth upside than more mature economies. According to the World Bank and ABECS, electronic payments volume represented 28.4% of total household consumption in Brazil in 2016. This penetration percentage is lower than comparable measures of 46.0% and 68.6%, respectively in the United States and the United Kingdom, during the same period, according to data from the World Bank and the Bank for International Settlements, or BIS. We believe Brazil has an increased opportunity for growth in digital payments compared to more mature economies. For example, according to the World Bank, in 2017, 17.6% of the Brazilian population aged 15 and above used the internet to pay bills or made online purchases over the previous year, compared to 77.2% in the United States and 80.7% in the United Kingdom.

We believe there are various important trends that are impacting the growth and market opportunity for our services in Brazil. These include:

 

   

Increasing Use of Electronic Commerce —Commerce in Brazil is increasingly being transacted through electronic accounts, such as credit, debit, and prepaid cards, eWallets, and mobile devices instead of cash and checks.

 

   

Increasing Shift to Digital Channels —Consumers and merchants are increasingly conducting commerce through digital channels online and through mobile devices.

 

   

Growing Use of Omni-Channel Commerce —As a result of the growing use of electronic commerce and the increasing shift to digital channels, consumers and merchants are increasingly conducting commerce across more than one channel. Businesses are responding to increased consumer spending online and through mobile devices by increasing their e-commerce and mobile commerce capabilities.

 

   

Expanding Use of Technology at the POS —As the costs of technology have decreased in Brazil, access to the internet has increased, and software has become easier to use, merchants are using more solutions, such as smart POS devices, integrated POS terminals, mobile devices, and specialized software applications to run their front-of-house operations and back-office functions.

 

   

Deployment of Technology Services is Changing —As a result of the growing use of omni-channel commerce and the expanding use of technology at the POS in Brazil, service providers are increasingly deploying technology in new ways, including through: (1) cloud-based solutions; (2) integrated software solutions; (3) mobile devices; and (4) third-party applications.



 

4


Table of Contents
   

Deployment of Financial Services is Changing —As a result of these trends, the deployment of financial services is also changing. More financial services are being provided outside of traditional bank branches, such as at the point-of-sale or online, and more financial services are being provided by non-bank firms that are using technology to deliver these services more efficiently and conveniently.

 

   

More Open Regulatory Environment —The regulatory environment for the payments industry in Brazil has undergone significant changes in the past few years due to a concerted effort by the Central Bank and the Brazilian government to foster innovation and promote more open and fair competition. In 2010, the Central Bank and antitrust authorities initiated a series of measures that eliminated the exclusivity of certain vendors and opened up the market to new entrants. Since then, a new regulatory framework has been developed and government authorities have been fostering competition. We believe this has created an attractive environment for innovative financial technology providers, such as us, to continue to disrupt the market, bring better solutions to clients, and grow our market share.

 

   

Growing Market in Small and Medium-Sized Cities —We believe the incremental growth of electronic payments in Brazil will be significantly driven by commerce in small and medium cities. According to a 2015 McKinsey report, small and medium cities with populations between 20,000 and 500,000 inhabitants will account for more than 50% of total consumer spending growth in Brazil between 2015 and 2025. We believe this spending growth will be compounded by the continued shift to electronic payments to generate above-market growth rates for electronic payment volumes in Brazil.

As a result of these trends, we believe our market is undergoing significant change and our ecosystem is adapting to a number of business, technical and service challenges. We believe these challenges are also creating new opportunities for disruption and the deployment of new solutions and business models. We believe these challenges include the need for (1) an effective way to offer commerce solutions to SMBs across Brazil’s 5,500 cities, (2) more seamless omni-channel capabilities, (3) more powerful commerce-enabling solutions, (4) better integrated technology, (5) better and easier connectivity tools, (6) more advanced and robust technology platforms, and (7) faster and more specialized customer support.

We believe we are well-positioned to take advantage of these trends and opportunities, and to continue to disrupt the market, bring better solutions to clients, and grow our market share.

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe we have a dynamic mix of core competencies that significantly distinguish us from our main competitors in the Brazilian market. When combined, these competencies yield a powerful set of competitive strengths that have: (1) enabled us to disrupt legacy practices, older technologies, and incumbent vendors in the Brazilian market; (2) empowered us to launch other technology and financial services solutions; and (3) positioned us favorably to continue to grow our business and expand our addressable market.

Our Unique Culture

We have proactively fostered and developed a highly-innovative, entrepreneurial, and mission-driven culture that we believe helps attract new talent, enables us to achieve our objectives, and provides a key competitive advantage. Our culture unites our team across numerous functions and focuses our collective efforts on passionately developing technology and implementing the Stone Business Model to disrupt legacy practices, older technologies, and incumbent vendors in order to provide solutions and a level of service that go beyond simply meeting the needs of our clients, and instead seeks to deliver an enhanced overall client experience. Our



 

5


Table of Contents

client-centric culture is built upon the following five themes, which we convey to our employees, employee candidates, clients and partners:

 

   

The Reason —Our culture is centered on the fundamental belief that our clients drive everything we do. We also emphasize to our clients that, like them, we have also worked hard to start and grow a new business. We believe that building and maintaining close and active relationships with our clients will improve our ability to innovate, expand our leadership in the market, and grow our business.

 

   

Own It —We expect that all employees present an “owner” mindset and use their intelligence to resolve problems with a primary focus on making our clients’ experience great. We constantly strive to recognize exceptional achievement.

 

   

No Bullshit —We encourage respectful candor in all interactions and aim to be straight to the point. We criticize ideas, not people. We expect our teams to always choose the correct path, not the quickest.

 

   

Team Play —We have learned that people achieve greater results together. We believe that more ideas flourish, are debated better, and questioned more effectively in teams. As a result, we strive to work together and constantly look for people with complementary skills to join our team.

 

   

Live the Ride —We believe we will evolve more effectively by trying new ideas and improving on them with energy and passion. New ideas need to be tested in a controlled way, and only scaled once they have demonstrated authentic promise.

Our Stone Business Model

Our Stone Business Model combines our proprietary assets, intellectual property, capabilities, and business processes to create a differentiated go-to-market approach and value proposition in the market. Our model is disruptive and has enabled us to gain significant traction in only four years since the launch of our service. We believe it provides us with several, sustainable competitive advantages that have enabled us to gain market share and will help us grow in the future, including:

 

   

Greater Understanding of Our Clients —We proactively interact with our clients and seek to understand their business needs in order to develop stronger relationships and serve them more effectively. We believe we are able to do this in a manner that differentiates us from our peers due to: (1) the close proximity to our clients provided by our Stone Hubs and Stone Missionaries; (2)  the hands-on interactions and integrations with our e-commerce merchants and integrated partners provided by our Special Services team; and (3) the fast, high-touch, and personalized customer support provided by our in-house customer relationship management team and our local Green Angel teams. We believe these give us a greater understanding of our clients and their needs than our competitors.

 

   

Greater Ability to Serve Our Clients —The proprietary nature of our technology, distribution, and customer service assets, combined with their vertical integration within our Stone Business Model enable us to directly control the development, deployment, and support of our solutions and services. We believe this provides us with a greater ability to serve our clients versus competitors who outsource some or all of these capabilities and rely on third-party vendors that may not have the same client focus.

 

   

Full Control of the Client Experience —The Stone Business Model also provides us with the ability to fully control the client experiences that we provide. Our model ensures that all interactions are provided by our people and our technology. We believe this provides us with a greater ability to ensure that our clients are served with the high-quality solutions and premium service levels that seek to enhance their experience instead of just fulfilling a function. We believe this control enables us to build stronger relationships with our clients and deliver a superior value proposition versus competitors who do not have this type of control because they rely on third parties for portions of their technology, distribution, or customer service.



 

6


Table of Contents
   

Greater Flexibility to Adapt and Innovate —Our Stone Business Model positions us to react quickly to competitive pressures through targeted, localized approaches. We believe the proprietary nature, vertical integration, and control our model provides enables us to adapt to a rapidly changing competitive environment with greater agility and flexibility than other competitors. We can understand our clients’ needs, design and develop new solutions, deploy them, and be prepared to support them quickly in order to meet the changing requirements of our markets.

 

   

Low Cost of Acquisition —Our model, combined with the power and efficiency of our fully-digital technology platform, enable us to leverage our hyper-local Stone Hubs and integrated partners to acquire new clients and upsell new solutions and services at a low marginal cost as compared to our competitors.

 

   

Low Cost of Operations —Our Stone Business Model enables us to operate with a low cost of operations and significant efficiencies. For example, because we developed our own end-to-end technology platform and do not rely on third-party vendors for processing and settlement, we operate with low marginal transaction costs.

 

   

Strong Lifetime Value —The combined attributes and benefits of the Stone Business Model enable us to provide high-quality service levels and build strong, local or highly-integrated, relationships with our clients who value our differentiated approach and value proposition. These enable us to: (1) resist competitive pressures; (2) retain our clients for longer periods; and (3) up-sell new solutions to increase our wallet share. We believe this enables us to enhance the overall lifetime value of our client portfolio and maintain low marginal client acquisition costs.

 

   

Self-Reinforcing Network Effects —As we grow and expand our base of Stone Hubs, integrated partners, and suite of digital solutions, we benefit from self-reinforcing network effects. Our expanding base of Stone Hubs and integrated partners enable us to reach more merchants, who we can offer more solutions to. As we expand our base of merchants, integrated partners and new solutions, we are able to build stronger relationships with them and develop new learnings and market insights from them. We are able to use the Stone Business Model to act on these new insights to innovate, extend our value proposition, and win new merchants and integrated partners.

 

   

Protective Barriers to Replicate —The combination of the various proprietary and vertically-integrated elements of our Stone Business Model are difficult to replicate in full. We believe this provides us with strong protective barriers to entry which may make it difficult for our competitors to replicate our value proposition.

Our Deep Expertise and Track Record

Our founders and several members of our management team have deep expertise in developing and delivering disruptive financial solutions. The team has a proven track record of founding, investing, and scaling several successful financial technology businesses in Brazil, including Pagafacil, NetCredit, Braspag, PGTX, Sieve Group and Moip.

Our board of directors is comprised of highly successful senior executives that combine strong global operating, financial, and regulatory experience with deep expertise in the financial services, payments, and technology industries. In addition, we have attracted a strong base of world-class investors, many of whom have been key strategic advisors to the company and have consistently increased their investment in the group over our prior capital rounds. We believe the mix of our entrepreneurial, executive, board, and shareholder experience and expertise provide a key competitive strength for the company.



 

7


Table of Contents

Our Growth Strategies

Our primary mission is to remain focused on empowering our clients to grow their businesses and help them conduct commerce and run their operations more effectively. We believe this focus is a key differentiator for us and an important driver in helping us win and retain clients. We try to achieve this by leveraging the Stone Business Model to combine and provide powerful and convenient technology, innovative solutions, and high-quality customer support through sales people and marketing efforts that match our passionate and energetic client-centric culture. We plan to grow our business primarily by employing the following principal strategies:

Extend Our Reach

We believe our distribution is a key competitive strength that will enable us to expand our footprint and market penetration and continue to extend the reach of our business. For example, we intend to continue to:

 

   

Grow Our Base of Stone Hubs —As of June 30, 2018, we had nearly 180 operational Stone Hubs across Brazil and expect to continue to launch new hubs to increase our coverage and penetration of the market. We believe our strategy of targeting underserved, small-and-medium sized cities, combined with our speed and agility, provides us with a significant growth opportunity. Following the development of the Stone Hub, we have established highly-scalable, plug-and-play processes that enable us to deploy new hubs faster and more effectively, with more efficient hiring, training, and selling.

 

   

Grow Our Base of Integrated Partners —As of June 2018, we had over 95 integrated partners, such as PSPs, marketplaces, and ISVs. We believe these integrated partners represent an important growth channel for us to capture more e-commerce and software-integrated payment volumes. We expect to continue to leverage our powerful connectivity and integration capabilities, including our Mundipagg gateway and Pagar.me PSP platform, to grow our base of integrated partners and help our existing clients grow their businesses.

 

   

Sell Additional Solutions to Our Clients —As in-store merchant locations continue to become digitalized, we believe our broad suite of solutions and our omni-channel commerce capabilities provide us with significant opportunity to sell additional existing solutions into our client base. We intend to leverage the strong relationships and distribution capabilities provided by our Stone Hubs to sell additional solutions to our merchant base with a view to minimizing incremental acquisition costs.

Expand Our Capabilities

We believe our culture of innovation and technology development capabilities are key competitive strengths that will allow us to continue to expand our capabilities and grow our business. We intend to continue to leverage these capabilities to develop new solutions that further empower and help our clients grow their businesses more effectively, and new capabilities that enable us to better serve our clients. We intend to develop new solutions and capabilities for current clients, to further empower them to grow their businesses, and for new clients, to address new business opportunities that leverage our technology, solutions and distribution.

Enter New Markets

We believe our Stone Business Model is well suited to serve clients in other markets where our technology, solutions, and support model can continue to disrupt traditional vendors and legacy business models. We believe this opportunity exists in new sectors and new geographies. We are exploring new complementary business opportunities in adjacent sectors, such as digital banking and vertical-specific software solutions. In the future, we may selectively expand into other sectors where we see an opportunity to leverage our capabilities to provide a differentiated value proposition for clients, such as CRM solutions and loyalty programs. We are also



 

8


Table of Contents

expanding our geographic footprint by growing our base of Stone Hubs across Brazil. In the future, we may also seek to grow our business by selectively expanding into new international markets where we can leverage our Stone Business Model .

Selectively Pursue Acquisitions

Although we are primarily focused on growing our business organically, we may selectively pursue strategic acquisitions to enhance our competitive position, improve our operations, and expand our business. We may choose to acquire new technologies, expertise, volume and capabilities, enter new market segments or enter new geographies. We have established a track record of successfully investing, acquiring and integrating complementary solutions and businesses. For example, in 2016, we: (1) completed the EdB Acquisition, which added an attractive portfolio of SMB and e-commerce merchants onto our platform; (2) acquired full control of Pagar.me , which gave us our proprietary PSP service; and (3) acquired joint control of Equals , which gave us a powerful data reconciliation tool widely used in the markets we serve. We acquired full control of Equals in September 2018.

Recent Developments

Our financial results for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 are not yet finalized. The following information reflects our preliminary results for this period:

Preliminary Results for Third Quarter of 2018

Our TPV for the three months ended September 30, 2018 is expected to be approximately R$21.8 billion, compared with R$11.9 billion for the three months ended September 30, 2017, representing a period over period growth of 83.7%. Our TPV for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 is expected to be approximately R$56.8 billion, compared with R$33.3 billion for the nine months ended September 30, 2017, representing a period over period growth of 70.9%.

Our number of active clients is expected to total approximately 234.4 thousand at September 30, 2018, compared with 103.3 thousand at September 30, 2017, representing a period over period growth of 127.0%.

Our total revenue and income for the three months ended September 30, 2018 is expected to be approximately R$414.1 million, compared with R$187.1 million for the three months ended September 30, 2017, representing a period over period growth of 121.3%. Our total revenue and income for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 is expected to be approximately R$1,049.8 million, compared with R$518.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017, representing a period over period growth of 102.3%.

Our net income (loss) for the three months ended September 30, 2018 is expected to be between R$84.3 million and R$90.5 million, compared with R$(14.4) million for the three months ended September, 2017. Our net income (loss) for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 is expected to be between R$172.0 million and R$178.2 million, compared with R$(90.4) million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017.

Our adjusted net income (loss) for the three months ended September 30, 2018 is expected to be between R$83.1 million and R$89.3 million, compared with R$6.0 million for the three months ended September 30, 2017. Our adjusted net income for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 is expected to be between R$180.7 million and R$186.9 million, compared with R$24.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017.



 

9


Table of Contents

Adjusted net income is a non-IFRS measure within the rules of the SEC. The most closely comparable IFRS measure is net income. The following table reconciles adjusted net income to net income for the three and nine months ending September 30, 2018 (estimated) and for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2017 (actual). For more information, see “Summary Financial and Other Information.”

 

     For the Three Months Ended
September 30,
    For the Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2018
(Estimated)
  2017
(Actual)
    2018
(Estimated)
  2017
(Actual)
 
     (R$ millions)     (R$ millions)  

Net income (loss) for the period

   84.3 - 90.5     (14.4   172.0 - 178.2     (90.4
  

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

Share-based compensation expenses

   24.8     17.7     24.8     102.9  

Amortization of fair value adjustment on intangibles related to acquisitions

   2.8     2.7     8.3     12.1  

Gain on previously held interest in associate upon business combination (a)

   (21.4)     0.0     (21.4)     0.0  

One-time impairment charges

   0.0     0.0     8.4     0.0  
  

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

Pre-tax subtotal

   90.4 - 96.7
    6.0     192.1 -198.3
    24.6  

Tax effect on adjustments

   (7.3)     0.0     (11.4)     0.0  
  

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

Adjusted net income

   83.1 - 89.3     6.0     180.7 -186.9     24.6  
  

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

Consists of the gain on re-measurement of our previously held equity interest in Equals to fair value upon the date control was acquired.

Cautionary Statement Regarding Preliminary Results

The results for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 are preliminary, unaudited and subject to completion, reflect our management’s current views and may change as a result of our management’s review of our results and other factors, including economic and competitive risks and uncertainties. Such preliminary results for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 are subject to the finalization and closing of our accounting books and records (which have yet to be performed), and should not be viewed as a substitute for full quarterly financial statements prepared in accordance with IFRS. We caution you that these preliminary results for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 are not guarantees of future performance or outcomes and that actual results may differ materially from those described above. You should read this information together with the sections of this prospectus entitled “Selected Financial and Other Information” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” our audited consolidated financial statements and our unaudited condensed consolidated interim financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

These preliminary results have been prepared by and are the sole responsibility of our management. Ernst & Young Auditores Independentes S.S. has not audited, reviewed, compiled or performed any procedures with respect to the accompanying preliminary financial data. Accordingly, Ernst & Young Auditores Independentes S.S. does not express an opinion or any other form of assurance with respect thereto.

Summary of Risk Factors

Investing in our Class A common shares involves risks. You should carefully consider the risks described in the “Risk Factors” beginning on page 21 before making a decision to invest in our Class A common shares. If any of these risks actually occur, our business, financial condition or results of operations would likely be



 

10


Table of Contents

materially adversely affected. In such case, the trading price of our Class A common shares would likely decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment. The following is a summary of some of the principal risks we face:

Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry

 

   

If we cannot keep pace with rapid developments and change in our industry and continue to acquire new merchants as rapidly, the use of our services could decline, reducing our revenues.

 

   

Unauthorized disclosure, destruction or modification of data, through cybersecurity breaches, computer viruses or otherwise or disruption of our services could expose us to liability, protracted and costly litigation and damage our reputation.

 

   

Substantial and increasingly intense competition, both within our industry and from other payments methods, may harm our business.

 

   

If we fail to manage our growth effectively, our business could be harmed.

 

   

Our systems and our third party providers’ systems may fail due to factors beyond our control, which could interrupt our service, cause us to lose business and increase our costs.

 

   

Our business has generated losses, and we intend to continue to make significant investments in our business. Thus, our results of operations and operating metrics may fluctuate and we may continue to generate losses in the future.

 

   

If we cannot pass along increases in fees from payment schemes, including assessment, interchange, transaction and other fees, to our merchants, our operating margins will decline.

 

   

Our business is subject to extensive government regulation and oversight in Brazil and our status under these regulations may change. Violation of or compliance with present or future regulation could be costly, expose us to substantial liability and force us to change our business practices.

Risks Relating to Brazil

 

   

The Brazilian federal government has exercised, and continues to exercise, significant influence over the Brazilian economy. This involvement, as well as Brazil’s political and economic conditions.

 

   

The ongoing economic uncertainty, the general elections and political instability in Brazil may harm us and the price of our Class A common shares.

 

   

Inflation and certain measures by the Brazilian government to curb inflation have historically harmed the Brazilian economy and Brazilian capital markets, and high levels of inflation in the future could harm our business.

 

   

Exchange rate instability may have adverse effects on the Brazilian economy and us.

Risks Relating to Our Class A Common Shares and the Offering

 

   

There is no existing market for our Class A common shares, and we do not know whether one will develop to provide you with adequate liquidity. If our share price fluctuates after this offering, you could lose a significant part of your investment.

 

   

Sales of substantial amounts of our Class A common shares in the public market, or the perception that these sales may occur, could cause the market price of our Class A common shares to decline.

 

   

Our founders and their affiliates (the “founder shareholders”) will, in the aggregate, own none of our outstanding Class A common shares and 61.4% of our outstanding Class B common shares, resulting in their ownership of 35.6% of our outstanding common shares, and, consequently, to 57.2% of the combined voting power of our common shares, and will control all matters requiring shareholder approval. Our founder shareholders also have the right to nominate a majority of our board and consent



 

11


Table of Contents
 

rights over certain corporate transactions. This concentration of ownership limits your ability to influence corporate matters.

 

   

We are a Cayman Islands exempted company with limited liability. The rights of our shareholders may be different from the rights of shareholders governed by the laws of U.S. jurisdictions.

Our Corporate Structure

A simplified organizational chart showing our corporate structure upon the consummation of the offering is set forth below.

 

 

LOGO

 

(1)

Gives effect to the purchase of the remaining ownership interests in Equals S.A., and the acquisition of the remaining ownership interests in DLP Pagamentos Brasil S.A. through a share exchange, in each case that were not held directly or indirectly by Stone Co. prior to this offering. We expect the share exchange will occur upon the consummation of the offering. See “Table of Contents—Acquisition of Remaining Interest in Equals” and “Management—Long-Term Incentive Plans (LTIP).”

(2)

Ownership interests in these entities not held by Stone Co. or its affiliates are held by the original founders of such businesses.

(3)

Formerly known as Elavon do Brasil Soluções de Pagamento S.A.

Corporate Information

Our principal executive offices are located at R. Fidêncio Ramos, 308, Vila Olímpia, 10 th floor, São Paulo—SP, 04551-010, Brazil. Our telephone number at this address is +55 (11) 3004-9680.



 

12


Table of Contents

Investors should contact us for any inquiries through the address and telephone number of our principal executive office. Our principal website is www.stone.com.br. The information contained in, or accessible through, our website is not incorporated by reference in, and should not be considered part of, this prospectus.

Reclassification of Ordinary and Class C Shares

Immediately prior to the completion of this offering, we intend to reclassify each of our existing shares that is designated as an ordinary voting share or as a Class C share, as one Class B common share, and we also intend to reclassify each of our existing shares that is designated as an ordinary non-voting share as one Class A common share (collectively, the “Reclassification”). See “Description of Share Capital and Constitutional Documents—Share Capital.”

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

As a company with less than $1.07 billion in revenue during our last fiscal year, we qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. An emerging growth company may take advantage of specified exemptions from various requirements that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies in the United States. These provisions include:

 

   

the ability to present more limited financial data for our IPO, including presenting only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of selected financial data, as well as only two years of related management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations disclosure;

 

   

an exemption from the auditor attestation requirement in the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002; and

 

   

to the extent that we no longer qualify as a foreign private issuer, (1) reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements and (2) exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation, including golden parachute compensation.

We may take advantage of certain of these provisions for up to five years or such earlier time that we are no longer an emerging growth company. We would cease to be an emerging growth company if we have more than $1.07 billion in annual revenue, have more than $700 million in market value of our ordinary shares held by non-affiliates or issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt over a three-year period. We may choose to take advantage of some but not all of the above-described provisions. For example, Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can use the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, for complying with new or revised accounting standards. Given that we currently report and expect to continue to report under IFRS, as issued by the IASB, we have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of any extended transition period provided for by IFRS and, as a result, we will adopt new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required by the IASB. We have taken advantage of reduced reporting requirements in this prospectus. Accordingly, the information contained herein may be different than the information you receive from other public companies. References to an “emerging growth company” in this prospectus shall have the meaning associated with that term in the JOBS Act.



 

13


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

This summary highlights information presented in greater detail elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary is not complete and does not contain all the information you should consider before investing in our Class A common shares. You should carefully read this entire prospectus before investing in our Class A common shares including “Risk Factors” and our consolidated financial statements.

 

Issuer

StoneCo Ltd.

 

Class A common shares offered by us

40,909,091 shares.

 

Class A common shares offered by the selling shareholders

6,818,182 shares (or 13,977,273 shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares).

 

Class A common shares to be outstanding immediately after this offering

112,414,676 shares (or 117,755,315 shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares).

 

Class B common shares to be outstanding immediately after this offering

155,647,686 shares (or 150,447,647 shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares).

 

Total common shares to be outstanding immediately after this offering

268,062,362 shares (or 268,202,962 shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares, due to the issuance of additional Class A common shares to holders of outstanding restricted share units (RSUs) that will vest in connection with the exercise of the underwriters’ option. A portion of the common shares that will vest upon the exercise of the underwriters’ option will be sold pursuant to such option).

 

Indication of Interest

Berkshire Hathaway, Inc. has indicated an interest in purchasing up to 13,712,960 Class A common shares in this offering at the initial public offering price. Entities advised by T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc., certain of which are existing holders of our shares, have indicated an interest in purchasing up to 9,545,455 Class A common shares in this offering at the initial public offering price. Madrone Opportunity Fund, L.P., an entity affiliated with entities which are existing holders of our shares, has indicated an interest in purchasing up to 2,386,364 Class A common shares in this offering at the initial public offering price. Because these indications of interest are not binding agreements or commitments to purchase, such potential purchasers could determine to purchase more, less or no Class A common shares in this offering, or the underwriters could determine to sell more, less or no shares to such potential purchasers. The underwriters will receive the same discount on any of our Class A common shares purchased by such potential purchasers as they will from any other Class A common shares sold to the public in this offering.


 

14


Table of Contents

Voting rights

Upon consummation of this offering, the holders of our Class A common shares will be entitled to one vote per share, and the holders of our Class B common shares will be entitled to 10 votes per share.

 

  Each Class B common share may be converted into one share of Class A common shares at the option of the holder.

 

  If, on the record date for any meeting of the shareholders, the aggregate voting power of Class B common shares then outstanding is less than 10% of the aggregate voting power of Class A common shares and Class B common shares outstanding, then each Class B common share will automatically convert into one Class A common share.

 

  In addition, each Class B common share will convert automatically into one Class A common share upon any transfer, except for certain transfers to other holders of Class B common shares or their affiliates or to certain unrelated third parties as described under “Description of Share Capital and Constitutional Documents—Conversion” and “Description of Share Capital and Constitutional Documents—Transfer of Shares.”

 

  Holders of Class A common shares and Class B common shares will vote together as a single class on all matters unless otherwise required by law.

 

  Upon consummation of this offering, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, (1) holders of Class A common shares will hold approximately 6.7% of the combined voting power of our outstanding common shares and approximately 41.9% of our total equity ownership and (2) holders of Class B common shares will hold approximately 93.3% of the combined voting power of our outstanding common shares and approximately 58.1% of our total equity ownership.

 

  If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, (1) holders of Class A common shares will hold approximately 7.3% of the combined voting power of our outstanding common shares and approximately 43.9% of our total equity ownership and (2) holders of Class B common shares will hold approximately 92.7% of the combined voting power of our outstanding common shares and approximately 56.1% of our total equity ownership.

 

  The rights of the holders of Class A common shares and Class B common shares are identical, except with respect to voting, conversion, and transfer restrictions applicable to the Class B common shares. See “Description of Share Capital and Constitutional Documents” for a description of the material terms of our common shares.


 

15


Table of Contents

Option to purchase additional shares

The selling shareholders have granted the underwriters the right to purchase up to an additional 7,159,091 Class A common shares within 30 days of the date of this prospectus, at the public offering price, less underwriting discounts, on the same terms as set forth in this prospectus.

 

Listing

We have applied to list our Class A common shares on the Nasdaq Global Market, or Nasdaq, under the symbol “STNE.”

 

Use of proceeds

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the offering will be approximately US$852.8 million. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes, which may include funding future opportunistic mergers, acquisitions or investments in complementary businesses, products or technologies, maintaining liquidity and funding our working capital solutions offering. We will have broad discretion in allocating the net proceeds from this offering. See “Use of Proceeds.”

 

  We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of Class A common shares by the selling shareholders.

 

Dividend policy

The amount of any distributions will depend on applicable law and many other factors, such as our results of operations, financial condition, cash requirements, prospects and other factors deemed relevant by our board of directors and shareholders. We do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

 

Lock-up agreements

We have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to offer, sell, or dispose of any shares of our share capital or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our share capital during the 180-day period following the date of this prospectus. The members of our board of directors and our executive officers, as well as our shareholders, have agreed to substantially similar lock-up provisions, subject to certain exceptions.

 

Risk factors

See “Risk Factors” and the other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should consider before deciding to invest in our Class A common shares.

The number of Class A and Class B common shares to be outstanding after this offering is based on 223,266,330 common shares outstanding as of June 30, 2018 (after giving effect to the Share Split (as defined below)) and includes:

 

   

the repurchase of 1,814,022 shares on July 17, 2018 by us from an entity owned by certain of our founding partners and senior executives. See “Capitalization” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Description of Principal Line Items—Other Operating expenses, net;”

 

   

the issuance of 5,333,202 Class A common shares to be issued to certain of our employees upon the consummation of this offering in exchange for equity awards that such employees hold in our subsidiaries. See “Management—Long-Term Incentive Plans (LTIP);”



 

16


Table of Contents
   

the issuance of (i) 111,830 Class A common shares underlying outstanding restricted share units RSUs that will vest in connection with this offering, and (ii) 22,075 Class A common shares to our founder shareholders as anti-dilutive shares pro rata upon the vesting at such RSUs; and

 

   

233,856 Class A common shares to be issued as part of the purchase price consideration for our acquisition of the remaining 44.0% interest in Equals to be effective upon the consummation of this offering.

The number of Class A and Class B common shares to be outstanding after this offering excludes:

 

   

781,200 Class A common shares that may be issued following this offering under our 2018 Omnibus Equity Plan. See “Management—Long-Term Incentive Plans (LTIP)—2018 Omnibus Equity Plan;”

 

   

the issuance of 5,032,004 Class A common shares issuable upon the settlement of outstanding RSUs granted under the 2018 Omnibus Equity Plan. See “Management—Long-Term Incentive Plans (LTIP);”

 

   

the issuance of 135,198 Class A common shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding share options (with a weighted average exercise price of R$101.52) granted under the 2018 Omnibus Equity Plan. See “Management—Long-Term Incentive Plans (LTIP);” and

 

   

the issuance of 1,024,234 Class A common shares reserved as anti-dilutive shares to be issued to our founder shareholders pro-rata upon vesting of the granted RSUs and share option awards.

Unless otherwise indicated, all information contained in this prospectus:

 

   

assumes the implementation of the 126-for-one share split of our common shares effective as of October 14, 2018, applied retroactively to all of the figures herein setting forth the number of our common shares and per common share data (the “Share Split”);

 

   

assumes no exercise of the option granted to the underwriters to purchase up to 7,159,091 additional Class A common shares, in connection with the offering; and

 

   

gives effect to the further amendment and restatement of our Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association (referred to throughout this prospectus collectively as “Articles of Association”) and the Reclassification, each of which will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

When the selling shareholders consummate sales of Class B common shares in this offering, the Class B common shares sold will automatically convert into Class A common shares on a share-for-share basis. As a result, purchasers of our common shares in this offering will only receive Class A common shares, and only Class A common shares are being offered by this prospectus. Class B common shares that are not sold by the selling shareholders will remain Class B common shares unless otherwise converted into Class A common shares. See “Description of Share Capital and Constitutional Documents.”



 

17


Table of Contents

SUMMARY FINANCIAL AND OTHER INFORMATION

The following tables set forth, for the periods and as of the dates indicated, our summary financial and other information. This information should be read in conjunction with “Presentation of Financial and Other Information,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements, including the notes thereto, included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The summary statement of profit or loss data and statement of financial position data as of and for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB, included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The summary statement of profit or loss data and statement of financial position data as of June 30, 2018 and for the six months ended June 30, 2018 and 2017 have been derived from our unaudited condensed consolidated interim financial statements prepared in accordance with IAS 34— Interim Financial Reporting , which include, in the opinion of management, all adjustments considered necessary to present fairly our results of operations and financial position for the periods and dates presented. The results of operations for an interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations that may be expected for the year ending December 31, 2018 or any other period. Share and per share data in the table below has been retroactively adjusted to give effect to the 126-for-one share split of our common shares, effective as of October 14, 2018.

 

     For the Six Months Ended
June 30,
    For the Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2018     2018     2017     2017     2017     2016  
     (US$) (1)     (R$)     (US$) (1)     (R$)  
     (in millions, except amounts per share)  

Statement of profit or loss data:

            

Net revenue from transaction activities and other services

     52.9       204.1       93.4       58.2       224.2       121.1  

Net revenue from subscription services and equipment rental

     22.0       85.0       49.3       27.2       105.0       54.7  

Financial income

     86.4       333.1       180.9       106.9       412.2       247.4  

Other financial income

     3.5       13.6       8.1       6.6       25.3       16.7  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue and income

     164.9       635.7       331.8       198.8       766.6       439.9  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of services

     (36.6     (141.1     (96.9     (58.1     (224.1     (133.2

Administrative expenses

     (30.4     (117.4     (69.1     (45.3     (174.6     (106.1

Selling expenses

     (21.1     (81.4     (33.8     (23.9     (92.0     (49.5

Financial expenses, net

     (37.0     (142.6     (118.8     (61.5     (237.1     (244.7

Other operating income (expense), net

     (5.4     (20.8     (84.6     (34.8     (134.2     (55.7

(Loss) income from investment in associates

     (0.1     (0.4     (0.1     (0.1     (0.3     0.1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit (loss) before income taxes

     34.3       132.1       (71.6     (24.8     (95.7     (149.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax and social contribution

     (11.5     (44.4     (4.4     (2.4     (9.3     27.0  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) for the period/year

     22.7       87.7       (75.9     (27.2     (105.0     (122.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interests

     0.7       2.7       3.6       1.0       3.8       (2.4

Net income (loss) attributable to owners of the parent

     22.1       85.0       (79.5     (28.2     (108.7     (119.8

Basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share (2)

   US$ 0.10     R$ 0.38     R$ (0.37   US$ (0.13   R$ (0.49   R$ (0.61

 

Other data:

            

Adjusted net income (loss) (in millions) (3)

   US$ 25.3     R$ 97.6     R$ 18.6     US$ 11.7     R$ 45.2     R$ (51.9

TPV (in billions)

   US$ 9.1     R$ 35.1     R$ 21.4     US$ 12.6     R$ 48.5     R$ 28.1  

Active clients (in thousands)

     n/a       200.6       88.2       n/a       131.2       82.0  

Take rate

     n/a       1.77     1.51     n/a       1.53     1.51

 

(1)

For convenience purposes only, amounts in reais for the six months ended June 30, 2018 and the year ended December 31, 2017 have been translated to U.S. dollars using an exchange rate of R$3.856 to US$1.00, the commercial selling rate for U.S. dollars as of June 30, 2018 as reported by the Central Bank. These translations should not be considered representations that any such amounts have been, could have been or



 

18


Table of Contents
  could be converted at that or any other exchange rate. See “Exchange Rates” for further information about recent fluctuations in exchange rates.
(2)

Calculated by dividing net income or loss for the period/year attributed to the owners of the parent, adjusted for losses allocated to contractual rights and participating instruments, by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the period. See note 23 to our consolidated financial statements and note 15 to our unaudited condensed consolidated interim financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(3)

In the table below, we have provided a reconciliation of adjusted net income (loss) to our net income (loss) for the period/year, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with IFRS.

 

    For the Six Months Ended
June 30,
    For the Year Ended
December 31,
 
    2018     2018     2017     2017     2017     2016  
    (US$ millions) (a)     (R$ millions)     (US$ millions) (a)     (R$ millions)  

Net income (loss) for the period/year

    22.7       87.7       (75.9     (27.2     (105.0     (122.2
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Share-based compensation expenses (b)

    —         —         85.2       36.0       138.9       53.1  

Amortization of fair value adjustment on intangibles related to acquisitions (c)

    1.4       5.5       9.3       3.8       14.8       17.2  

One-time impairment charges (d)

    2.2       8.4       —         —         —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pre-tax subtotal

    26.4       101.7       18.6       12.7       48.8       (51.9

Tax effect on adjustments (e)

    —         (4.1     —         (0.9     (3.6     —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted net income (loss)

    25.3       97.6       18.6       11.7       45.2       (51.9
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  (a)

For convenience purposes only, amounts in reais for the six months ended June 30, 2018 and the year ended December 31, 2017 have been translated to U.S. dollars using an exchange rate of R$3.856 to US$1.00, the commercial selling rate for U.S. dollars as of June 30, 2018 as reported by the Central Bank. These translations should not be considered representations that any such amounts have been, could have been or could be converted at that or any other exchange rate. See “Exchange Rates” for further information about recent fluctuations in exchange rates.

  (b)

Consists of non-cash expenses related to the grant of share-based compensation, as well as fair value (mark-to-market) adjustments for share-based compensation expense classified as a liability in our consolidated financial statements. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Significant Factors Affecting our Results of Operations—Liability-classified share-based compensation expense” and note 26 to our consolidated financial statements for further information.

  (c)

Consists of expenses resulting from the amortization of the fair value adjustment on intangible assets and property and equipment as a result of the application of the acquisition method, a significant portion of which relate to the EdB Acquisition. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Significant Factors Affecting our Results of Operations—EdB Acquisition” for further information.

  (d)

Consists of (1) impairment charges associated with certain processing system intangible assets acquired in the EdB Acquisition that we no longer use, in an amount of R$6.4 million for the six month period ended June 30, 2018 and (2) impairment associated with improvements made to certain leased office space upon the termination of the lease, in an amount of R$2.0 million for the six month period ended June 30, 2018.

  (e)

Represents the tax effect of pre-tax items excluded from adjusted net income (loss). The tax effect of pre-tax items excluded from adjusted net income (loss) is computed using the statutory rate related to the jurisdiction that was impacted by the adjustment after taking into account the impact of permanent differences and valuation allowances.



 

19


Table of Contents
     As of June 30,      As of December 31,  
     2018      2018      2017      2017      2016  
     (US$ millions) (1)      (R$ millions)      (US$ millions) (1)      (R$ millions)  

Statement of financial position data:

              

Assets

              

Current assets

              

Cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments

     91.3        351.9        218.8        843.7        237.0  

Accounts receivable from card issuers

     1,511.8        5,829.1        1,317.0        5,078.4        3,052.6  

Other current assets

     31.3        120.5        20.1        77.4        29.5  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

     1,634.3        6,301.5        1,555.9        5,999.5        3,319.1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total non-current assets

     191.7        735.5        165.0        636.2        520.2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

     1,824.9        7,036.9        1,720.9        6,635.7        3,839.2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities and Equity

              

Current liabilities

              

Accounts payable to merchants

     1,025.9        3,955.8        943.3        3,637.5        3,029.3  

Other current liabilities

     53.7        207.0        48.3        186.1        92.6  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     1,079.6        4,162.8        991.6        3,823. 6        3, 121.9  

Non-current liabilities

              

Obligations to FIDC senior quota holders

     533.6        2,057.5        533.3        2,056.3        —    

Other non-current liabilities

     21.6        83.3        70.9        273.3        130.1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total non-current liabilities

     555.2        2,140.7        604.1        2,329. 6        130. 1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     1,634.8        6,303.5        1,595.7        6,153.2        3,252.0  

Total equity

     190 .1        733.4        125.2        482.6        587.2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

     1,824.9        7,036.9        1,720.9        6,635.7        3,839.2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

For convenience purposes only, amounts in reais for the six months ended June 30, 2018 and the year ended December 31, 2017 have been translated to U.S. dollars using an exchange rate of R$3.856 to US$1.00, the commercial selling rate for U.S. dollars as of June 30, 2018 as reported by the Central Bank. These translations should not be considered representations that any such amounts have been, could have been or could be converted at that or any other exchange rate. See “Exchange Rates” for further information about recent fluctuations in exchange rates.



 

20


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

An investment in our Class A common shares involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below and the other information in this prospectus before you decide to purchase our Class A common shares. In particular, investing in the securities of issuers whose operations are located in emerging market countries such as Brazil involves a higher degree of risk than investing in the securities of issuers whose operations are located in the United States or other more developed countries. If any of the risks discussed in this prospectus actually occurs, alone or together with additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us, or that we currently deem immaterial, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may be materially adversely affected. If this were to occur, the value of our Class A common shares may decline and you may lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry

If we cannot keep pace with rapid developments and change in our industry and continue to acquire new merchants as rapidly as in the past, the use of our services could decline, reducing our revenues.

The electronic payments market in which we compete is subject to rapid and significant changes. This market is characterized by rapid technological change, new product and service introductions, evolving industry standards, changing client needs and the entrance of nontraditional competitors. In order to remain competitive and continue to acquire new merchants rapidly, we are continually involved in a number of projects to develop new services or compete with these new market entrants, including the development of mobile phone payment applications, e-commerce services, digital banking, ERP, digital wallet account and bank card, prepaid card offerings, and other new offerings emerging in the electronic payments industry. These projects carry risks, such as cost overruns, delays in delivery, performance problems and lack of client adoption. Any delay in the delivery of new services or the failure to differentiate our services or to accurately predict and address market demand could render our services less desirable, or even obsolete, to our clients. Furthermore, even though the market for alternative payment processing services is evolving, it may not continue to develop rapidly enough for us to recover the costs we have incurred in developing new services targeted at this market.

In addition, the services we deliver are designed to process very complex transactions and provide reports and other information concerning those transactions, all at high volumes and processing speeds. Any failure to deliver an effective and secure service or any performance issue that arises with a new service could result in significant processing or reporting errors or other losses. As a result of these factors, our development efforts could result in increased costs and/or we could also experience a loss in business that could reduce our earnings or could cause a loss of revenue if promised new services are not timely delivered to our clients or do not perform as anticipated. We also rely in part, and may in the future rely in part, on third parties, including some of our competitors and potential competitors, for the development of, and access to, new technologies. Our future success will depend in part on our ability to develop or adapt to technological changes and evolving industry standards. We cannot predict the effects of technological changes on our business. If we are unable to develop, adapt to or access technological changes or evolving industry standards on a timely and cost-effective basis, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

Furthermore, our competitors may have the ability to devote more financial and operational resources than we can to the development of new technologies and services, including e-commerce and mobile payment processing services, that provide improved operating functionality and features to their existing service offerings. If successful, their development efforts could render our services less desirable to clients, resulting in the loss of clients or a reduction in the fees we could generate from our offerings.

 

21


Table of Contents

Unauthorized disclosure, destruction or modification of data, through cybersecurity breaches, computer viruses or otherwise or disruption of our services could expose us to liability, protracted and costly litigation and damage our reputation.

Our business involves the collection, storage, processing and transmission of customers’ personal data, including names, addresses, identification numbers, credit or debit card numbers and expiration dates and bank account numbers. An increasing number of organizations, including large merchants and businesses, other large technology companies, financial institutions and government institutions, have disclosed breaches of their information technology systems, some of which have involved sophisticated and highly targeted attacks, including on portions of their websites or infrastructure. We could also be subject to breaches of security by hackers. Threats may derive from human error, fraud or malice on the part of employees or third parties, or may result from accidental technological failure. Concerns about security are increased when we transmit information. Electronic transmissions can be subject to attack, interception or loss. Also, computer viruses and malware can be distributed and spread rapidly over the internet and could infiltrate our systems or those of our associated participants, which can impact the confidentiality, integrity and availability of information, and the integrity and availability of our products, services and systems, among other effects. Denial of service or other attacks could be launched against us for a variety of purposes, including interfering with our services or creating a diversion for other malicious activities. These types of actions and attacks could disrupt our delivery of products and services or make them unavailable, which could damage our reputation, force us to incur significant expenses in remediating the resulting impacts, expose us to uninsured liability, subject us to lawsuits, fines or sanctions, distract our management or increase our costs of doing business.

In the scope of our activities, we share information with third parties, including commercial partners, third-party service providers and other agents, which we refer to collectively as “associated participants,” who collect, process, store and transmit sensitive data. Given the rules established by the payment scheme settlors, such as Visa and Mastercard, and applicable regulations, we may be held responsible for any failure or cybersecurity breaches attributed to these third parties insofar as they relate to the information we share with them. The loss, destruction or unauthorized modification of data of the end users of payment services (e.g., payers, receivers, cardholders, merchants, and those who may hold funds and balance in their accounts) by us or our associated participants or through systems we provide could result in significant fines, sanctions and proceedings or actions against us by the payment schemes, governmental bodies or third parties, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Any such proceeding or action, and any related indemnification obligation, could damage our reputation, force us to incur significant expenses in defense of these proceedings, distract our management, increase our costs of doing business or result in the imposition of financial liability.

Our encryption of data and other protective measures may not prevent unauthorized access or use of sensitive data. A breach of our system or that of one of our associated participants may subject us to material losses or liability, including payment scheme fines, assessments and claims for unauthorized purchases with misappropriated credit, debit or card information, impersonation or other similar fraud claims. A misuse of such data or a cybersecurity breach could harm our reputation and deter merchants from using electronic payments generally and our products and services specifically, thus reducing our revenue. In addition, any such misuse or breach could cause us to incur costs to correct the breaches or failures, expose us to uninsured liability, increase our risk of regulatory scrutiny, subject us to lawsuits, result in the imposition of material penalties and fines under state and federal laws or regulations or by the payment schemes. In addition, a significant cybersecurity breach of our systems or communications could result in payment schemes prohibiting us from processing transactions on their schemes or the loss of Central Bank authorization to operate as a payment institution ( instituição de pagamento ) in Brazil, which could materially impede our ability to conduct business. We do not maintain insurance policies specifically for cyber-attacks.

We cannot assure that there are written agreements in place with every associated participant or that such written agreements will prevent the unauthorized use, modification, destruction or disclosure of data or enable us

 

22


Table of Contents

to obtain reimbursement from associated participants in the event we should suffer incidents resulting in unauthorized use, modification, destruction or disclosure of data. In addition, many of our associated participants are small- and medium-sized agents that have limited competency regarding data security and handling requirements and may thus experience data losses. Any unauthorized use, modification, destruction or disclosure of data could result in protracted and costly litigation, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Cybersecurity incidents are increasing in frequency and evolving in nature and include, but are not limited to, installation of malicious software, unauthorized access to data and other electronic security breaches that could lead to disruptions in systems, unauthorized release of confidential or otherwise protected information and the corruption of data. Given the unpredictability of the timing, nature and scope of information technology disruptions, there can be no assurance that the procedures and controls we employ will be sufficient to prevent security breaches from occurring and we could be subject to manipulation or improper use of our systems and networks or financial losses from remedial actions, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Substantial and increasingly intense competition, both within our industry and from other payments methods, may harm our business.

The market for payment processing services is highly competitive. Other providers of payment processing services have established a sizable market share in the small and mid-sized merchant processing and servicing sector, which are the markets in which we are principally focused, as well as servicing large merchants. Our growth will depend on a combination of the continued growth of electronic payments and our ability to increase our market share.

Our primary competitors include traditional merchant acquirers such as affiliates of financial institutions and well-established payment processing companies, including Cielo S.A., a company controlled by Banco Bradesco S.A. and Banco do Brasil S.A.; Redecard S.A., a subsidiary of Itaú Unibanco Holding SA; and Getnet Adquirência e Serviços para Meios de Pagamento S.A. (Santander Getnet), a subsidiary of Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A. Our other competitors include other payment processing companies, such as PagSeguro Digital Ltd.; First Data Corporation; Global Payments – Serviços de Pagamentos S.A., a subsidiary of Global Payments Inc.; Banrisul Cartões S.A. (known as Vero), a subsidiary of Banrisul S.A.; Adyen B.V.; and SafraPay, a unit of Banco Safra S.A. We also face competition from non-traditional payment processors that have significant financial resources and develop different kinds of services.

Our competitors that are affiliated with financial institutions may not incur the sponsorship costs we incur for registration with the payment schemes, some of which are affiliated with our competitors. Many of our competitors also have substantially greater financial, technological, operational and marketing resources than we have. Accordingly, these competitors may be able to offer more attractive fees to our current and prospective clients, especially our competitors that are affiliated with financial institutions. If competition causes us to reduce the fees we charge for our services, we will need to aggressively control our costs in order to maintain our profit margins and our revenues may be adversely affected. In particular, we may need to reduce the fees we charge in order to maintain market share, as merchants may demand more customized and favorable pricing from us. We may also decide to terminate client relationships which may no longer be profitable to us due to such pricing pressure. For instance, in connection with the EdB Acquisition and its associated merchant base, we discontinued certain client relationships that were not profitable to our business. Furthermore, our ability to control our costs is limited because we are subject to fixed transaction costs related to payment schemes. Competition could also result in a loss of existing clients, and greater difficulty in attracting new clients. One or more of these factors could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

23


Table of Contents

If we fail to manage our growth effectively, our business could be harmed.

In order to manage our growth effectively, we must continue to strengthen our existing infrastructure, develop and improve our internal controls, create and improve our reporting systems, and timely address issues as they arise. These efforts may require substantial financial expenditures, commitments of resources, developments of our processes, and other investments and innovations. Furthermore, we encourage employees to quickly develop and launch new features for our products and services. As we grow, we may not be able to execute as quickly as smaller, more efficient organizations. If we do not successfully manage our growth, our business will suffer.

Our systems and our third party providers’ systems may fail due to factors beyond our control, which could interrupt our service, cause us to lose business and increase our costs.

We depend on the efficient and uninterrupted operation of numerous systems, including our computer systems, software, data centers and telecommunications networks, as well as the systems of third parties. Our systems and operations or those of our third-party providers, could be exposed to damage or interruption from, among other things, fire, natural disaster, power loss, telecommunications failure, unauthorized entry and computer viruses. We do not maintain insurance policies specifically for property and business interruptions. Defects in our systems or those of third parties, errors or delays in the processing of payment transactions, telecommunications failures or other difficulties could result in:

 

   

loss of revenues; including subscription revenues owed from equipment rentals;

 

   

loss of clients;

 

   

loss of merchant and cardholder data;

 

   

loss of licenses with Visa, Mastercard or other payment schemes;

 

   

fines imposed by payment scheme associations and other issues relating to non-compliance with applicable payment scheme requirements;

 

   

a failure to receive, or loss of, Central Bank authorizations to operate as a payment institution ( instituição de pagamento ) or as a payment scheme settlor ( instituidor de arranjo de pagamento ) in Brazil;

 

   

fines or other penalties imposed by the Central Bank, as well as other measures taken by the Central Bank, including intervention, temporary special management systems, the imposition of insolvency proceedings, and/or the out-of-court liquidation of Stone Pagamentos S.A., or Stone Pagamentos, and any of our subsidiaries to whom licenses may be granted in the future;

 

   

harm to our business or reputation resulting from negative publicity;

 

   

exposure to fraud losses or other liabilities;

 

   

additional operating and development costs; and/or

 

   

diversion of technical and other resources.

In particular, we rely heavily on our subsidiary, Buy4 Processamento de Pagamentos S.A., or Buy4, to provide transaction authorization and settlement, computing, storage, processing and other related services. Any disruption of or interference with our use of Buy4 services could negatively affect our operations and seriously harm our business. Buy4 provides software and systems to process the authorization and settlement of credit card and debit card transactions, and provides other products and services to our merchant base. Buy4 has experienced, and may experience in the future, interruptions, delays or outages in service availability due to a variety of factors, including infrastructure changes, human or software errors, hosting disruptions and capacity constraints. Capacity constraints could arise from a number of causes such as technical failures, natural disasters, fraud or security attacks. The level of service provided by Buy4, or regular or prolonged interruptions in the

 

24


Table of Contents

services provided by Buy4, could also impact the use of, and our clients’ satisfaction with, our products and services and could harm its business and reputation. To the extent Buy4 begins offering its services to other payment processors or others, the frequency of interruptions, delays or outages in service availability may increase. In addition, hosting costs will increase as our user base and user engagement grows. This could materially and adversely affect our business if our revenues do not increase faster than hosting costs.

We and our independent registered public accounting firm have identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting and, if we fail to implement and maintain effective internal controls over financial reporting, we may be unable to accurately report our results of operations, meet our reporting obligations or prevent fraud.

Prior to this offering, we were a private company with limited accounting personnel and other resources to address our internal control over financial reporting and procedures. Our management has not completed an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting and our independent registered public accounting firm has not conducted an audit of our internal control over financial reporting. In connection with the audit of our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, we and our independent registered public accounting firm identified a number of material weaknesses in our internal controls over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017 and 2016. Specifically, the following controls were not fully effective: (i) inaccuracies in our treatment of the measurement of and recognition of deferred income and social contribution taxes due to a lack of experienced personnel; (ii) inadequate controls around the monthly closing process which resulted in the need to make adjustments to historical financial statements; (iii) inaccuracies in our treatment of stock-based compensation due to a lack of experienced personnel; (iv) errors in our application of acquisition accounting policies to our acquisition of Elavon due to a lack of experienced personnel; (v) inaccuracies in our treatment of related party transactions due to the lack of a process for their identification and disclosure; and (vi) lack of procedures and controls for (a) the change management process, (b) granting access to our accounting systems, (c) revoking access for terminated personnel; and (d) managing access for transferred and promoted employees, (e) periodically reviewing the profiles of those with access, (f) segregating access between development and production environments; and (g) monitoring, logging and tracking access to our systems.

We have adopted a remediation plan with respect to the material weaknesses identified above and, by hiring several new, experienced personnel in our financial reporting organization, we believe that we have remediated the first two material weaknesses, although such remediation has not been confirmed by our independent registered public accounting firm. We are in the process of implementing remedial measures with respect to the remaining material weaknesses and are targeting the end of the 2018 to complete remediation. These measures include implementation of new processes and procedures, modifying our internal controls to provide additional levels of review, implementation of new software solutions, training for staff and enhanced documentation. There can be no assurance that we will achieve that target or that our remediation efforts will be successful.

Under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, our management is not required to assess or report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting in our annual report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2018. We are only required to provide such a report for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2019. At that time, our management may conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is not effective. In addition, until we cease to be an “emerging growth company” as such term is defined in the JOBS Act, which may not be until after five full fiscal years following the date of this offering, our independent registered public accounting firm is not required to attest to and report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Even if our management concludes that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, our independent registered public accounting firm, after conducting its own independent testing, may disagree with our assessment or may issue a report that is qualified if it is not satisfied with our internal controls or the level at which our controls are documented, designed, operated or reviewed, or if it interprets the relevant requirements differently from us. In addition, after we become a public company, our reporting obligations may place a significant strain on our management, operational and financial resources and

 

25


Table of Contents

systems for the foreseeable future. We may be unable to timely complete our evaluation testing and any required remediation.

During the course of documenting and testing our internal control procedures, in order to satisfy the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, we may identify other weaknesses and deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting. In addition, if we fail to maintain the adequacy of our internal control over financial reporting, as these standards are modified, supplemented or amended from time to time, we may not be able to conclude on an ongoing basis that we have effective internal control over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. If we fail to achieve and maintain an effective internal control environment, we could suffer material misstatements in our financial statements, fail to meet our reporting obligations or fail to prevent fraud, which would likely cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information. This could, in turn, limit our access to capital markets, harm our results of operations, and lead to a decline in the trading price of our Class A common shares. Additionally, ineffective internal control over financial reporting could expose us to increased risk of fraud or misuse of corporate assets and subject us to potential delisting from Nasdaq, regulatory investigations and civil or criminal sanctions.

Our business has generated losses, and we intend to continue to make significant investments in our business. Thus, our results of operations and operating metrics may fluctuate and we may continue to generate losses in the future, which may cause the market price of our Class A common shares to decline.

We generated losses of R$105.0 million and R$122.2 million in the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. We intend to continue to make significant investments in our business, including with respect to our employee base, sales and marketing, including expenses relating to increased direct marketing efforts, referral programs, and free hardware and subsidized services, development of new products, services, and features; expansion of office space, data centers and other infrastructure, development of international operations and general administration, including legal, finance, and other compliance expenses related to being a public company. If the costs associated with acquiring and supporting new or larger merchants materially rise in the future, including the fees we pay to third parties to advertise our products and services, our expenses may rise significantly. In addition, increases in our client base could cause us to incur increased losses, because costs associated with new clients are generally incurred up front, while revenue is recognized thereafter as merchants utilize our services. If we are unable to generate adequate revenue growth and manage our expenses, our results of operations and operating metrics may fluctuate and we may continue to incur significant losses, which could cause the market price of our Class A common shares to decline.

We frequently invest in developing products or services that we believe will improve the experiences of our clients and therefore improve our long-term results of operations. However, these improvements often cause us to incur significant up-front costs and may not result in the long-term benefits that we expect, which may materially and adversely affect our business. For example, our growth strategy contemplates an expansion in the number of Stone Hubs and other relevant sales channels. Successful implementation of our growth strategy will require significant expenditures before any substantial associated revenue is generated. We cannot assure you that our increased investment in marketing activities will result in corresponding revenue growth. Additionally, many of our existing Stone Hubs are still relatively new. We cannot assure you that our recently opened or future Stone Hubs will generate revenue and cash flow comparable with those generated by our more mature Stone Hubs. Furthermore, we cannot assure you that our new Stone Hubs will continue to mature at the same rate as our existing Stone Hubs, especially if economic conditions deteriorate.

If we cannot pass increases in fees from payment schemes, including assessment, interchange, transaction and other fees, along to our merchants, our operating margins will decline.

We pay assessment, interchange and other fees set by the payment schemes for each transaction we process. From time to time, the payment schemes increase the assessment, interchange and other fees that they charge

 

26


Table of Contents

payment processors. Under our existing contracts with merchants, we are generally permitted to pass these fee increases along to our merchants through corresponding increases in our processing fees. However, if we are unable to pass through these and other fees in the future due to contractual or regulatory restrictions, competitive pressures or other considerations, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

Our business is subject to extensive government regulation and oversight in Brazil and our status under these regulations may change. Violation of or compliance with present or future regulation could be costly, expose us to substantial liability and force us to change our business practices, any of which could seriously harm our business and results of operations.

As a payment institution ( instituição de pagamento ) and payment scheme settlor ( instituidor de arranjo de pagamento ) in Brazil, our business is subject to Brazilian laws and regulations relating to electronic payments in Brazil, comprised of Brazilian Federal Law No. 12,865/13 and related rules and regulations.

If we fail to comply with the requirements of the Brazilian legal and regulatory framework, we could be prevented from carrying out our regulated activities, and we could be (i) required to pay substantial fines (including per transaction fines) and disgorgement of our profits, (ii) required to change our business practices or (iii) subjected to insolvency proceedings such as an intervention by the Central Bank, as well as the out-of-court liquidation of Stone Pagamentos, and any of our subsidiaries to whom licenses may be granted in the future. Pagar.me has applied to the Central Bank to be licensed as a payment institution, and is awaiting such Central Bank approval. While Pagar.me is permitted to continue operations as a payment institution pending the outcome of the approval process, the failure to eventually obtain such approval would have material adverse effects on our business. In addition, Pagar.me currently operates as a payment scheme settlor pursuant to Central Bank license exemption, and depending on its growth in volumes processed, will be subject to the applicable regulations to operate as a payment scheme settlor. Any disciplinary or punitive action by our regulators or failure to obtain required operating licenses could seriously harm our business and results of operations.

The working capital solutions that we offer merchants make up a significant portion of our activities. Law No. 12,865/13 prohibits payment institutions like us from performing activities that are restricted to financial institutions. There is some debate under Brazilian law as to whether providing early payment of receivables to merchants could be characterized as “lending,” which is an activity that is restricted to financial institutions. Similarly, there is some debate as to whether the discount rates applicable to this early payment feature should be considered as “interest” under Brazilian law, in which case the limits set by Decree No. 22,623, of April 7, 1933 (the Brazilian Usury Law) would apply to these rates. If new laws are enacted or the courts’ interpretation of this activity changes, either preventing us from providing this feature or limiting the fees we usually charge, our financial performance could be negatively affected.

For further information regarding these regulatory matters, see “Business—Regulatory Matters—Regulation of the SPB.”

We have a limited operating history with financial results that may not be indicative of future performance, and our revenue growth rate is likely to slow as our business matures.

We began operations in 2014. As a result of our limited operating history, we have limited financial data that can be used to evaluate our current business, and such data may not be indicative of future performance. In particular, we have experienced periods of high revenue growth since we began selling our products and services, and we do not expect to be able to maintain the same rate of revenue growth as our business matures. Estimates of future revenue growth are subject to many risks and uncertainties and our future revenue may be materially lower than projected.

We have encountered, and expect to continue to encounter, risks and difficulties frequently experienced by growing companies, including challenges in financial forecasting accuracy, determining appropriate investments,

 

27


Table of Contents

developing new products and features, among others. Any evaluation of our business and prospects should be considered in light of our limited operating history, and the risks and uncertainties inherent in investing in early-stage companies.

We may face challenges in expanding into new geographic regions outside of Brazil.

We may expand into new geographic regions outside of Brazil, and we will face challenges associated with entering markets in which we have limited or no experience and in which we may not be well-known. Offering our services in new geographic regions requires substantial expenditures and takes considerable time, and we may not recover our investments in new markets in a timely manner or at all. For example, we may be unable to attract a sufficient number of merchants, fail to anticipate competitive conditions or fail to adapt and tailor our services to different markets.

The development of our products and services globally exposes us to risks relating to staffing and managing cross-border operations, increased costs and difficulty protecting intellectual property and sensitive data, tariffs and other trade barriers, differing and potentially adverse tax consequences, increased and conflicting regulatory compliance requirements, including with respect to privacy and security; lack of acceptance of our products and services, challenges caused by distance, language, and cultural differences, exchange rate risk and political instability. Accordingly, our efforts to develop and expand the geographic footprint of our operations may not be successful, which could limit our ability to grow our business.

Merchant attrition or a decline in our clients’ growth rate could cause our revenues to decline.

We experience attrition in merchant credit and debit card processing volume resulting from several factors, including business closures, transfers of merchants’ accounts to our competitors and account closures that we initiate due to heightened credit risks relating to contract breaches by merchants or a reduction in same-store sales. We cannot predict the level of attrition in the future and our revenues could decline as a result of higher than expected attrition, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In addition, our growth to date has been partially driven by the growth of our clients’ businesses and the resulting growth in TPV. Should the rate of growth of our clients’ business slow or decline, this could have an adverse effect on volumes processed and therefore an adverse effect on our results of operations. Furthermore, should we not be successful in selling additional solutions to our active client base, we may fail to achieve our desired rate of growth.

Any acquisitions, partnerships or joint ventures that we make or enter into could disrupt our business and harm our financial condition.

Acquisitions, partnerships and joint ventures are part of our growth strategy. We evaluate, and expect in the future to evaluate, potential strategic acquisitions of, and partnerships or joint ventures with, complementary businesses, services or technologies. We may not be successful in identifying acquisition, partnership and joint venture targets. In addition, we may not be able to successfully finance or integrate any businesses, services or technologies that we acquire or with which we form a partnership or joint venture, and we may lose merchants as a result of any acquisition, partnership or joint venture. Furthermore, the integration of any acquisition (such as the EdB Acquisition), partnership or joint venture may divert management’s time and resources from our core business and disrupt our operations. Certain acquisitions, partnerships and joint ventures we make may prevent us from competing for certain clients or in certain lines of business, and may lead to a loss of clients. We may spend time and money on projects that do not increase our revenue. To the extent we pay the purchase price of any acquisition in cash, it would reduce our cash reserves, and to the extent the purchase price is paid with our common shares, it could be dilutive to our shareholders. To the extent we pay the purchase price with proceeds from the incurrence of debt, it would increase our level of indebtedness and could negatively affect our liquidity

 

28


Table of Contents

and restrict our operations. Our competitors may be willing or able to pay more than us for acquisitions, which may cause us to lose certain acquisitions that we would otherwise desire to complete. We cannot ensure that any acquisition, partnership or joint venture we make will not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We partially rely on card issuers or payment schemes to process our transactions. If we fail to comply with the applicable requirements of Visa, Mastercard or other payment schemes, those payment schemes could seek to fine us, suspend us or terminate our registrations, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

We partially rely on card issuers or payment schemes to process our transactions, and must pay a fee for this service. From time to time, payment schemes such as Mastercard and Visa may increase the interchange fees that they charge for each transaction using one of their cards. A significant source of our revenue comes from processing transactions through Visa, Mastercard and other payment schemes. The payment schemes routinely update and modify their requirements. Changes in the requirements may impact our ongoing cost of doing business and we may not, in every circumstance, be able to pass through such costs to our clients or associated participants. Furthermore, if we do not comply with the payment scheme requirements (e.g., their rules, bylaws and charter documentation), the payment schemes could seek to fine us, suspend us or terminate our registrations that allow us to process transactions on their schemes. On occasion, we have received notices of non-compliance and fines, which have typically related to transactional or messaging requisites, as well as excessive chargebacks by a merchant or data security failures on the part of a merchant. If we are unable to recover amounts relating to fines from or pass through costs to our merchants or other associated participants, we would experience a financial loss. The termination of our registration due to failure to comply with the applicable requirements of Visa, Mastercard or other payment schemes, or any changes in the payment scheme rules that would impair our registration, could require us to stop providing payment services to Visa, Mastercard or other payment schemes, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are subject to economic and political risk, the business cycles and credit risk of our clients and issuing banks and volatility in the overall level of consumer, business and government spending, which could negatively impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The electronic payments industry depends heavily on the overall level of consumer, business and government spending. We are exposed to general economic conditions that affect consumer confidence, consumer spending, consumer discretionary income or changes in consumer purchasing habits. A sustained deterioration in general economic conditions, including a rise in unemployment rates, particularly in Brazil, or increases in interest rates may adversely affect our financial performance by reducing the number or average purchase amount of transactions made using electronic payments. A reduction in the amount of consumer spending could result in a decrease in our revenue and profits. If cardholders make fewer transactions with their cards, our merchants make fewer sales of their products and services using electronic payments or people spend less money per transaction, we will have fewer transactions to process at lower amounts, resulting in lower revenue.

In addition, a recessionary economic environment could affect our merchants through a higher rate of bankruptcy filings, resulting in lower revenues and earnings for us. Our merchants are liable for any charges properly reversed by the card issuer on behalf of the cardholder. Our associated participants are also liable for any fines, or penalties, that may be assessed by any payment schemes. In the event that we are not able to collect such amounts from the associated participants, whether due to fraud, breach of contract, insolvency, bankruptcy or any other reason, we may be liable for any such charges. Furthermore, in the event of a closure of a merchant, we are unlikely to receive our fees for any services rendered to that merchant in its final months of operation, including subscription revenue owed to us from such merchant’s equipment rental obligations. In turn, we also face a default risk from issuing banks that are counterparty to our receivables pursuant to our credit card payment arrangements. Accordingly, a default by an issuing bank, due to insolvency, bankruptcy, intervention, operational

 

29


Table of Contents

error or otherwise could negatively impact our cash flows as we are required to make payments to merchants independently of the issuing banks’ payments owed to us. As of June 30, 2018, we recorded an allowance for receivables, mainly relating to equipment rental, of R$9.0 million relating to estimated losses on such doubtful accounts. Any of the foregoing risks would negatively impact our business, financial condition and results of operations. See “—Risks Relating to Brazil.”

We have business systems that do not have full redundancy.

While much of our processing infrastructure is located in multiple, redundant data centers, we have some core business systems that are located in only one facility and do not have redundancy. An adverse event, such as damage or interruption from natural disasters, power or telecommunications failures, cybersecurity breaches, criminal acts and similar events, with respect to such systems or the facilities in which they are located could impact our ability to conduct business and perform critical functions, which could negatively impact our financial condition and results of operations.

A decline in the use of credit, debit or prepaid cards as a payment mechanism for consumers or adverse developments with respect to the payment processing industry in general could have a materially adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If consumers do not continue to use credit, debit or prepaid cards as a payment mechanism for their transactions or if there is a change in the mix of payments between cash, credit, debit and prepaid cards that is adverse to us, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. We believe future growth in the use of credit, debit and prepaid cards and other electronic payments will be driven by the cost, ease-of-use, and quality of services offered to consumers and businesses. In order to consistently increase and maintain our profitability, consumers and businesses must continue to use electronic payment methods including, credit, debit and prepaid cards. Moreover, if there is an adverse development in the payments industry or Brazilian market in general, such as new legislation or regulation that makes it more difficult for our clients to do business or utilize such payment mechanisms, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected.

Our insurance policies may not be sufficient to cover all claims.

Our insurance policies may not adequately cover all risks to which we are exposed. A significant claim not covered by our insurance, in full or in part, may result in significant expenditures by us. Moreover, we may not be able to maintain insurance policies in the future at reasonable costs or on acceptable terms, which may adversely affect our business and the trading price of our Class A common shares.

Our risk management policies and procedures may not be fully effective in mitigating our risk exposure in all market environments or against all types of risks, which could expose us to losses and liability and otherwise harm our business.

We operate in a rapidly changing industry, and we have experienced significant change in recent years including certain acquisitions and this offering. Accordingly, our risk management policies and procedures may not be fully effective in identifying, monitoring and managing our risks. Some of our risk evaluation methods depend upon information provided by others and public information regarding markets, clients or other matters that are otherwise inaccessible by us. In some cases, however, that information may not be accurate, complete or up-to-date. If our policies and procedures are not fully effective or we are not always successful in capturing all risks to which we are or may be exposed, we may suffer harm to our reputation or be subject to litigation or regulatory actions that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We offer payments services and other products and services to a large number of clients, and we are responsible for vetting and monitoring these clients and determining whether the transactions we process for

 

30


Table of Contents

them are lawful and legitimate. When our products and services are used to process illegitimate transactions, and we settle those funds to merchants and are unable to recover them, we suffer losses and liability. These types of illegitimate, as well as unlawful, transactions can also expose us to governmental and regulatory sanctions, including outside of Brazil (e.g., U.S. anti-money laundering and economic sanctions violations). The highly automated nature of, and liquidity offered by, our payments services make us a target for illegal or improper uses, including fraudulent or illegal sales of goods or services, money laundering, and terrorist financing. Identity thieves and those committing fraud using stolen or fabricated credit card or bank account numbers, or other deceptive or malicious practices, potentially can steal significant amounts of money from businesses like ours. In configuring our payments services, we face an inherent trade-off between security and client convenience. Our risk management policies, procedures, techniques, and processes may not be sufficient to identify all of the risks to which we are exposed, to enable us to mitigate the risks we have identified, or to identify additional risks to which we may become subject in the future. As a greater number of larger merchants use our services, we expect our exposure to material losses from a single merchant, or from a small number of merchants, to increase. In addition, when we introduce new services, focus on new business types, or begin to operate in markets in which we have a limited history of fraud loss, we may be less able to forecast and reserve accurately for those losses. Furthermore, if our risk management policies and processes contain errors or are otherwise ineffective, we may suffer large financial losses, we may be subject to civil and criminal liability, and our business may be materially and adversely affected.

We incur chargeback and refund liability when our merchants refuse to or cannot reimburse chargebacks and refunds resolved in favor of their customers. Any increase in chargebacks and refunds not paid by our merchants may adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

We are currently, and will continue to be, exposed to risks associated with chargebacks and refunds in connection with payment card fraud or relating to the goods or services provided by our sellers. In the event that a billing dispute between a cardholder and a merchant is not resolved in favor of the merchant, including in situations in which the merchant is engaged in fraud, the transaction is typically “charged back” to the merchant and the purchase price is credited or otherwise refunded to the cardholder. If we are unable to collect chargeback or refunds from the merchant’s account, or if the merchant refuses to or is unable to reimburse us for a chargeback or refunds due to closure, bankruptcy, or other reasons, we may bear the loss for the amounts paid to the cardholder. Our financial results would be adversely affected to the extent these merchants do not fully reimburse us for the related chargebacks. In addition, our exposure to these potential losses from chargebacks increases to the extent that we have provided working capital solutions to such merchants, as the full amount of the payment is provided up front rather than in installments. We do not collect and maintain reserves from our merchants to cover these potential losses, and for customer relations purposes we sometimes decline to seek reimbursement for certain chargebacks. Historically, chargebacks occur more frequently in online transactions than in in-person transactions, and more frequently for goods than for services. In addition, the risk of chargebacks is typically greater with those of our merchants that promise future delivery of goods and services, which we allow on our service. If we are unable to maintain our losses from chargebacks at acceptable levels, the payment schemes could fine us, increase our transaction fees, or terminate our ability to process payment cards. Any increase in our transaction fees could damage our business, and if we were unable to accept payment cards, our business would be materially and adversely affected.

Fraud by merchants or others could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We may be subject to potential liability for fraudulent electronic payment transactions or credits initiated by merchants or others. Examples of merchant fraud include when a merchant or other party knowingly uses a stolen or counterfeit credit, debit or prepaid card, card number, or other credentials to record a false sales transaction, processes an invalid card, or intentionally fails to deliver the merchandise or services sold in an otherwise valid transaction. Criminals are using increasingly sophisticated methods to engage in illegal activities such as counterfeiting and fraud. It is possible that incidents of fraud could increase in the future. Failure to

 

31


Table of Contents

effectively manage risk and prevent fraud would increase our chargeback liability or other liability. Increases in chargebacks or other liability could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Increases in interest rates may harm our business.

Processing consumer transactions made using credit cards, as well as providing for the prepayment of our clients’ receivables when consumers make credit card purchases in installments, both make up a significant portion of our activities. If Brazilian interest rates increase, consumers may choose to make fewer purchases using credit cards; and fewer merchants may decide to use our working capital solutions if our overall financing costs require us to increase the fee we charge for our working capital solutions. Either of these factors could cause our business activity levels to decrease. In addition, we have funded our operations in part through financings that have variable interest rates, whereas we charge merchants a fixed fee for the prepayment of our clients’ receivables. As of June 30, 2018, we had R$2.1 billion of debt and senior quota holder obligations in FIDC AR1 and FIDC AR2 subject to variable interest and return rates. Accordingly, a cost or maturity mismatch between the funds raised by us and the funds made available to our clients may materially adversely affect our liquidity, financial condition and results of operations.

We are exposed to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates.

We hold certain funds in non-Brazilian real currencies, and will continue to do so in the future, including a portion of the proceeds from this offering. Accordingly, our financial results are affected by the translation of these non- real currencies into reais . In addition, to the extent that we need to convert future financing proceeds into Brazilian reais for our operations, any appreciation of the Brazilian real against the relevant foreign currencies would materially reduce the Brazilian real amounts we would receive from the conversion. No assurance can be given that fluctuations in foreign exchange rates will not have a significant impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. We may also have foreign exchange risk on any of our other assets and liabilities denominated in currencies, or with pricing linked to currencies, other than our functional currency, including certain contract assets. The strengthening of the Brazilian real versus any of these foreign currencies may have a material adverse effect on our financial position and results of operations.

Our services must integrate with a variety of operating systems, software, hardware, web browsers and networks, and the hardware that enables merchants to accept payment cards must interoperate with mobile networks offered by telecom operators and third-party mobile devices utilizing those operating systems, software, hardware, web browsers and networks. If we are unable to ensure that our services or hardware interoperate with such operating systems, software, hardware, web browsers and networks, our business may be materially and adversely affected.

We are dependent on the ability of our products and services to integrate with a variety of operating systems, software, hardware and networks, as well as web browsers that we do not control. Any changes in these systems or networks that degrade the functionality of our products and services, impose additional costs or requirements on us, or give preferential treatment to competitive services, including their own services, could materially and adversely affect usage of our products and services. In the event that it is difficult for our merchants to access and use our products and services, our business may be materially and adversely affected. We also rely on bank platforms and others, including card issuers, to process some of our transactions. If there are any issues with, or service interruptions in, these bank platforms, users may be unable to have their transactions completed, which would seriously harm our business.

In addition, our solutions, including hardware and software, interoperate with mobile networks offered by telecom operators and mobile devices developed by third parties. Changes in these networks or in the design of these mobile devices may limit the interoperability of our solutions with such networks and devices and require modifications to our solutions. If we are unable to ensure that our hardware continues to interoperate effectively with such networks and devices, or if doing so is costly, our business may be materially and adversely affected.

 

32


Table of Contents

Our business depends on a well regarded and widely known brand, and any failure to maintain, protect, and enhance our brand would harm our business.

We have developed a well regarded and widely known brand that has contributed significantly to the success of our business. Our brand is predicated on the idea that sellers and buyers will know and trust us and find value in building and growing their businesses with our products and services. Maintaining, protecting, and enhancing our brand are critical to expanding our base of merchants, and other third-party partners, as well as increasing engagement with our products and services. This will depend largely on our ability to remain widely known, maintain trust, be a technology leader, and continue to provide high-quality and secure products and services. Any negative publicity about our industry or our company, the quality and reliability of our products and services, our risk management processes, changes to our products and services, our ability to effectively manage and resolve seller and buyer complaints, our privacy and security practices, litigation, regulatory activity, and the experience of sellers and buyers with our products or services, could adversely affect our reputation and the confidence in and use of our products and services. Harm to our brand can arise from many sources, including failure by us or our partners to satisfy expectations of service and quality; inadequate protection of sensitive information; compliance failures and claims; litigation and other claims; third party trademark infringement claims; employee misconduct; and misconduct by our associated participants, partners, service providers, or other counterparties. If we do not successfully maintain a well regarded and widely known brand, our business could be materially and adversely affected.

We have been from time to time in the past, and may in the future be, the target of incomplete, inaccurate, and misleading or false statements about our company, our business, and our products and services that could damage our brand and materially deter people from adopting our services. Negative publicity about our company or our management, including about our product quality and reliability, changes to our products and services, privacy and security practices, litigation, regulatory enforcement, and other actions, as well as the actions of our clients and other users of our services, even if inaccurate, could cause a loss of confidence in us. Our ability to respond to negative statements about us may be limited by legal prohibitions on permissible public communications by us during our initial public offering process or during future periods.

If we are unable to maintain, promote, and grow our brand through effective marketing and communications strategies, our brand and business may be harmed.

We believe that maintaining and promoting our brand in a cost-effective manner is critical to achieving widespread acceptance of our products and services and to expand our base of clients. Maintaining and promoting our brand will depend largely on our ability to continue to provide useful, reliable, and innovative products and services, which we may not do successfully. We may introduce, or make changes to, features, products, services, or terms of service that clients do not like, which may materially and adversely affect our brand. Our brand promotion activities may not generate customer awareness or increase revenue, and even if they do, any increase in revenue may not offset the expenses we incur in building our brand. If we fail to successfully promote and maintain our brand or if we incur excessive expenses in this effort, our business could be materially and adversely affected.

The introduction and promotion of new services, as well as the promotion of existing services, may be partly dependent on our visibility on third-party advertising platforms, such as Google or Facebook. Changes in the way these platforms operate or changes in their advertising prices or other terms could make the maintenance and promotion of our products and services and our brand more expensive or more difficult. If we are unable to market and promote our brand on third-party platforms effectively, our ability to acquire new merchants would be materially harmed.

Degradation of the quality of the products and services we offer, including support services, could adversely impact our ability to attract and retain merchants and partners.

Our clients expect a consistent level of quality in the provision of our products and services. The support services that we provide are also a key element of the value proposition to our clients. If the reliability or

 

33


Table of Contents

functionality of our products and services is compromised or the quality of those products or services is otherwise degraded, or if we fail to continue to provide a high level of support, we could lose existing clients and find it harder to attract new merchants and partners. If we are unable to scale our support functions to address the growth of our merchant and partner network, the quality of our support may decrease, which could adversely affect our ability to attract and retain merchants and partners.

Certain ongoing legislative and regulatory initiatives under discussion by the Brazilian Congress, the Central Bank and the broader payments industry may result in changes to the regulatory framework of the Brazilian payments and financial industries and may have an adverse effect on the Company.

During the course of 2018, the Central Bank issued several regulations related to the Brazilian payments market, aiming to increase the use of electronic payments, increase competitiveness in the sector, strengthen governance and risk management practices in the industry, encourage the development of new solutions and the differentiation of products to consumers, and promote the increased use of electronic payment means. Such measures include the following recently-enacted Central Bank regulations: (i) Circular 3,886/18, which defines and classifies sub-acquirers and determines conditions that require sub-acquirers to use centralized settlement via the Brazilian Interbank Payments Clearinghouse (CIP) system; and (ii) Circular 3,887/18, which establishes that interchange fees on debit cards will be subject to a cap of up to 0.8% on debit transactions, and that debit card issuers must maintain a maximum average interchange fee of 0.5% on their total transaction volume, with each cap effective October 2018.

In addition to such recently enacted regulations, there are legislative and regulatory initiatives currently being discussed by the Brazilian Congress, Central Bank and the broader payments industry which may modify the regulatory framework of the Brazilian payments and financial industries. For instance, there has been discussion in the Brazilian Congress about the payment cycle currently in place in the Brazilian payments market. See “Business—Our Growth Strategies—Our Solutions—Grow Our Clients’ Businesses—More Information on Working Capital Solutions” for a discussion of the current Brazilian payment cycle. Should these discussions lead the Central Bank, as the competent authority over the market, to implement a reduction in existing payment cycles, this could adversely affect prepayment services relating to credit card installment receivables that are commonly used by merchants in Brazil. Any reduction in payment cycles could significantly negatively impact our working capital solutions business, which could adversely affect our business, revenues and financial condition.

These discussions are in various phases of development, whether as part of legislative, regulatory or private initiatives in the industry and the overall impact of any such reform proposals is difficult to estimate. Any such changes in laws, regulations or market practices have the potential to alter the type or volume of the card-based transactions we process and our payment services and could adversely affect our business, revenues and financial condition.

We are subject to costs and risks associated with increased or changing laws and regulations affecting our business, including those relating to the sale of consumer products. Specifically, developments in data protection and privacy laws could harm our business, financial condition or results or operations.

We operate in a complex regulatory and legal environment that exposes us to compliance and litigation risks that could materially affect our results of operations. These laws may change, sometimes significantly, as a result of political, economic or social events. Some of the federal, state or local laws and regulations in Brazil that affect us include: those relating to consumer products, product liability or consumer protection; those relating to the manner in which we advertise, market or sell products; labor and employment laws, including wage and hour laws; tax laws or interpretations thereof; bank secrecy laws, data protection and privacy laws and regulations; and securities and exchange laws and regulations. For instance, data protection and privacy laws are developing to take into account the changes in cultural and consumer attitudes towards the protection of personal data. There can be no guarantee that we will have sufficient financial resources to comply with any new regulations or successfully compete in the context of a shifting regulatory environment.

 

34


Table of Contents

On August 14, 2018, the President of Brazil approved Law No. 13,709/2018, a comprehensive data protection law establishing general principles and obligations that apply across multiple economic sectors and contractual relationships ( Lei Geral de Proteção de Dados ) or the LGPD. The LGPD establishes detailed rules for the collection, use, processing and storage of personal data and will affect all economic sectors, including the relationship between customers and suppliers of goods and services, employees and employers and other relationships in which personal data is collected, whether in a digital or physical environment. The obligations established by LGPD will become effective within 18 months from the date of publication of the law, by which date all legal entities will be required to adapt their data processing activities to these new rules. Any additional privacy laws or regulations enacted or approved in Brazil or in other jurisdictions in which we operate could seriously harm our business, financial condition or results of operations. On August 16, 2018, the Central Bank approved Circular 3,909, which establishes requirements for the engaging of data processing, storage and cloud computing services by payment institutions authorized to operate by the Central Bank and determines the mandatory implementation of a cybersecurity policy. In this regard, Circular 3,909 requires payment institutions to draw up an internal cybersecurity policy and to include specific mandatory clauses in contracts regarding data processing, storage and cloud computing services. Circular 3,909 will become effective on September 1, 2019. All payment institutions will be required to adapt their activities and agreements to these new rules in accordance with the timeline for adequacy established by Circular 3,909.

In particular, as we seek to build a trusted and secure platform for commerce, and as we expand our network of sellers and buyers and facilitate their transactions and interactions with one another, we will increasingly be subject to laws and regulations relating to the collection, use, retention, security, and transfer of information, including the personally identifiable information of our employees and our merchants and their customers. As with the other laws and regulations noted above, these laws and regulations may be interpreted and applied differently over time and from jurisdiction to jurisdiction, and it is possible they will be interpreted and applied in ways that will materially and adversely affect our business. Any failure, real or perceived, by us to comply with our posted privacy policies or with any regulatory requirements or orders or other local, state, federal, or international privacy or consumer protection-related laws and regulations could cause sellers or their customers to reduce their use of our products and services and could materially and adversely affect our business.

Our business is subject to complex and evolving regulations and oversight related to our provision of payments services and other financial services.

The laws, rules, and regulations that govern our business include or may in the future include those relating to banking, deposit-taking, cross-border and domestic money transmission, foreign exchange, payments services (such as payment processing and settlement services), consumer financial protection, anti-money laundering and terrorist financing, escheatment, and compliance with the Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard, a set of requirements designed to ensure that all companies that process, store, or transmit payment card information maintain a secure environment to protect cardholder data. These laws, rules, and regulations are enforced by multiple authorities and governing bodies in Brazil, including the Central Bank and the National Monetary Council. In addition, as our business continues to develop and expand, we may become subject to additional rules and regulations, which may limit or change how we conduct our business.

For example, although we do not engage in financial services activities in the United States, we maintain bank accounts at Banco do Brasil—NY, the international settlement agent for the payment scheme settlors, such as Visa and Mastercard. We are or may be subject to anti-money laundering and terrorist financing laws and regulations that prohibit, among other things, involvement in transferring the proceeds of criminal or terrorist activities. We could be subject to liability and forced to change our business practices if we were found to be subject to, or in violation of, any laws or regulations governing the ability to maintain a bank account in the countries where we operate, including the United States, or if existing or new legislation or regulations applicable to banks in the countries where we maintain a bank account, including the United States, were to result in banks in those countries being unwilling or unable to establish and maintain bank accounts in our name.

 

35


Table of Contents

We believe that our activities in the United States, including maintaining bank accounts in connection with payment scheme settlements do not require a license from federal or state banking authorities to conduct financial services activities in the United States. If we are found to have engaged in a banking or financial services business requiring a license, we could be subject to liability, or forced to cease doing such business, change our business practices, or become a regulated financial entity subject to compliance with applicable laws and regulations, including anti-money laundering and terrorist financing laws and regulations, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, or results of operations.

Although we have a compliance program focused on applicable laws, rules, and regulations (which currently is principally focused on Brazilian law) and are continually investing in this program, we may still be subject to fines or other penalties in one or more jurisdictions levied by federal, state or local regulators, as well as those levied by foreign regulators. In addition to fines, penalties for failing to comply with applicable rules and regulations could include significant criminal and civil lawsuits, forfeiture of significant assets, or other enforcement actions, including loss of licensure in a given jurisdiction. We could also be required to make changes to our business practices or compliance programs as a result of regulatory scrutiny. In addition, any perceived or actual breach of compliance by us with respect to applicable laws, rules, and regulations could have a significant impact on our reputation as a trusted brand and could cause us to lose existing clients, prevent us from obtaining new clients, require us to expend significant funds to remedy problems caused by breaches and to avert further breaches, and expose us to legal risk and potential liability.

We are subject to regulatory activity and antitrust litigation under competition laws.

We are subject to scrutiny from governmental agencies under competition laws in countries in which we operate. Some jurisdictions also provide private rights of action for competitors or consumers to assert claims of anticompetitive conduct. Other companies or governmental agencies may allege that our actions violate antitrust or competition laws, or otherwise constitute unfair competition. Contractual agreements with buyers, sellers, or other companies could give rise to regulatory action or antitrust investigations or litigation. Also, our unilateral business practices could give rise to regulatory action or antitrust investigations or litigation. Some regulators may perceive our business to have such significant market power that otherwise uncontroversial business practices could be deemed anticompetitive. Any such claims and investigations, even if they are unfounded, may be expensive to defend, involve negative publicity and substantial diversion of management time and effort, and could result in significant judgments against us.

Changes in tax laws, tax incentives, benefits or differing interpretations of tax laws may adversely affect our results of operations.

Changes in tax laws, regulations, related interpretations and tax accounting standards in Brazil, the Cayman Islands or the United States may result in a higher tax rate on our earnings, which may significantly reduce our profits and cash flows from operations. For example, in 2015 the Brazilian government increased the rate of PIS/COFINS tax (which is a tax levied on revenues) from 0% to 4% on financial income realized by Brazilian companies that are taxed under the non-cumulative regime (which is the tax regime that applies to us). In addition, our results of operations and financial condition may decline if certain tax incentives are not retained or renewed. For example, Brazilian Law No. 11,196 currently grants tax benefits to companies that invest in research and development, provided that some requirements are met, which significantly reduces our annual income tax expense. If the taxes applicable to our business increase or any tax benefits are revoked and we cannot alter our cost structure to pass our tax increases on to clients, our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be seriously harmed. Our payment processing activities are also subject to a Municipal Tax on Services ( Imposto Sobre Serviços , or ISS). Any increases in ISS rates would also harm our profitability.

In addition, Brazilian government authorities at the federal, state and local levels are considering changes in tax laws in order to cover budgetary shortfalls resulting from the recent economic downturn in Brazil. If these proposals are enacted they may harm our profitability by increasing our tax burden, increasing our tax

 

36


Table of Contents

compliance costs, or otherwise affecting our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Tax rules in Brazil, particularly at the local level, can change without notice. We may not always be aware of all such changes that affect our business and we may therefore fail to pay the applicable taxes or otherwise comply with tax regulations, which may result in additional tax assessments and penalties for our company.

At the municipal level, the Brazilian government enacted Supplementary Law No. 157/16, which imposed changes regarding the tax collection applied to the rendering of our services. These changes created new obligations, since taxes will now be due in the municipality in which the acquirer of our services is located rather than in the municipality in which the service provider’s facilities are located. This obligation took force in January 2018, but has been delayed by Direct Unconstitutionality Action No. 5835, or ADI, filed by taxpayers. The ADI challenges Supplementary Law No. 157/16’s constitutionality before the Supreme Court, arguing that the new legislation would adversely affect companies’ activities due to the increase of costs and bureaucracy related to the ISS payment to several Municipalities and the compliance with tax reporting obligations connected therewith. As a result, the Supreme Court granted an injunction to suspend Supplementary Law No. 157/16’s enforcement. A final decision on this matter is currently pending.

Furthermore, we are subject to tax laws and regulations that may be interpreted differently by tax authorities and us and tax authorities. The application of indirect taxes, such as sales and use tax, value-added tax, or VAT, provincial taxes, goods and services tax, business tax and gross receipt tax, to businesses like ours is a complex and evolving issue. Significant judgment is required to evaluate applicable tax obligations. In many cases, the ultimate tax determination is uncertain because it is not clear how existing statutes apply to our business. One or more states, or Municipalities, the federal government or other countries may seek to challenge the taxation or procedures applied to our transactions imposing the charge of taxes or additional reporting, record-keeping or indirect tax collection obligations on businesses like ours. New taxes could also require us to incur substantial costs to capture data and collect and remit taxes. If such obligations were imposed, the additional costs associated with tax collection, remittance and audit requirements could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial results.

The costs and effects of pending and future litigation, investigations or similar matters, or adverse facts and developments related thereto, could materially affect our business, financial position and results of operations.

We are, and may be in the future, party to legal, arbitration and administrative investigations, inspections and proceedings arising in the ordinary course of our business or from extraordinary corporate, tax or regulatory events, involving our clients, suppliers, customers, as well as competition, government agencies, tax and environmental authorities, particularly with respect to civil, tax and labor claims. Our indemnities may not cover all claims that may be asserted against us, and any claims asserted against us, regardless of merit or eventual outcome, may harm our reputation. Furthermore, there is no guarantee that we will be successful in defending ourselves in pending or future litigation or similar matters under various laws. Should the ultimate judgments or settlements in any pending litigation or future litigation or investigation significantly exceed our indemnity rights, they could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations and the price of our Class A common shares. Further, even if we adequately address issues raised by an inspection conducted by an agency or successfully defend our case in an administrative proceeding or court action, we may have to set aside significant financial and management resources to settle issues raised by such proceedings or to those lawsuits or claims, which could adversely affect our business. See “Business—Legal Proceedings.”

We may not be able to successfully manage our intellectual property and may be subject to infringement claims.

We rely on a combination of contractual rights, trademarks and trade secrets to establish and protect our proprietary technology. Third parties may challenge, invalidate, circumvent, infringe or misappropriate our intellectual property, or such intellectual property may not be sufficient to permit us to take advantage of current

 

37


Table of Contents

market trends or otherwise to provide competitive advantages, which could result in costly redesign efforts, discontinuance of certain service offerings or other competitive harm. Others, including our competitors, may independently develop similar technology, duplicate our services or design around our intellectual property, and in such cases, we could not assert our intellectual property rights against such parties. Further, our contractual arrangements may not effectively prevent disclosure of our confidential information or provide an adequate remedy in the event of unauthorized disclosure of our confidential information. We may have to litigate to enforce or determine the scope and enforceability of our intellectual property rights, trade secrets and know-how, which is expensive, could cause a diversion of resources and may not prove successful. Also, because of the rapid pace of technological change in our industry, aspects of our business and our services rely on technologies developed or licensed by third parties, and we may not be able to obtain or continue to obtain licenses and technologies from these third parties on reasonable terms or at all. The loss of intellectual property protection, the inability to obtain third-party intellectual property or delay or refusal by relevant regulatory authorities to approve pending intellectual property registration applications could harm our business and ability to compete.

We may also be subject to costly litigation in the event our services and technology infringe upon or otherwise violate a third party’s proprietary rights. Third parties may have, or may eventually be issued, patents that could be infringed by our services or technology. Any of these third parties could make a claim of infringement against us with respect to our services or technology. We may also be subject to claims by third parties for breach of copyright, trademark, license usage or other intellectual property rights. Any claim from third parties may result in a limitation on our ability to use the intellectual property subject to these claims or could prevent us from registering our brands as trademarks. Additionally, in recent years, individuals and groups have been purchasing intellectual property assets for the sole purpose of making claims of infringement and attempting to extract settlements from companies like ours. Even if we believe that intellectual property related claims are without merit, defending against such claims is time-consuming and expensive and could result in the diversion of the time and attention of our management and employees. Claims of intellectual property infringement also might require us to redesign affected services, enter into costly settlement or license agreements, pay costly damage awards, change our brands, or face a temporary or permanent injunction prohibiting us from marketing or selling certain of our services or using certain of our brands. Even if we have an agreement for indemnification against such costs, the indemnifying party, if any in such circumstances, may be unable to uphold its contractual obligations. If we cannot or do not license the infringed technology on reasonable terms or substitute similar technology from another source, our revenue and earnings could be adversely impacted.

We rely upon third-party data center service providers to host certain aspects of our platform and content, any disruption to, or interference with, our use of such services, could impair our ability to deliver our platform, resulting in customer dissatisfaction, damaging our reputation and harming our business.

We utilize data center hosting facilities from third-party service providers to make certain content available on our platform. Our primary data centers are in Rio de Janeiro and São Paulo in Brazil, and in Charlotte, North Carolina, Chicago, Illinois and Atlanta, Georgia in the United States. Our operations depend, in part, on our providers’ ability to protect their facilities against damage or interruption from natural disasters, power or telecommunications failures, criminal acts and similar events. The occurrence of spikes in user volume, traffic, natural disasters, acts of terrorism, vandalism or sabotage, or a decision to close a facility without adequate notice, or other unanticipated problems at our providers’ facilities could result in lengthy interruptions in the availability of our platform, which would adversely affect our business.

Our use of open source software could negatively affect our ability to sell our solutions and subject us to possible litigation.

Our solutions incorporate and are dependent to some extent on the use and development of open source software and we intend to continue our use and development of open source software in the future. Such open source software is generally licensed by its authors or other third parties under open source licenses and is

 

38


Table of Contents

typically freely accessible, usable and modifiable. Pursuant to such open source licenses, we may be subject to certain conditions, including requirements that we offer our proprietary software that incorporates the open source software for no cost, that we make available source code for modifications or derivative works we create based upon, incorporating or using the open source software and that we license such modifications or derivative works under the terms of the particular open source license. If an author or other third party that uses or distributes such open source software were to allege that we had not complied with the conditions of one or more of these licenses, we could be required to incur significant legal expenses defending against such allegations and could be subject to significant damages, enjoined from the sale of our solutions that contained or are dependent upon the open source software and required to comply with the foregoing conditions, which could disrupt the distribution and sale of some of our solutions. Litigation could be costly for us to defend, have a negative effect on our operating results and financial condition or require us to devote additional research and development resources to change our platform. The terms of many open source licenses to which we are subject have not been interpreted by courts. As there is little or no legal precedent governing the interpretation of many of the terms of certain of these licenses, the potential impact of these terms on our business is uncertain and may result in unanticipated obligations regarding our solutions and technologies.

Any requirement to disclose our proprietary source code, termination of open source license rights or payments of damages for breach of contract could be harmful to our business, results of operations or financial condition, and could help our competitors develop products and services that are similar to or better than ours.

In addition to risks related to license requirements, use of open source software can lead to greater risks than use of third-party commercial software, as open source licensors generally do not provide warranties, controls on the origin or development of the software, or remedies against the licensors. Many of the risks associated with usage of open source software cannot be eliminated and could adversely affect our business.

Although we believe that we have complied with our obligations under the various applicable licenses for open source software, it is possible that we may not be aware of all instances where open source software has been incorporated into our proprietary software or used in connection with our solutions or our corresponding obligations under open source licenses. We do not have open source software usage policies or monitoring procedures in place. We rely on multiple software programmers to design our proprietary software and we cannot be certain that our programmers have not incorporated open source software into our proprietary software that we intend to maintain as confidential or that they will not do so in the future. To the extent that we are required to disclose the source code of certain of our proprietary software developments to third-parties, including our competitors, in order to comply with applicable open source license terms, such disclosure could harm our intellectual property position, competitive advantage, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, to the extent that we have failed to comply with our obligations under particular licenses for open source software, we may lose the right to continue to use and exploit such open source software in connection with our operations and solutions, which could disrupt and adversely affect our business.

If we lose key personnel our business, financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected.

We are dependent upon the ability and experience of a number of key personnel who have substantial experience with our operations, the rapidly changing payment processing industry and the markets in which we offer our services. Many of our key personnel have worked for us for a significant amount of time or were recruited by us specifically due to their industry experience. It is possible that the loss of the services of one or a combination of our senior executives or key managers, including our chief executive officer, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

39


Table of Contents

In a dynamic industry like ours, the ability to attract, recruit, develop and retain qualified employees is critical to our success and growth. If we are not able to do so, our business and prospects may be materially and adversely affected.

Our business functions at the intersection of rapidly changing technological, social, economic and regulatory developments that require a wide-ranging set of expertise and intellectual capital. In order for us to successfully compete and grow, we must attract, recruit, develop and retain the necessary personnel who can provide the needed expertise across the entire spectrum of our intellectual capital needs. While we have a number of our key personnel who have substantial experience with our operations, we must also develop our personnel to provide succession plans capable of maintaining continuity in the midst of the inevitable unpredictability of human capital. However, the market for qualified personnel is competitive, and we may not succeed in recruiting additional personnel or may fail to effectively replace current personnel who depart with qualified or effective successors. For instance, our Stone Missionaries are highly trained and, accordingly, we may face challenges in recruiting and retaining such qualified personnel. We must continue to hire additional personnel to execute our strategic plans. Our effort to retain and develop personnel may also result in significant additional expenses, which could adversely affect our profitability. We cannot assure that qualified employees will continue to be employed or that we will be able to attract and retain qualified personnel in the future. Failure to retain or attract key personnel could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our operations may be adversely affected by a failure to timely obtain or renew any licenses required to operate our hubs.

The operation of our hubs and other properties we occupy or may come to occupy are subject to certain license and certification requirements under applicable law, including operation and use licenses ( alvará de licença de uso e funcionamento ) from the municipalities in which we operate and certificates of inspection from applicable local fire departments. Our operations may be adversely affected by a failure to timely obtain or renew any licenses required to operate our hubs. We have not yet obtained licenses for the majority of our hubs, and we cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain the licenses for which we have applied in a timely manner, as applicable. In addition, we cannot assure you that we will obtain such licenses in a timely manner for the opening of new hubs.

If we are unable to renew or obtain such licenses, we may be subject to certain penalties, which include the imposition of fines and the suspension or termination of our operations at the respective hub. The imposition of such penalties, or, in extreme scenarios, the sealing off of the premises by relevant public authorities pending compliance with all the requirements demanded by the municipalities and fire departments, may adversely affect our operations and our ability to generate revenues at the relevant location.

Our operating results are subject to seasonal fluctuations, which could result in variations in our quarterly profit.

We have experienced in the past, and expect to continue to experience, seasonal fluctuations in our revenues as a result of consumer spending patterns. Historically, our revenues have been strongest during the last quarter of the year as a result of higher sales during the Brazilian holiday season. This is due to the increase in the number and amount of electronic payment transactions related to seasonal retail events. Adverse events that occur during these months could have a disproportionate effect on our results of operations for the entire fiscal year. As a result of quarterly fluctuations caused by these and other factors, comparisons of our operating results across different fiscal quarters may not be accurate indicators of our future performance.

Potential clients may be reluctant to switch to a new vendor, which may adversely affect our growth.

Many potential clients worry about disadvantages associated with switching payment processing vendors, such as a loss of accustomed functionality, increased costs and business disruption. For potential clients,

 

40


Table of Contents

switching from one vendor of core processing or related software and services (or from an internally-developed system) to a new vendor is a significant undertaking. As a result, potential clients often resist changing vendors. We seek to overcome this resistance through strategies such as making investments to enhance the functionality of our software. However, there can be no assurance that our strategies for overcoming potential clients’ reluctance to change vendors will be successful, and this resistance may adversely affect our growth.

We are dependent on a single manufacturer for a substantial amount of our POS devices. We are at risk of shortage, price increases, changes, delay or discontinuation of key components from our POS device manufacturers, which could disrupt and harm our business.

We currently are dependent on PAX BR Comércio e Serviços de Equipamentos de Informática Ltda., or PAX, to manufacture and assemble a substantial amount of our POS devices. We are constrained by its manufacturing capabilities and pricing, and may face production delays or escalating costs if it is unable to manufacture a sufficient quantity of product at an affordable cost. Further, we could face production delays if it becomes necessary to replace this existing substantial supplier with one or more alternative suppliers.

We may also be subject to product recalls or other quality-related actions if such devices, or other products supplied by us, are believed to cause injury or illness, or if such products are defective or fail to meet our quality control standards or standards established by applicable law. If our suppliers are unable or unwilling to recall products failing to meet applicable quality standards, we may be required to recall those products at substantial cost to us. Recalls and government, customer or consumer concerns about product safety could harm our reputation, brands and relationships with clients, lead to increased costs, loss of revenues (including revenues from equipment rentals and/or decreased transaction volumes), and/or loss of merchants, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Additionally, agreements for the components used to manufacture our POS devices are entered into directly by the manufacturer of our POS devices and we do not have agreements with these suppliers. Some of the key components used to manufacture our POS devices, such as the chip and pin reader, come from limited sources of supply. Due to the reliance of our POS manufacturers on these components, we are subject to the risk of shortages and long lead times in the supply of certain products. If our manufacturers cannot find alternative sources of supply, we could be subject to components shortages or delays or other problems in product assembly. In addition, various sources of supply-chain risk, including strikes or shutdowns, or loss of or damage to our products while they are in transit or storage, could limit the supply of our POS devices. Any interruption or delay in component supply, any increases in component costs, the inability of our manufacturers to obtain these parts or components from alternate sources at acceptable prices and within a reasonable amount of time, and/or difficulties in fulfilling obligations in connection with the warranties we provide for our POS devices, would harm our ability to provide our POS devices or other services to our merchants on a timely basis. This could damage our relationships with our clients, prevent us from acquiring new clients, and seriously harm our business.

We are subject to anti-corruption, anti-bribery and anti-money laundering laws and regulations.

We operate in jurisdictions that have a high risk for corruption and we are subject to anti-corruption, anti-bribery and anti-money laundering laws and regulations, including the Brazilian Federal Law No. 12,846/2013, or the Clean Company Act, and the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, or the FCPA. Both the Clean Company Act and the FCPA impose liability against companies who engage in bribery of government officials, either directly or through intermediaries. We have a compliance program that is designed to manage the risks of doing business in light of these new and existing legal and regulatory requirements. Violations of the anti-corruption, anti-bribery and anti-money laundering laws and regulations could result in criminal liability, administrative and civil lawsuits, significant fines and penalties, forfeiture of significant assets, as well as reputational harm.

 

41


Table of Contents

Regulators may increase enforcement of these obligations, which may require us to make adjustments to our compliance program, including the procedures we use to verify the identity of our customers and to monitor our transactions. Regulators regularly reexamine the transaction volume thresholds at which we must obtain and keep applicable records or verify identities of customers and any change in such thresholds could result in greater costs for compliance. Costs associated with fines or enforcement actions, changes in compliance requirements, or limitations on our ability to grow could harm our business, and any new requirements or changes to existing requirements could impose significant costs, result in delays to planned product improvements, make it more difficult for new customers to join our network and reduce the attractiveness of our products and services.

Our business could be harmed if we are unable to accurately forecast demand for our products and services and to adequately manage our product inventory.

We invest broadly in our business, and such investments are driven by our expectations of the future success of a product or services. Our products, such as our POS devices, often require investments with long lead times. In addition, we invest in new Stone Hubs based on our expectation of future demand for our services from the relevant location. An inability to correctly forecast the success of a particular product or services could harm our business. We must forecast inventory and capital needs and expenses, hire employees and place orders sufficiently in advance with our third-party suppliers and contract manufacturers based on our estimates of future demand for particular products or services. Our ability to accurately forecast demand for our products or services could be affected by many factors, including an increase or decrease in demand for our or our competitors’ products or services, unanticipated changes in general market conditions, and the change in economic conditions.

We may not be able to secure financing on favorable terms, or at all, to meet our future capital needs.

We have funded our operations since inception primarily through equity financings, bank credit facilities, and financing arrangements, including through FIDCs, which are Brazilian investment funds established to purchase and hold receivables. We do not know when or if our operations will generate sufficient cash to fund our ongoing operations. In the future, we may require additional capital to respond to business opportunities, refinancing needs, challenges, acquisitions, or unforeseen circumstances and may decide to engage in equity or debt financings or enter into credit facilities for other reasons, and we may not be able to secure any such additional debt or equity financing or refinancing on favorable terms, in a timely manner, or at all. Any debt financing obtained by us in the future could also include restrictive covenants relating to our capital-raising activities and other financial and operational matters, which may make it more difficult for us to obtain additional capital and to pursue business opportunities, including potential acquisitions. Our credit facilities contain restrictive covenants, including customary limitations on the incurrence of certain indebtedness and liens. Our ability to comply with these covenants may be affected by events beyond our control, and breaches of these covenants could result in a default under our credit facilities and any future financing agreements into which we may enter. If not waived, defaults could cause our outstanding indebtedness under our credit facilities and any future financing agreements that we may enter into under these terms to become immediately due and payable. If we are unable to obtain adequate financing or financing on terms satisfactory to us when we require it, our ability to continue to grow or support our business and to respond to business challenges could be significantly limited. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Indebtedness.”

Requirements associated with being a public company in the United States will require significant company resources and management attention.

After the completion of this offering, we will become subject to certain reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the Exchange Act, and the other rules and regulations of the SEC and Nasdaq. We will also be subject to various other regulatory requirements, including the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We expect these rules and regulations to increase our legal, accounting and financial compliance costs and to make some activities more time-consuming and costly. For example, we expect

 

42


Table of Contents

these rules and regulations to make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantial costs to maintain the same or similar coverage. New rules and regulations relating to information disclosure, financial reporting and controls and corporate governance, which could be adopted by the SEC, Nasdaq or other regulatory bodies or exchange entities from time to time, could result in a significant increase in legal, accounting and other compliance costs and make certain corporate activities more time-consuming and costly, which could materially affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. These rules and regulations may also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors or as executive officers.

These new obligations will also require substantial attention from our senior management and could divert their attention away from the day-to-day management of our business. Given that most of the individuals who now constitute our management team have limited experience managing a publicly traded company and complying with the increasingly complex laws pertaining to public companies, initially, these new obligations could demand even greater attention. These cost increases and the diversion of management’s attention could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and operation results.

Our balance sheet includes significant amounts of intangible assets. The impairment of a significant portion of these assets would negatively affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

As of June 30, 2018, our balance sheet includes intangible assets that amount to R$239.2 million. These assets consist primarily of identified intangible assets associated with our acquisitions. We also expect to engage in additional acquisitions, which may result in our recognition of additional intangible assets. Under current accounting standards, we are required to amortize certain intangible assets over the useful life of the asset, while certain other intangible assets are not amortized. On at least an annual basis, we assess whether there have been impairments in the carrying value of certain intangible assets. If the carrying value of the asset is determined to be impaired, then it is written down to fair value by a charge to operating earnings. An impairment of a significant portion of intangible assets could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our holding company structure makes us dependent on the operations of our subsidiaries.

We are a Cayman Islands exempted company with limited liability. Our material assets are our direct and indirect equity interests in our subsidiaries. We are, therefore, dependent upon payments, dividends and distributions from our subsidiaries for funds to pay our holding company’s operating and other expenses and to pay future cash dividends or distributions, if any, to holders of our Class A common shares, and we may have tax costs in connection with any dividend or distribution. Furthermore, exchange rate fluctuation will affect the U.S. dollar value of any distributions our subsidiaries make with respect to our equity interests in those subsidiaries. See “—Risks Relating to Brazil—Exchange rate instability may have adverse effects on the Brazilian economy, us and the price of our Class A common shares”, “The ongoing economic uncertainty, the general elections and political instability in Brazil may harm us and the price of our Class A common shares” and “Dividends and Dividend Policy.”

We are subject to the risks associated with less than full control rights of some of our subsidiaries and investors.

We own less than 100% of the equity interests or assets of some of our subsidiaries and investors and do not hold controlling interests in some of the entities in which we have invested. As a result, we do not receive the full amount of any profit or cash flow from these non-wholly owned entities and those who hold a controlling interest may be able to take actions that bind us. We may be adversely affected by this lack of full control and we cannot provide assurance that management of our subsidiaries or other entities will possess the skills, qualifications or abilities necessary to profitably operate such businesses.

 

43


Table of Contents

An occurrence of a natural disaster, widespread health epidemic or other outbreaks could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our business could be materially and adversely affected by natural disasters, such as fires or floods, the outbreak of a widespread health epidemic, or other events, such as wars, acts of terrorism, environmental accidents, power shortages or communication interruptions. The occurrence of a disaster or similar event could materially disrupt our business and operations. These events could also cause us to close our operating facilities temporarily, which would severely disrupt our operations and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, our net sales could be materially reduced to the extent that a natural disaster, health epidemic or other major event harms the economy of the countries where we operate. Our operations could also be severely disrupted if our clients, merchants or other participants were affected by natural disasters, health epidemics or other major events.

Risks Relating to Brazil

The Brazilian federal government has exercised, and continues to exercise, significant influence over the Brazilian economy. This involvement, as well as Brazil’s political and economic conditions, could harm us and the price of our Class A common shares.

The Brazilian federal government frequently exercises significant influence over the Brazilian economy and occasionally makes significant changes in policy and regulations. The Brazilian government’s actions to control inflation and other policies and regulations have often involved, among other measures, increases or decreases in interest rates, changes in fiscal policies, wage and price controls, foreign exchange rate controls, blocking access to bank accounts, currency devaluations, capital controls and import restrictions. We have no control over and cannot predict what measures or policies the Brazilian government may take in the future. We and the market price of our securities may be harmed by changes in Brazilian government policies, as well as general economic factors, including, without limitation:

 

   

growth or downturn of the Brazilian economy;

 

   

interest rates and monetary policies;

 

   

exchange rates and currency fluctuations;

 

   

inflation;

 

   

liquidity of the domestic capital and lending markets;

 

   

import and export controls;

 

   

exchange controls and restrictions on remittances abroad;

 

   

modifications to laws and regulations according to political, social and economic interests;

 

   

fiscal policy and changes in tax laws;

 

   

economic, political and social instability;

 

   

labor and social security regulations;

 

   

energy and water shortages and rationing; and

 

   

other political, diplomatic, social and economic developments in or affecting Brazil.

Uncertainty over whether the Brazilian federal government will implement changes in policy or regulation affecting these or other factors in the future may affect economic performance and contribute to economic uncertainty in Brazil, which may have an adverse effect on us and our Class A common shares. We cannot predict what measures the Brazilian federal government will take in the face of mounting macroeconomic pressures or otherwise. Recent economic and political instability has led to a negative perception of the Brazilian

 

44


Table of Contents

economy and higher volatility in the Brazilian securities markets, which also may adversely affect us and our Class A common shares. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations— Significant Factors Affecting our Results of Operations.”

The ongoing economic uncertainty, the general election and political instability in Brazil may harm us and the price of our Class A common shares.

Brazil’s political environment has historically influenced, and continues to influence, the performance of the country’s economy. Political crises have affected and continue to affect the confidence of investors and the general public, which have historically resulted in economic deceleration and heightened volatility in the securities issued by Brazilian companies.

The recent economic instability in Brazil has contributed to a decline in market confidence in the Brazilian economy as well as to a deteriorating political environment, and weak macroeconomic conditions in Brazil are expected to continue through 2018. In addition, various ongoing investigations into allegations of money laundering and corruption being conducted by the Office of the Brazilian Federal Prosecutor, including the largest such investigation, known as “ Operação Lava Jato ,” have negatively impacted the Brazilian economy and political environment.

In August 2016, the Brazilian Senate approved the removal of Dilma Rousseff, Brazil’s then-President, from office, following a legal and administrative impeachment process for infringing budgetary laws. Michel Temer, the former Vice-President, who had previously assumed the interim presidency of Brazil in a caretaker capacity since the former President’s suspension in May, was sworn in by the Brazilian Senate to serve out the remainder of the presidential term until December 2018 (with general elections scheduled to take place in October 2018). In addition to a proceeding against the electoral alliance between the former President and the current one (former Vice-President) in connection with the 2014 elections was adjudicated by the Brazilian Higher Electoral Court ( Tribunal Superior Eleitoral ) and in June 2017, the Brazilian Higher Electoral Court absolved the former Vice-President (current President of Brazil) of wrongdoing. Despite this, he remains under investigation in connection with the ongoing “ Operação Lava Jato ” investigations. The potential outcome of these investigations is uncertain, but they have already had an adverse impact on the image and reputation of the implicated companies, and on the general market perception of the Brazilian economy, political environment and the Brazilian capital markets. We have no control over and we cannot predict whether the ongoing investigations will result in further political and economic instability, or if new allegations against government officials and/or executives of private companies will arise in the future. We also cannot predict which policies the current President of Brazil may adopt or change during his mandate or the effect that any such policies might have on our business and on the Brazilian economy. Any such new policies or changes to current policies may have a material adverse effect on us or the price of our Class A common shares. Furthermore, uncertainty over whether the acting Brazilian government will implement changes in policy or regulation in the future may contribute to economic uncertainty in Brazil and to heightened volatility in the securities issued abroad by Brazilian companies.

In addition, political demonstrations in Brazil over the last few years have affected the development of the Brazilian economy and investors’ perceptions of Brazil. For example, street protests, which started in mid-2013 and continued through 2016, demonstrated the public’s dissatisfaction with the worsening Brazilian economic condition (including an increase in inflation and fuel prices as well as rising unemployment), and the perception of widespread corruption. Moreover, in October 2018, elections will be held in Brazil for the following public offices: members of the federal house of representatives, members of the state houses of representatives, two-thirds of the senators, governors and President, which may cause instability deriving from eventual uncertainties related to policies that may be implemented by the new federal government. In relation to this year’s general elections, including for a new Brazilian President, some candidates propose the imposition of tax on dividends in their political agenda. If any such candidate is elected and the intended proposal is enacted, there will be an increase in the tax cost in connection with any dividend or distribution and our capacity to pay future cash dividends or distributions could be harmed. We cannot guarantee that the new federal government will not

 

45


Table of Contents

materially change the current policies and acts related to the Brazilian economy and that such changes will not affect our business.

Any of the above factors may create additional political uncertainty, which could harm the Brazilian economy and, consequently, our business and the price of our Class A common shares.

Inflation and certain measures by the Brazilian government to curb inflation have historically harmed the Brazilian economy and Brazilian capital markets, and high levels of inflation in the future could harm our business and the price of our Class A common shares.

In the past, Brazil has experienced extremely high rates of inflation. Inflation and some of the measures taken by the Brazilian government in an attempt to curb inflation have had significant negative effects on the Brazilian economy generally. Inflation, policies adopted to curb inflationary pressures and uncertainties regarding possible future government intervention have contributed to economic uncertainty and heightened volatility in the Brazilian economy and capital markets.

According to the National Consumer Price Index ( Índice Nacional de Preços ao Consumidor Amplo ), or IPCA, which is published by the IBGE, Brazilian inflation rates were 2.9%, 6.3% and 10.7% in 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Brazil may experience high levels of inflation in the future and inflationary pressures may lead to the Brazilian government’s intervening in the economy and introducing policies that could harm our business and the price of our Class A common shares. In the past, the Brazilian government’s interventions included the maintenance of a restrictive monetary policy with high interest rates that restricted credit availability and reduced economic growth, causing volatility in interest rates. For example, the official interest rate in Brazil oscillated from 14.25% as of December 31, 2015 to 7.00% as of December 31, 2017, as established by the Monetary Policy Committee ( Comitê de Política Monetária do Banco Central do Brasil—COPOM ). On February 7, 2018, the Monetary Policy Committee reduced the SELIC rate to 6.75% and further reduced the SELIC rate to 6.50% as of March 21, 2018. The COPOM reconfirmed the SELIC rate of 6.50% on May 16, 2018 and subsequently on June 20, 2018. Conversely, more lenient government and Central Bank policies and interest rate decreases have triggered and may continue to trigger increases in inflation, and, consequently, growth volatility and the need for sudden and significant interest rate increases, which could negatively affect us and increase our indebtedness.

Exchange rate instability may have adverse effects on the Brazilian economy, us and the price of our Class A common shares.

The Brazilian currency has been historically volatile and has been devalued frequently over the past three decades. Throughout this period, the Brazilian government has implemented various economic plans and used various exchange rate policies, including sudden devaluations, periodic mini-devaluations (during which the frequency of adjustments has ranged from daily to monthly), exchange controls, dual exchange rate markets and a floating exchange rate system. Although long-term depreciation of the real is generally linked to the rate of inflation in Brazil, depreciation of the real occurring over shorter periods of time has resulted in significant variations in the exchange rate between the real , the U.S. dollar and other currencies. The real depreciated against the U.S. dollar by 32.0% at year-end 2015 as compared to year-end 2014, and by 11.8% at year-end 2014 as compared to year-end 2013. The real /U.S. dollar exchange rate reported by the Central Bank was R$3.9048 per U.S. dollar on December 31, 2015 and R$3.2591 per U.S. dollar on December 31, 2016, which reflected a 16.5% appreciation in the real against the U.S. dollar during 2016. The real /U.S. dollar exchange rate reported by the Central Bank was R$3.308 per U.S. dollar on December 31, 2017, which reflected a 1.5% depreciation in the real against the U.S. dollar during 2017. From January 1, 2018 through June 30, 2018, the real depreciated 14.21% against the U.S. dollar, primarily as a result of lower interest rates in Brazil, which reduced the volume of foreign currency deposited in Brazil in the “carry trade,” as well as uncertainty regarding the results of the Brazilian presidential elections to be held in October 2018. There can be no assurance that the real will not again depreciate against the U.S. dollar or other currencies in the future.

 

46


Table of Contents

A devaluation of the real relative to the U.S. dollar could create inflationary pressures in Brazil and cause the Brazilian government to, among other measures, increase interest rates. Any depreciation of the real may generally restrict access to the international capital markets. It would also reduce the U.S. dollar value of our results of operations. Restrictive macroeconomic policies could reduce the stability of the Brazilian economy and harm our results of operations and profitability. In addition, domestic and international reactions to restrictive economic policies could have a negative impact on the Brazilian economy. These policies and any reactions to them may harm us by curtailing access to foreign financial markets and prompting further government intervention. A devaluation of the real relative to the U.S. dollar may also, as in the context of the current economic slowdown, decrease consumer spending, increase deflationary pressures and reduce economic growth.

On the other hand, an appreciation of the real relative to the U.S. dollar and other foreign currencies may deteriorate the Brazilian foreign exchange current accounts. We and certain of our suppliers purchase goods and services from countries outside of Brazil, and thus changes in the value of the U.S. dollar compared to other currencies may affect the costs of goods and services that we purchase. Depending on the circumstances, either devaluation or appreciation of the real relative to the U.S. dollar and other foreign currencies could restrict the growth of the Brazilian economy, as well as our business, results of operations and profitability.

Infrastructure and workforce deficiency in Brazil may impact economic growth and have a material adverse effect on us.

Our performance depends on the overall health and growth of the Brazilian economy. Brazilian GDP growth has fluctuated over the past few years, with a growth rate of 3.0% in 2013 but decreasing to 0.5% in 2014, a contraction of 3.8% in 2015, a contraction of 3.6% in 2016, and growth of 1.0% in 2017. Growth is limited by inadequate infrastructure, including potential energy shortages and deficient transportation, logistics and telecommunication sectors, the lack of a qualified labor force, and the lack of private and public investments in these areas, which limit productivity and efficiency. Any of these factors could lead to labor market volatility and generally impact income, purchasing power and consumption levels, which could limit growth and ultimately have a material adverse effect on us.

Developments and the perceptions of risks in other countries, including other emerging markets, the United States and Europe, may harm the Brazilian economy and the price of securities issued by companies operating in Brazil, including the price of our Class A common shares.

The market for securities of companies operating in Brazil, including us, is influenced by economic and market conditions in Brazil and, to varying degrees, market conditions in other Latin American and emerging markets, as well as the United States, Europe and other countries and regions. To the extent the conditions of the global markets or economy deteriorate, the business of companies operating in Brazil may be harmed. The weakness in the global economy has been marked by, among other adverse factors, lower levels of consumer and corporate confidence, decreased business investment and consumer spending, increased unemployment, reduced income and asset values in many areas, reduction of China’s growth rate, currency volatility and limited availability of credit and access to capital. Developments or economic conditions in other emerging market countries have at times significantly affected the availability of credit to Brazilian companies and resulted in considerable outflows of funds from Brazil, decreasing the amount of foreign investments in Brazil.

Crises and political instability in other emerging market countries, the United States, Europe or other countries could decrease investor demand for securities related to companies operating in Brazil, such as our Class A common shares. In June 2016, the United Kingdom had a referendum in which the majority voted to leave the European Union. We have no control over and cannot predict the effect of the United Kingdom’s exit from the European Union nor over whether and to which effect any other member state will decide to exit the European Union in the future. These developments, as well as potential crises and forms of political instability arising therefrom or any other as of yet unforeseen development, may harm our business and the price of our Class A common shares.

 

47


Table of Contents

Any further downgrading of Brazil’s credit rating could reduce the trading price of our Class A common shares.

We may be harmed by investors’ perceptions of risks related to Brazil’s sovereign debt credit rating. Rating agencies regularly evaluate Brazil and its sovereign ratings, which are based on a number of factors including macroeconomic trends, fiscal and budgetary conditions, indebtedness metrics and the perspective of changes in any of these factors.

The rating agencies began to review Brazil’s sovereign credit rating in September 2015. Subsequently, the three major rating agencies downgraded Brazil’s investment-grade status:

 

   

Standard & Poor’s initially downgraded Brazil’s credit rating from BBB-negative to BB-positive and subsequently downgraded it again from BB-positive to BB, maintaining its negative outlook, citing a worse credit situation since the first downgrade. On January 11, 2018, Standard & Poor’s further downgraded Brazil’s credit rating from BB to BB-negative.

 

   

In December 2015, Moody’s placed Brazil’s Baa3’s issue and bond ratings under review for downgrade and subsequently downgraded the issue and bond ratings to below investment grade, at Ba2 with a negative outlook, citing the prospect of a further deterioration in Brazil’s debt indicators, taking into account the low growth environment and the challenging political scenario.

 

   

Fitch downgraded Brazil’s sovereign credit rating to BB-positive with a negative outlook, citing the rapid expansion of the country’s budget deficit and the worse-than-expected recession. In February 2018, Fitch downgraded Brazil’s sovereign credit rating again to BB-negative, citing, among other reasons, fiscal deficits, the increasing burden of public debt and an inability to implement reforms that would structurally improve Brazil’s public finances. Brazil’s sovereign credit rating is currently rated below investment grade by the three main credit rating agencies. Consequently, the prices of securities issued by companies with significant Brazilian operations have been negatively affected. A prolongation or worsening of the current Brazilian recession and continued political uncertainty, among other factors, could lead to further ratings downgrades. Any further downgrade of Brazil’s sovereign credit ratings could heighten investors’ perception of risk and, as a result, cause the trading price of our Class A common shares to decline.

Internet regulation in Brazil is recent and still limited and several legal issues related to the internet are uncertain.

In 2014, Brazil enacted a law, which we refer to as the Brazilian Civil Rights Framework for the internet ( Marco Civil da Internet ), setting forth principles, guarantees, rights and duties for the use of the internet in Brazil, including provisions about internet service provider liability, internet user privacy and internet neutrality. In May 2016, further regulations were passed in connection with the referred law. The administrative penalties imposed by the Brazilian Civil Rights Framework for the internet include notification, fines (up to 10% of the revenues in Brazil of the relevant entity’s economic group in the preceding fiscal year) and suspension or prohibition from engaging in data process activities. The Brazilian Civil Rights Framework for the internet also determines joint and several liability between foreign parent companies and local Brazilian subsidiaries for the payment of fines that may be imposed for breach of privacy regulations. Administrative penalties may be applied cumulatively. Daily fines may be imposed in judicial proceedings, as a way to compel compliance with a Brazilian court order. If for any reason a company fails to comply with the court order, the fine can reach significant amounts. We may be subject to liability under these laws and regulations should we fail to adequately protect our users’ data privacy.

However, unlike in the United States, little case law exists around the Brazilian Civil Rights Framework for the internet and existing jurisprudence has not been consistent. Legal uncertainty arising from the limited guidance provided by current laws in force allows for different judges or courts to decide very similar claims in different ways and establish contradictory jurisprudence. This legal uncertainty allows for rulings against us and

 

48


Table of Contents

could set adverse precedents, which individually or in the aggregate could seriously harm our business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, legal uncertainty may harm our clients’ perception and use of our service.

We may face restrictions and penalties under the Brazilian Consumer Protection Code in the future.

Brazil has a series of strict consumer protection statutes, collectively known as the Consumer Protection Code ( Código de Defesa do Consumidor ), that are intended to safeguard consumer interests and that apply to all companies in Brazil that supply products or services to Brazilian consumers. These consumer protection provisions include protection against misleading and deceptive advertising, protection against coercive or unfair business practices and protection in the formation and interpretation of contracts, usually in the form of civil liabilities and administrative penalties for violations. These penalties are often levied by the Brazilian Consumer Protection Agencies ( Fundação de Proteção e Defesa do Consumidor, or PROCONs ), which oversee consumer issues on a district-by-district basis. Companies that operate across Brazil may face penalties from multiple PROCONs, as well as the National Secretariat for Consumers ( Secretaria Nacional do Consumidor, or SENACON ). Companies may settle claims made by consumers via PROCONs by paying compensation for violations directly to consumers and through a mechanism that allows them to adjust their conduct, called a conduct adjustment agreement ( Termo de Ajustamento de Conduta, or TAC ). Brazilian Public Prosecutor Offices may also commence investigations related to consumer rights violations and this TAC mechanism is also available for them. Companies that violate TACs face potential automatic fines. Brazilian Public Prosecutor Offices may also file public civil actions against companies in violation of consumer rights, seeking strict observation to the consumer protection law provisions and compensation for the damages consumers may have suffered.

As of June 30, 2018, we had approximately 97 active proceedings with PROCONs and small claims courts relating to consumer rights. To the extent consumers file such claims against us in the future, we may face reduced revenue due to refunds and fines for non-compliance that could negatively impact our results of operations.

Risks Relating to Our Class A Common Shares and the Offering

There is no existing market for our Class A common shares, and we do not know whether one will develop to provide you with adequate liquidity. If our share price fluctuates after this offering, you could lose a significant part of your investment.

Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our Class A common shares. If an active trading market does not develop, you may have difficulty selling any of our Class A common shares that you buy. We cannot predict the extent to which investor interest in our company will lead to the development of an active trading market on Nasdaq, or how liquid that market might become. The initial public offering price for the Class A common shares will be determined by negotiations between us, the selling shareholders and the underwriters and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the open market following this offering. Consequently, you may not be able to sell our Class A common shares at prices equal to or greater than the price paid by you in this offering. In addition to the risks described above, the market price of our Class A common shares may be influenced by many factors, some of which are beyond our control, including:

 

   

the failure of financial analysts to cover our Class A common shares after this offering or changes in financial estimates by analysts;

 

   

actual or anticipated variations in our operating results;

 

   

changes in financial estimates by financial analysts, or any failure by us to meet or exceed any of these estimates, or changes in the recommendations of any financial analysts that elect to follow our Class A common shares or the shares of our competitors;

 

   

announcements by us or our competitors of significant contracts or acquisitions;

 

49


Table of Contents
   

future sales of our shares; and

 

   

investor perceptions of us and the industries in which we operate.

In addition, the stock market in general has experienced substantial price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of particular companies affected. These broad market and industry factors may materially harm the market price of our Class A common shares, regardless of our operating performance. In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of certain companies’ securities, securities class action litigation has been instituted against these companies. This litigation, if instituted against us, could adversely affect our financial condition or results of operations. If a market does not develop or is not maintained, the liquidity and price of our Class A common shares could be seriously harmed.

Sales of substantial amounts of our Class A common shares in the public market, or the perception that these sales may occur, could cause the market price of our Class A common shares to decline.

Sales of substantial amounts of our Class A common shares in the public market, or the perception that these sales may occur, could cause the market price of our Class A common shares to decline. This could also impair our ability to raise additional capital through the sale of our equity securities. Under our Articles of Association, we are authorized to issue up to 630,000,000 shares, of which 268,062,362 common shares will be outstanding following this offering. We have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to offer, sell, or dispose of any shares of our share capital or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our share capital during the 180-day period following the date of this prospectus. We cannot predict the size of future issuances of our shares or the effect, if any, that future sales and issuances of shares would have on the market price of our Class A common shares.

In addition, we have adopted the 2018 Omnibus Equity Plan, a new omnibus equity incentive plan under which we have the discretion to grant a broad range of equity-based awards to eligible participants. See “Management—Long-Term Incentive Plans (LTIP)—2018 Omnibus Equity Plan.” We intend to register all common shares that we may issue under the 2018 Omnibus Equity Plan. Once we register these common shares, they can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance, subject to volume limitations applicable to affiliates and the lock-up agreements described in the “Underwriting” section of this prospectus, and any other applicable restrictions. If a large number of our common shares or securities convertible into our common shares are sold in the public market after they become eligible for sale, the sales could reduce the trading price of our common shares and impede our ability to raise future capital.

Our founder shareholders will, in the aggregate, own none of our outstanding Class A common shares and 61.4% of our outstanding Class B common shares and will control all matters requiring shareholder approval. Our founder shareholders also have the right to nominate a majority of our board and consent rights over certain corporate transactions. This concentration of ownership limits your ability to influence corporate matters.

Immediately following this offering of Class A common shares, our founder shareholders will own none of our Class A common shares and 61.4% of our Class B common shares, resulting in their ownership of 35.6% of our outstanding common shares, and, consequently, 57.2% of the combined voting power of our common shares. See “Principal Shareholders.” These entities, to the extent they act together, will control a majority of our voting power and will have the ability to control matters affecting, or submitted to a vote of, our shareholders. As a result, these shareholders may be able to elect the members of our board of directors and set our management policies and exercise overall control over us. In addition, we have entered into a shareholders agreement with our founder shareholders pursuant to which we have granted the founder shareholders the right to nominate directors to our board and committees, rights to information, and rights to approve certain of our corporate actions. See “Management—Shareholders Agreement.” The rights granted pursuant to our shareholders agreement mean that our founder shareholders will be able to appoint a majority of our board despite owning a non-proportionate

 

50


Table of Contents

number of common shares and will be able to control any transaction involving a merger or change of control until they own less than 15% of the total voting power of our common shares. In addition, our Articles of Association require consent of our founder shareholders before our shareholders are able to take certain actions, including to amend such document. See “Description of Share Capital,” “Management” and “Principal Shareholders” for more information.

The interests of these shareholders may conflict with, or differ from, the interests of other holders of our shares. For example, our current controlling shareholders may cause us to make acquisitions that increase the amount of our indebtedness or outstanding shares, sell revenue-generating assets or inhibit change of control transactions that benefit other shareholders. They may also pursue acquisition opportunities for themselves that may be complementary to our business, and as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us. In addition, the Central Bank may hold our controlling shareholders jointly liable in connection with any regulatory actions against Stone Pagamentos. Such potential liability could cause the interests of our controlling shareholders to differ from other holders of our shares. So long as these shareholders continue to own a substantial number of our common shares, they will significantly influence all our corporate decisions and together with other shareholders, they may be able to effect or inhibit changes in the control of our company.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research, or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research, about our business, the price of our Class A common shares and our trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our Class A common shares will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. Securities and industry analysts do not currently, and may never, publish research on our company. If no or too few securities or industry analysts commence coverage of our company, the trading price for our Class A common shares would likely be negatively affected. In the event securities or industry analysts initiate coverage, if one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our Class A common shares or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, the price of our Class A common shares would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our Class A common shares could decrease, which might cause the price of our Class A common shares and trading volume to decline.

We do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

We currently intend to retain our future earnings, if any, for the foreseeable future, to fund the operation of our business and future growth. We do not intend to pay any dividends to holders of our Class A common shares. As a result, capital appreciation in the price of our Class A common shares, if any, will be your only source of gain on an investment in our Class A common shares.

Transformation into a public company may increase our costs and disrupt the regular operations of our business.

This offering will have a significant transformative effect on us. Our business historically has operated as a privately owned company, and we expect to incur significant additional legal, accounting, reporting and other expenses as a result of having publicly traded Class A common shares. We will also incur costs which we have not incurred previously, including, but not limited to, costs and expenses for directors’ fees, increased directors and officers insurance, investor relations, and various other costs of a public company. See “—Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry—Requirements associated with being a public company in the United States will require significant company resources and management attention.”

The additional demands associated with being a public company may disrupt regular operations of our business by diverting the attention of some of our senior management team away from revenue producing activities to management and administrative oversight, adversely affecting our ability to attract and complete business opportunities and increasing the difficulty in both retaining professionals and managing and growing our businesses. Any of these effects could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

51


Table of Contents

Our dual-class capital structure means our shares will not be included in certain indices. We cannot predict the impact this may have on our share price.

In 2017, FTSE Russell, S&P Dow Jones and MSCI announced changes to their eligibility criteria for inclusion of shares of public companies on certain indices to exclude companies with multiple classes of shares of common stock from being added to such indices. FTSE Russell announced plans to require new constituents of its indices to have at least five percent of their voting rights in the hands of public stockholders, whereas S&P Dow Jones announced that companies with multiple share classes, such as ours, will not be eligible for inclusion in the S&P 500, S&P MidCap 400 and S&P SmallCap 600, which together make up the S&P Composite 1500. MSCI also opened public consultations on their treatment of no-vote and multi-class structures and has temporarily barred new multi-class listings from its ACWI Investable Market Index and U.S. Investable Market 2500 Index. We cannot assure you that other stock indices will not take a similar approach to FTSE Russell, S&P Dow Jones and MSCI in the future. Under the announced policies, our dual class capital structure would make us ineligible for inclusion in any of these indices and, as a result, mutual funds, exchange-traded funds and other investment vehicles that attempt to passively track these indices will not invest in our stock. These policies are new and it is unclear what effect, if any, they will have on the valuations of publicly traded companies excluded from the indices, but it is possible that they may depress these valuations compared to those of other similar companies that are included.

The disparity in the voting rights among the classes of our shares may have a potential adverse effect on the price of our Class A common shares, and may limit or preclude your ability to influence corporate matters.

Each Class A common share will entitle its holder to one vote per share on all matters submitted to a vote of our shareholders. Each holder of our Class B common shares will be entitled to 10 votes per Class B common share so long as the voting power of Class B common shares is at least 10% of the aggregate voting power of our outstanding common shares on the record date for any general meeting of the shareholders. The difference in voting rights could adversely affect the value of our Class A common shares by, for example, delaying or deferring a change of control or if investors view, or any potential future purchaser of our company views, the superior voting rights of the Class B common shares to have value. Because of the ten-to-one voting ratio between our Class B and Class A common shares, the holders of our Class B common shares collectively will continue to control a majority of the combined voting power of our common shares and therefore be able to control all matters submitted to our shareholders so long as the Class B common shares represent at least 9.1% of all outstanding shares of our Class A and Class B common shares. This concentrated control will limit or preclude your ability to influence corporate matters for the foreseeable future.

Future transfers by holders of Class B common shares will generally result in those shares converting to Class A common shares, subject to limited exceptions, such as certain transfers effected to permitted transferees or for estate planning or charitable purposes. The conversion of Class B common shares to Class A common shares will have the effect, over time, of increasing the relative voting power of those holders of Class B common shares who retain their shares in the long term. For a description of our dual class structure, see “Description of Share Capital and Constitutional Documents—Meetings of Shareholders—Voting Rights and Right to Demand a Poll.”

We are a Cayman Islands exempted company with limited liability. The rights of our shareholders may be different from the rights of shareholders governed by the laws of U.S. jurisdictions.

We are a Cayman Islands exempted company with limited liability. Our corporate affairs are governed by our Articles of Association and by the laws of the Cayman Islands. The rights of shareholders and the responsibilities of members of our board of directors may be different from the rights of shareholders and responsibilities of directors in companies governed by the laws of U.S. jurisdictions. In the performance of its duties, the board of directors of a solvent Cayman Islands exempted company is required to consider the company’s interests, and the interests of its shareholders as a whole, which may differ from the interests of one

 

52


Table of Contents

or more of its individual shareholders. See “Description of Share Capital and Constitutional Documents—Comparison of Cayman Islands Corporate Law and U.S. Corporate Law.”

New investors in our Class A common shares will experience immediate and substantial book value dilution after this offering.

The initial public offering price of our Class A common shares will be substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of the outstanding Class A common shares immediately after the offering. Based on an assumed initial public offering price of $22.00 per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus) and our net tangible book value as of June 30, 2018 if you purchase our Class A common shares in this offering you will pay more for your shares than the amounts paid by our existing shareholders for their shares and you will suffer immediate dilution of approximately $18.36 per share in pro forma net tangible book value. In addition, purchasers of Class A common shares in this offering will have contributed approximately 76.4% of the aggregate price paid by all purchasers of our Class A common shares but will own only approximately 17.3% of our Class A common shares outstanding after this offering. As a result of this dilution, investors purchasing Class A common shares in this offering may receive significantly less than the full purchase price that they paid for the shares purchased in this offering in the event of a liquidation. See “Dilution.”

We have broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds from this offering and may not use them effectively.

Our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds from this offering and could spend the proceeds in ways that do not improve our results of operations or enhance the value of our Class A common shares. The failure by our management to apply these funds effectively could result in financial losses that could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. Pending their use, we may invest the net proceeds from this offering in a manner that does not produce income or that loses value.

Participation in this offering by Berkshire Hathaway, Inc., entities advised by T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. and Madrone Opportunity Fund, L.P. could reduce the public float for our Class A common shares.

Berkshire Hathaway, Inc., entities advised by T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. and Madrone Opportunity Fund, L.P. have indicated an interest in purchasing an aggregate of up to 13,712,960, 9,545,455 and 2,386,364 Class A common shares, respectively, in this offering at the initial public offering price. Because these indications of interest are not binding agreements or commitments to purchase, such potential purchasers could determine to purchase more, less or no Class A common shares in this offering or the underwriters could determine to sell more, less or no shares to such potential purchasers. The underwriters will receive the same discount on any of our Class A common shares purchased by such potential purchasers as they will from any other shares sold to the public in this offering.

If such potential purchasers are allocated all or a portion of the shares in which it has indicated an interest in this offering or more, and purchase any such shares, such purchase would reduce the available public float for our shares if such potential purchasers hold these shares long term.

As a foreign private issuer and an “emerging growth company” (as defined in the JOBS Act), we will have different disclosure and other requirements than U.S. domestic registrants and non-emerging growth companies.

As a foreign private issuer and emerging growth company, we may be subject to different disclosure and other requirements than domestic U.S. registrants and non-emerging growth companies. For example, as a foreign private issuer, in the United States, we are not subject to the same disclosure requirements as a domestic U.S. registrant under the Exchange Act, including the requirements to prepare and issue quarterly reports on Form 10-Q or to file current reports on Form 8-K upon the occurrence of specified significant events, the proxy rules applicable to domestic U.S. registrants under Section 14 of the Exchange Act or the insider reporting and short-swing profit rules applicable to domestic U.S. registrants under Section 16 of the Exchange Act. In

 

53


Table of Contents

addition, we intend to rely on exemptions from certain U.S. rules which will permit us to follow Cayman Islands legal requirements rather than certain of the requirements that are applicable to U.S. domestic registrants.

We will follow Cayman Islands laws and regulations that are applicable to Cayman Islands companies. However, Cayman Islands laws and regulations applicable to Cayman Islands companies do not contain any provisions comparable to the U.S. proxy rules, the U.S. rules relating to the filing of reports on Form 10-Q or 8-K or the U.S. rules relating to liability for insiders who profit from trades made in a short period of time, as referred to above.

Furthermore, foreign private issuers are required to file their annual report on Form 20-F within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, while U.S. domestic issuers that are accelerated filers are required to file their annual report on Form 10-K within 75 days after the end of each fiscal year. Foreign private issuers are also exempt from Regulation Fair Disclosure, aimed at preventing issuers from making selective disclosures of material information, although we will be subject to Cayman Islands laws and regulations having substantially the same effect as Regulation Fair Disclosure. As a result of the above, even though we are required to file reports on Form 6-K disclosing the limited information which we have made or are required to make public pursuant to Cayman Islands law, or are required to distribute to shareholders generally, and that is material to us, you may not receive information of the same type or amount that is required to be disclosed to shareholders of a U.S. company.

The JOBS Act contains provisions that, among other things, relax certain reporting requirements for emerging growth companies. Under this act, as an emerging growth company, we will not be subject to the same disclosure and financial reporting requirements as non-emerging growth companies. For example, as an emerging growth company, we are permitted to, and intend to take advantage of, certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies. Also, we will not have to comply with future audit rules promulgated by the U.S. Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, or PCAOB (unless the SEC determines otherwise) and our auditors will not need to attest to our internal controls under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We may follow these reporting exemptions until we are no longer an emerging growth company. As a result, our shareholders may not have access to certain information that they deem important. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering, (b) in which we have total annual revenues of at least US$1.07 billion, or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our Class A common shares that is held by non-affiliates exceeds US$700 million as of the prior June 30th, and (2) the date on which we have issued more than US$1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period. Accordingly, the information about us available to you will not be the same as, and may be more limited than, the information available to shareholders of a non-emerging growth company. We could be an “emerging growth company” for up to five years, although circumstances could cause us to lose that status earlier, including if the market value of our Class A common shares held by non-affiliates exceeds US$700 million as of any June 30 (the end of our second fiscal quarter) before that time, in which case we would no longer be an “emerging growth company” as of the following December 31 (our fiscal year end). We cannot predict if investors will find our Class A common shares less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our Class A common shares less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our Class A common shares and the price of our Class A common shares may be more volatile.

Moreover, we are not required to file periodic reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or within the same time frames as U.S. companies with securities registered under the Exchange Act. We currently prepare our financial statements in accordance with IFRS. We will not be required to file financial statements prepared in accordance with or reconciled to U.S. GAAP so long as our financial statements are prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB. We are not required to comply with Regulation FD, which imposes restrictions on the selective disclosure of material information to shareholders. In addition, our officers, directors and principal shareholders are exempt from the reporting and short-swing profit recovery provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules under the Exchange Act with respect to their purchases and sales of our securities.

 

54


Table of Contents

We cannot predict if investors will find our Class A common shares less attractive because we will rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our Class A common shares less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our Class A common shares and our share price may be more volatile.

As a foreign private issuer, we are permitted to, and we will, rely on exemptions from certain Nasdaq corporate governance standards applicable to U.S. issuers, including the requirement that a majority of an issuer’s directors consist of independent directors. This may afford less protection to holders of our Class A common shares.

Section 5605 of Nasdaq equity rules requires listed companies to have, among other things, a majority of their board members be independent, and to have independent director oversight of executive compensation, the nomination of directors and corporate governance matters. As a foreign private issuer, however, we are permitted to, and we will follow home-country practice in lieu of the above requirements.

We may lose our foreign private issuer status which would then require us to comply with the Exchange Act’s domestic reporting regime and cause us to incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses.

In order to maintain our current status as a foreign private issuer, either (a) more than 50% of our outstanding voting securities must be either directly or indirectly owned of record by non-residents of the United States or (b)(i) a majority of our executive officers or directors may not be U.S. citizens or residents, (ii) more than 50% of our assets cannot be located in the United States and (iii) our business must be administered principally outside the United States. If we lose this status, we would be required to comply with the Exchange Act reporting and other requirements applicable to U.S. domestic issuers, which are more detailed and extensive than the requirements for foreign private issuers. We may also be required to make changes in our corporate governance practices in accordance with various SEC and Nasdaq rules. The regulatory and compliance costs to us under U.S. securities laws if we are required to comply with the reporting requirements applicable to a U.S. domestic issuer may be significantly higher than the costs we will incur as a foreign private issuer.

Our shareholders may face difficulties in protecting their interests because we are a Cayman Islands exempted company.

Our corporate affairs are governed by our Articles of Association, by the Companies Law (as amended) of the Cayman Islands (“Cayman Companies Law”) and the common law of the Cayman Islands. The rights of our shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors under the laws of the Cayman Islands are not as clearly defined as under statutes or judicial precedent in existence in jurisdictions in the United States. Therefore, you may have more difficulty protecting your interests than would shareholders of a corporation incorporated in a jurisdiction in the United States, due to the comparatively less formal nature of Cayman Islands law in this area.

While Cayman Islands law allows a dissenting shareholder to express the shareholder’s view that a court-sanctioned reorganization of a Cayman Islands company would not provide fair value for the shareholder’s shares, Cayman Islands statutory law does not specifically provide for shareholder appraisal rights in connection with a merger or consolidation of a company. This may make it more difficult for you to assess the value of any consideration you may receive in a merger or consolidation or to require that the acquirer gives you additional consideration if you believe the consideration offered is insufficient. However, Cayman Islands statutory law provides a mechanism for a dissenting shareholder in a merger or consolidation to apply to the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands (the “Grand Court”) for a determination of the fair value of the dissenter’s shares if it is not possible for the company and the dissenter to agree on a fair price within the time limits prescribed.

Shareholders of Cayman Islands exempted companies (such as us) have no general rights under Cayman Islands law to inspect corporate records and accounts or to obtain copies of lists of shareholders. Our directors have discretion under our Articles of Association to determine whether or not, and under what conditions, our corporate records may be inspected by our shareholders, but are not obliged to make them available to our shareholders. This

 

55


Table of Contents

may make it more difficult for you to obtain information needed to establish any facts necessary for a shareholder motion or to solicit proxies from other shareholders in connection with a proxy contest.

Under Cayman Islands’ law, a minority shareholder may bring a derivative action against the board of directors only in very limited circumstances, or seek to wind up the company on the just and equitable ground. Class actions are not recognized in the Cayman Islands, but groups of shareholders with identical interests may bring representative proceedings, which are similar.

Under Cayman Islands statutory law, a transferee to a scheme or contract involving the transfer of shares in a Cayman Islands company, which has been approved by holders of not less than 90% in value of the shares affected, has the power to compulsorily acquire the shares of any dissenting shareholders. An objection to such acquisition can be made to the Grand Court by any dissenting shareholder but this is unlikely to succeed in the case of an offer which has been so approved unless there is evidence of fraud, bad faith or collusion. A Cayman Islands company may also propose a compromise or arrangement with its shareholders or any class of them. If a majority in number, representing at least 75% in value, of shareholders agrees to the compromise or arrangement then, subject to Grand Court approval of the same, it is binding on all of the shareholders. A shareholder may appear at the Grand Court hearing by which the company seeks the Grand Court’s approval of the compromise or arrangement to oppose it.

United States civil liabilities and certain judgments obtained against us by our shareholders may not be enforceable.

We are a Cayman Islands exempted company and substantially all of our assets are located outside the United States. In addition, the majority of our directors and officers are nationals and residents of countries other than the United States. A substantial portion of the assets of these persons is located outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult to effect service of process within the United States upon these persons. It may also be difficult to enforce in judgments obtained in U.S. courts based on the civil liability provisions of U.S. federal securities laws against us and our officers and directors who are not resident in the United States.

Further, it is unclear if original actions predicated on civil liabilities based solely upon U.S. federal securities laws are enforceable in courts outside the United States, including in the Cayman Islands and Brazil. Courts of the Cayman Islands may not, in an original action in the Cayman Islands, recognize or enforce judgments of U.S. courts predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States or any state of the United States on the grounds that such provisions are penal in nature. Although there is no statutory enforcement in the Cayman Islands of judgments obtained in the United States, courts of the Cayman Islands will recognize and enforce a foreign judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction if such judgment is final, for a liquidated sum, provided it is not in respect of taxes or a fine or penalty, is not inconsistent with a Cayman Islands’ judgment in respect of the same matters, and is not impeachable under Cayman Islands law for fraud, being in breach of public policy of the Cayman Islands or being contrary to natural justice. In addition, a Cayman Islands court may stay proceedings if concurrent proceedings are being brought elsewhere.

Judgments of Brazilian courts to enforce our obligations with respect to our Class A common shares may be payable only in reais.

Most of our assets are located in Brazil. If proceedings are brought in the courts of Brazil seeking to enforce our obligations in respect of our Class A common shares, we may not be required to discharge our obligations in a currency other than the real . Under Brazilian exchange control laws, an obligation in Brazil to pay amounts denominated in a currency other than the real may only be satisfied in Brazilian currency at the exchange rate, as determined by the Central Bank, in effect on the date the judgment is obtained, and such amounts are then adjusted to reflect exchange rate variations through the effective payment date. The then-prevailing exchange rate may not fully compensate non-Brazilian investors for any claim arising out of or related to our obligations under the Class A common shares.

 

56


Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains statements that constitute forward-looking statements. Many of the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus can be identified by the use of forward-looking words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “could,” “expect,” “should,” “plan,” “intend,” “may,” “predict,” “continue,” “estimate” and “potential,” or the negative of these terms or other similar expressions.

Forward-looking statements appear in a number of places in this prospectus and include, but are not limited to, statements regarding our intent, belief or current expectations. These forward-looking statements include information about possible or assumed future results of our business, financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, plans and objectives. Forward-looking statements are based on our management’s beliefs and assumptions and on information currently available to our management. Such statements are subject to risks and uncertainties, and actual results may differ materially from those expressed or implied in the forward-looking statements due to various factors, including, but not limited to, those identified under the section entitled “Risk Factors” in this prospectus. The statements we make regarding the following matters are forward-looking by their nature:

 

   

our expectations regarding revenues generated by transaction activities, subscription and equipment rental fees and other services;

 

   

our expectations regarding our operating and net profit margins;

 

   

our expectations regarding significant drivers of our future growth;

 

   

our plans to continue to invest in research and development to develop technology for both existing and new products and services;

 

   

our ability to differentiate ourselves from our competition by delivering a superior customer experience and through our network of hyper-local sales and services;

 

   

our ability to attract and retain a qualified management team and other team members while controlling our labor costs;

 

   

our plans to expand our global footprint and explore opportunities in adjacent sectors;

 

   

competition adversely affecting our profitability;

 

   

the general elections and political instability in Brazil;

 

   

fluctuations in interest, inflation and exchange rates in Brazil and any other countries we may serve in the future;

 

   

the inherent risks related to the digital payments market, such as the interruption, failure or breach of our computer or information technology systems;

 

   

our ability to anticipate market needs and develop and introduce new and enhanced products and service functionalities to adapt to changes in our industry;

 

   

our ability to maintain, protect and enhance our brand and intellectual property;

 

   

changes in consumer demands and preferences and technological advances, and our ability to innovate in order to respond to such changes;

 

   

our failure to successfully maintain a relevant omni-channel experience for our clients, thereby adversely impacting our results of operations;

 

   

our ability to implement technology initiatives successfully and to capture the anticipated benefits of such initiatives; and

 

   

our plans to pursue and successfully integrate strategic acquisitions.

Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made, and we do not undertake any obligation to update them in light of new information or future developments or to release publicly any revisions to these statements in order to reflect later events or circumstances or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.

 

57


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds from our issuance and sale of 40,909,091 Class A common shares in this offering will be approximately US$852.8 million, assuming an initial public offering price of US$22.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Each US$1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of US$22.00 per Class A common share would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately US$39.5 million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million in the number of Class A common shares we are offering would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, by approximately US$21.2 million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price stays the same.

We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes, which may include funding future opportunistic mergers, acquisitions or investments in complementary businesses, products or technologies, maintaining liquidity, and funding our working capital solutions offering. We will have broad discretion in allocating the net proceeds from this offering.

In addition, on July 17, 2018, we repurchased 1,814,022 of our Class C shares (after giving effect to the Share Split) from an entity owned by certain of our founding partners and senior executives for an initial aggregate payment of R$63.2 million. Upon the closing of this offering, an additional aggregate payment of R$71.5 million will be paid to this entity (assuming the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus). The total purchase price per Class C share will represent 90% of the price per share sold in this offering, after underwriting discounts and commissions.

Although we currently anticipate that we will use the net proceeds from this offering as described above, there may be circumstances where a reallocation of funds is necessary. The amounts and timing of our actual expenditures will depend upon numerous factors, including the factors described under “Risk Factors” in this prospectus. Accordingly, our management will have flexibility in applying the net proceeds from this offering. An investor will not have the opportunity to evaluate the economic, financial or other information on which we base our decisions on how to use the proceeds.

Pending our use of the net proceeds from this offering, we intend to invest the net proceeds in a variety of capital preservation investments, including short-term, interest-bearing instruments and Brazilian and U.S. government securities.

We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling shareholders.

 

58


Table of Contents

DIVIDENDS AND DIVIDEND POLICY

We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings, if any, to fund the development and expansion of our business and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any future determination to pay dividends will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on various factors, including applicable laws, our results of operations, financial condition, future prospects and any other factors deemed relevant by our board of directors.

Under the Cayman Companies Law and our Articles of Association, a Cayman Islands company may pay a dividend out of either its profit or share premium account, but a dividend may not be paid if this would result in the company being unable to pay its debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business. According to our Articles of Association, dividends can be declared and paid out of funds lawfully available to us, which include the share premium account. Dividends, if any, would be paid in proportion to the number of common shares a shareholder holds. For further information, see “Taxation—Cayman Islands Tax Considerations.”

Additionally, please refer to “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry—Our holding company structure makes us dependent on the operations of our subsidiaries.” Our ability to pay dividends is directly related to positive and distributable net results from our Brazilian subsidiaries. If, due to new laws or bilateral agreements between countries, our Brazilian subsidiaries are unable to pay dividends to Cayman Islands companies such as us, or if Cayman Islands companies such as us become incapable of receiving them, we may not be able to make dividend payments in the future.

 

59


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The table below sets forth our total capitalization (defined as long-term debt and shareholders’ equity) as of June 30, 2018, as follows:

 

   

on an actual basis; and

 

   

as adjusted to give effect to (i) the Share Split and the Reclassification of outstanding ordinary voting, ordinary non-voting and Class C shares held by our shareholders to Class B common shares on a share-for-share basis immediately prior to the closing of this offering, (ii) the sale of 40,909,091 Class A common shares by us in the offering, (iii) the sale of 6,818,182 Class A common shares by the selling shareholders in the offering (and the related conversion of Class B common shares in connection with such sale) and (iv) the issuance of 5,333,202 Class A common shares to be issued to certain of our employees upon consummation of this offering in exchange for equity awards that they hold in our subsidiaries, (v) the issuance of 111,830 Class A common shares underlying outstanding RSUs that will vest in connection with this offering, and (vi) 22,075 Class A common shares to our founder shareholders as anti-dilutive shares pro rata upon the vesting of such RSUs.

You should read this table together with the sections of this prospectus entitled “Selected Financial and Other Information” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of June 30, 2018  
     Actual     As Adjusted  
(in millions, except share data)    (US$) (1)     (R$)     (US$) (1)     (R$)  

Debt and FIDC Senior Quota Holder Obligations:

        

Long-term debt, excluding current portion

        

Long-term loans

     0.7       2.8       0.7       2.8  

Obligations to FIDC senior quota holders (2)

     533.6       2,057.5       533.6       2,057.5  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total long-term debt and obligations to senior quota holders

     534.3       2,060.3       534.3       2,060.3  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity:

        

Issued capital

        

Ordinary voting shares (154,685,538 ordinary voting shares issued and outstanding on an actual basis; no ordinary voting shares issued and outstanding on an as adjusted basis)

     0.0       0.0       —         —    

Ordinary non-voting shares (60,885,720 ordinary non-voting shares issued and outstanding on an actual basis; no ordinary non-voting shares issued and outstanding on an as adjusted basis)

     0.0       0.0       —         —    

Class C shares (7,695,072 Class C shares issued and outstanding on an actual basis; no Class C shares issued and outstanding on an as adjusted basis)

     0.0       0.0       —         —    

Class A common shares (no Class A common shares issued and outstanding on an actual basis; 112,180,820 Class A common shares issued and outstanding on an as adjusted basis)

     —         —         0.0       0.0  

Class B common shares (no Class B common shares issued and outstanding on an actual basis; 157,461,708 Class B common shares issued and outstanding on an as adjusted basis)

     —         —         0.0       0.0  

Capital reserve

     303.6       1,170.7       1,156.4       4,459.2  

Other comprehensive income

     (9.3     (35.8     (9.3     (35.8

Accumulated losses

     (108.5     (418.5     (108.5     (418.5

Non-controlling interest

     4.4       17.0       4.4       17.0  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity (3)

     190.2       733.4       1,043.1       4,022.0  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization (3)(4)

     724.5       2,793.7       1,577.4       6,082.3  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

60


Table of Contents

 

(1)

For convenience purposes only, amounts in reais for the six months ended June 30, 2018 and the year ended December 31, 2017 have been translated to U.S. dollars using an exchange rate of R$3.856 to US$1.00, the commercial selling rate for U.S. dollars as of June 30, 2018 as reported by the Central Bank. These translations should not be considered representations that any such amounts have been, could have been or could be converted at that or any other exchange rate. See “Exchange Rates” for further information about recent fluctuations in exchange rates.

(2)

For further information regarding our FIDCs, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Indebtedness and FIDC Senior Quota Holder Obligations” and note 20(c) to our audited consolidated financial statements.

(3)

Each US$1.00 increase (decrease) in the offering price per Class A common share would increase (decrease) our total capitalization and equity by R$152.1 million.

(4)

Total capitalization consists of long-term debt (excluding current portion) plus total equity.

On July 17, 2018, we repurchased 1,814,022 of our Class C shares (after giving effect to the Share Split) from an entity owned by certain of our founding partners and senior executives for an initial aggregate payment of R$63.2 million. Upon the closing of this offering, an additional aggregate payment of R$71.5 million will be paid to this entity (assuming the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus). The total purchase price per Class C share will represent 90% of the price per share sold in this offering, after underwriting discounts and commissions.

On October 1, 2018, we sold approximately R$806 million of issuing banks receivables to commercial banks at a discount rate equivalent to 103% of the CDI Rate, in exchange for R$750 million in cash.

On September 4, 2018, we exercised an option to purchase an additional 6% stake in Equals for R$5.2 million. As a result, our aggregated interest in Equals represented 56%. We have also agreed to purchase the remaining 44% of our interest in Equals that we do not currently own for 233,856 Class A common shares in connection with the consummation of this offering.

Other than as set forth above, there have been no material changes to our capitalization since June 30, 2018.

 

61


Table of Contents

DILUTION

At June 30, 2018, we had a net tangible book value of US$128.2 million, corresponding to a net tangible book value of US$0.57 per share, after giving effect to the Share Split. Net tangible book value represents the amount of our total assets less our total liabilities, excluding goodwill and other intangible assets, divided by 223,266,330, the total number of our shares outstanding at June 30, 2018, after giving effect to the Share Split.

At June 30, 2018, we had an adjusted net tangible book value per share of US$0.56, after giving effect to (i) the Share Split and the Reclassification, (ii) the issuance of 5,333,202 Class A common shares to be issued to certain of our employees upon consummation of this offering in exchange for equity awards that they hold in our subsidiaries, (iii) the issuance of 111,830 Class A common shares underlying outstanding RSUs that will vest in connection with this offering, and (iv) 22,075 Class A common shares to our founder shareholders as anti-dilutive shares pro rata upon the vesting of such RSUs. Adjusted net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total assets, less total liabilities, excluding goodwill and other intangible assets, divided by 228,711,672, the total number of shares outstanding at June 30, 2018, after giving effect to the items described above.

After giving effect to (i) the items described above in calculating adjusted net tangible book value per share and (ii) the sale by us of the 40,909,091 Class A common shares offered by us in the offering at an assumed offering price of US$22.00 per Class A common share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus), after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value estimated at June 30, 2018 would have been approximately US$981.0 million, representing US$3.64 per share. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of US$3.08 per share to existing shareholders and an immediate dilution in net tangible book value of US$18.36 per share to new investors purchasing Class A common shares in this offering. Dilution for this purpose represents the difference between the price per Class A common shares paid by these purchasers and net tangible book value per Class A common share immediately after the completion of the offering.

If you invest in our Class A common shares, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per Class A common share (when converted into reais ) and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per Class A common share after accounting for the issuance and sale of new Class A common shares in this offering.

The following table illustrates this dilution to new investors purchasing Class A common shares in the offering.

 

As adjusted net tangible book value per share at June 30, 2018

   US$ 0.56  

Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors

     3.08  

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after the offering

     3.64  

Dilution per Class A common share to new investors

     18.36  
  

 

 

 

The actual offering price per Class A common share is not based on the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of our common shares, but will be established based through a bookbuilding process.

The following table summarizes, on the same pro forma as adjusted basis at June 30, 2018, the number of common shares acquired from us, the total cash consideration paid and the average price per common share paid to us by our existing shareholders and by new investors purchasing Class A common shares in this offering. As the table shows, new investors purchasing shares in this offering will pay an average price per common share substantially higher than our existing shareholders paid. This information is based on the assumed initial public

 

62


Table of Contents

offering price of US$22.00 per Class A common share, before deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us in connection with this offering.

 

     Common Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average
Price per
Common
Share
 
     Amount      Percentage of
total common
shares
    Amount      Percentage  
                  (US$ millions)            (US$)  

Existing shareholders

     228,711,672        82.7     323.9        23.6     1.42  

New investors

     47,727,273        17.3     1,050.0        76.4     22.00  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     276,438,945        100     1,373.9        100     4.97  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

If the underwriters were to fully exercise the underwriters’ option to purchase 7,159,091 additional Class A common shares, the percentage of our common shares held by existing shareholders would be 80.1% and the percentage of our common shares held by new investors would be 19.9%.

A US$1.00 increase (decrease) in the offering price per Class A common share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus) would increase (decrease) the pro forma net tangible book value by US$0.15 per Class A common share and the dilution to investors in the offering by US$0.85 per Class A common share.

To the extent that we grant options to our employees in the future and those options are exercised or other issuances of common shares are made, there will be further dilution to new investors. See “Management—Long-Term Incentive Plans (LTIP)—2018 Omnibus Equity Plan.”

 

63


Table of Contents

EXCHANGE RATES

The Brazilian foreign exchange system allows the purchase and sale of foreign currency and the international transfer of reais by any person or legal entity, regardless of the amount, subject to certain regulatory procedures.

The real depreciated against the U.S. dollar from mid-2011 to early 2016. In particular, during 2015, due to the poor economic conditions in Brazil, including as a result of political instability, the real depreciated at a rate that was much higher than in previous years. On September 24, 2015, the real fell to its lowest level since the introduction of the currency, at R$4.1945 per US$1.00. Overall in 2015, the real depreciated 47.0%, reaching R$3.9048 per US$1.00 on December 31, 2015. In 2016, the real fluctuated significantly, primarily as a result of Brazil’s political instability, appreciating 16.5% to R$3.2591 per US$1.00 on December 31, 2016. In 2017, the real depreciated 1.5% against the U.S. dollar, ending the year at an exchange rate of R$3.308 per US$1.00. From January 1 through June 30, 2018, the real depreciated 16.6% against the U.S. dollar, primarily as a result of lower interest rates in Brazil, which reduced the volume of foreign currency deposited in Brazil in the “carry trade,” as well as uncertainty regarding the results of the Brazilian presidential elections to be held in October 2018. There can be no assurance that the real will not depreciate or appreciate further against the U.S. dollar. The Central Bank has intervened occasionally in the foreign exchange market to attempt to control instability in foreign exchange rates. We cannot predict whether the Central Bank or the Brazilian government will continue to allow the real to float freely or will intervene in the exchange rate market by re-implementing a currency band system or otherwise. The real may depreciate or appreciate substantially against the U.S. dollar in the future. Furthermore, Brazilian law provides that, whenever there is a serious imbalance in Brazil’s balance of payments or there are serious reasons to foresee a serious imbalance, temporary restrictions may be imposed on remittances of foreign capital abroad. We cannot assure you that the Brazilian government will not place restrictions on remittances of foreign capital abroad in the future.

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the high, low, average and period-end exchange rates for the purchase of U.S. dollars expressed in Brazilian reais per U.S. dollar. The average rate is calculated by using the average of reported exchange rates by the Central Bank on each business day during each annual or monthly period, as applicable. As of September 28, 2018, the exchange rate for the purchase of U.S. dollars as reported by the Central Bank was R$4.003 per US$1.00.

 

Year

   Period-end      Average (1)      Low      High  

2013

     2.343        2.161        1.953        2.446  

2014

     2.656        2.355        2.197        2.740  

2015

     3.905        3.339        2.575        4.195  

2016

     3.259        3.483        3.119        4.156  

2017

     3.308        3.193        3.051        3.381  

 

Month

   Period-end      Average (2)      Low      High  

April 2018

     3.481        3.407        3.310        3.504  

May 2018

     3.737        3.636        3.531        3.750  

June 2018

     3.856        3.773        3.691        3.900  

July 2018

     3.755        3.829        3.712        3.926  

August 2018

     4.135        3.930        3.711        4.181  

September 2018

     4.003        4.115        4.003        4.187  

October 2018 (through October 11)

     3.746        3.845        3.739        4.027  

 

Source : Central Bank.

(1)

Represents the average of the exchange rates on the closing of each business day during the year.

(2)

Represents the average of the exchange rates on the closing of each business day during the month.

 

64


Table of Contents

SELECTED FINANCIAL AND OTHER INFORMATION

The following tables set forth, for the periods and as of the dates indicated, our selected financial and other information. This information should be read in conjunction with “Presentation of Financial and Other Information,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements, including the notes thereto, included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The summary statement of profit or loss and statement of financial position data as of and for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB, included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The summary statement of profit or loss data and statement of financial position data as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2018 and 2017 have been derived from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with IAS 34— Interim Financial Reporting , which include, in the opinion management, all adjustments considered necessary to present fairly the results of operations and financial position of the Company for the periods and dates presented. The results of operations for an interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results for the year ending December 31, 2018 or for any other period. Share and per share data in the table below has been retroactively adjusted to give effect to the 126-for-one share split of our common shares effective as of October 14, 2018.

 

     For the Six Months Ended
June 30,
    For the Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2018     2018     2017     2017     2017     2016  
     (US$) (1)     (R$)     (US$) (1)     (R$)  
     (in millions, except amounts per share)  

Statement of profit or loss data:

            

Net revenue from transaction activities and other services

     52.9       204.1       93.4       58.2       224.2       121.1  

Net revenue from subscription services and equipment rental

     22.0       85.0       49.3       27.2       105.0       54.7  

Financial income

     86.4       333.1       180.9       106.9       412.2       247.4  

Other financial income

     3.5       13.6       8.1       6.6       25.3       16.7  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue and income

     164.9       635.7       331.8       198.8       766.6       439.9  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of services

     (36.6     (141.1     (96.9     (58.1     (224.1     (133.2

Administrative expenses

     (30.4     (117.4     (69.1     (45.3     (174.6     (106.1

Selling expenses

     (21.1     (81.4     (33.8     (23.9     (92.0     (49.5

Financial expenses, net

     (37.0     (142.6     (118.8     (61.5     (237.1     (244.7

Other operating income (expense), net

     (5.4     (20.8     (84.6     (34.8     (134.2     (55.7

(Loss) income from investment in associates

     (0.1     (0.4     (0.1     (0.1     (0.3     0.1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit (loss) before income taxes

     34.3       132.1       (71.6     (24.8     (95.7     (149.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax and social contribution

     (11.5     (44.4     (4.4     (2.4     (9.3     27.0  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) for the period/year

     22.7       87.7       (75.9     (27.2     (105.0     (122.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interests

     0.7       2.7       3.6       1.0       3.8       (2.4

Net income (loss) attributable to owners of the parent

     22.1       85.0       (79.5     (28.2     (108.7     (119.8

Basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share (2)

   US$ 0.10   R$ 0.38     R$ (0.37   US$ (0.13   R$ (0.49   R$ (0.61

 

(1)

For convenience purposes only, amounts in reais for the six months ended June 30, 2018 and the year ended December 31, 2017 have been translated to U.S. dollars using an exchange rate of R$3.856 to US$1.00, the commercial selling rate for U.S. dollars as of June 30, 2018 as reported by the Central Bank. These translations should not be considered representations that any such amounts have been, could have been or could be converted at that or any other exchange rate. See “Exchange Rates” for further information about recent fluctuations in exchange rates.

(2)

Calculated by dividing net income or loss for the period/year attributed to the owners of the parent, adjusted for losses allocated to contractual rights and participating instruments, by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the period. See note 23 to our consolidated financial statements and note 15 to our unaudited condensed consolidated interim financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

65


Table of Contents
     As of June 30,      As of December 31,  
     2018      2018      2017      2017      2016  
     (US$ millions) (1)      (R$ millions)      (US$ millions) (1)      (R$ millions)  

Statement of financial position data:

              

Assets

              

Current assets

              

Cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments

     91.3        351.9        218.8        843.7        237.0  

Accounts receivable from card issuers

     1,511.8        5,829.1        1,317.0        5,078.4        3,052.6  

Other current assets

     31.3        120.5        20.1        77.4        29.5  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

     1,634.3        6,301.5        1,555.9        5,999.5        3,319.1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total non-current assets

     190.7        735.5        165.0        636.2        520.2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

     1,825.0        7,036.9        1,720.9        6,635.7        3,839.2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities and Equity

              

Current liabilities

              

Accounts payable to merchants

     1,025.9        3,955.8        943.3        3,637.5        3,029.3  

Other current liabilities

     53.7        207.0        48.3        186.1        92.6  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     1,079.6        4,162.8        991.6        3,823. 6        3, 121.9  

Non-current liabilities

              

Obligations to FIDC senior quota holders

     533.6        2,057.5        533.3        2,056.3        —    

Other non-current liabilities

     21.6        83.3        70.9        273.3        130.1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total non-current liabilities

     555.2        2,140.7        604.1        2,329. 6        130. 1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     1,634.8        6,303.5        1,595.7        6,153.2        3,252.0  

Total equity

     190.2        733.4        125.2        482.6        587.2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

     1,825.0        7,036.9        1,720.9        6,635.7        3,839.2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

For convenience purposes only, amounts in reais for the six months ended June 30, 2018 and the year ended December 31, 2017 have been translated to U.S. dollars using an exchange rate of R$3.856 to US$1.00, the commercial selling rate for U.S. dollars as of June 30, 2018 as reported by the Central Bank. These translations should not be considered representations that any such amounts have been, could have been or could be converted at that or any other exchange rate. See “Exchange Rates” for further information about recent fluctuations in exchange rates.

 

66


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our unaudited condensed consolidated interim financial statements as of June 30, 2018 and for the six months ended June 30, 2018 and the notes thereto and our audited consolidated financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 and the notes thereto, included elsewhere in this prospectus, as well as the information presented under “Presentation of Financial and Other Information,” “Summary Financial and Other Information” and “Selected Financial and Other Information.”

The following discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results and the timing of events may differ materially from those expressed or implied in such forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those set forth in “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors.”

Overview

We are a leading provider of financial technology solutions that empower merchants and integrated partners to conduct electronic commerce seamlessly across in-store, online, and mobile channels. We have developed a deep client-centric culture that seeks to delight our clients rather than to simply provide them with a solution or service. To achieve this, we created a proprietary, go-to-market approach called the Stone Business Model , which enables us to create and adapt the client experience and interact with our clients through our people and technology. The Stone Business Model combines our advanced, end-to-end, cloud-based technology platform; differentiated hyper-local and integrated distribution approach; and white-glove, on-demand customer service. The Stone Business Model is disruptive and has enabled us to gain significant traction in only four years since the launch of our service. In 2017, we ranked as the largest independent merchant acquirer in Brazil and the fourth largest based on total volume in Brazil, according to data from The Nilson Report and public filings. In 2017, we also became the first non-bank entity to obtain authorization from the Central Bank of Brazil to operate as a Merchant Acquirer Payments Institution.

We currently serve over 200,000 active clients of all sizes and types that transact online, offline or have an omni-channel sales approach, though our focus is primarily on targeting the approximately 8.8 million small-and-medium-sized businesses, or SMBs in Brazil. We also served over 95 integrated partners as of June 2018, which use or embed our solutions into their own offerings to enable their customers to conduct commerce more conveniently in Brazil. These integrated partners include global payment service providers, or PSP’s, digital marketplaces, and integrated software vendors, or ISVs. Since the roll-out of our Stone Business Model , we have rapidly grown our client base with a particular focus on the SMB market. As a result, our volume concentration has diminished over time. Our top ten clients represented 28.0% of TPV for the year ended December 31, 2017, down 6.5 percentage points from 34.5% for the year ended December 31, 2016. In addition, as the chart below highlights, our focus on SMB merchants has enabled us to grow our take rate from 1.55% in the first quarter of 2017 to 1.86% in the second quarter of 2018, representing 31 basis points of improvement in the period.

LOGO

 

67


Table of Contents

The following is a summary of our key operational and financial highlights:

 

   

We generated R$635.7 million of total revenue and income in the six months ended June 30, 2018, compared to R$331.8 million in the six months ended June 30, 2017, representing period over period growth of 91.6%. In 2017, we generated R$766.6 million of total revenue and income, compared to R$439.9 million of total revenue and income in 2016, representing annual growth of 74.3%.

 

   

We served approximately 200,600 active clients as of June 30, 2018, compared to approximately 88,200 as of June 30, 2017, representing period over period growth of 127.5%. As of December 31, 2017, we served approximately 131,200 active clients, compared to approximately 82,000 as of December 31, 2016, representing 60.1% annual growth.

 

   

We generated net income of R$87.7 million and adjusted net income of R$97.6 million in the six months ended June 30, 2018, compared to a loss of R$75.9 million and adjusted net income of R$18.6 million in the six months ended June 30, 2017. In 2017, we generated a loss of R$105.0 million and adjusted net income of R$45.2 million, compared to a loss of R$122.2 million and adjusted net loss of R$51.9 million in 2016. See “Summary Financial and Other Information” for a reconciliation of adjusted net income (loss) to our profit (loss) for the period.

 

   

We processed TPV of R$35.1 billion in the first half of 2018, compared to R$21.4 billion in the first half of 2017, representing period over period growth of 63.9%. In 2017, we processed TPV of R$48.5 billion, compared to R$28.1 billion in 2016, representing 72.7% annual growth.

Significant Factors Affecting our Results of Operations

Total Payments Volume and Processing Fees

We derive a substantial part of our revenue from fees earned as a percentage of the TPV of our clients. Our TPV is primarily driven by:

 

   

Growth of volume within our active client base . As our active clients grow their transaction volume, our TPV will also grow. Our active clients are positioned in attractive growth market segments. Our focus is primarily on targeting the approximately 8.8 million SMBs in Brazil, which we believe have historically been underserved. In addition, despite the large size of Brazil’s economy, we believe its Payments market, particularly among SMBs in small and medium cities, remains less penetrated and has greater growth upside than more mature economies, such as the U.S. and the U.K. We also target the e-commerce market, which is expected to grow faster than the overall Payments markets in Brazil.

 

   

Growth of our active client base . Growth of our active clients is driven by (i) growth in the number of merchants resulting from openings and ramp-up of Stone Hubs; (ii) growth in the number of integrated partners in specific verticals and niche market segments; (iii) growth in our e-commerce merchant base.

 

68


Table of Contents

Our quarterly TPV grew 192% in a two-year period, from R$6.3 billion for the quarter ended June 30, 2016 to R$18.5 billion for the quarter ended June 30, 2018, and our number of active clients expanded 216% over the same period, from approximately 63,500 active clients as of June 30, 2016 to approximately 200,600 active clients as of June 30, 2018, as shown in the graphs below.

 

LOGO

A significant part of our net revenues is generated through fees we charge for providing end-to-end processing services using the Stone Technology Platform , which include the authorization, capture, transmission, processing and settlement of transactions. In the case of e-commerce merchants, we may additionally charge a fixed fee per transaction to provide gateway services.

The fees we charge our clients for processing services are subject to a variety of external factors such as competition, interchange and assessment fees and other macroeconomic factors, such as interest rates, inflation, among others. Our ability to sustain or increase our fees depends on our ability to continue to execute on our Stone Business Model and sustain a competitive advantage.

Adoption of our commerce-enabling solutions

We leverage our active client base and distribution capabilities to generate subscription-based revenue and upsell new solutions that we may develop or acquire.

Growth of recurring revenue from our active client base

In addition to net revenues driven by payment processing, we also generate revenues from fixed monthly subscription fees paid by our active client base. These fees are charged for providing different combinations of integrated service and solutions offerings to support our clients’ businesses, depending on their specific needs. These services can include, among others, POS rental, reconciliation solutions, and business automation solutions.

We may also generate additional revenues within our active client base by upselling new solutions as they are developed or acquired. We expect that, by executing this strategy, we will increase the lifetime value of our active client base. We expect to leverage our distribution capabilities through our Stone Hubs to increase penetration of our solutions at minimal incremental costs.

Provision of working capital solutions

We provide working capital solutions to help merchants manage their cash flows more effectively. We offer our merchants prepayment options for their future expected receivables from credit card installments and we charge a discount rate equivalent to a percentage of the total volume requested to be prepaid. The discount rate

 

69


Table of Contents

depends on factors such as merchant size, the maturity of receivables to be prepaid, and local market dynamics. An overall increase in TPV generally increases financial income from our working capital solutions due to an overall increase in the volume of prepayments. Higher levels of installment transactions usually lead to higher demand for our working capital solutions. On the other hand, a smaller share of credit transactions leads to a decrease in the ratio of financial income from our working capital solutions relative to total revenue and income, since debit card transactions are not eligible for prepayment.

Due to our working capital solutions offering, optimizing funding costs is a key driver of our margins. Through the date of this offering, we have funded prepayments to our active client base by (i) selling receivable rights owed to us by card issuers to banks we hold a commercial relationship with, or to special purpose investment funds, Fundo de Investimento de Direitos Creditórios (Fund for Investment in Credit Rights) or FIDCs, controlled by us that exclusively buy these receivables such as FIDC AR1 or AR2, (ii) using proceeds from general third-party borrowings, and (iii) using our own capital. For further information on our FIDCs, see “—Description of Principal Line Items—Financial Expenses, Net” and note 19 of our audited consolidated financial statements. Our funding costs are primarily affected by our capital structure, interest rates, availability of third-party receivables financing on attractive terms, and our ability to continue to attract investment into our FIDC AR1 and FIDC AR2 on attractive terms. See “Business—Our Solutions—Grow Our Clients’ Businesses.”

Complement Solutions Offerings through Acquisition and Investment Activity

We have an established track record of investing, acquiring and integrating complementary technology solutions and businesses. Future acquisitions will likely remain an important part of our competitive strategy in order to enhance our portfolio of offerings and execute ISV strategies within specific verticals. Since January 1, 2016, we have made six acquisitions and minority investments. Five of these have been of businesses or technologies which have strengthened our solutions offerings. In addition, our acquisition of Elavon do Brasil Soluções de Pagamento S.A., or EdB, on April 22, 2016 allowed us to expand our TPV and number of active clients, thereby increasing total revenue and income.

The financial impact of acquisitions may affect the comparability of our results from period to period. In addition to the revenues and expenses associated with such acquisitions only being included in our financial results for any period upon the closing of the acquisition, we will incur transaction and other expenses associated with acquisitions, including amortization of intangibles relating to those acquisitions, which we expect will negatively impact our profit (loss). Amortization of intangibles related to acquisitions can vary substantially from company to company and from period to period depending upon the applicable financing and accounting methods, the fair value and average expected life of the acquired intangible assets, the capital structure and the method by which the intangible assets were acquired. See “—Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates—Estimated useful life of intangible assets.”

In connection with the EdB Acquisition, we recorded amortization expense for the six month period ended June 30, 2018 and the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 of R$5.5 million, R$14.8 million and R$17.2 million, respectively, related to the fair value adjustment on intangible assets, primarily software, and property and equipment, as a result of the application of the acquisition method. For more information, see “—Acquisition of Elavon do Brasil Soluções de Pagamento S.A.”

Economies of scale resulting from our Stone Technology Platform

Our advanced, end-to-end, cloud-based technology platform allows us to grow our volumes and increase the number of active clients while reducing marginal transaction and operational costs.

Due to the relatively fixed cost nature of this platform, which relies on our data-centers and our internal team of engineers and developers, we expect that, as TPV grows, our cost per transaction will continue to decrease. The technologically advanced and integrated nature of our platform also allows us to run our operations

 

70


Table of Contents

in a cost-effective manner, by reducing the need for operational personnel and allowing several processes to be run with a high level of automation. For example, we are able to quickly onboard merchants because our platform is able to combine different sources of data and run automatic risk checks within minutes. Also, our Green Angels team of operations and support personnel allows us to improve POS deployment costs as we further penetrate and grow our active client base within our Stone Hubs.

Timing differential between future revenues generated and operational investments

In executing the Stone Business Model, we expect to incur initial operational investments in periods prior to the realization of any future revenues associated with this upfront investment. For example, in the process of opening a new Stone Hub, we incur the expense of hiring a team of Stone Missionaries and Green Angels to set up the operation. As sales productivity from this Stone Hub ramps up and marginal operational costs are reduced, we realize greater contribution margins from our Stone Hubs. With the deployment of new and better technologies, management processes and training, we expect the productivity of our Stone Business Model to improve over time. For example, our sales productivity, measured by the number of on-boarded merchants per sales personnel per business day, has improved by 49.2% year-over-year to June 2018 from June 2017.

Interchange and assessment fees

Our revenue from processing services is mainly composed of the net merchant discount rate, or net MDR, which is a commission withheld by us from the transaction value paid to the merchant. Our net revenue from MDR is defined as the total MDR charged to our merchants, net of interchange fees retained by card issuers, assessment fees charged by payment scheme settlors and sales taxes. Interchange fees are set by the payment schemes according to certain variables, including the type of card product (e.g. credit vs debit), merchant segment, type of card (e.g. standard, gold, premium, business, others), transaction type (e.g. online vs POS terminal) and the origin of the card (international vs. domestic). Assessment fees are charged per transaction by the payment scheme settlors, such as Visa and Mastercard, to cover the cost of providing access to their payment network.

We are unable to predict if or when payment schemes will increase or decrease their fees or what the amount of any such variations may be. Our standard contract with our clients allows us to re-adjust our rates and tariffs by notice to the merchant to offset any increase in interchange fees. However, our ability to adjust our pricing remains subject to a variety of factors, including competition from other payment providers, market conditions and, in certain cases, direct price negotiations with the merchant. As a result, at times, we might not be able or willing to pass through all increases or decreases in assessment and/or interchange fees to our clients, and therefore, increases or decreases in these fees may reduce or increase our revenue from processing services.

On March 26, 2018, the Central Bank of Brazil issued a ruling whereby the interchange fees on debit cards will be subject to a cap of up to 0.8% on debit transactions, effective October 2018. Furthermore, debit card issuers must maintain a maximum average interchange fee of 0.5% on their total transaction volume. Before this ruling, no such cap existed. We expect that, as a result of such ruling, interchange fees passed through, and overall prices charged to, merchants may change.

For further information, see “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry—If we cannot pass increases in fees from payment schemes, including assessment, interchange, transaction and other fees, along to our merchants, our operating margins will decline,” and “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry—Certain ongoing legislative and regulatory initiatives under discussion by the Brazilian Congress, the Central Bank and the broader payments industry, which may result in changes in the regulatory framework of the Brazilian payments and financial industries and may have an adverse effect on the Company.”

 

71


Table of Contents

Reclassification of liability-classified share-based compensation expense

Prior to this offering, certain of our outstanding share-based compensation awards were liability-classified. In particular:

 

   

Class C Shares . Certain of our founding partners and senior executives received a one-time issuance of fully-vested Class C shares (as classified under our Articles of Association in effect prior to the consummation of this offering) as compensation for services rendered to us. These shares were subject to a lock-up period, and their terms provided Stone Co. with the right to redeem or repurchase such shares at any time at a price to be determined by our board of directors. Prior to January 2018, as our founding partners were deemed to have the power to cause the Company to redeem or repurchase shares beneficially owned by the founding partners, the fair value of the redemption or repurchase price related to the Class C shares beneficially owned by the founding partners was recorded as a liability in our financial statements. During the periods that these Class C shares were liability classified, the liability was adjusted to fair value at each reporting date through profit or loss.

 

   

Co-Investment Shares. Certain employees were also granted incentive shares, or the Co-Investment Shares, in one of our subsidiaries. These Co-Investment Shares are subject to a lock-up period and a discounted buy-back feature to be exercised by Stone Co. if the employee leaves prior to lockup expiration. As a result, the Co-Investment Shares were recorded as a liability in our financial statements. DLP Capital, LLC and DLP Par Participações S.A. each have a 90-day option to repurchase the Co-Investment Shares at the price of the most recent capital increase of DLP Pagamentos Brasil S.A. following expiration of the lock-up period and adjusted by 110% of the CDI Rate. Prior to this offering, the Co-Investment Shares were liability classified and the liability was adjusted to fair value at each reporting date through profit or loss.

In January 2018, the terms of the articles of association of the entity wholly-owned by the founding partners and senior executives that held the Class C shares were modified to create an independent committee to approve any share redemptions or repurchases beneficially owned by the founding partners within the vehicle (including the redemption of Class C shares of Stone Co.). As such, as of January 31, 2018, all outstanding Class C Shares held by the founding partners were reclassified to equity in our financial statements.

On July 17, 2018, we repurchased and immediately canceled 1,814,022 of the Class C shares. The total purchase price per Class C share is 90% of the price per Class A common share sold in this offering, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions. Pursuant to the terms of the repurchase, the initial aggregate payment for this repurchase was R$63.2 million and was paid upon repurchase, with an additional aggregate payment of R$71.5 million (assuming the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus) to be paid upon the closing of this offering.

In addition, in connection with this offering, the Co-Investment Shares and Class C shares will be reclassified into common shares pursuant to our amended and restated Articles of Association.

Accordingly, upon consummation of this offering, we will not have any outstanding Class C shares or Co-Investment Shares, and due to the modification of the articles of association noted above and the reclassification of the Co-Investment Shares (and associated removal of the Co-Investment Shares’ discounted buyback feature), post-offering we no longer expect to have any liability-classified share-based compensation and related fair value adjustment impacting profit or loss.

Macroeconomic Environment

The vast majority of our operations are located in Brazil. As a result, our revenues and profitability are subject to political and economic developments and the effect that these factors have on the availability of credit,

 

72


Table of Contents

disposable income, employment rates and average wages in Brazil. Our results of operations are affected by levels of consumer spending, interest rates and the expansion or retraction of consumer credit in Brazil, each of which impacts the number and overall value of payment transactions. For more information, see “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Brazil—The ongoing economic uncertainty and political instability in Brazil may harm us and the price of our Class A common shares.”

The following table shows data for real GDP, inflation and interest rates in Brazil and the U.S. dollar/ real exchange rate at the dates and for the periods indicated.

 

    For the Six Months Ended June 30,     For the Year Ended December 31,  
        2018             2017             2017             2016             2015      

Real growth (contraction) in gross domestic product

    N/A       0.2     1.0     (3.5 )%      (3.5 )% 

Inflation (IGP-M) (1)

    5.4     (2.0 )%      (0.5 )%      7.2     10.5

Inflation (IPCA) (2)

    2.6     1.2     2.9     6.3     10.7

Long-term interest rates–TJLP (average) (3)

    6.7     7.3     7.0     7.5     6.2

CDI interest rate (average) (4)

    6.6     11.8     10.1     14.1     13.4

Period-end exchange rate— reais per US$ 1.00

    3.856       3.308       3.308       3.259       3.905  

Average exchange rate— reais per US$ 1.00 (5)

    3.427       3.181       3.203       3.483       3.339  

Appreciation (depreciation) of the real vs. US$ in the period (6)

    (17.9 )%      (1.1 )%      (1.5 )%      16.6     (32.0 )% 

Unemployment rate (7)

    12.8     13.4     12.7     11.5     8.5

 

Source: FGV, IBGE, Central Bank and Bloomberg.

(1)

Inflation (IGP-M) is the general market price index measured by the FGV.

(2)

Inflation (IPCA) is a broad consumer price index measured by the IBGE.

(3)

TJLP is the Brazilian long-term interest rate (average of monthly rates for the period).

(4)

The CDI ( certificado de deposito interbancário ) Rate is an average of interbank overnight rates in Brazil (daily average for the period).

(5)

Average of the exchange rate on each business day of the year.

(6)

Comparing the US$ closing selling exchange rate as reported by the Central Bank at the end of the period’s last day with the day immediately prior to the first day of the period discussed.

(7)

Average unemployment rate for the year, as measured by the IBGE.

Interest rate

Interest rates have an effect on our ability to generate revenue. While higher interest rates can lead to decreases in private consumption, negatively impacting our TPV, they may also positively correlate to prepayment spreads, positively impacting our results to the extent that we are able to increase our prices in excess of increases in funding costs.

Inflation

Inflation has an effect on our obligations towards certain suppliers, such as office leasing and telecommunications operators, whose costs are indexed to inflation rates. However, most of our revenues are naturally hedged against inflation, since our TPV also tends to fluctuate according to inflation. When merchants adjust their prices for inflation, the purchasing power of consumers may be reduced, which may adversely affect our revenue if it results in a reduction in the number and volume of transactions. However, if our merchants raise their prices due to inflation, this will positively impact our TPV and, consequently, our revenues.

Currency fluctuations

The results of our operations are primarily denominated in reais (R$). However, our results may be subject to currency fluctuations as we hold cash, accounts payable and receivables denominated in foreign currency

 

73


Table of Contents

(primarily U.S. dollars). For example, we process transactions originated from our active client base in Brazil with credit cards issued by foreign banks that are settled in a foreign currency. In addition, we purchase items that have their prices partially indexed to U.S. dollars, such as POS devices, other equipment and our data centers. To partially offset our exchange rate risk, we may use derivative contracts. For the year ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, we had a net foreign currency gain (loss) of R$8.1 million and R$(36.1) million, respectively.

Seasonality

We have experienced in the past, and expect to continue to experience, seasonal fluctuations in our revenues as a result of consumer spending patterns. Historically, our revenues have been strongest during the last quarter of each year as a result of higher sales during the Brazilian holiday season. This is due to the increase in the number and amount of electronic payment transactions related to seasonal retail events. Adverse events that occur during these months could have a disproportionate effect on its results of operations for the entire fiscal year. As a result of quarterly fluctuations caused by these and other factors, comparisons of our operating results across different fiscal quarters may not be accurate indicators of our future performance. For additional information, see “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry—Our operating results are subject to seasonality, which could result in fluctuations in our quarterly profit.”

EdB Acquisition

On April 22, 2016, we completed the acquisition of EdB, a payments company formed in 2010 as a joint venture between Elavon, Inc. (“Elavon Inc.”), USB Americas Holding Company and Banco Citibank S.A. We acquired 100% of EdB’s equity for the purchase price of 1 real . Upon the acquisition, we implemented initiatives to improve the efficiency of operations and the liquidity of EdB. Such initiatives were funded through capital contributions of R$409.9 million.

The EdB Acquisition enabled us to strengthen our position in the Brazilian payments market and to increase our transaction volume and access to a well-established portfolio of active clients and business partners. Of our total TPV of R$28.1 billion in 2016, 40.4% was processed on our processing platform and 59.6% was processed on Elavon Inc.’s legacy processing platform. Of our total TPV of R$48.5 billion in 2017, 69.3% was processed on our processing platform and 30.7% was processed on Elavon Inc.’s legacy processing platform. This change in TPV on each platform was driven by organic growth of our active client base as well as the migration of merchants from Elavon Inc. to our processing platform. As a result of this migration, our margins have improved due to lower processing costs on our platform. As of the date of this prospectus, nearly all of EdB’s merchant base had been migrated to our processing platform. For further information, see note 5.1 of our audited financial statements.

In conjunction with the EdB Acquisition, EdB and Elavon Inc. entered into a Master Processing and Operational Services Agreement, or MPA, pursuant to which Elavon Inc. agreed to provide certain processing services to EdB. The MPA had an initial term of two years, but was subsequently extended to August 22, 2018. During the term of this agreement, we have paid payment processing fees to Elavon Inc. in connection with volumes processed on their platform. Prior to August 22, 2018, we negotiated an extension of the MPA exclusively for transactions carried out by one specific EdB client until October 31, 2018. While new transactions for this EdB client will generate costs associated with authorization and capture of transactions on the Elavon Inc. platform until October 31, 2018, we will otherwise no longer incur costs associated with authorization and capture of new transactions on the Elavon Inc. platform.

As a result of the EdB Acquisition, our results of operation for 2017 may not be comparable to 2016 due to the results of EdB only being included in our reported results from and after April 22, 2016.

 

74


Table of Contents

Description of Principal Line Items

The following is a summary of the principal line items comprising our statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income.

Total revenue and income

Our total revenue and income consists of the sum of our net revenue from transaction activities and other services, net revenue from subscription services and equipment rental, financial income and other financial income.

Net revenue from transaction activities and other services

Our net revenue from transaction activities and other services consists of commissions and fees charged for end-to-end processing services we provide through the Stone Technology Platform , which include the capture, routing, transmission, authorization, processing, and settlement of transactions, carried out using credit and debit cards, meal vouchers, boletos and other APMs. Our net revenue from transaction activities and other services consists mainly of net MDR, which is a commission withheld by us that is discounted from the transaction values paid to the merchant, and/or other per-transaction commissions for providing gateway services. We recognize revenue from transaction activities when the purchase transaction is captured. We recognize revenue from other services when the service is rendered. For more information on our revenue recognition policies, see note 3.14 of our audited financial statements. License fees paid to payment schemes are included in the cost of services as discussed below.

Our net MDR revenue is recognized net of interchange fees retained by card issuers, assessment fees charged by payment schemes and deductions. Such deductions consist primarily of the applicable Brazilian sales taxes and social security contributions: service tax ( Imposto sobre Serviços , or ISS); contributions to the Brazilian government’s Social Integration Program ( Programa de Integração Social , or PIS); and contributions to the Brazilian government’s social security program ( Contribuição para o Financiamento da Seguridade Social , or COFINS). We are required to collect each of the above-mentioned taxes and contributions on our transaction activities and other services.

In the event of a chargeback, the net revenues associated with such transactions are deducted from net revenue from transaction activities and other services. Losses from chargebacks resulting from billing disputes are included in the cost of services as discussed below.

Net revenue from subscription services and equipment rental

We earn monthly recurring revenue from subscription services and equipment rental, which include rentals of electronic capture equipment and other solutions or services, such as reconciliation solutions and business automation solutions, among other services. Revenue generated by electronic capture equipment rental varies according to the value of the equipment, the quantity of equipment rented to a particular merchant and the location of the merchant. Each subscription service fee is charged as a fixed monthly fee and is either billed and deducted from the merchant’s transaction receivables or it is billed to the client monthly. We recognize revenue from subscription services as the services are rendered and from equipment rental on a straight-line basis over the contractual lease term.

The amounts deducted from our revenue from subscription services and equipment rentals consist primarily of the applicable Brazilian sales taxes and social security contributions, including ISS, PIS and COFINS. We are required to collect each of the above-mentioned taxes and contributions on our subscription services and equipment rentals when applicable.

 

75


Table of Contents

Financial income

Financial income is generated by our working capital solutions and consists of fees charged for the prepayment of our clients’ receivables from credit card transactions. Some merchants allow cardholders to elect to pay for purchases in multiple installments. We allow our merchants to elect early payment of single or multiple installment receivables, less a prepayment fee.

The prepayment fee included in financial income is charged, in addition to our payment processing transaction fees, as described above under “—Net revenue from transaction processing and other services.” The prepayment fee is recognized as financial income once the merchant elects for the receivable to be prepaid. If the merchant elects prepayment of a receivable on a weekend or bank holiday, the prepayment fee will be recognized in financial income on the next business day when the merchant receivable is paid.

The expenses we incur in funding the prepayment of receivables are included in financial expenses as discussed below. For more information regarding our working capital solutions, see “Business—Our Solutions.”

Other financial income

Our other financial income consists principally of interest generated by funds held in interest-bearing bank accounts and by deposits we are required to make by the Brazilian courts, known as judicial deposits, which are legal reserves as security for any damages or settlements we may be required to pay as a result of litigation.

Cost of services

Our cost of services include transaction costs, depreciation and amortization, costs to deploy merchant equipment, personnel expenses related to customer service, technology, operations, logistics and other, payment scheme license fees, losses from chargebacks and other costs. For further information on these costs, see note 25 to our audited consolidated financial statements.

 

   

Transaction costs consist of amounts related to processing, data center costs, telecommunications costs related to leased terminals, third-party payment processor fees (principally associated with payments processed through Elavon Inc. for merchants acquired pursuant to the EdB Acquisition) and wire transfer costs.

 

   

Depreciation and amortization expenses allocated to cost of services and administrative and selling expenses. Depreciation and amortization included in our cost of services consists mainly of (i) depreciation of equipment leased to merchants, (ii) the amortization of software that we develop internally for use in our operations and (iii) depreciation of datacenter used in our processing operations.

 

   

Costs to deploy merchant equipment consist of third-party supplier logistics services and internal and external costs related to delivery of leased equipment to merchants and other supply chain costs.

 

   

Personnel expenses are divided between cost of services and administrative expenses and selling expenses. Personnel expenses included in cost of services relate to customer relations personnel, certain personnel in our technology team, logistics personnel, and other personnel that support our transaction processing and other services.

 

   

Payment scheme license fees under cost of services are fees paid to Visa, Mastercard and other card schemes to enable communications between network participants, access to specific reports, expenses related to projects involving the development of new functions, operational fixed fees, fees related to chargeback restatements and royalties.

 

   

Losses from chargebacks consist of transactions credited back or refunded to the cardholder in the event a billing dispute between a cardholder and merchant is not resolved in favor of the merchant.

 

76


Table of Contents
 

Chargebacks may occur due to a variety of factors, such as a claim by the cardholder or cases of fraud. If we are unable to collect chargeback or refund from the merchant’s account, or if the merchant refuses to or is unable to reimburse us for a chargeback or refund due to closure, bankruptcy, or other circumstances, and, we bear the loss for the amounts paid to the cardholder.

 

   

Other expenses are allocated to our cost of services as well as our administrative and selling expenses. Other expenses included in our cost of services consist mainly of items such as travel expenses and costs of office supplies incurred in connection with the services that we sell.

Administrative expenses

Administrative expenses represent the amounts that we spend on back-office activities, quality control, indirect relations with our clients and overhead. These amounts consist of certain personnel expenses, depreciation and amortization and other expenses.

 

   

The portion of our personnel expenses that form part of our administrative expenses relate to our finance, legal, human resources, administrative, and other administrative personnel, as well as fees paid for professional services, including legal, tax and accounting services. The portion of our depreciation and amortization expenses that forms part of our administrative expenses relates to (i) the depreciation of the equipment, furniture, tools and technology used in our head office, back-office, and other operations, (ii) the amortization of acquired intangibles for customer relationships and brand, and (iii) the amortization of software developed internally to support our head office and back-office needs.

 

   

The portion of our other costs that form part of our administrative expenses includes items such as travel, lodging, insurance, facilities, rent, consultancy fees, reimbursement of staff expenses and office supplies.

 

   

We expect administrative expenses to increase as a result of becoming a publicly traded company and compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Public company costs include expenses associated with annual and quarterly reporting, investor relations, registrar and transfer agent fees, incremental insurance costs, and accounting and legal services.

Selling expenses

Selling expenses represent the amounts we spend on commercial teams, marketing, publicity and commissions for third-party commercial partners.

 

   

The portion of our personnel expenses that form part of selling expenses relates to our commercial team which has direct interactions with potential and existing clients. The main portion of this team are individuals who act in a direct sales model.

 

   

The portion of our commissions for third-party commercial sales partners that form part of our selling expenses relates to amounts paid for sales partners or franchisees that act directly with potential clients in some determined areas. These sales partners are generally paid in accordance with a profit-sharing model and are paid monthly.

 

   

The portion of marketing and advertising expenses included in our selling expenses relates to the production and distribution of our marketing and advertising campaigns on traditional offline media, traditional online advertising, the positioning of our products in internet search platforms and expenses incurred in relation to trade marketing at events.

Financial expenses, net

Our financial expenses, net include (i) discounts charged to us for the sale of our receivables from card issuers, (ii) interest expense on our other borrowings, (iii) the net amount of foreign currency gains and losses on cash balances denominated in foreign currencies, (iv) the cost of swaps relating to our foreign currency borrowings and (v) bank services fees.

 

77


Table of Contents

To date, we have funded our working capital solutions primarily (i) by selling receivables owed to us by card issuers to certain banks, (ii) with capital raised by securitizing the receivables owed to us by card issuers through two significant FIDCs, namely FIDC AR1 and FIDC AR2, (iii) through our general third-party borrowings and (iv) with our own capital. In 2017, we set up two Brazilian special purpose investment funds, FIDC AR1 and FIDC AR2, to purchase and hold receivables, through which we have raised capital to finance our working capital solutions. These FIDCs are controlled by us, and raised capital by issuing senior quotas in the FIDCs to outside investors, who receive a return on these investments. For further information regarding these FIDCs, see note 19 to our audited consolidated financial statements and “—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Note on the impact of FIDC launch in our cash flows.”

All of our bank borrowings and senior quota holder obligations in FIDC AR1 and FIDC AR2 as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 were denominated in Brazilian reais . However, the interest rate on certain of these borrowings is indexed to the UMBNDES Rate, which is based on a basket of currencies including the U.S. dollar, the euro and other currencies. For further information on our borrowings, see note 19 to our audited consolidated financial statements.

Other operating expenses, net

Other operating expenses, net consists mainly of share-based payments, contingencies, charges and miscellaneous income and/or expense items.

Liability-classified share-based compensation expense

Certain of our founding partners and senior executives received a one-time issuance of fully-vested Class C shares (as classified under our Articles of Association in effect prior to the consummation of this offering) in us, as compensation for services rendered to us. These shares are subject to a lock-up period, and their terms provide us with the right to redeem such shares at any time at a redemption price to be determined by our board of directors. As our founding partners were deemed to have the power to cause Stone Co. to redeem shares beneficially owned by the founding partners, the fair value of the redemption price related to these Class C shares was recorded as a liability in our financial statements until January 2018. Prior to this date liability associated with these Class C shares was adjusted to fair value through each reporting date through profit or loss.

Certain employees have also been granted Co-Investment Shares in one of our subsidiaries. Incentive shares are subject to a lock-up period and a discounted buy-back feature retained by us if the employee leaves prior to lockup expiration. As a result, the plan has been liability classified and as such has been re-measured at each reporting date and expensed in our consolidated statements of profit or loss.

For further information about share-based payment expenses see note 26 to our audited consolidated financial statements and “Significant Factors Affecting our Results of Operations—Reclassification of Liability–Classified Share-Based Compensation Expense.”

Share-based awards in connection with this offering

In September 2018, we granted new awards of restricted share units (RSUs) and share options. In addition, we converted all outstanding Phantom Shares to RSU awards. These awards are equity settled, the majority of the awards are subject to performance conditions, and the related compensation expense will be recognized over the vesting period. Approximately 43,000 awards (or 5,418,000 awards after giving effect to the Share Split) were awarded (including pursuant to the Phantom Share conversion), and, after giving effect to the acceleration of certain awards in connection with this offering to allow recipients to participate in this offering (based on the number of shares to be sold in this offering and the midpoint of the price range, each as set forth on the cover of this prospectus), such awards have the following aggregate vesting schedule: approximately 5% vested in the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 2018, approximately 1% will vest in the fiscal quarter ended December 31,

 

78


Table of Contents

2018, approximately 7% will vest in four years, approximately 19% will vest in five years, approximately 21% will vest in seven years, and approximately 47% will vest in 10 years. The aggregate share-based compensation expense associated with such RSU and share option awards will be approximately R$300 million (based on the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus) and will be recognized over the vesting periods described above. We expect to incur approximately R$21 million and R$15 million of share-based compensation expense associated with these RSU vestings in the fiscal quarters ending September 30, 2018 and December 31, 2018, respectively. As the award was a one-time, nonrecurring event related to the offering, all incurred future share based compensation expense associated with these awards will be an adjustment in our calculation of adjusted net income.

To the extent the underwriters elect to exercise their option to purchase additional shares from the selling shareholders in this offering, or the number of shares to be sold by the selling shareholders who are employees in this offering increases from the amount shown in this prospectus, additional RSU awards will rest in order for Class A common shares to be issued to such employees to sell in this offering, which will increase the share-based compensation expense we expect to recognize in the fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2018.

Approximately 1,260,000 awards (after giving effect to the Share Split) were reserved as anti-dilutive shares to be issued to our founder shareholders pro-rata upon vesting of the granted RSU and share option awards described above, leaving approximately 781,200 shares (after giving effect to the Share Split) available to be awarded in the future.

Gain (loss) on investment in associates

Gain (loss) on investment in associates consists mainly of results from operations from other entities that are not consolidated into our financial statements.

Income tax and social contributions

Current income tax and social contribution tax on net profits

The current corporate income tax (“CIT”) is calculated at a joint nominal rate of approximately 34%. CIT is composed of (i) income tax at the rate of 15% in addition to a surplus rate of 10% for taxable income exceeding R$20,000.00 per month; and (ii) the statutory rate, totaling 34% in Brazil, composed of 25% income tax and 9% social contribution tax on net income at a 9% rate applicable to non-financial institutions.

Our tax assets for the current year are calculated based on the expected recoverable amount, and tax liabilities for the current year are calculated based on the amount payable to the applicable tax authorities. The tax rates and tax laws used to calculate this amount are those enacted or substantially enacted at the reporting date. We periodically evaluate our tax positions with respect to interpreting tax regulations and, when appropriate, establish provisions. Due to the nature of income tax and social contributions in Brazil described above, where income tax and social contributions are payable on a legal entity basis as opposed to on a consolidated basis, tax losses for one subsidiary entity cannot be used to offset income tax owed by other subsidiary entities.

Deferred income tax and social contributions tax on net profits

The accounting records of deferred tax assets on income tax losses and/or social contribution loss carryforwards, as well as those arising from temporary differences, are based on technical feasibility studies which consider the expected generation of future taxable income, taking into account the history of profitability for each subsidiary individually. In accordance with the Brazilian tax legislation, and as a general rule, loss carryforwards can be used to offset up to 30% of taxable profits for the year and do not expire.

 

79


Table of Contents

Our deferred tax assets are generated by our net tax operating loss carryforwards. These are derived primarily from the acquisition of Elavon, as well as from carryforward losses accrued in connection with our operations.

Tax Incentives

Similar to other Brazilian companies across multiple industries, we benefit from certain tax and other government-granted incentives associated with technological innovation under Law 11,196/05 (“ Lei do Bem ”), which enable us to reduce the overall financial impact of CIT. For the effective tax rate reconciliation, see note 11 of our audited consolidated financial statements.

Results of Operations

Six Months Ended June 30, 2018 Compared to the Six Months Ended June 30, 2017

The following table sets forth our statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income data for the six months ended June 30, 2018 and 2017. Share and per share data in the table below has been retroactively adjusted to give effect to the 126-for-one share split of our common shares effective as of October 14, 2018.

 

     For the Six Months Ended June 30,  
     2018      2017      Variation
(R$)
     Variation
(%)
 
     R$ millions, except for amounts per share  

Statement of profit or loss data:

           

Net revenue from transaction activities and other services

     204.1        93.4        110.7        118.5

Net revenue from subscription services and equipment rental

     85.0        49.3        35.7        72.4

Financial income

     333.1        180.9        152.2        84.1

Other financial income

     13.6        8.1        5.5        67.9
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue and income

     635.7        331.8        303.9        91.6

Cost of services

     (141.1      (96.9      (44.2      45.6

Administrative expenses

     (117.4      (69.1      (48.3      69.9

Selling expenses

     (81.4      (33.8      (47.6      140.8

Financial expenses, net

     (142.6      (118.8      (23.8      20.0

Other operating expenses, net

     (20.8      (84.6      63.8        (75.4 %) 

Loss on investment in associates

     (0.4      (0.1      (0.3      300.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Profit (loss) before income tax

     132.1        (71.6      203.7        n.m.  

Income tax and social contribution

     (44.4      (4.4      (40.0      n.m.  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income (loss) for the period

     87.7        (75.9      163.6        (215.5 %) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income (loss) profit attributable to:

           

Owners of the parent

     85.0        (79.5      164.5        n.m.  

Non-controlling interests

     2.7        3.6        (0.9      (25.0 %) 

Basic and diluted earnings per share for the period attributable to owners of the parent (R$)

     0.38        (0.37      0.75        n.m.  

 

80


Table of Contents

TPV and Active Clients

The following table sets forth our TPV and active clients for the six months ended June 30, 2018 and 2017:

 

     For the Six Months Ended June 30,  
     2018      2017      Variation      Variation (%)  

TPV (R$ billion)

     35.1        21.4        13.7        64.0

Active Clients (in thousands)

     200.6        88.2        112.4        127.4

Growth for the six months ended June 30, 2018, both in TPV and active clients, was primarily driven by our Stone Hubs, both through new Stone Hub openings and growing market share within existing Stone Hubs, which enabled us to onboard new SMB merchants and grow transaction volumes from existing and new clients. As a result, our volume concentration has diminished over time. Our top ten clients represented 24.0% of TPV for the six months ended June 30, 2018, down 8.2 percentage points from 32.2% for the six months ended June 30, 2017.

Total revenue and income

Total revenue and income for the six months ended June 30, 2018 was R$635.7 million, an increase of R$303.9 million or 91.6% from R$331.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2017. This increase was driven largely by increases in TPV and an increase in the number of SMBs as a proportion of our client base. The increase in SMBs as a proportion of our overall client base improved our take rate by 0.26%, to 1.77% for the six months ended June 30, 2018 from 1.51% for the six months ended June 30, 2017.

 

     For the Six Months Ended June 30,  
     2018      2017      Variation
(R$)
     Variation
(%)
 
     R$ millions, except for percentages  

Net revenue from transaction activities and other services

     204.1        93.4        110.7        118.5

Net revenue from subscription services and equipment rental

     85.0        49.3        35.7        72.4

Financial income

     333.1        180.9        152.2        84.1

Other financial income

     13.6        8.1        5.5        67.9
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue and income

     635.7        331.8        303.9        91.6
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net revenue from transaction activities and other services . Net revenue from transaction activities and other services for the six months ended June 30, 2018 was R$204.1 million, an increase of R$110.7 million or 118.5% from R$93.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2017. This increase was primarily attributable to (i) the R$13.7 billion growth of TPV in the period, which translated to an increase of R$59.7 million in our net revenue from transaction activities and other services; and (ii) an improvement in the mix of our client base, with a greater proportion of SMB merchants, who pay higher rates per transaction, accounting for an increase in revenue from transaction activities and other services of R$51.0 million.

Net revenue from subscription services and equipment rental . Net revenue from subscription services and equipment rental for the six months ended June 30, 2018 was R$85.0 million, an increase of R$35.7 million or 72.4% from R$49.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2017. This increase was primarily attributable to the increase in the number of active clients that use our subscription services and rent our equipment.

Financial income . Financial income for the six months ended June 30, 2018 was R$333.1 million, an increase of R$152.2 million or 84.1% from R$180.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2017, primarily attributable to the 64.0% growth in TPV in the period. This increase was primarily attributable to (i) the R$13.7 billion growth of TPV in the period, which was translated to an increase of R$115.6 million in financial

 

81


Table of Contents

income; and (ii) by an increase in financial income as a percentage of TPV, to 0.95% in the six months ended June 30, 2018 from 0.85% in the six months ended June 30, 2017 as the number of customers who elected earlier settlement increased due to our customer mix moving to increased SMEs, which resulted in a R$36.6 million increase.

Other financial income . Other financial income for the six months ended June 30, 2018 was R$13.6 million, an increase of R$5.5 million or 67.9% from R$8.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2017, primarily attributable to an increase of R$5.7 million of interest income resulting from an increase in our cash balance.

Cost of services

Cost of services for the six months ended June 30, 2018 was R$141.1 million, an increase of R$44.2 million, or 45.6%, from R$96.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2017. Cost of services as a percentage of total revenue and income was 22.2% for the six months ended June 30, 2018, an efficiency gain of 7.0 percentage points, from 29.2% for the six months ended June 30, 2017. This increase was primarily due to (i) an increase of R$14.3 million in transaction and client service cost, which represents a decrease of 6.2% of total revenue and income. Such decrease was driven by the dilution of fixed costs of our proprietary processing platform, migration of clients from Elavon Inc. platform and efficiency gains; (ii) an increase of R$23.1 million in personnel expenses to support the expected growth of our operations; and (iii) an increase of R$7.0 million in depreciation and amortization costs, which represents a decrease of 0.8% of total revenue and income.

Administrative expenses

Administrative expenses for the six months ended June 30, 2018 were R$117.4 million, an increase of R$48.3 million or 69.9% from R$69.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2017. Overall, administrative expenses as a percentage of total revenue and income reduced from 20.8% in the six months ended June 30, 2017 to 18.5% in the six months ended June 30, 2018.

The increase in administrative expenses is primarily attributed to growth in headcount, third-party services, facilities costs and travel expenses to support our growth. This consists of: (i) R$26.5 million in increases on headcount; (ii) R$6.6 million in facilities costs primarily related to the lease of additional office spaces for the new Stone Hubs; (iii) R$4.9 million increase in travel expenses; and (iv) R$4.4 million increase in third party services.

Selling expenses

Selling expenses for the six months ended June 30, 2018 were R$81.4 million, an increase of R$47.6 million or 140.8% from R$33.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2017, primarily attributable to (i) an increase of R$41.2 million due to additional headcount in our sales team to support the increased number of Stone Hubs and the expansion in existing Stone Hubs; and (ii) an increase of R$6.4 million from other minor selling expenses.

Financial expenses, net

Financial expenses, net for the six months ended June 30, 2018 were R$142.6 million, an increase of R$23.8 million from R$118.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2017. This increase was primarily attributable to (i) an increase in cost of funding of R$16.0 million due to higher prepayment volumes, partially offset by a decrease in Brazilian interest rates and better funding cost efficiency; and (ii) an increase of R$6.6 million due to foreign currency variation.

Our financial expenses, net as a percentage of our financial income was 42.8% and 65.7% for the six months ended June 30, 2018 and June 30, 2017, respectively, as we were able to fund the growth in our financial income through cash from operations in 2018 in lieu of external financing.

 

82


Table of Contents

Other operating expenses, net

Other operating expenses, net for the six months ended June 30, 2018 were R$20.8 million, a decrease of R$63.8 million or 75.4% from R$84.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2017. This was primarily attributable to a decrease of R$85.2 million of share-based compensation and partially offset by R$21.3 million increase in other expenses due to the write-off of fixed and intangible assets, mainly related to pin pads and POS terminals and leasehold improvements, as well as the write-off of intangible assets related to data systems.

Loss on investment in associates

Loss on investment in associates for the six months ended June 30, 2018 was R$0.4 million, a change of R$0.3 million from R$0.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2017.

Profit (loss) before income taxes

As a result of the foregoing, profit before income taxes for the six months ended June 30, 2018 was R$132.1 million, an increase of R$203.7 million from a loss of R$71.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2017.

Income tax and social contribution

Our operations are in Brazil, where CIT is calculated at a joint nominal rate of approximately 34%. CIT is composed of (i) income tax at the rate of 15% in addition to a surplus rate of 10% for taxable income exceeding R$20,000.00 per month; and (ii) the statutory rate, totaling 34% in Brazil, composed of 25% income tax and 9% social contribution tax on net income at a 9% rate applicable to non-financial institutions.

For the six month ended June 30, 2018, we incurred R$44.4 million in income tax and social contribution expense, with R$49.5 million related to current income tax expense of our subsidiaries that generated taxable income during the year, partially offset by a R$5.1 million gain related to the effect of deferred taxes during the period.

We had a net tax benefit of R$0.5 million, mainly due to a research and development benefit under Lei do Bem of R$3.3 million and other tax incentives of R$0.8 million, offset by losses from entities not subject to the payment of income taxes of R$3.7 million.

For the six month ended June 30, 2017, we incurred R$4.4 million in income tax and social contribution expense, of which R$1.8 million relates to current income tax expense of our subsidiaries that generated taxable income during the year and R$2.5 million relates to the effect of deferred taxes during the period. Our effective tax rate was affected mainly due to losses from entities not subject to the payment of income taxes equal to R$29.0 million.

Our total effective tax rate for the six months ended June 30, 2018 was 33.6%, compared to (6.1)% for the six months ended June 30, 2017.

Net income (loss)

As a result of the foregoing, net income for the six months ended June 30, 2018 was R$87.7 million, an increase of R$163.6 million, from a loss for the six months ended June 30, 2017 of R$75.9 million.

Adjusted net income (loss)

Adjusted net income was R$97.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2018, an increase of R$79.1 million from R$18.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2017.

 

83


Table of Contents

The main factors that contributed to the growth in adjusted net income were: (i) increase of our total revenue and income, primarily due to higher TPV and our focus on growing our base of SMB merchants; (ii) improvement in financial efficiency, reflected by the reduction in financial expenses, net as percentage of our financial income from 65.7% in the six months ended June 30, 2017 to 42.8% in the six months ended June, 30 2018; and (iii) operational leverage, which resulted in a reduction in cost of services, administrative and selling expenses as percentage of total revenue and income from 60.2% in 2017 to 53.5% in 2018. See “Summary Financial and Other Information” for a reconciliation of adjusted net income (loss) to our profit (loss) for the period.

Year Ended December 31, 2017 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2016

The following table sets forth our statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income data for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016. Share and per share data in the table below has been retroactively adjusted to give effect to the 126-for-one share split of our common shares effective as of October 14, 2018.

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,  
     2017      2016      Variation
(R$)
     Variation
(%)
 
     R$ millions, except for amounts per share  

Statement of profit or loss data:

           

Net revenue from transaction activities and other services

     224.2        121.1        103.1        85.1

Net revenue from subscription services and equipment rental

     105.0        54.7        50.3        91.9

Financial income

     412.2        247.4        164.8        66.6

Other financial income

     25.3        16.7        8.6        51.5
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue and income

     766.6        439.9        326.7        74.3

Cost of services

     (224.1      (133.2      (90.9      68.3

Administrative expenses

     (174.6      (106.1      (68.5      64.6

Selling expenses

     (92.0      (49.5      (42.5      85.9

Financial expenses, net

     (237.1      (244.7      7.6        (3.1 %) 

Other operating expenses, net

     (134.2      (55.7      (78.5      140.9

(Loss) gain on investment in associates

     (0.3      0.1        (0.4      n.m.  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loss before income tax

     (95.7      (149.2      53.5        (35.9 %) 

Income tax and social contribution

     (9.3      27.0        (36.3      n.m.  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loss for the year

     (105.0      (122.2      17.2        (14.1 %) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loss attributable to:

           

Owners of the parent

     (108.7      (119.8      11.1        (9.3 %) 

Non-controlling interests

     3.8        (2.4      6.1        n.m.  

Basic and diluted loss per share for the year attributable to owners of the parent (R$)

     (0.49      (0.61      0.12        (19.0 %) 

TPV and Active Clients

The following table sets forth our TPV and active clients for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016:

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,  
     2017      2016      Variation      Variation (%)  

TPV (R$ billion)

     48.5        28.1        20.4        72.7

Active Clients (in thousands)

     131.2        82.0        49.3        60.1

 

84


Table of Contents

As discussed in “—Significant Factors Affecting our Results of Operations,” TPV is one of the main drivers of revenue for our business. The TPV for the year ended December 31, 2016 considers EdB volumes as of April 22, 2016, the date of acquisition.

Growth for the year ended December 31, 2017, both in TPV and active clients, was primarily driven by our Stone Hubs, both through new Stone Hub openings and growing market share within existing Stone Hubs, which enabled us to onboard new SMB merchants and grow transaction volumes from existing and new clients. Due to our strategic focus in the SMB market segment, we grew our active client base faster than our TPV, after adjusting for Elavon’s volumes for the full year of 2016. As a result, our volume concentration has diminished over time. Our top ten clients represented 28.0% of TPV for the year ended December 31, 2017, down 6.5 percentage points from 34.5% for the year ended December 31, 2016.

Total revenue and income

Total revenue and income for the year ended December 31, 2017 was R$766.6 million, an increase of R$326.7 million or 74.3% from R$439.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. This increase was driven largely by increases in TPV and an increase in the number of SMBs as a proportion of our client base. The increase in SMBs as a proportion of our overall client base improved our take rate by 0.02%, to 1.53% for the year ended December 31, 2017 from 1.51% for the year ended December 31, 2016.

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,  
     2017      2016      Variation
(R$)
     Variation
(%)
 
     R$ millions, except for percentages  

Net revenue from transaction activities and other services

     224.2        121.1        103.1        85.1

Net revenue from subscription services and equipment rental

     105.0        54.7        50.3        91.9

Financial income

     412.2        247.4        164.8        66.6

Other financial income

     25.3        16.7        8.6        51.5
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue and income

     766.6        439.9        326.7        74.3
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net revenue from transaction activities and other services . Net revenue from transaction activities and other services for the year ended December 31, 2017 was R$224.2 million, an increase of R$103.1 million or 85.1% from R$121.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. This increase was primarily attributable to (i) the R$20.4 billion growth of TPV year over year which was translated to an increase of R$88.0 million in our net revenue from transaction activities and other services, and (ii) an improvement in the mix of our client base, with a greater proportion of SMB merchants, who pay higher rates per transaction, accounting for an increase in revenue from transaction activities and other services of R$15.1 million.

Net revenue from subscription services and equipment rental . Net revenue from subscription services and equipment rental for the year ended December 31, 2017 was R$105.0 million, an increase of R$50.3 million or 91.9% from R$54.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. This increase was primarily attributable to (i) an increase in the number of active clients that use our subscription services and rent our equipment, which contributed R$32.9 million, and (ii) an improvement in the mix of our client base, with a greater proportion of SMB merchants, who generally pay higher rental rates than our existing client base, accounting for an increase in revenue from subscription services and equipment rental of R$17.4 million.

Financial income . Financial income for the year ended December 31, 2017 was R$412.2 million, an increase of R$164.8 million or 66.6% from R$247.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, primarily attributable to the 72.7% growth in TPV year over year. The R$20.4 billion growth of TPV year over year, which translated to an increase of R$179.8 million in financial income, was offset by a R$15.0 million decrease resulting from the reduction in financial income as a percentage of TPV, from 0.88% in 2016 to 0.85% in 2017.

 

85


Table of Contents

Such reduction was driven by a smaller share of large key accounts in our TPV, which present a larger share of credit transactions and a higher share of installments. An overall increase in TPV generally increases financial income from our working capital solutions due to an overall increase in the volume of prepayments. Higher levels of installment transactions usually lead to higher demand for our working capital solutions. On the other hand, a smaller share of credit transactions leads to a decrease in the ratio of financial income from our working capital solutions, since debit card transactions are not eligible for prepayment.

Other financial income . Other financial income for the year ended December 31, 2017 was R$25.3 million, an increase of R$8.6 million or 51.5% from R$16.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, primarily attributable to an increase of R$8.0 million of interest income resulting from an increase in our cash balance.

Cost of services

Cost of services for the year ended December 31, 2017 was R$224.1 million, an increase of R$90.9 million, or 68.3%, from R$133.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. Cost of services as a percentage of total revenue and income was 29.2% for the year ended December 31, 2017, an efficiency gain of 1.1%, from 30.3% for the year ended December 31, 2016. This change was primarily due to (i) an increase of R$44.0 million in transaction and client service cost, which represents a decrease of 2.3% of total revenue and income. Such decrease was driven by the dilution of fixed costs of our proprietary processing platform, migration of clients from Elavon Inc. platform and efficiency gains; (ii) an increase of R$34.7 million in personnel expenses, which represents an increase of 1.5% of total revenue and income, to support the expected growth of our operations; and (iii) an increase of R$12.2 million in depreciation and amortization costs, which represents a decrease of 0.2% of total revenue and income.

Administrative expenses

Administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2017 were R$174.6 million, an increase of R$68.5 million or 64.6% from R$106.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2016.

The increase in administrative expenses is primarily attributed to growth in headcount, third-party services and facilities costs to support our growth. This consists of: (i) R$29.7 million in increases on headcount; (ii) R$13.9 million in third-party operational consultants and advisors; and (iii) R$11.6 million in facilities costs primarily related to new office lease contracts in São Paulo and the lease of office spaces for the newly created Stone Hubs.

Selling expenses

Selling expenses for the year ended December 31, 2017 were R$92.0 million, an increase of R$42.5 million or 85.9% from R$49.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, primarily attributable to an increase of R$40.6 million due to additional headcount in our sales team in line with strategy to grow through our Hub strategy, and an increase of R$2.0 million due to higher spending on marketing and advertising in connection with events and marketing campaigns.

Financial expenses, net

Financial expenses, net for the year ended December 31, 2017 were R$237.1 million, a decrease of R$7.6 million from R$244.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. This reduction was primarily attributable to, among other things (i) a gain of R$44.2 million due to appreciation in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to the real on foreign-currency denominated investments, offset by (ii) an increase in cost of funding of R$35.4 million resulting from the net effect between higher prepayment volumes, a decrease in Brazilian interest rates and better funding cost efficiency.

 

86


Table of Contents

Our financial expenses, net as a percentage of our financial income was 57.5% and 98.9% for the year ended December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively.

Other operating expenses, net

Other operating expenses, net for the year ended December 31, 2017 were R$134.2 million, an increase of R$78.5 million or 140.9% from R$55.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. This was primarily attributable to an increase of R$85.8 million of share-based payment expenses for the year ended December 31, 2017, which was driven by the adjustment to fair value of the Class C awards to our founding partners in 2017, along with new awards granted in the same period; and offset by R$7.4 million from other operating income due to asset sales and write-offs and other minor effects.

Gain (loss) on investment in associates

Gain (loss) on investment in associates for the year ended December 31, 2017 was R$(0.3) million, a change of R$0.4 million from R$0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2016.

Loss before income taxes

As a result of the foregoing, loss before income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2017 was R$95.7 million, a decrease of R$53.5 million from a loss of R$149.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2016.

Income tax and social contribution

Our operations are in Brazil, where the nominal income tax rate is 34%.

Although we reported a consolidated net loss in 2017, we incurred R$9.3 million in income tax expense of which R$5.7 million relates to current income tax expense of our subsidiaries that generated taxable income during the year and R$3.6 million related to the effect of deferred taxes during the year.

For the year ended December 31, 2016, we recorded an income tax gain of R$27.0 million. Such gain primarily relates to the recognition of previously unrecognized unused tax loss carryforwards and other deferred tax assets from prior periods for an amount of R$12.2 million, R$2.5 million in relation to the recognition of tax credit carryforwards, and R$12.5 million related to the effect of changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities during the year.

For further information about our income taxes, see note 11 to our audited consolidated financial statements.

Loss for the year

As a result of the foregoing, loss for the year ended December 31, 2017 was R$105.0 million, a decrease of R$17.2 million, or 14.1%, from a loss for the year ended December 31, 2016 of R$122.2 million.

Adjusted net income (loss)

Adjusted net income was R$45.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, an increase of R$97.1 million from an adjusted net loss of R$51.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2016.

The main factors that contributed to the growth in adjusted net income were: (i) increase of our total revenue and income, primarily due to higher TPV and our focus on growing our base of SMB merchants; (ii) improvement in financial efficiency, reflected by the reduction in financial expenses, net as percentage of our financial income from 98.9% in 2016 to 57.5% in 2017; and (iii) operational leverage, which resulted in a

 

87


Table of Contents

reduction in cost of services, administrative and selling expenses as percentage of total revenue and income from 65.7% in 2016 to 64.0% in 2017. See “Summary Financial and Other Information” for a reconciliation of adjusted net income (loss) to our profit (loss) for the period.

Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited) and Other Information

The following tables set forth certain of our financial information for the periods indicated. Share and per share data in the table below has been retroactively adjusted to give effect to the 126-for-one share split of our common shares effective as of October 14, 2018.

 

    Three Months Ended  
    September 30,
2016
    December 31,
2016
    March 31,
2017
    June 30,
2017
    September 30,
2017
    December 31,
2017
    March 31,
2018
    June 30,
2018
 
    (Unaudited) (R$ millions)  

Income Statement Data:

               

Net revenue from transaction activities and other services

    39.6       45.7       46.4       47.0       47.4       83.4       90.2       113.9  

Net revenue from subscription services and equipment rental

    16.7       19.8       24.5       24.8       26.5       29.2       38.5       46.5  

Financial income

    76.2       113.5       92.0       88.9       102.6       128.7       149.5       183.5  

Other financial income

    1.1       7.3       3.6       4.5       10.6       6.6       8.7       4.9  

Total revenue and income

    133.6       186.3       166.5       165.3       187.1       247.7       286.9       348.8  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of services

    (42.1     (46.2     (46.5     (50.4     (53.7     (73.5     (70.8     (70.2

Administrative expenses

    (29.1     (33.8     (36.1     (33.0     (42.9     (62.5     (58.3     (59.1

Selling expenses

    (14.9     (19.2     (15.2     (18.6     (24.5     (33.7     (37.7     (43.7

Financial expenses, net

    (53.5     (139.0     (66.5     (52.3     (56.9     (61.4     (68.1     (74.5

Other operating income (expense), net

    (15.2     (16.8     (74.9     (9.7     (19.3     (30.3     (5.1     (15.7

(Loss) income from investment in associates

    0       0       0       (0.1     (0.1     (0.1     (0.1     (0.3
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit (loss) before income taxes

    (21.2     (68.7     (72.7     1.1       (10.3     (13.8     46.8       85.3  

Income tax and social contribution

    0.8       4.0       (3.1     (1.3     (4.1     (0.8     (22.1     (22.3
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) for the period

    (20.4 )       (64.7 )       (75.8 )       (0.1 )       (14.4 )       (14.7 )       24.7       63.0  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to:

               

Owners of the parent

    (20.2     (63.4     (76.4     (3.1     (15.4     (13.8     23.6       61.4  

Non-controlling interests

    (0.2     (1.3     0.6       3.0       1.0       (0.8     1.1       1.6  

Basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share (1)

    (0.10     (0.31     (0.36     (0.01     (0.07     (0.06     0.11       0.28  

Adjusted net income (loss)

    0.4       (44.0     6.2       12.4       6.0       20.5       26.5       71.1  

In the table below, we have provided a reconciliation of adjusted net income (loss) to our net income (loss) for the quarter, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with IFRS. For more information, see “Summary Financial and Other Information.”

 

    Three Months Ended  
    September 30,
2016
    December 31,
2016
    March 31,
2017
    June 30,
2017
    September 30,
2017
    December 31,
2017
    March 31,
2018
    June 30,
2018
 
    (Unaudited) (R$ millions)  

Net income (loss) for the period

    (20.5     (64.7     (75.8     (0.1     (14.4     (14.7     24.7       63.0  

Share-based compensation expenses  (2)

    14.9       14.3       76.2       9.0       17.7       36.0       —         —    

Amortization of fair value adjustment on intangibles related to acquisitions  (3)

    6.0       6.5       5.8       3.5       2.7       2.8       2.7       2.8  

One-time impairment charges (4)

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         8.4  

Adjusted net income (loss)

    0.4       (44.0     6.2       12.4       6.0       24.1       27.4       74.2  

Tax effect on adjustments (5)

    —         —         —         —         —         (3.6     (0.9     (3.1

Adjusted net income (loss)

    0.4       (44.0     6.2       12.4       6.0       20.5       26.5       71.1  

 

(1)

Calculated by dividing net income or loss for the period attributed to the owners of the parent, adjusted for losses allocated to contractual rights and participating instruments, by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the period. See note 15 to our unaudited condensed consolidated interim financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. During the quarters from the first fiscal quarter of 2016 to the fourth fiscal quarter of 2017, we had outstanding and unexercised options to purchase 185,750 shares (after giving effect to the Share Split), respectively, all of which were anti-dilutive. As such, basic and diluted EPS are the same for those periods. The options expired in the fourth quarter of 2017.

 

88


Table of Contents
(2)

Consists of non-cash expenses related to the grant of share-based compensation, as well as fair value (mark-to-market) adjustments for share-based compensation expense classified as a liability in our consolidated financial statements. See “Significant Factors Affecting our Results of Operations—Liability-classified share-based compensation expense.”

(3)

Consists of expenses resulting from the amortization of the fair value adjustment on intangible assets and property and equipment as a result of the application of the acquisition method, a significant portion of which relate to the EdB Acquisition. See “Significant Factors Affecting our Results of Operations—EdB Acquisition” for further information.

(4)

Consists of (i) impairment charges associated with certain processing system intangible assets acquired in the EdB Acquisition that we no longer use and (ii) impairment associated with improvements made to certain leased office space upon the termination of the lease.

(5)

Represents the tax effect of pre-tax items excluded from adjusted net income (loss). The tax effect of pre-tax items excluded from adjusted net income (loss) is computed using the statutory rate related to the jurisdiction that was impacted by the adjustment after taking into account the impact of permanent differences and valuation allowances.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

The following discussion of our liquidity and capital resources is based on the financial information derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Liquidity

Our sources of liquidity has primarily been derived from our: (i) sale of our receivables from card issuers to banks, (ii) funding from the issuance of senior quotas in FIDC AR1 and FIDC AR2, and (iii) capital contributions and cash flows from operations. Our primary capital needs relate to funding include: (i) funding our working capital solutions to clients; (ii) purchase of POS equipment; (iii) investment in product development; and (iv) selective acquisitions. We believe our current working capital is sufficient for our present requirements.

The following table is a summary of the generation and use of cash in the six months ended June 30, 2018 and 2017 and in the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016.

 

     For the Six Months Ended June 30,      For the Year Ended December 31,  
             2018                      2017                      2017                      2016          
    

R$ millions

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

           

Cash and cash equivalents (at the end of the period)

     142.9        878.9        642.0        170.6  

Net cash used in operating activities

     (373.0      (102.2      (1,284.0      (493.4

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

     (123.4      (180.6      (299.7      189.9  

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

     (2.6      989.3        2,053.4        378.0  

Foreign exchange in cash equivalents

     (0.1      1.7        1.5        12.6  

Our cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, deposits with banks and other short-term highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less, which have an immaterial risk of change in value. For more information, see note 6 to our audited consolidated financial statements and note 5 to our unaudited condensed consolidated interim financial statements.

 

89


Table of Contents

Short-term investments included bonds and other short-term investments. Our short-term investments were R$209.0 million as of June 30, 2018, R$201.8 million as of December 31, 2017, and R$66.3 million as of December 31, 2016. For more information, see note 7 to our audited consolidated financial statements and note 6 to our unaudited condensed consolidated interim financial statements.

We regularly evaluate opportunities to enhance our financial flexibility through a variety of methods, including, without limitation, through the issuance of debt securities, entering of additional credit lines, and the sale of receivables. As a result of any of these actions, we may be subject to restrictions and covenants in the agreements governing these transactions that may place limitations on us, and we may be required to pledge collateral to secure such instruments.

Cash Flows

Our net cash provided by (used in) operating activities has consisted of profit (loss) for the period adjusted for certain non-cash items including depreciation and amortization, share-based payments expense, other financial costs and foreign exchange, net, deferred income tax expense, loss on disposal of assets, among other non-cash items, as well as changes in our operating assets and liabilities and the cash amounts of income taxes and social contributions that we pay and net interest income that we receive during the period.

Our net cash provided by (used in) investing activities has consisted of amounts paid on our purchase of property and equipment, purchases and development of intangible assets, acquisition (redemption) of financial instruments, cash received on disposal of non-current assets, acquisition of interest in associates and cash received in acquisitions.

Our net cash provided by (used in) financing activities has consisted of proceeds from capital contributions, amounts we raised from senior quota holders of FIDC AR1 and FIDC AR2, the net amount of proceeds from borrowings and amortization of debt and finance leases, repurchases of our own shares and acquisitions of non-controlling interests in our subsidiaries. For further information on third-party funding, see “Indebtedness and FIDC Senior Quota Holder Obligations.”

Note on the impact of different funding sources in our operating and financing cash flows

A natural consequence of TPV growth is the corresponding increase in both accounts receivable from card issuers and accounts payable to clients. When we make a prepayment to our clients as part of our working capital solutions offering, we derecognize our accounts payable by the corresponding prepaid amount plus our fees earned by providing such prepayment service. In order to fund our prepayment operation, we principally use one of the following sources of funding: (i) the sale of our receivables from card issuers, to third party banks or financial institutions, (ii) the issuance of senior quotas by FIDCs to institutional investors or (iii) by deploying our own capital from capital contributions or cash flows from operations. These funding options lead to different impacts on our statement of cash flows and balance sheet:

 

  (i)

Sale of our receivables : the true sale of receivables results in the derecognition of our accounts receivable from card issuers. As a result, when a prepayment operation is funded through the true sale of receivables, both accounts receivable from card issuers and accounts payable to clients are derecognized from our balance sheet in the same amount and the combined effect to our cash flows is a positive operational cash flow equivalent to our net fees earned by providing such prepayment service.

 

  (ii)

Issuance of senior quotas by FIDCs : when we launch a new FIDC in order to raise capital, such as FIDC AR1 and FIDC AR2, the amount we raise from senior quota holders less structuring and transaction costs will be recognized on our balance sheet as cash and as a non-current liability to senior quota holders. We then transfer our receivables from card issuers from our operational subsidiary to the FIDC and use the cash to fund our prepayment operations. As a result of consolidating the FIDC in our financial statements, the accounts receivable from card issuers held by the FIDC remain on our

 

90


Table of Contents
  consolidated balance sheet. These set of transactions will generate a positive impact on our cash flows from financing activities in the amount received by the FIDC from senior quota holders less structuring and transaction costs, however, as our accounts receivable from card issuers will remain on our balance sheet but our accounts payable to our clients will be derecognized, these transactions will also cause a negative impact on our cash flow from operations.

 

  (iii)

Deploying our own capital : when we use our own capital to fund our prepayment operations, we do not sell our receivables from card issuers and they remain on our balance sheet but our accounts payable to our clients will be derecognized, and therefore these transactions will cause a negative impact on our cash flow from operations.

Net cash used in operating activities

For the six months ended June 30, 2018, net cash used in operating activities was R$373.0 million, primarily as a result of:

 

   

Net income of R$87.7 million, combined with non-cash expenses consisting primarily of other financial costs and foreign exchange, net, of R$72.0 million, and depreciation and amortization of R$40.0 million. The total amount of adjustment to net income from non-cash items for the six months ended June 30, 2018 was R$135.0 million.

 

   

Net cash from changes in working capital, arising from changes in operating assets and liabilities, totaled an outflow of R$719.5 million, principally due to:

 

  (i)

an increase in the balance of accounts receivable from card issuers which led to negative cash flows of R$683.4 million, an increase in tax credits of R$59.1 million, an increase of other assets in R$23.1 million and a decrease in accounts payable of R$32.1 million;

 

  (ii)

partially offset mainly by an increase in tax payable of R$51.2 million and an increase in labor and social balance of R$27.3 million.

 

   

In addition, amounts received from interest income of R$217.3 million, income tax and social contribution paid of R$17.8 million, and interest paid of R$75.6 million generated a net inflow of R$123.8 million.

For the six months ended June 30, 2017, net cash used in operating activities was R$102.2 million, primarily as a result of:

 

   

Net loss of R$75.9 million, partially offset by non-cash expenses consisting primarily of share-based payments of R$85.2 million and depreciation and amortization of R$25.7 million. The total amount of adjustment from non-cash items in 2017 was R$121.7 million.

 

   

Net cash from changes in working capital, arising from changes in operating assets and liabilities, totaled an outflow of R$214.9 million, principally due to:

 

  (i)

a decrease in the balance of accounts payable to clients which led to negative cash flows of R$589.3 million;

 

  (ii)

partially offset by a decrease in the balance of accounts receivables from card issuers, which led to positive cash flows of R$373.3 million.

 

   

In addition, amounts received from interest income of R$73.0 million, income tax and social contribution paid of R$1.8 million and interest paid of R$4.4 million generated a net inflow of R$66.8 million.

For the year ended December 31, 2017, net cash used in operating activities was R$1,284.0 million, primarily as a result of:

 

   

Net loss of R$105.0 million, offset by non-cash expenses consisting primarily of share-based payments of R$138.9 million, other financial costs and foreign exchange, net, of R$71.9 million and depreciation

 

91


Table of Contents
 

and amortization of R$57.2 million. The total amount of adjustment to net loss from non-cash items in 2017 was R$277.0 million.

 

   

Net cash from changes in working capital, arising from changes in operating assets and liabilities, totaled an outflow of R$1,552.7 million, principally due to:

 

  (i)

an increase in the balance of accounts receivable from card issuers which led to negative cash flows of R$1,774.3 million, driven by the growth in TPV and the launch of FIDC AR1 and FIDC AR2 to fund our prepayment operations;

 

  (ii)

partially offset by an increase in the balance of accounts payable which led to positive cash flows of R$210.3 million, mainly driven by the growth of our TPV which in turn was partially offset by the growth of prepayments made to clients under our working capital solutions offering.

 

   

In addition, amounts received from interest income of R$147.4 million, income tax and social contribution paid of R$3.2 million, and interest paid of R$47.5 million generated a net inflow of R$96.7 million.

For the year ended December 31, 2016, net cash used in operating activities was R$493.4 million, primarily as a result of:

 

   

Net loss of R$122.2 million and other non-cash adjustments that contributed negatively to cash flow, such as decrease of deferred income tax equal to R$27.3 million and other financial costs and foreign exchange, net of R$26.8 million. Those were partially offset by non-cash expenses consisting primarily of share-based payments of R$53.1 million and depreciation and amortization of R$43.0 million. The total amount of adjustment from non-cash items in 2016 was R$42.3 million.

 

   

Net cash from changes in working capital, arising from changes in operating assets and liabilities, totaled an outflow of R$469.1 million, principally due to:

 

  (i)

an increase in the balance of accounts receivable from card issuers which led to negative cash flows of R$1,461.3 million, mainly driven by the growth in our TPV;

 

  (ii)

partially offset by an increase in the balance of accounts payable, which led to positive cash flows of R$982.5 million, mainly driven by the growth of our TPV.

 

   

In addition, amounts received from interest income of R$ 63.1 million, income tax and social contribution paid of R$0.1 million and interest paid of R$7.3 million generated a net inflow of R$ 55.6 million.

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

Net cash used in investing activities for the six months ended June 30, 2018 was R$123.4 million, compared to R$180.6 million of net cash used in investing activities for the six months ended June 30, 2017. Net cash used in investing activities for the six months ended June 30, 2018 was mainly driven by the purchases of property and equipment, including POS equipment and hardware for use in our data centers, amounting to R$92.5 million, compared to R$40.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2017. In addition, for the six months ended June 30, 2018 we had net acquisitions of short-term financial investments of R$7.4 million, compared to net acquisition of short-term financial instruments of R$136.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2017.

Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2017 was R$299.7 million, compared to R$189.9 million of net cash provided by investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2016. Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2017 was mainly driven by the purchases of property and equipment, including POS equipment and hardware for use in our data centers, amounting to R$141.0 million, compared to R$31.6 million in 2016. In addition, in 2017 we had net acquisitions of short-term financial investments of R$145.5 million using funds raised from capital contributions, compared to net redemption of short-term financial instruments of R$216.7 million in 2016.

 

92


Table of Contents

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

Net cash used in financing activities in the six months ended June 30, 2018 was R$2.6 million, compared to net cash provided by financing activities of R$989.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2017. The decrease was mainly driven by a contribution of R$1,000.0 million from senior quota holders of FIDC AR1 in June 2017.

Net cash provided by financing activities in the year ended December 31, 2017 was R$2,053.4 million, compared to R$378.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, which represents an increase of R$1,675.9 million. The increase was mainly driven by (i) a contribution of R$2,053.3 million from senior quota holders of FIDC AR1 and FIDC AR2 in 2017 and (ii) an increase in capital funding of R$529.0 million, offset by a repurchase of shares from certain of our shareholders of R$280.8 million and an increase in the amount of our acquisition of non-controlling interests of R$223.4 million in 2017.

Indebtedness and FIDC Senior Quota Holder Obligations

As of June 30, 2018, we had outstanding debt and FIDC senior quota holder obligations in the aggregate amount of R$2,077.1 million. The following table contains a summary of our third-party debt and quota holder obligations as of June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017:

 

     Annual interest
Rate %
       Maturity          As of
June 30,
2018
Amount

Outstanding
(R$ million)
     As of
December 31,
2017
Amount

Outstanding
(R$ million)
 

Obligations to FIDC senior quota holders

   106.8% of CDI Rate (1)     


Jun/20,

Nov/20,
Dec/20

 

 
 

     7.5        8.7  

Leasing

   CDI Rate (1) + 4.91%      Feb/19        6.1        10.5  

Leasing

   CDI Rate (1) + 11.04%      Jul/20        1.7        —    

Finame (1)

   UMBNDES Rate (2)  + 3.93%      Jul/19        1.6        3.4  
        

 

 

    

 

 

 

Short-Term Debt

           16.8        22.5  

Obligations to FIDC senior quota holders

   106.8% of CDI Rate (1)
    


Jun/20,

Nov/20,
Dec/20


 
 

     2,057.5        2,056.3  

Leasing

   CDI Rate (1) +11.04%      Jul/20        2.7        2.0  

Finame (3)

   UMBNDES Rate (2)  + 3.93%      Jul/19        0.2        1.0  
        

 

 

    

 

 

 

Long-Term Debt

           2,060.3        2,059.4  
        

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Debt

           2,077.1        2,081.9  
        

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

“CDI Rate” means the Brazilian interbank deposit ( Certificado de Depósito Interbancário ) rate, which is an average of interbank overnight rates in Brazil.

(2)

“UMBNDES rate” means a floating exchange rate based on a monetary unit of the BNDES, which is based on a basket of currencies including the US dollar, the euro and other currencies.

(3)

Lending program through the BNDES. Finame is a lending program through the BNDES, with such loans being collateralized by the equipment being financed.

In 2015, EdB entered into financial lease agreements with two commercial banks in order to finance the acquisition of POS and other equipment to be leased to our clients, as well as other fixed assets. Pursuant to the terms of these agreements, we pay a fixed monthly payment which is adjusted at a rate of the CDI Rate plus 4.91% per year. As of June 30, 2018, the outstanding obligations under these agreements totaled R$10.4 million, with the final payment due in February 2019. In 2015, EdB entered into a credit line with the BNDES ( Banco Nacional de Desenvolvimento Econômico e Social) in order to finance the acquisition of POS and other

 

93


Table of Contents

equipment. The credit line bears interest at a rate of the UMBNDES Rate plus 3.93% per six months. As of June 30, 2018, the outstanding balance under this credit line totaled R$1.7 million, and matures in July 2019. We assumed the obligations under these agreements in connection with the EdB Acquisition.

As of June 30, 2018, we had approximately R$210.0 million of unused borrowing capacity under revolving credit lines we have entered into with commercial banks.

In June 2017 and November 2017, in order to raise capital to fund prepayment services to merchants, we launched two special purpose investment funds known as Fundos de Investimento em Direitos Creditórios , or FIDCs, which we refer to as FIDC AR1 and FIDC AR2. A FIDC is an investment fund authorized by the Brazilian Monetary Council, and specifically designed as an investment vehicle for investing in Brazilian credit rights, such as credit card receivable rights. Based on the contractual terms governing FIDC AR1 and FIDC AR2, we control these investment funds and therefore they are consolidated in our consolidated financial statements.

FIDC AR1 and FIDC AR2 raised a total of R$2,053.3 million, net of transaction costs, by issuing three-year senior quotas to a pool of institutional investors. Both FIDCs’ senior quotas have a benchmark return rate of 106.8% of the CDI Rate per year and receive interest payments every six months. At the end of the third annual period, the senior quotas must be fully redeemed by the applicable FIDC. Accordingly, FIDC AR1 matures in June 2020 and FIDC AR2 matures in December 2020. These FIDCs, in turn, use the capital raised to acquire our receivables against card issuers arising from credit card transactions and therefore finance our prepayment of receivables working capital solution. We hold 100% of the subordinated quotas in these FIDCs. Residual returns from these FIDCs, if any, are paid to subordinated quota holders.

On October 1, 2018, we sold approximately R$806 million of issuing banks receivables to commercial banks at a discount rate equivalent to 103% of the CDI Rate, in exchange for R$750 million in cash.

For further information on our financing activities, see note 19 to our audited consolidated financial statements and note 12 to our unaudited condensed consolidated interim financial statements.

Capital Expenditures

Capital expenditures comprise purchases of intangible assets and property and equipment.

In the six months ended June 30, 2018, we made capital expenditures of R$116.8 million. Of these, R$92.5 million was spent on the purchase of property and equipment, comprised primarily of: (i) R$74.6 million of expenditures related to the purchase of equipment, mainly POS and other equipment to lease to our client base; and (ii) R$17.1 million to the purchase of datacenter and other IT equipment in order to achieve additional capacity to sustain the growth in our transaction volumes. In addition, R$24.2 million was spent in relation to the purchase and development of intangible assets, primarily related to software licenses and compensation expenses of software developers that we capitalize.

In the year ended December 31, 2017, we made capital expenditures of R$162.3 million. Of these, R$141.0 million was spent on the purchase of property and equipment, comprised primarily of: (i) R$75.4 million of expenditures related to the purchase of equipment, mainly POS and other equipment to lease to our client base; and (ii) R$43.7 million to the purchase of datacenter and other IT equipment in order to achieve additional capacity to sustain the growth in our transaction volumes. In addition, R$21.3 million was spent in relation to the purchase and development of intangible assets, primarily related to software licenses and compensation expenses of software developers that we capitalize.

In the year ended December 31, 2016, we made capital expenditures of R$43.1 million. Of these, R$31.6 million was on purchase of property and equipment, which mainly include: (i) R$13.0 million expenditures related to purchase of equipment, mainly POS and other equipment to lease to our client base; and

 

94


Table of Contents

(ii) R$5.3 million in purchase of IT equipment. In addition, R$11.5 million was spent in relation to purchase and development of intangible assets, primarily related to software licenses and compensation expenses of software developers which we capitalize.

We estimate that our capital expenditures for 2018 will be approximately R$262.1 million, primarily for purchases of property and equipment (mainly relating to purchases of POS and other equipment to lease to our client base and IT equipment) and intangible assets (mainly relating to software licenses and compensation expenses of software developers that we capitalize). Our actual capital expenditures may vary from the related amounts we have budgeted, both in terms of the aggregate capital expenditures we incur and when we incur them. We expect to increase our capital expenditures to support the growth in our business and operations. We expect to meet our capital expenditure needs for the foreseeable future from our cash flows from operations and our existing cash and cash equivalents.

Commitments and Contractual Obligations

Our contractual obligations at June 30, 2018 were as follows:

 

     Payments Due By Period  
     Total      Less than
1 year
     1-3 years      3-5 years      More than
5 years
 
     (in millions of reais )  

Debt and FIDC senior quota holder obligations

     2,077.1        16.8        2,060.3        —          —    

Operating leases (1)

     43.7        15.1        28.6        —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     2,120.7        31.8        2,088.9        —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Consists of office leases and lease and insurance costs for motorcycles used by our Green Angels .

Our contractual obligations at December 31, 2017 were as follows:

 

     Payments Due By Period  
     Total      Less than
1 year
     1-3 years      3-5 years      More than
5 years
 
     (in millions of reais )  

Debt and FIDC senior quota holder obligations

     2,081.9        22.5        2,059.4        —          —    

Operating leases (1)

     48.8        14.3        34.5        —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     2,130.7        36.8        2,093.9        —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Consists of office leases and lease and insurance costs for motorcycles used by our Green Angels .

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

As of June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, we did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

General

Our overall market risk management program focuses on the unpredictability of financial markets and seeks to minimize potential adverse effects on our financial performance.

 

95


Table of Contents

Foreign Exchange Risk

Foreign exchange risk arises when commercial transactions or recognized assets or liabilities are denominated in a currency that is not our functional currency.

Virtually all of our revenues and our expenses are denominated in, or linked to, the Brazilian Real. Accordingly, we do not face any significant revenue or operating expense exposure to fluctuations between the real and other currencies.

As of June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017 and 2016, we had cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments denominated in U.S. dollars in the amount of R$220.3 million, R$232.5 million and R$202.9 million, respectively.

Interest Rate Risk

Interest rate risk is the risk that the fair value of future cash flows of a financial instrument fluctuates due to changes in market interest rates. Our exposure to the risk of changes in market interest rates arises primarily from short-term investments and long-term borrowings subject in each case to variable interest rates, principally the LIBOR rate for our short-term investments and the CDI Rate for our long-term borrowings.

We conducted a sensitivity analysis of the interest rate risks to which our financial instruments are exposed as of December 31, 2017. For this analysis, we adopted as a probable scenario for the future interest rates of 6.87% for the CDI Rate and 1.94% for the LIBOR rate. When estimating an increase or decrease in current interest rates for the period of one year by 25% and 50%, other financial income (in connection with short-term investments) and financial expense, net (in connection with long-term borrowings) would be impacted as follows:

 

          Scenarios  

Transactions

   Interest Rate
Risk
   Current
Exposure
     Decrease
by 50%
    Decrease
by 25%
    Increase
by 25%
    Increase
by 50%
 
          (in millions of R$)  

Short-term investments - Bonds

   LIBOR variation      157.2        (1.5     (0.8     0.8       1.5  

Loans and financing - Leasing

   CDI variation      12.5        0.4       0.2       (0.2     (0.4

Obligations to FIDC senior quota holders

   CDI variation      2,065.0        76.0       38.0       (38.1     (76.2

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in conformity with IFRS. In preparing our audited consolidated financial statements, we make assumptions, judgments and estimates that can have a significant impact on amounts reported in our consolidated financial statements. We base our assumptions, judgments and estimates on historical experience and various other factors that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results could differ materially from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. We regularly reevaluate our assumptions, judgments and estimates. Our significant accounting policies are described in note 3 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We believe that the following critical accounting policies are more affected by the significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements:

Consolidation of structured entities

We consider each of the FIDC AR1 and FIDC AR2 to be structured entities as defined by IFRS 10. We hold all subordinated quotas issued by these FIDCs, representing approximately 10% of the total outstanding quotas, while third-parties hold all senior quotas, representing approximately 90% of the total outstanding quotas.

 

96


Table of Contents

The bylaws of these FIDCs were established by us at their inception, and grant us significant decision-making authority over these entities, such as the right to determine which credits rights are eligible to be acquired by these FIDCs. In addition, senior quota holders receive a fixed remuneration payment every six months and the senior quotas must be fully redeemed by us at the end of the third annual period. As sole holders of the subordinated quotas, we are entitled to the full residual value of the entities, if any, and thus we have the rights to their variable returns, if any.

In accordance with IFRS 10, we concluded we control each of FIDC AR1 and FIDC AR2 and, therefore, they are consolidated in our financial statements. The senior quotas are accounted for as a financial liability under “Obligations to FIDC senior quota holders” and the fixed remuneration paid to senior quota holders is recorded as interest expense.

Revenue recognition

Revenue is recognized when we have evidence of an arrangement, as services are rendered or transactions are cleared, consideration is reliably measurable and collectability is probable. When equipment or services are bundled in an agreement with a client, the components are separated using objective evidence of the fair value of the components, which is based on our customary pricing for each element in separate transactions. If evidence of fair value exists for all undelivered elements and there is no such evidence of fair value established for delivered elements, revenue is first allocated to the elements where fair value has been established and the residual amount is allocated to the delivered elements. If evidence of fair value for any undelivered element of the arrangement does not exist, all revenue from the arrangement is deferred until such time that there is evidence of delivery for that undelivered element.

We recognize revenue from transaction activities net of interchange fees retained by card issuers and assessment fees charged by payment schemes since we consider we are an agent in the authorization, processing and settlement of payment transactions as we do not bear the significant risks and rewards of those services, given that: (i) we are not the primary entity responsible for the authorization, processing and settlement services performed by the payment scheme networks and card issuers; (ii) we have no latitude to establish the assessment and interchange fees; (iii) we do not collect the interchange fee and the assessment fee is collected on behalf of the clients; and (iv) we do not bear the credit risk of the cardholder.

Intangible assets

Certain direct development costs associated with internally developed software and software enhancements of our technology platform are capitalized. Capitalized costs, which occur post determination by management of technical feasibility, include external services and internal payroll costs. These costs are recorded as intangible assets when development is complete and the asset is ready for use, and are amortized straight-line, generally over a period of three to five years. Research and pre-feasibility development costs, as well as maintenance and training costs, are expensed as incurred. In certain circumstances, management may determine that previously developed software and its related expense no longer meets management’s definition of feasible, which could then result in the impairment of such asset.

Intangible assets with finite useful lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives and tested for impairment whenever there is an indication that their carrying amount may be not be recovered. The period and method of amortization for intangible assets with finite lives are reviewed at least at the end of each fiscal year or when there are indicators of impairment. Changes in estimated useful lives or expected consumption of future economic benefits embodied in the assets are considered to modify the amortization period or method, as appropriate, and treated as changes in accounting estimates. The amortization of intangible assets with definite lives is recognized in profit or loss in the expense category consistent with the use of intangible assets.

As of June 30, 2018, December 31, 2017 and 2016, we do not hold indefinite life intangibles assets, except for goodwill.

 

97


Table of Contents

We test whether goodwill suffered any impairment on an annual basis at December 31 and, when circumstances indicate that the value may be impaired, at our single Cash Generating Unit, or CGU. The recoverable amount of our CGU is determined based on a value in use calculation using cash flow projections from financial budgets approved by senior management covering a five-year period, based on past performance and management’s expectations of market development and on current industry trends and including long-term inflation forecasts for each territory.

We performed our annual impairment test as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, which did not result in the need to recognize impairment losses on the carrying value of goodwill.

Share-based payments

We have equity-settled and cash-settled share-based payment plans, under which management grants shares or optional cash amounts based on the price or value of shares to employees and non-employees in exchange for services.

The cost of equity-settled transactions with employees is measured using their fair value at the date they are granted. The cost of equity-settled transactions and a corresponding increase in equity is recognized on the date of grant.

We account for cash-settled share-based payment transactions with employees and non-employees within liabilities and initially measure the cost of the services received based on the fair value of the liability. This liability is remeasured at the end of each reporting period up to the date of settlement, such that the liability ultimately is measured at the fair value of the liability on the date of settlement. This requires a reassessment of the estimates used to value these shares at the end of each reporting period.

Estimating fair value for share-based payment transactions requires determination of the most appropriate valuation model and underlying assumptions, which depends on the terms and conditions of the grant and the information available at the grant date. We use certain methodologies to estimate fair value, which include equity transactions with third parties close to the grant date and other valuation techniques, including option pricing models such as Black-Scholes.

On December 5, 2017, our wholly-owned subsidiary, DLP Par, issued 47,996 Co-Investment Shares under a share based compensation plan. In connection with this offering, holders of Co-Investment Shares will exchange these shares for 7,458 of our Class A common shares. The share-based compensation expense associated with these awards was measured using a fair value based on the purchase price of shares issued in an investment round completed on December 8, 2017. Multiple third-party investors participated in the investment round on arm’s length terms, which resulted in 21,242 shares being issued for US$24.2 million, at a price per share of US$9.06 (after giving effect to the Stock Split). Such investors’ valuation of Stone was based on discussions with management and their own due diligence and internal analysis.

Management believes the difference between the fair value of the December 2017 award of Co-Investment Shares and the price per share of this initial public offering the result of (i) the high level of growth achieved by Stone, as demonstrated by its principal operational and financial metrics, and (ii) a customary liquidity discount for privately issued securities without an established trading market.

Deferred income tax and social contribution

Deferred income tax and social contribution is recognized, using the liability method, on temporary differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the financial statements. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are presented net in the statement of financial position when there is a legally enforceable right and the intention to offset them upon the calculation of current taxes.

Deferred tax assets are recognized only to the extent it is probable that future taxable profit will be available against which the temporary differences and/or tax losses can be utilized. Significant judgment from

 

98


Table of Contents

management is required to determine the amount of deferred tax assets that can be recognized, based on the likely timing and level of future taxable profits, together with future tax planning strategies.

Application of New Accounting Standards and New Accounting Policies

On January 1, 2018 we applied the following accounting standards. For further information on the impact of these IFRS standards and interpretations on the presentation of our financial position or performance once they become effective, see note 3.2 to our unaudited condensed consolidated interim financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

IFRS 15—Revenue from Contracts with Customers

IFRS 15, issued in May 2014, establishes a five-step model to account for revenues from contracts with customers. Under IFRS 15, revenue is recognized at an amount that reflects the consideration to which an entity expects to be entitled in exchange for transferring goods or services to a customer. IFRS 15 supersedes IAS 11 Construction Contracts, IAS 18 Revenues and related interpretations and it applies to all revenue arising from contracts with customers, unless those contracts are in the scope of other standards.

We adopted IFRS 15 on its effective date of January 1, 2018, using a modified retrospective approach with no impact on our audited financial statements.

IFRS 9—Financial Instruments

In July 2014, IASB issued the final version of IFRS 9—Financial Instruments, which supersedes IAS 39—Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement. IFRS 9 brings together all three aspects of the accounting for financial instrument project: classification and measurement, impairment and hedge accounting. IFRS 9 is effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2018.

We adopted the new standard as of January 1, 2018.

a)    Classification and measurement

Accounts receivable from card issuers previously measured at amortized cost were reclassified to be measured at fair value through other comprehensive income, or OCI.

Trade accounts receivable are held to collect contractual cash flows and give rise to cash flows that represent exclusively principal and interest payments. As such, loans continue to be measured at amortized cost.

Accounts receivable from card issuers that are held to collect contractual cash flows and then sell the receivable are now measured at fair value through other comprehensive income, or FVOCI, under IFRS 9. For accounts receivable from card issuers measured at FVOCI, all changes in the fair value are now taken through OCI, except for the recognition of impairment gains or losses, interest income, gains and losses arising on de-recognition, and foreign exchange gains and losses, which are recognized in profit or loss.

On January 1, 2018, the effect of applying the classification and measurement provisions of IFRS 9 resulted in a reduction of R$71.0 million in accounts receivable from card issuers and a corresponding adjustment, net of taxes, of R$46.8 million to equity recognized in other comprehensive income.

b)    Impairment

IFRS 9 requires the recording of expected credit losses on debt securities, loans and trade accounts receivable, for 12 months or on a lifetime basis. We implemented a three-stage model to record the expected losses on our accounts receivable. We have undertaken an analysis of the impact of adopting the expected loss model. Based on the past history of defaults as well as on expected nature and level of risk associated with loans

 

99


Table of Contents

and receivables, the effect of adoption of the expected loss model on January 1, 2018 resulted in an increase in the provision for losses of R$0.8 million, and a corresponding deferred tax asset of R$0.3 million, with a corresponding entry to equity of R$0.5 million.

New Accounting Standards under IFRS

Certain IFRS standards and interpretations that have been issued but that are not in effect until January 1, 2019 could impact the presentation of our financial position or performance once they become effective. For further information on the impact of these IFRS standards and interpretations on the presentation of our financial position or performance once they become effective, see note 3.2(i) to our unaudited condensed consolidated interim financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

IFRS 16—Leases

IFRS 16 was issued in January 2016 and supersedes IAS 17—Leases. IFRS 16 establishes the principles for the recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of leases and requires lessees to account for all leases under a single model in the statement of financial position, similar to the recognition of finance leases under IAS 17. On the commencement date of the lease agreement, the lessee will recognize a lease payment liability (i.e. a lease liability) and an asset that represents the right to use the underlying asset during the lease term (i.e. the right to use asset). IFRS 16 is effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2019.

We will adopt IFRS 16 from its effective date of January 1, 2019. We are currently evaluating the impact of this standard.

Material Weakness in Internal Controls and Remediation

In connection with the audit of our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, we and our independent registered public accounting firm identified a number of material weaknesses in our internal controls over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017 and 2016. Specifically, the following controls were not fully effective: (i) inaccuracies in our treatment of the measurement of and recognition of deferred income and social contribution taxes due to a lack of experienced personnel; (ii) inadequate controls around the monthly closing process which resulted in the need to make adjustments to historical financial statements; (iii) inaccuracies in our treatment of stock-based compensation due to a lack of experienced personnel; (iv) errors in our application of acquisition accounting policies to our acquisition of Elavon due to a lack of experienced personnel; (v) inaccuracies in our treatment of related party transactions due to the lack of a process for their identification and disclosure; and (vi) lack of procedures and controls for (a) the change management process, (b) granting access to our accounting systems, (c) revoking access for terminated personnel; and (d) managing access for transferred and promoted employees, (e) periodically reviewing the profiles of those with access, (f) segregating access between development and production environments; and (g) monitoring, logging and tracking access to our systems.

We have adopted a remediation plan with respect to the material weaknesses identified above and, by hiring several new, experienced personnel in our financial reporting organization, we believe that we have remediated the first two material weaknesses, although such remediation has not been confirmed by our independent registered public accounting firm. We are in the process of implementing remedial measures with respect to the remaining material weaknesses and are targeting the end of the 2018 to complete remediation. These measures include implementation of new processes and procedures, modifying our internal controls to provide additional levels of review, implementation of new software solutions, training for staff and enhanced documentation. There can be no assurance that we will achieve that target or that our remediation efforts will be successful. See “Risk Factors—We and our independent registered public accounting firm have identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting and, if we fail to implement and maintain effective internal controls over financial reporting, we may be unable to accurately report our results of operations, meet our reporting obligations or prevent fraud.”

 

100


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Our Company

We are a leading provider of financial technology solutions that empower merchants and integrated partners to conduct electronic commerce seamlessly across in-store, online, and mobile channels in Brazil. We have developed a strong client-centric culture that seeks to delight our clients rather than simply providing them with a solution or service. To achieve this, we created a proprietary, go-to-market approach called the Stone Business Model , which enables us to control the client experience and ensure that interactions are provided by our people or our technology. The Stone Business Model combines our advanced, end-to-end, cloud-based technology platform; differentiated hyper-local and integrated distribution approach; and white-glove, on-demand customer service, each of which is described below.

 

  1)

Advanced, End-to-End, Cloud-Based Technology Platform —We designed our cloud-based technology platform to (i) help our clients connect, get paid and grow their businesses, while meeting the complex and rapidly changing demands of omni-channel commerce; and (ii) overcome long-standing inefficiencies within the Brazilian payments market. Our platform enables us to develop, host and deploy our solutions very quickly. We also sell our solutions to integrated partners such as Payment Service Providers, or PSPs, which are firms that contract with a merchant to provide them with payment acceptance solutions, and marketplaces to empower merchants to conduct commerce more effectively in Brazil.

 

  2)

Differentiated Hyper-Local and Integrated Distribution —We developed our distribution solution to proactively reach and serve our clients in a more effective manner. In particular, we developed Stone Hubs, which are local operations close to our clients that include an integrated team of sales, service, and operations support staff to reach SMBs locally, efficiently, and to build stronger relationships with them. We also have a specialized in-house sales team that serves online merchants and digital service providers with dedicated expertise. We also work with integrated partners, such as ISVs, to embed our solutions into their offerings and enable their merchants to accept payments seamlessly and easily.

 

  3)

White-Glove, On-Demand Customer Service —We created our on-demand customer service team to support our clients quickly, conveniently, and with high-quality service designed to strengthen our customer relationships and improve their lifetime value to us. Our customer service approach combines (i) a Human Connection , through which we seek to address our clients’ service needs in a single phone call using a qualified team of technically trained agents; (ii)  Proximity , through our Green Angels team of local support personnel who can serve our clients in person within minutes or hours, instead of days or weeks; and (iii)  Technology , through a range of self-service tools and proprietary artificial intelligence, or AI, that help our clients manage their operations more conveniently and enable our agents to proactively address merchant needs, sometimes before they are even aware of an issue.

The Stone Business Model is disruptive and has enabled us to gain significant traction in only four years since the launch of our service. In 2017, we were the largest independent merchant acquirer in Brazil and the fourth largest based on total volume in Brazil according to data from The Nilson Report and other public sources. In 2017, we became the first non-bank entity to obtain authorization from the Central Bank of Brazil to operate as a Merchant Acquirer Payments Institution. In the same year, we grew our total revenue and income to R$766.6 million, an increase of 74.3% from 2016. We have managed this rapid growth while maintaining a high-quality service and obtaining high NPS scores. As of August 2018, we had an NPS of 65, the highest NPS among our peers in our key markets in Brazil, according to a study comparing industry participants performed by the Brazilian Institute of Public Opinion and Statistics, or IBOPE.

We served over 200,000 active clients in Brazil as of June 30, 2018, including digital and brick-and-mortar merchants of varying sizes and types, although our focus is primarily on targeting the approximately 8.8 million SMBs. We believe these merchants have been historically under-served and over-charged by traditional bank and legacy providers that use older technology, less effective distribution networks through bank branches, and

 

101


Table of Contents

outsourced customer service and logistics support vendors. We also served over 95 integrated partners as of June 2018, which use or embed our solutions into their own offerings to enable their customers to conduct commerce more conveniently in Brazil. These integrated partners include global PSPs, digital marketplaces and ISVs.

We provide our clients with a powerful combination of solutions that help facilitate their in-store, online and mobile commerce activities, and empower them to:

 

   

Connect More Effectively —Our solutions allow our clients to connect more effectively by integrating and connecting to our cloud-based technology platform using simple and convenient APIs. These solutions provide powerful gateway services to encrypt, route, and decrypt transactions, and PSP solutions to onboard merchants and connect integrated partners.

 

   

Get Paid Quickly and Easily —Facilitating payment collection is streamlined by accepting numerous forms of electronic payments and APMs such as boletos , and conducting a wide range of transactions in brick-and-mortar and digital storefronts in a quick and user-friendly manner. We also provide digital product enhancements to help our merchants improve their consumers’ experience, such as our split-payment processing, multi-payment processing, recurring payments for subscriptions, and one-click buy functionality.

 

   

Grow Your Business —We have the ability to grow our clients’ businesses by automating and streamlining business processes at the point-of-sale or digital checkout. These solutions help our clients run their businesses more effectively and in a more integrated manner with ERP software, reconciliation, and reporting tools that provide greater control, transparency of information, and insights into their daily operations. We also help our clients manage their working capital needs and effectively plan for the future by offering our clients with prepayment financing options. These provide clients with transparency and control over their receivables and enable them to manage their cash flow to help their businesses grow.

We distribute our solutions primarily through proprietary Stone Hubs. These hubs are located in small and medium-sized cities, or suburban areas of larger cities, and are designed to provide hyper-local sales and services and high-quality, on-demand support to SMB merchants within the hub’s designated area of operations. Our hubs may share an office depending on the size of the area served. We believe this approach enables us to provide a superior customer experience to our clients and is a key part of our go-to-market strategy. As of June 30, 2018, we had nearly 180 operational Stone Hubs, and we are currently growing our hubs’ footprint to maximize our presence in Brazil and provide sales coverage to the country’s approximately 5,500 cities with a total population of 207.7 million.

Our in-house customer relationship team supports all of our clients. We equip our customer relationship team with the tools and technologies to resolve our clients’ needs, often in a single phone call. We have a strong focus on using first-call resolution as a key performance indicator of our customer support operation. In June 2018, 83% of our clients who called our customer relationship team had their problems resolved on the first call.

We generate revenues based on fees we charge for the services we provide. These include payment processing fees related to transaction activities and other services (which are typically charged as a percentage of the transaction amount or as a fixed amount per transaction), financial income related to prepayment financing fees and subscription and equipment rental fees, which accounted for 29.2%, 53.8% and 13.7%, respectively, of our revenues in 2017. The following is a summary of our key operational and financial highlights:

 

   

We generated R$635.7 million of total revenue and income in the six months ended June 30, 2018, compared to R$331.8 million in the six months ended June 30, 2017, representing period over period growth of 91.6%. In 2017, we generated R$766.6 million of total revenue and income, compared to R$439.9 million of total revenue and income in 2016, representing annual growth of 74.3%.

 

102


Table of Contents
   

We served approximately 200,600 active clients as of June 30, 2018, compared to approximately 88,200 as of June 30, 2017, representing period over period growth of 127.5%. As of December 31, 2017, we served approximately 131,200 active clients, compared to approximately 82,000 as of December 31, 2016, representing 60.1% annual growth.

 

   

We generated net income of R$87.7 million and adjusted net income of R$97.6 million in the six months ended June 30, 2018, compared to a loss of R$75.9 million and adjusted net income of R$18.6 million in the six months ended June 30, 2017. In 2017, we generated a loss of R$105.0 million and adjusted net income of R$45.2 million, compared to a loss of R$122.2 million and adjusted net loss of R$51.9 million in 2016. See “Summary Financial and Other Information” for a reconciliation of adjusted net income (loss) to our profit (loss) for the period.

 

   

We processed TPV of R$35.1 billion in the first half of 2018, compared to R$21.4 billion in the first half of 2017, representing period over period growth of 63.9%. In 2017, we processed TPV of R$48.5 billion, compared to R$28.1 billion in 2016, representing 72.7% annual growth.

The Stone Business Model

We go to market and empower our clients to conduct commerce more effectively by utilizing our proprietary Stone Business Model , which we believe provides our clients with a range of new capabilities and a differentiated customer experience compared to our competitors.

 

LOGO

As illustrated above, the Stone Business Model is based on three key pillars.

 

1.

Advanced, End-to-End Cloud-Based Technology Platform —We developed our fully-integrated and end-to-end Stone Technology Platform to provide seamless omni-channel capabilities for in-store commerce, e-commerce and mobile commerce. The advanced nature of our platform enables us to make

 

103


Table of Contents
  traditionally complex and cumbersome tasks more simple and user-friendly, which we believe gives us significant competitive and operating advantages. We use our technology platform to:

 

   

Provide Simple API-Based Integrations —We help our e-commerce merchants and integrated partners connect to us easily and conveniently. We provide a combination of online gateway services, and PSP solutions, through simple and convenient API integrations. Our Mundipagg gateway serves some of the largest e-commerce merchants in Brazil in terms of gross merchandise value and our Pagar.me PSP platform serves some of the largest marketplaces in terms of gross merchandise value and fastest growing e-commerce merchants in Brazil. We also enable key global PSPs and specialized ISVs to conduct commerce in the Brazilian market through a simple integration with our technologies.

 

   

Develop and Deploy Our Solutions —We use our technology platform to develop, host, manage and deploy all of our commerce-enabling solutions to help our clients connect, get paid and grow their businesses with differentiated capabilities. For example, we offer them the ability to complete transactions through: (1) a mobile payment link using SMS and WhatsApp messaging; (2) multi-buyer functionality, where the bill can be shared among buyers, and multi-payment functionality, where a bill can be split among different payment methods; and (3) a frictionless checkout solution that significantly improves conversion rates for e-commerce transactions.

 

   

Process Transactions Completely End-to-End —We capture payment credentials through our software and devices, encrypt and tokenize data via our gateway solutions, authorize and process transactions, and complete the clearing and settlement process on a single, integrated platform, without the need for third-party vendors. This enables us to capture value across the payment chain, maintain control of the transaction data, increase efficiency, and operate with a lower cost base. This end-to-end functionality provides our clients with a single, integrated service that we believe is more secure, effective, and convenient than doing business with multiple vendors.

 

   

Run and Optimize Our Operations —Given its fully digital DNA , our technology platform is able to aggregate data and utilize advanced technologies, such as AI and machine learning tools across our enterprise. These capabilities provide differentiated operating advantages internally, and competitive advantages externally. For example, we developed specialized technology that enables our salespeople to evaluate, document and onboard new merchants in minutes, using fully digital applications. We also use client interaction data captured in our proprietary CRM platform and AI algorithms to help better understand our clients’ cash flow needs (for example, when they have supplier payments due, payroll outflows, etc. ) and provide them with funding solutions that match their working capital needs.

 

2.

Differentiated Hyper-Local and Integrated Distribution —Our distribution model was created to address the main gaps we believe existed in the Brazilian market. The key elements of our distribution are:

 

   

Hyper-Local Distribution —We deliver our solutions to SMBs throughout Brazil, using hyper-local Stone Hubs that serve and support our clients in an integrated manner close to where they live and work, instead of through bank branches like many of our competitors. We refer to our salespeople as Stone Missionaries because they are highly-trained and focused on serving our client-centric mission. We believe this approach enables us to provide a superior customer experience than that of our peers and is a key part of our go-to-market strategy. As of June 30, 2018, we had nearly 180 operational Stone Hubs and we are currently growing this base in order to reach and serve additional clients across Brazil.

 

   

Integrated Partner Distribution —We enable a range of ISVs and marketplaces to connect to our Stone Technology Platform through a simple integration and embed our solutions into their offerings that enable their merchants to accept payments seamlessly and easily. Given the specialization of our APIs, the efficiency of our software, and the flexible nature of our platform, we believe we eliminate many of the cumbersome tasks associated with integrating to traditional technology platforms.

 

   

Specialized E-Commerce Distribution —We have a proprietary sales team, which we call our Special Services, to serve online merchants and digital service providers with specialized e-commerce

 

104


Table of Contents
 

expertise. This team understands the unique characteristics and needs of the Brazilian e-commerce market and aims to help us provide solutions that address specific client needs.

 

3.

White-Glove, On-Demand Customer Service —We support our clients and solutions with fast, convenient, and high-quality customer support that we believe is highly differentiated in Brazil. Our customer service approach is designed to continuously strengthen our client relationships and increase the long-term value of our client relationship, and it has enabled us to achieve the highest NPS among our peers in our key markets in Brazil according to an August 2018 study prepared by IBOPE. Our on-demand customer service combines three key elements, that include:

 

  a.

Human Connection —We have a centralized, in-house customer relationship team of technically trained agents equipped with the data, technology, and autonomy to resolve our clients’ needs. First-call resolution is a key performance indicator of our customer support operation, and in June 2018, 83% of our clients who called our customer relationship team had their issues resolved on the first call. 97% of these calls were answered within 20 seconds and 92% were rated as “excellent” by our clients, in each case according to our internal surveys.

 

  b.

Proximity —We deploy a team of local, specialized personnel, called Green Angels , inside each of our Stone Hubs and close to our clients, who provide on-demand support. Once we become aware of an issue, our Green Angels commonly travel by motorcycle and reach our clients within minutes or hours to help a client in need—rather than taking days or weeks and using the mail service or a third-party logistics company to deliver terminals and other items as other providers in our market do.

 

  c.

Technology —Our customer service system integrates real-time data from our authorization and processing systems, salesforce management applications, and logistics management systems, to provide a comprehensive understanding of our clients. We use predictive modeling of merchant behavior to proactively identify customer service issues and deploy our Green Angels to provide on-demand support. We also offer a range of self-service tools that help our clients manage their operations more conveniently. For example, we have developed the Stone Merchant Portal , which enables our clients to access their detailed sales and payments information and perform a range of self-service functions rather than having to call a bank manager or call center. We also provide similar self-service functions through other technology touch-points, such as our merchant mobile app and our Mamba POS terminal operating system.

We believe the combination of the elements of the Stone Business Model and the strength of the value proposition we bring to our clients has resulted in the extension of the lifetime of our client base. As shown in the following chart, all of our quarterly cohorts of clients over the last eight quarters show more than 100% revenue retention as of the second quarter of 2018. For purposes of the following chart, we define revenue retention as the percentage of the revenue generated by a quarterly cohort of clients in the second quarter of 2018, relative to the revenue generated in the first quarter of operations, the reference quarter, or quarterly vintage, of such quarterly cohort of clients. We define a quarterly cohort of clients as the group of merchants that are approved to accept payments with us in a given quarter.

 

105


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

106


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

107


Table of Contents

Our Market

Market Overview

We operate in Brazil, which is a large and fast-growing market for financial technology solutions. According to the World Bank, Brazil GDP and Private Consumption Expenditures in 2017 were R$6.6 trillion and R$4.2 trillion, respectively, up from R$6.3 trillion and R$4.0 trillion, respectively, in 2016. According to Statista, retail e-commerce sales in Brazil excluding digitally distributed services and digital media downloads were approximately R$61.8 billion (based on the December 31, 2017 exchange rate) in 2017 and are expected to grow to approximately R$104.8 billion (based on the December 31, 2017 exchange rate) by 2022, representing a compound annual growth rate of 11%. According to the World Payments Report 2017, Brazil is the fourth largest market in the world for non-cash transaction volumes. The payments market has continued to grow and demonstrate resiliency to macroeconomic fluctuations in Brazil. During Brazil’s most recent economic recession from 2014 to 2017, nominal GDP grew at a compound growth of 4.3%, according to the World Bank. During the same period, electronic payments volume grew at a compound annual growth rate of 8.1%, according to ABECS.

Despite Brazil’s large size, we believe its payments market remains less penetrated and has greater growth upside than more mature economies, such as the United States and the United Kingdom, as summarized in the graph below. For example:

 

   

According to the World Bank and ABECS, electronic payments volume represented 28.4% of total household consumption in Brazil in 2016. This penetration percentage is lower than comparable measures of 46.0% and 68.6%, respectively, in the United States and the United Kingdom, during the same period, according to data from the World Bank and the Bank for International Settlements, or BIS.

 

   

According to the World Bank, 27.0% of the Brazilian population aged 15 and above had a credit card in 2017, compared to 65.6% in the United States and 65.4% in the United Kingdom.

 

   

We believe Brazil has an increased opportunity for growth in digital payments compared to more mature economies. According to the World Bank, in 2017, 17.6% of the Brazilian population aged 15 and above used the internet to pay bills or made online purchases over the previous year, compared to 77.2% in the United States and 80.7% in the United Kingdom.

 

LOGO

Our Ecosystem

The ecosystem of participants in our market includes a broad range of parties who we serve, partner with, and compete against. These include:

 

   

Consumers —According to the IBGE, there were 209.3 million people in Brazil in 2017, of which 162.8 million were aged 15 years or older. According to the Brazilian Tourism Ministry, there were 6.6 million foreign visitors who traveled to Brazil in 2016. Combined, we believe there were nearly 170 million consumers in Brazil in 2017.

 

   

Merchants —According to Neoway, a market data service, as of June 2018, there are 14.3 million total businesses in Brazil in segments that we believe represent a material market opportunity for electronic

 

108


Table of Contents
 

payments. According to the Neoway database, these businesses are categorized according to their annual gross revenues, as follows:

 

   

Large Businesses —Large business are businesses with annual gross revenues above R$78 million. There are over 5,300 large businesses in Brazil. We believe the majority of these are large merchants that use in-store, online, and mobile channels to conduct commerce.

 

   

Small and Medium-Sized Business —Small and medium-sized businesses, or SMBs, are businesses with annual gross revenues between R$81 thousand and R$78 million. There are approximately 8.8 million SMBs in Brazil. We believe the majority of these are SMB merchants that conduct commerce primarily through brick-and-motar storefronts and are increasingly adopting e-commerce and mobile channels to sell goods and services. SMBs represent the focus of our strategy within the Stone Business Model.

 

   

Micro-Businesses —Micro-businesses are businesses with annual gross revenues below R$81 thousand. There are approximately 5.5 million micro-businesses in Brazil. We believe the majority of these are micro-merchants that either do not have storefronts or have very small operations. These micro-merchants are increasingly adopting simple, low-cost electronic commerce applications delivered through mobile devices, or mPOS, which are increasingly being offered by a growing number of vendors since they are relatively easy to develop and deploy.

 

   

POS Vendors —These are hardware and software vendors, such as Micros, VeriFone, Ingenico, PAX, and Poynt, who develop and sell point-of-sale terminals to financial institutions, payment processors, and larger merchants.

 

   

Software Vendors —These are software developers who create a range of software solutions that merchants use to run their businesses at the point-of-sale, in their daily operations, and in their back-office functions. These can be sold individually or as integrated solutions that include:

 

   

Point-of-Sale Software , which enables a merchant to facilitate and manage commercial transactions with consumers;

 

   

Business Automation Software , which enables a merchant to manage its daily front-of-house operations, including scheduling appointments or reservations, transaction ordering, fulfillment, customer relationship management and inventory management; and

 

   

ERP Software , which enables a merchant to manage its back-office functions, such as data reconciliation, financial reporting, accounting, payroll, and supply chain management.

 

   

Payment Processors —These are financial technology vendors that perform a range of functions to facilitate the acceptance, encryption, routing, decryption, processing, clearing, and settlement of an electronic commercial transaction, and provide the necessary customer support functions to maintain the technology and service. These include:

 

   

Merchant Acquirers —which are licensed firms that contract with a merchant to provide them with payment acceptance solutions and technology, and then facilitate the processing, clearing and settlement of each electronic transaction. There are different types of merchant acquirers in Brazil, including bank-owned acquirers, such as Rede and GetNet, bank-controlled acquirers such as Cielo, and independent merchant acquirers like us.

 

   

Payment Services Providers —which are firms, also known as PSPs, that contract with a merchant to provide them with payment acceptance solutions. PSPs typically focus on selling through online or mobile channels and provide a front-end customer facing solution. PSPs then partner with a licensed merchant acquirer to facilitate the processing, clearing, and settlement of each transaction.

 

   

Networks —which are firms that create rules and standards, and provide transaction routing or switching services that help facilitate transactions between financial institutions across disparate

 

109


Table of Contents
 

ecosystems and geographies. These include global brands such as Visa, Mastercard and American Express, as well as local brands such as Elo and Hipercard.

 

   

Financial Institutions —These are banks and other licensed vendors of financial services that provide a range of services to consumers, merchants, and other financial institutions. These firms provide financial accounts, such as checking and savings accounts, issue bank cards, such as credit, debit, and prepaid cards, and offering revolving credit lines and loans. These include: (1) state-owned banks, such as Banco do Brasil, Caixa Economica Federal, and Banrisul; (2) private banks, such as Bradesco, Itaú-Unibanco, Votorantim, Safra, and BTG Pactual; and (3) foreign banks, such as Banco Santander.

Key Market Trends

We believe there are various important trends that are impacting the growth and market opportunity for our services in Brazil. These include:

 

   

Increasing Use of Electronic Commerce —Commerce in Brazil is increasingly being transacted through electronic accounts, such as credit, debit, and prepaid cards, eWallets, and mobile devices instead of cash and checks.

 

   

Increasing Shift to Digital Channels —Consumers and merchants are increasingly conducting commerce through digital channels online and through mobile devices.

 

   

Growing Use of Omni-Channel Commerce —As a result of the growing use of electronic commerce and the increasing shift to digital channels, consumers and merchants are increasingly conducting commerce across more than one channel. Businesses are responding to increased consumer spending online and through mobile devices by increasing their e-commerce and mobile commerce capabilities.

 

   

Expanding Use of Technology at the POS —As the costs of technology have decreased in Brazil, access to the internet has increased, and software has become easier to use, merchants are using more solutions, such as smart POS devices, integrated POS terminals, mobile devices, and specialized software applications to run their front-of-house operations and back-office functions.

 

   

Deployment of Technology Services is Changing —As a result of the growing use of omni-channel commerce and the expanding use of technology at the POS in Brazil, service providers are increasingly deploying technology in new ways, including through: (1) cloud-based solutions; (2) integrated software solutions; (3) mobile devices; and (4) third-party applications.

 

   

Deployment of Financial Services is Changing —As a result of these trends, the deployment of financial services is also changing. More financial services are being provided outside of traditional bank branches, such as at the point-of-sale or online, and more financial services are being provided by non-bank firms that are using technology to deliver these services more efficiently and conveniently.

 

   

More Open Regulatory Environment The regulatory environment for the payments industry in Brazil has undergone significant changes in the past few years due to a concerted effort by the Central Bank and the Brazilian government to foster innovation and promote more open and fair competition. In 2010, the Central Bank and antitrust authorities initiated a series of measures that eliminated the exclusivity of certain vendors and opened up the market to new entrants. Since then, a new regulatory framework has been developed and government authorities have been fostering competition. We believe this has created an attractive environment for innovative financial technology providers, such as us, to continue to disrupt the market, bring better solutions to clients, and grow our market share.

 

   

Growing Market in Small and Medium-Sized Cities —We believe the incremental growth of electronic payments in Brazil will be significantly driven by commerce in small and medium cities. According to a 2015 McKinsey report, small and medium cities with populations between 20,000 and

 

110


Table of Contents
 

500,000 inhabitants will account for more than 50% of total consumer spending growth in Brazil between 2015 and 2025. We believe this spending growth will be compounded by the continued shift to electronic payments to generate above-market growth rates for electronic payment volumes in Brazil.

Key Market Challenges

As a result of these trends, we believe our market is undergoing significant change and our ecosystem is adapting to a number of business, technical, and service challenges. We believe these challenges are also creating new opportunities for disruption and the deployment of new solutions and business models. These challenges include the need for:

 

   

New Business Models To Serve Clients —As consumers and merchants increasingly adopt new technologies to conduct commerce and migrate towards digital channels, new approaches and business models are required to meet the demand for faster, safer, and more convenient commerce-enabling solutions. For example, we believe current models that sell payment acceptance solutions through traditional bank branches are outdated and provide a poor client experience for business owners. Bank sales representatives are not specialized in payment acceptance solutions, and as a result, they lack advanced knowledge of how new technologies can impact the merchant point-of-sale. In addition, the client boarding and fulfillment processes through bank branches can take weeks to finalize.

 

   

An Effective Way to Reach SMBs Across 5,500 Cities —Brazil’s large geographic size can create logistical difficulties for SMBs to conduct commerce, such as slow delivery times and slow, inconsistent customer support. In addition, local infrastructure and customs for conducting commerce can vary across regions. As a result, we believe merchants are increasingly looking for commerce-enabling solutions, with consistent, high-quality service and quick, on-demand support, that meet their needs of their specific region.

 

   

More Seamless Omni-Channel Capabilities —As consumers and merchants in Brazil increasingly connect across multiple channels, in-store, online and on mobile devices, they are demanding better integrated and more seamless shopping and selling experiences. We believe merchants in particular are looking for solutions that enable them to manage their various commercial activities across channels on a single platform. For example, most vendors in Brazil typically sell, manage, and process their point-of-sale and online solutions separately and on different platforms because they use older legacy technology platforms for point-of-sale transactions, which were not originally designed to incorporate e-commerce or mobile commerce.

 

   

More Powerful Commerce-Enabling Solutions —As the complexity of commerce increases due to the use of new technologies across multiple channels and an increase in the amount of data that needs to be managed, merchants are looking for more powerful solutions to enable them to conduct commerce more effectively and with greater functionality and more sophisticated reporting tools.

 

   

Better Integrated Technology —As merchants adopt solutions with more advanced functionality across their business, they are facing the difficulty of having to manage different systems for their front-office operations, payment acceptance, and back-office functions. These systems are typically provided by different vendors and are not well integrated, which makes it difficult to manage large amounts of data from different systems. As a result, merchants are demanding solutions that are better integrated or have easier and more convenient integration capabilities.

 

   

Better and Easier Connectivity Tools —In order to achieve a more seamless omni-channel experience, implement more advanced solutions, and integrate them more effectively, merchants are increasingly looking for faster and more flexible connectivity solutions, such as gateways and APIs, that are safe and easy to implement. The older legacy platforms provided by incumbent vendors often have limited and rigid connectivity tools that can significantly constrain what a merchant is able to do to deploy new technologies and improve operating efficiency.

 

111


Table of Contents
   

More Advanced and Robust Technology Platforms —In order to provide the advanced functionality, seamless omni-channel experience, tighter integration, and better connectivity that merchants are seeking, providers require next-generation technology platforms with cloud-based architectures to develop, host, deploy and manage these capabilities in a fast, flexible and cost-effective manner. The older legacy platforms provided by incumbent vendors typically do not have many of these capabilities and can be difficult and expensive to maintain.

 

   

Faster and More Specialized Customer Support —In order to support merchants with advanced technologies and multiple sales channels, providers in our market need to utilize more specialized and dedicated customer support operations that can help resolve the complex technical issues they face. The increased complexity that these new technologies can create for merchants requires customer support teams with experience and expertise in working with advanced technologies, advanced diagnostic technology, and the ability and support structure to respond quickly and effectively.

We believe we are well-positioned to take advantage of these trends and opportunities, and to continue to disrupt the market, bring better solutions to clients, and grow our market share.

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe we have a dynamic mix of core competencies that significantly distinguish us in the market. When combined, these competencies yield a powerful set of competitive strengths that have: (1) enabled us to disrupt legacy practices, older technologies, and incumbent vendors in the Brazilian market; (2) empowered us to launch other technology and financial services solutions; and (3) positioned us favorably to continue to grow our business and expand our addressable market.

Our Unique Culture

We have proactively fostered and developed a highly innovative, entrepreneurial, and mission-driven culture that we believe helps attract new talent, enables us to achieve our objectives, and provides a key competitive advantage. Our culture unites our team across numerous functions and focuses our collective efforts on passionately developing technology and implementing the Stone Business Model to disrupt legacy practices, older technologies, and incumbent vendors in order to provide solutions and a level of service that go beyond simply meeting the needs of our clients, and instead seeks to deliver an enhanced overall client experience. Our client-centric culture is built upon the following five themes, which we convey to our employees, employee candidates, clients and partners:

 

   

The Reason —Our culture is centered on the fundamental belief that our clients drive everything we do. We also emphasize to our clients that, like them, we have also worked hard to start and grow a new business. We believe that building and maintaining close and active relationships with our clients will improve our ability to innovate, expand our leadership in the market, and grow our business.

 

   

Own It —We expect that all employees present an “owner” mindset and use their intelligence to resolve problems with a primary focus on making our clients’ experience great. We constantly strive to recognize exceptional achievement.

 

   

No Bullshit —We encourage respectful candor in all interactions and aim to be straight to the point. We criticize ideas, not people. We expect our teams to always choose the correct path, not the quickest.

 

   

Team Play —We have learned that people achieve greater results together. We believe that more ideas flourish, are debated better, and questioned more effectively in teams. As a result, we strive to work together and constantly look for people with complementary skills to join our team.

 

   

Live the Ride —We believe we will evolve more effectively by trying new ideas and improving on them with energy and passion. New ideas need to be tested in a controlled way, and only scaled once they have demonstrated authentic promise.

 

112


Table of Contents

LOGO

Our Stone Business Model

Our Stone Business Model combines our proprietary assets, intellectual property, capabilities and business processes to create a differentiated go-to-market approach and value proposition in the market. Our model is disruptive and has enabled us to gain significant traction in only four years since the launch of our service. We believe it provides us with several sustainable competitive advantages that have enabled us to gain market share and will help us grow in the future, including:

 

   

Greater Understanding of Our Clients —We proactively interact with our clients and seek to understand their business needs in order to develop stronger relationships and serve them more effectively. We believe we are able to do this in a manner that differentiates us from our peers due to: (1) the close proximity to our clients provided by our Stone Hubs and Stone Missionaries ; (2)  the hands-on interactions and integrations with our e-commerce merchants and integrated partners provided by our Special Services team; and (3) the fast, high-touch, and personalized customer support provided by our in-house customer relationship management team and our local Green Angel teams. We believe these give us a greater understanding of our clients and their needs than our competitors.

 

   

Greater Ability to Serve Our Clients —The proprietary nature of our technology, distribution and customer service assets, combined with their vertical integration within our Stone Business Model enable us to directly control the development, deployment, and support of our solutions and services. We believe this provides us with a greater ability to serve our clients versus competitors who outsource some or all of these capabilities and rely on third-party vendors that may not have the same client focus.

 

113


Table of Contents
   

Full Control of the Client Experience —The Stone Business Model also provides us with the ability to fully control the client experience that we provide. Our model ensures that all interactions are provided by our people and our technology. We believe this provides us with a greater ability to ensure that our clients are served with the high-quality solutions and premium service levels that seek to enhance their experience instead of just fulfilling a function. We believe this control enables us to build stronger relationships with our clients and deliver a superior value proposition versus competitors who do not have this type of control because they rely on third parties for portions of their technology, distribution, or customer service.

 

   

Greater Flexibility to Adapt and Innovate —Our Stone Business Model positions us to react quickly to competitive pressures through targeted, localized approaches. We believe the proprietary nature, vertical integration, and control our model provides enables us to adapt to a rapidly changing competitive environment with greater agility and flexibility than other competitors. We can understand our clients’ needs, design and develop new solutions, deploy them, and be prepared to support them quickly in order to meet the changing requirements of our markets.

 

   

Low Cost of Acquisition —We believe our model, combined with the power and efficiency of our fully-digital technology platform, enable us to leverage our hyper-local Stone Hubs and integrated partners to acquire new clients and upsell new solutions and services at a low marginal cost as compared to our competitors.

 

   

Low Cost of Operations —Our Stone Business Model enables us to operate with a low cost of operations and significant efficiencies. For example, because we developed our own end-to-end technology platform and do not rely on third-party vendors for processing and settlement, we operate with low marginal transaction costs.

 

   

Strong Lifetime Value —The combined attributes and benefits of the Stone Business Model enable us to provide high-quality service levels and build strong, local or highly-integrated, relationships with our clients who value our differentiated approach and value proposition. These enable us to: (1) resist competitive pressures; (2) retain our clients for longer periods; and (3) upsell new solutions to increase our wallet share. We believe this enables us to enhance the overall lifetime value of our client portfolio and maintain low marginal client acquisition costs.

 

   

Self-Reinforcing Network Effects —As we grow and expand our base of Stone Hubs, integrated partners, and suite of digital solutions, we benefit from self-reinforcing network effects. Our expanding base of Stone Hubs and integrated partners enable us to reach more merchants, who we can offer more solutions to. As we expand our base of merchants, integrated partners and new solutions, we are able to build stronger relationships with them and develop new learnings and market insights from them. We are able to use the Stone Business Model to act on these new insights to innovate, extend our value proposition, and win new merchants and integrated partners.

 

   

Protective Barriers to Replicate —The combination of the various proprietary and vertically-integrated elements of our Stone Business Model are difficult to replicate in full. We believe this provides us with strong protective barriers to entry which may make it difficult for our competitors to replicate our value proposition.

Our Deep Expertise and Track Record

Our founders and management team have deep expertise in developing and delivering disruptive financial solutions. The team has a proven track record of founding, investing, and scaling several successful financial technology businesses in Brazil, including:

 

   

Pagafacil —an e-commerce escrow service, which was sold to private investors in 2004;

 

   

NetCredit —a provider of consumer credit solutions, which was sold to BNG Bank in 2009;

 

   

Braspag —an e-commerce payments solution provider, which was sold to Grupo Silvio Santos in 2009;

 

114


Table of Contents
   

PGTX —a payments technology company, which was sold to Pontual in 2014;

 

   

Sieve Group —an e-commerce price comparison service, which was sold to B2W in 2015 and

 

   

Moip —an e-commerce payments facilitator, which was sold to Wirecard in 2016.

Our board of directors is comprised of highly successful senior executives that combine strong global operating, financial, and regulatory experience with deep expertise in the financial services, payments, and technology industries. In addition, we have attracted a strong base of world-class investors, many of whom have been key strategic advisors to the company and have consistently increased their investment in the group over our prior capital rounds. We believe the mix of our entrepreneurial, executive, board, and shareholder experience and expertise provide a key competitive strength for the company.

Our Growth Strategies

Our primary mission is to remain focused on empowering our clients to grow their businesses and help them conduct commerce and run their operations more effectively. We believe this focus is a key differentiator for us and an important driver in helping us win and retain clients. We try to achieve this by leveraging the Stone Business Model to combine and provide powerful and convenient technology, innovative solutions, and high-quality customer support through sales people and marketing efforts that match our passionate and energetic client-centric culture. We plan to grow our business primarily by employing the following principal strategies:

Extend Our Reach

We believe our distribution is a key competitive strength that will enable us to expand our footprint and market penetration and continue to extend the reach of our business. For example, we intend to continue to:

 

   

Grow Our Base of Stone Hubs —As of June 30, 2018, we had nearly 180 operational Stone Hubs across Brazil and expect to continue to launch new hubs to increase our coverage and penetration of the market. Brazil has over 5,500 cities, many of which are underserved by incumbent providers who primarily target clients via their existing bank branch networks. We believe our strategy of targeting underserved, small-and-medium sized cities, combined with our speed and agility, provides us with a significant growth opportunity. Following the development of the Stone Hub, we have established highly-scalable, plug-and-play processes that enable us to deploy new hubs faster and more effectively, with more efficient hiring, training, and selling. Our hubs are set up either as proprietary hubs or franchised hubs, as described below:

 

   

Proprietary Stone Hub —We establish local operations and send highly trained Stone Missionaries and Green Angels to develop our operations, train new team members, and ensure that our focus on high-quality service is instilled. Proprietary Stone Hubs currently represent substantially all of our hub base and are our primary method of establishing new Stone Hubs.

 

   

Franchise Stone Hub —Our franchise hubs are similar to our proprietary hubs, except that the hub is owned and operated by a local business owner who typically provides local sales and operational support and relationships in the community. These hubs are entirely Stone-branded and operated by highly trained personnel who perform the same duties as personnel working in our proprietary hubs, in accordance with our policies, procedures and internal targets. We utilize the franchise hub method selectively when we identify an attractive potential partner in a region where it makes sense for our expansion plans.

The vast majority of our existing hubs are proprietary hubs, as our franchise hub strategy is in its early stages. As of June 30, 2018, we had four franchised hubs in operation. Proprietary hubs remain the focus of our expansion strategy.

 

   

Grow Our Base of Integrated Partners —As of June 2018, we had over 95 integrated partners, such as PSPs, marketplaces, and ISVs. We believe these integrated partners represent an important growth

 

115


Table of Contents
 

channel for us to capture more e-commerce and software-integrated payment volumes. We expect to continue to leverage our powerful connectivity and integration capabilities, including our Mundipagg gateway and Pagar.me PSP platform, to grow our base of integrated partners and help our existing clients grow their businesses. For example:

 

   

PSPs —PSPs sell online payment acceptance solutions to e-commerce merchants, but may also offer in-store solutions, are increasingly looking to expand their capabilities and offer their customers the ability to conduct commerce in Brazil. PSPs offer us increased processing volumes from a base of merchants we may not directly access. We integrate our capabilities and enable our PSP partners to extend them to their customers in a seamless manner.

 

   

Marketplaces —Marketplaces provide digital platforms that enable sellers and buyers in specific market segments to connect more effectively. Marketplaces are one of the fastest growing segments in e-commerce because they enable small businesses with limited infrastructures to access large groups of potential buyers more efficiently online or through mobile applications. We provide marketplaces with advanced payment functionalities, such as split payments and automated settlement rules, which enable them to improve and streamline their operations.

 

   

ISVs —ISVs develop vertical-specific software for merchants. These developers are increasingly looking to embed payment acceptance and data reconciliation capabilities into their software in order to improve functionality and convenience, and to participate in a portion of the economics generated by payments processed through their software. We integrate our capabilities and enable our ISV partners to offer payment acceptance services in a seamless manner.

 

   

Sell Additional Solutions to Our Clients —As in-store merchant locations continue to become digitalized, we believe our broad suite of solutions and our omni-channel commerce capabilities provide us with significant opportunity to sell additional existing solutions into our client base. We intend to leverage the strong relationships and distribution capabilities provided by our Stone Hubs to sell additional solutions to our merchant base with a view to minimizing incremental acquisition costs.

Expand Our Capabilities

We believe our culture of innovation and technology development capabilities are key competitive strengths that will allow us to continue to expand our capabilities and grow our business. We intend to continue to leverage these capabilities to develop new solutions that further empower and help our clients grow their businesses more effectively, and new capabilities that enable us to better serve our clients. For example, we intend to develop new solutions and capabilities for:

 

   

Current Client Segments —To better serve our clients and further empower them to grow their businesses, such as:

 

   

Digital Banking Solutions —We are developing a suite of digital banking solutions designed to enable our clients to conduct financial transactions, receive and remit funds, issue boletos, pay bills, and integrate their enterprise financial data in a more efficient, streamlined, and cost-effective manner than traditional bank accounts.

 

   

ERP Software —We are deploying ERP software to help merchants in the food and beverage industry manage and integrate their point-of-sale transactions with their front-of-house functions and back-office operations more effectively. We also aim to identify opportunities to develop and deploy ERP software into other industry verticals.

 

   

New Client Segments —To address new business opportunities that leverage our technology, solutions and distribution, such as:

 

   

Micro-Merchant Commerce —We are deploying an independently branded easy-to-use, out-of-the-box, and cost-effective solution, which combines point-of-sale technology with our

 

116


Table of Contents
 

payment acceptance services and a fully integrated digital wallet account and bank card to help the approximately 5.5 million micro-merchants in Brazil, according to Neoway data as of June 2018, who may not need all of the advanced functionality of our standard offerings, to run their businesses more effectively.

Enter New Markets

We believe our Stone Business Model is well suited to serve clients in other markets where our technology, solutions, and support model can continue to disrupt traditional vendors and legacy business models. We believe this opportunity exists in:

 

   

New Sectors —We are exploring new complementary business opportunities in adjacent sectors, such as digital banking and vertical-specific software solutions. In the future, we may selectively expand into other sectors where we see an opportunity to leverage our capabilities to provide a differentiated value proposition for clients, such as CRM solutions and loyalty programs.

 

   

New Geographies —We are also expanding our geographic footprint by growing our base of Stone Hubs across Brazil. In the future, we may also seek to grow our business by selectively expanding into new international markets where we can leverage our Stone Business Model .

Selectively Pursue Acquisitions

Although we are primarily focused on growing our business organically, we may selectively pursue strategic acquisitions to enhance our competitive position, improve our operations and expand our business. We may choose to acquire new technologies, expertise, volume and capabilities, enter new market segments or enter new geographies. We have established a track record of successfully investing, acquiring and integrating complementary solutions and businesses. For example, in 2016, we: (1) completed the EdB Acquisition, which added an attractive portfolio of SMB and e-commerce merchants onto our platform; (2) acquired full control of Pagar.me , which gave us our proprietary PSP service; and (3) acquired joint control of Equals , which gave us a powerful data reconciliation tool widely used in the markets we serve. We acquired full control of Equals in September 2018.

Our Solutions

Connect More Effectively

We empower our clients to connect more effectively by integrating and connecting to our cloud-based technology platform using simple and convenient APIs. These solutions provide powerful gateway services to encrypt, route, and decrypt transactions and PSP solutions to onboard merchants and connect integrated partners.

 

Solution

  

Description

  

Features and Benefits

POS Capture Solutions    Mamba , our POS operating system, enables in-store merchants to accept a variety of credit cards, debit cards and other APMs, through POS hardware devices.   

•  Facilitates safe chip and pin payments.

 

•  Easy and user-friendly interface.

 

•  Lower processing times.

 

•  Universe of applications that enable alternative types of services.

 

•  Effective and efficient single deployment rollout of updates across the entire merchant base.

 

•  Continuous and real-time, remote monitoring of connectivity and integrity of machines.

 

117


Table of Contents

Solution

  

Description

  

Features and Benefits

         

 

•  Connectivity solutions such as 3G, Bluetooth and/or wi-fi enabled.

 

e-Commerce Gateway    Mundipagg is a full-featured e-commerce gateway that seamlessly connects e-commerce merchants to the acquirers of their choice, enabling them to accept a wide variety of electronic payment options. Our clients are provided with a set of robust analytics, reporting and auditing capabilities through their Mundipagg portal.   

•  Increased conversion rates.

 

•  Easy, user-friendly consumer checkout interface.

 

•  Merchant management portal.

 

•  Merchant acquirer agnostic with connections to all major providers in Brazil.

 

•  Secure transactions utilizing proprietary encryption and tokenization technologies.

 

•  Accepts all major payment schemes and APMs in Brazil.

 

•  API-based with simple, public documentation enabling self-directed customer integration.

 

Point of Sale Gateway   

Cappta is an in-store gateway for the point-of-sale that connects merchants to the acquirers of their choice enabling a wide array of payment options including traditional and APM methods. It also offers clients the ability to integrate their POS with other business management software, such as inventory and tax management solutions.

 

  

•  Customizable rules that give merchants the ability to split transaction volume between multiple acquirers.

 

•  Integrates with other business management software solutions to provide enhanced business analytics for our merchants.

 

PSP Platform    Pagar.m e is a sophisticated PSP solution with a quick and simple API integration, enabling omni-channel players and marketplaces to accept a wide array of electronic payments through multiple channels. With a large basket of features and products, clients are equipped with the tools and features they need to grow and manage their business.   

•  Comprehensive set of solutions for marketplaces.

 

•  Increased conversion rates.

 

•  Easy, user-friendly consumer checkout interface.

 

•  Merchant management portal.

 

•  Merchant acquirer agnostic with connections to all providers in Brazil.

 

•  Secure transactions utilizing proprietary encryption and tokenization technologies.

 

•  Built-in anti-fraud capabilities.

 

•  Accepts all major payment schemes and APMs in Brazil.

 

•  API based with simple, public documentation enabling self-directed customer integration.

 

118


Table of Contents

Get Paid Quickly and Easily

We enable our clients to get paid quickly and easily by accepting numerous forms of electronic payments and APMs such as boletos , and conducting a wide range of transactions in brick-and-motar and digital storefronts in a quick and user-friendly manner. We also provide digital product enhancements to help our clients improve their consumers’ experience, such as our split-payment processing, multi-payment processing, recurring payments for subscriptions, and one-click buy functionality.

 

Solution

  

Description

  

Features and Benefits

Omni-Channel

Merchant Acquiring

   We are a fully licensed, end-to-end omni-channel merchant acquiring solution. With a large basket of features and products, clients are equipped with the tools they need to accept a wide array of electronic payments and effectively and efficiently manage their transaction receivables. Clients can integrate to our platform through multiple channels.   

•  Efficient and secure.

 

•  Simple APIs for quick and seamless connection with integrated partners.

 

•  Acceptance of global and regional payment schemes along with local meal voucher schemes, and other APMs.

 

•  Higher conversion rates.

 

•  Data reconciliation.

 

•  Soft-descriptor code which allows merchants to write customizable client fields in transaction data.

 

•  Built-in anti-fraud capabilities.

 

Split Payments    Enables merchants and marketplaces to predetermine multiple accounts for receiving the settlement of their transactions. Through customizable splitting rules, consumer payments can be routed and deposited instantly to multiple parties.   

•  Fully customizable rules that simplify and automate cash settlement for multiple parties linked within a single transaction.

 

•  Settles directly to different bank accounts.

 

Web

Checkout

   Frictionless e-checkout that simplifies the buying experience leading to increased client conversion.   

•  Frictionless interface.

 

•  Improves client experience and conversion rates.

 

Automated Retrial   

Proprietary automated retry technology that helps to drastically reduce lost business from failed transactions, many of which are caused by payment scheme and third-party systems involved in a payment transaction. This is achieved by instantly reprocessing the transaction utilizing predetermined rules that could be reprocessed via another acquirer.

 

  

•  Increased conversion rates.

 

•  Fully configurable rules that allow the merchant to redirect failed payments to other acquirers.

 

•  Automated email reminders to consumers to attempt to recapture failed purchase attempts.

 

One-Click Buy    Encrypts and stores consumer payment methods in a secure virtual account that facilitates quick and easy one-click payments.   

•  Saves client data in a secure manner.

 

•  Simplifies payment process for consumers.

Recurring Billing    Simplifies and automates our clients’ businesses by allowing periodic and recurring   

•  Simplifies and automates reoccurring charges.

 

•  Fully customizable and flexible rules that incorporate installment features, pre and post payment settings and specific pre-programmed payments based on calendar dates and exceptions.

 

 

119


Table of Contents

Solution

  

Description

  

Features and Benefits

    

billing, such as subscription services, in a simple and fully customizable manner.

 

    
Multi-Buyer Payment— Bill Split    Enables consumers to make group payments easier for their customers. This solution allows a single purchase to be billed, and paid, to multiple consumers.   

•  Omni-channel offering for both digital service providers and online merchants.

 

•  Simple and user-friendly functionality leading to improved consumer loyalty for our clients.

 

•  Emails receipt to each consumer involved in the purchase.

 

Multi-Payment Acceptance    Enables a consumer to pay for a single invoice using multiple payment methods such as multiple debit and/or credit cards along with other alternative methods such as boletos.   

•  Omni-channel offering for both digital service providers and online merchants.

 

•  Simple and user-friendly functionality leading to improved consumer loyalty for our clients.

 

Social Commerce    Provides merchants and digital service providers with the ability to request payments from their customers via WhatsApp, SMS text or an email link.   

•  Simplifies the card-not-present Mail Order Telephone Order payment process for transactions where the buyer and seller are in separate locations.

 

•  Integrates with other solutions such as Multi-Buyer Payments or Multi-Payment Acceptance.

 

Digital Banking    Fully digital banking platform that enables merchants to get paid and manage their finances more effectively. This platform can provide the automation of cash management through a direct integration with the client’s ERP.   

•  Single API integration.

 

•  Allows cash management automation through integration to ERP and other business. automation software.

 

•  TED/DOC bank transfers.

 

•   Boleto generation.

 

•  Bill payment.

Grow Our Clients’ Businesses

We empower our clients to manage and grow their business by automating and streamlining business processes at the point-of-sale or digital checkout. These solutions help our clients run their businesses more effectively and in a more integrated manner with ERP software, reconciliation, and reporting tools that provide greater control, transparency of information, and insights into their daily operations. We also help our clients manage their working capital needs and effectively plan for the future by providing our clients with prepayment financing options with total transparency and control over their receivables, enabling them to convert their daily sales into cash more quickly and plan for their future growth.

 

Solution

  

Description

  

Features and Benefits

Working Capital Solutions    Omni-channel cash management solution that allows clients to accelerate the payment of their future receivables, including installment   

•  Fully customizable a la carte payment options that gives clients complete control over when they get paid.

 

120


Table of Contents

Solution

  

Description

  

Features and Benefits

    

based-receivables up to 12 months. Clients can request and pre-determine the payment of their receivables via their client portal, directly on their mobile application, POS device, via email, or over the phone with our dedicated receivables prepayment team.

 

We provide more information on this solution at the end of this section.

  

 

•  Ability to automate anticipating receivables payments with simple rules that can be set up quickly and easily in the client portal .

 

•  Dedicated and proactive team available to assist clients with their needs and equipped with AI yielding insights into client cash flow needs.

 

Data Reconciliation    Equals is a card-based receivables reconciliation solution that streamlines the complex process of reconciling payments transactions and managing cash flow. This powerful tool enables our clients to reconcile and monitor transactional data from all payment solutions providers, such as merchant acquirers and gateways, giving transparency of fees paid, discounts/chargebacks, and taxes at the individual transaction level, in a single dashboard.   

•  Cloud-based platform that centralizes all client transaction data in a single portal.

 

•  Straightforward reporting and easy to use tools that assist merchants in resolving flagged inconsistencies in their transactions.

 

•  Merchant acquirer agnostic.

 

•  Integrates with client ERP systems.

 

•  Automates the process of receivables management, such as downloading data from payments providers, reconciling transactions, and uploading information to a client’s ERP system.

 

App Store for POSs   

Mamba is an application in our POS devices that can provide additional software features to a merchant’s point-of-sale through our open, cloud-based Mamba App store. This enables third-party app developers to deploy new complementary solutions to the point-of-sale for merchants and consumers, such as mobile phone top-up, bill pay, and APM acceptance.

 

  

•  Open App Store that enables third-party app developers to create and deploy new app solutions.

 

•  Easily connects to third-party platforms.

 

•  Developer friendly with capabilities in more than 10 common code languages.

 

•  Ability for merchants to integrate more robust transaction reporting.

 

ERP Software    LinkedGourmet is a cloud-based ERP system built to simplify and empower SMBs in the food and beverage sector with a full suite of integrated business management tools including a mobile waiter app, inventory management, checkout, and payment integration at the point-of-sale.   

•  Fully cloud-based and complemented with mobile applications for business services.

 

•  Full suite of reporting applications to help the client manage their business.

 

•  End-to-end integration of operations, payment transactions, accounting and compliance reporting.

 

121


Table of Contents

Solution

  

Description

  

Features and Benefits

Data Reporting and Merchant Portal    Gives merchants full transparency and enterprise-level insight into their transactions in a simplified and easy manner with fully customizable dashboards and automated reporting functionality.   

•  Simple and user-friendly.

 

•  Robust reporting functionality.

 

•  Receivables management tools that help merchants better understand and manage their cash flows.

 

•  Accessible via the web or mobile app.

More Information on Working Capital Solutions

In Brazil, a standard credit card transaction, in which a consumer pays his or her credit card bill in 26 days on average, results in the card issuer paying the merchant acquirer approximately 28 days after the transaction date, and the merchant acquirer paying the merchant approximately 30 days after the transaction date. In addition, many merchants in Brazil allow their consumers to pay for goods and services in several interest-free installments, instead of having to pay upfront. Typically, these installments are spread across two to twelve monthly billing cycles on the consumer’s credit card. The merchant receives the initial payment a month after the transaction, and any future installments in the month the consumer’s card installments are charged. To allow our merchants to optimize their cash flows, we offer prepayment options to the merchant for the future expected receivables of these installments and charge a small, predetermined fee for the service.

In contrast to traditional models where merchants need to call a third party call center or the bank manager to order prepayment under a rigid set of rules, our clients can do so quickly and easily through multiple digital channels, such as the merchant’s portal, app or POS device. This self-service approach provides merchants increased autonomy to request upfront cash under the terms that best fit their business needs. Merchants can set their own disbursement rules, like prepaying specific payment schemes or setting average duration, and choose the date they wish to receive a disbursement, program automatic reoccurring disbursements, or select instant spot transactions.

 

122


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

123


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

124


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

125


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

126


Table of Contents

Our Sales and Distribution

We sell and distribute our solutions using two primary channels: Hyper-Local and Integrated . We also have an in-bound sales team that affiliates merchants who call us as a result of digital advertising campaigns and referrals resulting from networking effects of our clients within the Hubs.

Hyper-Local Sales and Distribution

We distribute our technology and solutions to brick-and-mortar merchants primarily through our Stone Hubs , which are designed to provide hyper-local sales and service to SMB merchants in a designated geographic region. Our hubs are local operational offices that house an integrated team of sales and customer service personnel. These offices are located in small-and-medium sized cities (or regions of larger cities), which have historically been underserved and disregarded by many of our competitors who sell their services through ordinary bank branches or remote call centers. As of June 30, 2018, we had nearly 180 operational Stone Hubs in Brazil and we are currently growing these operations to penetrate the country further. Our hubs are staffed by sales personnel that include:

 

   

Missionaries —Our troops-on-the-ground sales team. This is a qualified team of young entrepreneurs who are highly trained to deliver personalized and effective sales and support directly to the doorstep of our clients. We believe that by being close to our clients, we have a unique ability to attend to their specific needs and react quickly to changes in each local market. Our Stone Missionaries are supported by an integrated technology platform, which combines smart routing with merchant behavior mapping, which enables them to provide sales and support services efficiently and effectively.

 

   

District Owners” and Hub “Owners” —Our regional sales leadership. This team is comprised of highly trained and experienced former Stone Missionaries that are tasked with opening and managing new hub territories. Regional managers are supported extensively with daily performance indicators and tools provided by our technology platform and management to facilitate active interaction and support with their teams .

We have developed our method of training and supporting our sales personnel that we believe has directly increased our team’s results. Our Stone Missionaries receive extensive training in our company’s culture and operations during their onboarding process, and on an on-going basis, to help reinforce our client-centric culture and high-performance standards. Our sales personnel have disciplined daily, weekly, and monthly touchpoints with their leaders, along with routine reporting, KPI reviews, and other core processes to help ensure they are equipped with the tools and support they need to maximize their effectiveness. In addition, our sales personnel are supported by direct marketing campaigns to help build brand awareness as we enter new markets.

Over the last eight quarters, we have significantly scaled our Stone Hub operations throughout Brazil, achieving consistent growth and ramp-up of our active client base within our Stone Hubs. The following chart illustrates the average relative growth in active clients per Stone Hub for all Stone Hubs as of the second quarter of 2018 separated by their quarterly vintages. For purposes of the following chart, a quarterly vintage of Stone Hubs refers to all of the Stone Hubs opened within a specific quarter, relative to the second quarter of 2018. The average number of active clients per Stone Hub for the first quarter of 2018 has been indexed to 100 for the purpose of this analysis.

 

127


Table of Contents

LOGO

Integrated Sales and Distribution

We distribute our technology and solutions to digital merchants primarily through highly trained sales and technical personnel and software vendors that have expertise in business process engineering and product development for digital solutions. These include:

 

   

Special Services —Our highly-specialized team of digital commerce experts. This team has a deep technical knowledge of our capabilities which enables them to target digital merchants, PSPs and marketplaces that we believe would most benefit from our digital commerce solutions. The Special Services team hosts initial discovery meetings with potential clients to understand their needs, and then meets with their technology developers and architects to design digital commerce solutions that meet the client’s needs. This team positions us as a trusted technology provider and a key business partner for our digital and integrated clients, and helps promote loyalty and long-term value.

 

   

ISVs —Our technology distribution partners. ISVs develop vertical-specific software for merchants that help them run their front-of-house functions and back-office operations. We integrate and embed our connection, payment acceptance, and data reconciliation capabilities into their software in order to improve functionality and convenience. ISVs may also participate in a portion of the economics generated by payments processed through their software.

Inbound Sales and Distribution

We also sell our solutions to brick-and-mortar and digital merchants through a similar, highly-trained sales team that is centrally located and dedicated to fielding in-bound calls and sales leads. This team can manage and onboard a new client in-house.

Customer Service and Support

We service and support our clients with fast, convenient, and high-quality customer service and support teams and technology tools that we believe are highly differentiated, and have enabled us to achieve the highest NPS among our peers in our key markets in Brazil in 2018. Our service and support functions, processes and tools were designed to embody our strong client-centric culture, continuously strengthen our client relationships, and increase the long-term value of our client relationships. These teams and tools include:

 

   

Client Relationship Team —This is a centralized, in-house customer relationship team largely consisting of technically trained agents trained in-house and equipped with the data, technology, and autonomy to resolve our clients’ needs. First-call resolution is a key goal of our customer support operation, and in June 2018, 83% of our clients who called our customer relationship team had their issues resolved on the first call. 97% of these calls were answered within 20 seconds and 92% were rated as “excellent” by our clients according to our internal surveys.

 

128


Table of Contents
   

Client Retention Team —This is a centralized team that is responsible for trying to keep clients who are considering canceling the services we provide. If a client calls our client relationship team to cancel their services, our retention team is notified and contacts the client within one business day. Our retention team studies the client’s profile, speaks with them to understand the cause of their cancelation, and discusses potential ways in which we can better serve them. We also have an adjacent data analytics group that constantly monitors our clients, uses AI technology to predict potential churn, and proactively identifies possible actions that our client retention team could take to reverse the propensity for churn.

 

   

Green Angels —These are teams of local, specialized personnel, who provide on-demand logistics support in the field. Green Angel teams are embedded inside our local Stone Hubs, where they interact with Stone Missionaries and our centralized client relationship team and leverage our cloud-based logistics platform to rapidly respond to the needs of our clients. Once they become aware of an issue, our Green Angels commonly travel by motorcycle and reach our clients within minutes or hours to help a client in need instead of taking days or weeks, through mail service, or using a third-party logistics company. Green Angels can deliver terminals, help with installation, set up a merchant’s wi-fi connectivity, replace parts, or provide other services.

 

   

CRM AI Technology —We use a range of integrated systems, powered by the Stone Technology Platform and artificial intelligence, which empower our client relationship, client retention and Green Angel teams, and enable us to optimize our customer service and support functions. For example:

 

   

Celebro —Is a system that helps our client relationship, client retention and Green Angel teams manage service calls and access a 360-degree view of our clients through an integrated dashboard to view client sales, payments, logistics issues, activity history, registry data and more. This system integrates real-time data from our authorization and processing systems, salesforce management applications, and logistics management systems and can provide our personnel with the responses for a client’s particular service call issue.

 

   

The Professor —Is an AI-based system that provides predictive modeling of client behavior and activity. The system constantly gathers information from Celebro and other databases to understand our clients’ historical patterns, monitor their activity, and proactively identify anomalies that may indicate a potential client service issue or an opportunity to upsell a new solution. Our customer service and support teams use The Professor to identify and resolve a client’s issues, sometimes even before the client is aware themselves, which can create a superior client experience, reinforce our client-centric positioning, and strengthen our relationship.

 

   

Stone Self-Service Tools —We also offer a range of apps, online portals, and self-service tools that help our clients check all of their data, manage their operations more conveniently, and solve certain issues by themselves, according to their preference.

 

129


Table of Contents

In addition to achieving the highest NPS among our peers in our key markets in Brazil, we believe our use of technology to support our customer service team and our focus on self-service tools provide us with scalable customer service operations, while maintaining the quality of our services. As shown in the charts below, we have grown our active client base while maintaining a relatively stable customer service headcount, reducing total number of calls per active client, and sustaining the same level of perceived quality by our clients.

LOGO

 

LOGO

 

LOGO

Our Operations

We run and manage our operations with dedicated teams of specialized and experienced personnel that run various administrative, processing, and back-office functions. These enable us to serve, fulfill, and support our clients in a high-quality and efficient manner, and help us achieve operating efficiencies and minimize operating risks. These functions include:

 

   

Client Onboarding —Our client onboarding team works closely with our Stone Missionaries and other sales teams to provide a smooth and efficient transition from sales, to implementation and ongoing client services. Our onboarding team is highly trained and relies on advanced technologies, including risk assessment tools that collect public and private market information, to:

 

   

appropriately evaluate, document, and onboard new merchants quickly and safely using digital applications;

 

   

carry out appropriate Know Your Customer and Anti-Money Laundering assessments, check appropriate databases, such as OFAC, and run various other internal procedures;

 

   

continuously monitor the risk profile of our client portfolio to determine adherence to our internal policies;

 

   

ensure the appropriate application and implementation of solutions and safeguards, based on a clients’ specific business model and inherent risks.

 

130


Table of Contents
   

Settlement Operations —Our settlement operation team manages the clearing and settlement processes of our transaction processing functions with financial institutions and payment schemes. This team ensures that our transaction processes and fee collections adhere to the appropriate regulations and payment scheme rules, and help safeguard our clients’ receivables and our operations.

 

   

Chargeback Operations —Our chargeback team uses agile monitoring technology to secure payment transactions carried out on our platform and identify potentially fraudulent or improper sales. They manage processes to enhance our ability to prevent and manage fraud risk and avoid potential losses for our clients’ and our own operations. The team also provides support on behalf of our clients when disputed charges are filed, working closely with payment scheme settlors and card issuers involved in disputed transactions and, when appropriate, opens claim processes to seek reversal of the chargeback.

 

   

Logistics Management —Our logistics management team manages the deployment of POS devices and related accessories and uses predictive modeling of merchant behavior to proactively identify potential client logistics service issues. This centralized team manages terminal programming and equipment services, deployment, set-up, technical support, repair and replacement, remote terminal software updates, warehousing, and inventory control and reporting. They communicate with and deploy our local Green Angels to provide on-demand support.

Risk Management, Compliance and Controls

We have made significant investments and have retained key personnel to manage our risk management, compliance and controls functions. These teams help us identify and understand the risks to which we are exposed while conducting our activities, and they enable us to effectively manage, mitigate, and/or monitor them to protect our operations, our clients, and our partners. We continuously seek to enhance our risk management, compliance and controls functions by improving our processes and making investments in technology and personnel in these areas, including:

 

   

Risk Management —We face operational risks inherent to our business, such as those discussed in “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry.” We have risk management teams allocated across our operations that work with consultants and advanced technology in order to assess, plan, and implement strategies to minimize any potential risks and adverse effects on our operations.

 

   

Compliance and Controls —Our compliance and controls teams monitor risks, including those of third parties such as merchants, suppliers, PSPs, business partners, and others. This team advises on and oversees the implementation of effective risk management actions, and addresses process and control inadequacies. Our compliance and controls team continuously manages and executes a compliance program designed to map out and assure compliance with all of our internal risk policies and regulatory compliance requirements. To achieve this, the team seeks to ensure that:

 

   

Internal compliance and risk policies and appropriate training are continuously implemented and updated;

 

   

Internal and third-party operations are assessed and audited to validate that they comply with all policies and requirements in an ongoing manner; and

 

   

Actions are promptly taken to avoid potential reoccurrences, including appropriate reporting and revising of processes, policies, and controls.

Our Proprietary Technology

We developed and operate the Stone Technology Platform which brings together an integrated suite of advanced technologies designed to provide differentiated capabilities and seamless omni-channel commerce client experiences in a more secure, all-in-one environment. Our platform was developed to operate in a completely digital environment and enables us to develop, host, and deploy our solutions, conduct a broad range

 

131


Table of Contents

of transactions seamlessly across in-store, online and mobile channels, manage our distribution hubs, and optimize our client support functions—all in a fully-digital, fully-integrated, and holistic manner. Given its digital DNA and cloud-based architecture, our platform is agile, reliable, and scalable with fast processing speeds and a broad range of capabilities that can be maintained and expanded relatively easily and cost-effectively. The advanced nature and flexibility of our platform enables us to provide a number of technologies and benefits, which we believe provides operating advantages, including the ability to:

 

   

Connect and Integrate Easily with Our Clients —We develop and provide a range of powerful connection and integration technologies, user-friendly client portals, and convenient reporting tools that are simple and easy to use. These were designed to eliminate the technical complexity and difficulty that many clients and partners typically encounter when trying to conduct electronic commerce, and they are designed to require minimum effort to implement by our clients or our personnel. We have publicly published our proprietary APIs, which provide a set of programming instructions and standards to access and connect to our systems. We have also developed a set of SDKs, which provide software development tools, code, and documentation to help third-party developers create applications on our platform. Together, these help our clients connect to our systems easily and make us a partner of choice for many ISVs, PSPs and marketplaces seeking to do business in Brazil.

 

   

Provide Seamless Omni-Channel Experiences —We designed our platform to enable merchants to conduct commerce and reconcile data seamlessly across various sales channels in a single, brick-and-motar store or multi-location environment, online through an e-commerce or mobile commerce enabled website, or inside of a mobile application. We believe this provides a competitive advantage that appeals to merchants and integrated partners who are increasingly operating across more than one channel and are looking to provide their consumers with a streamlined shopping experience.

 

   

Implement and Deploy New Capabilities —We utilize our digital, cloud-based architecture and integration capabilities to implement and deploy new features and technologies to our clients and integrated partners. Our technology platform provides the flexibility to do this easily without the need for expensive upgrades, complex conversions, or lengthy service disruptions. This enables us to provide our clients with the latest functionality in a quick and frictionless process. In addition, our architecture and infrastructure are designed for rapid scalability, which enables us to expand our capacity and manage utilization efficiently and cost-effectively.

 

   

Utilize AI and Machine Learning Technology —The digital DNA and cloud-based architecture of our platform enables us to generate, capture and aggregate a vast array of data across our various business activities. For example, we have developed and deployed machine-learning technologies throughout our enterprise to leverage this data to improve the speed, functionality, and quality of many of our services and operations. For example, we use AI to: (1) predict merchant behavior and enable proactive action by our sales teams; and (2) increase the accuracy of our fraud management. In addition, we use AI in many of our internal processes to create better efficiencies and performance. For example, we use AI to: (1) improve the management and interpretation of our operational KPIs; and (2) better predict cultural fit, job satisfaction, and long-term performance of job candidates during our talent recruitment and retention processes.

 

   

Operate at Low Marginal Costs —The architecture and various operating advantages of the Stone Technology Platform enable us to run our business increasingly efficiently and with lower incremental transaction costs.

 

132


Table of Contents

Key Technology Components

Our Stone Technology Platform is comprised of several integrated systems managed by our technology and product development team, which had over 480 team members as of June 30, 2018. Some of the key components include:

 

   

Infrastructure —Our proprietary infrastructure’s architecture was designed to provide a high level of performance and security to meet the demands of our business. We have private and public cloud-based servers, along with mirrored data centers, dedicated disaster recovery centers, and global load balancers. Our private data centers give us the flexibility, scalability and cost-effectiveness of the public cloud infrastructure, with the control and reliability of a private cloud environment.

 

   

POS System —We developed and operate a POS operating system, called Mamba , that runs on Linux and Android-based point of sale terminals, and offers simple features and functions that enhance the user experience. Our Mamba POS system also enables us to integrate our platform with a broad range of POS manufacturers, third-party software, our proprietary app store, and other app stores.

 

   

POS App Store —We developed and operate a proprietary, cloud-based app store that hosts third-party applications that can be accessed and used by our Mamba -run POS devices. This app store also provides software developers with access to our POS system’s code, SDKs, and certain standards to help them create new applications for clients and their consumers to use on our Mamba POS devices.

 

   

POS Connectivity Technology —Our POS operating system also utilizes Unstructured Supplementary Data, or USSD, technology, which gives our terminals additional connectivity capabilities when conventional networks such as 2G, 3G and wi-fi are not fully functional. This functionality is relevant and differentiated in more remote regions of the country and enables us to reduce connectivity failures, increase the number of transactions we process, and improve our clients’ experience and perception of our company.

 

   

Processing System —We developed and operate an advanced front-end authorization processing system, which captures and processes all major card capture methods, including EMV, magnetic stripe, and contactless, among others. We also developed and operate an advanced back-end processing system that provides transaction clearing and settlement. These integrated systems have some of the highest transaction speeds in the market, and are fully compliant with all local and international regulatory requirements and security standards.

 

   

Network Operations Center —We operate a proprietary Network Operational Center, or NOC, that actively monitors our operations in real time, 24 hours per day and 7 days per week. Our NOC tracks each step of our payment transactions, the availability of payment scheme systems, telecom services providers’ systems, issuers’ systems, and latency and conversion rates. Our NOC manages notification and escalation rules used by developers to evaluate their services, by business teams to be aware of any potential threat to our clients, and by some of our largest clients through direct communication.

 

   

Information and Cybersecurity —Our well-trained and dedicated team of information security and cybersecurity professionals holds various certifications, including Sans, NIST, EC-Council and ISACA, and monitor our systems and transactions around the clock and work to keep our data secure. This team monitors and upholds stringent security and compliance policies in line with global best practices, including the Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard (PCI-DSS). This team and its technologies monitor all employees and third-parties who access our platforms, and manage tight authentication controls and physical authorization technologies in all of our operating environments. We also have adopted safe coding and development practices.

 

   

Product Development —We use a unique, client-centric product development approach and continuous deployment process to create and deliver fast, advanced, and easy-to-use solutions to our clients. Our development is driven by multi-function development teams that leverage user-experience designers and agile development methods. We use project management and design thinking flow tools

 

133


Table of Contents
 

and have implemented lean practices in product development. We frequently measure merchant satisfaction and product performance indicators—such as adoption, retention and engagement ratios—to come up with new and better potential solutions. Our new solution and features launches are preceded by extensive integration tests and pilot testing with real customers before roll-out.

We currently rely on PAX to manufacture and assemble a significant amount of our POS devices. For more information, see “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry—We are dependent on a single manufacturer for a substantial amount of our POS devices. We are at risk of shortage, price increases, changes, delay or discontinuation of key components from our POS device manufacturers, which could disrupt and harm our business.”

Our Competition

The Brazilian payments industry is highly competitive and fast-changing. We face competition to acquire merchants from a variety of providers of payments and payment-related services. Our primary competitors include traditional merchant acquirers such as affiliates of financial institutions and well-established payment processing companies, including Cielo S.A., a company controlled by Banco Bradesco S.A. and Banco do Brasil S.A., Redecard S.A., a subsidiary of Itaú Unibanco Holding SA, Getnet Adquirência e Serviços para Meios de Pagamento S.A. (Santander Getnet), a subsidiary of Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A. Our other competitors include other payment processing companies, such as PagSeguro Digital Ltd., First Data Corporation, Global Payments—Serviços de Pagamentos S.A., a subsidiary of Global Payments Inc., Banrisul Cartões S.A.(known as Vero), a subsidiary of Banrisul S.A., Adyen B.V. and SafraPay, a unit of Banco Safra S.A. We also face competition from non-traditional payment processors that have significant financial resources and develop different kinds of services, including gateways, PSPs, other reconciliation providers and ERPs.

Like the digital payments industry in general, we believe that other means of payment, both digital and traditional, including cash, checks, money orders and electronic bank deposits or transfers, compete indirectly with our products and services.

The most significant competitive factors in this segment are price, brand, breadth of features and functionality, scalability and service capability. While competitive factors and their relative importance vary based on the size, industry and focus of each merchant, we seek to differentiate ourselves from our competitors through our disruptive business model.

For information on risks relating to increased competition in our industry, see “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry—If we cannot keep pace with rapid developments and change in our industry and continue to acquire new merchants, the use of our services could decline, reducing our revenues” and “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry—The payment processing industry is highly competitive, and we compete with certain firms that are larger and that have greater financial resources. Such competition could adversely affect the transaction and other fees we receive from merchants and financial institutions, and as a result, our margins, business, financial condition and results of operations.”

Seasonality

We have experienced in the past, and expect to continue to experience, seasonal fluctuations in our revenues as a result of consumer spending patterns. Historically, our revenues have been strongest during the last quarter of each year as a result of higher sales during the Brazilian holiday season. This is due to the increase in the number and amount of electronic payment transactions related to seasonal retail events. Adverse events that occur during these months could have a disproportionate effect on its results of operations for the entire fiscal year. As a result of quarterly fluctuations caused by these and other factors, comparisons of StoneCo Ltd.’s operating results across different fiscal quarters may not be accurate indicators of its future performance. For additional information, see “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry—Our operating results are subject to seasonality, which could result in fluctuations in our quarterly profit.”

 

134


Table of Contents

Regulatory Matters

Our business is subject to a number of laws and regulations that affect payment schemes and payment institutions, many of which are still evolving and could be interpreted in ways that could harm our business. While it is difficult to fully ascertain the extent to which new developments in the field of law will affect our business, there has been a trend towards increased consumer and data privacy protection. It is possible that general business regulations and laws, or those specifically governing payment institutions, may be interpreted and applied in a manner that may place restrictions on the conduct of our business. Below is a summary of the most relevant laws that apply to the operations of the SPB.

Regulation of the SPB

Our activities in Brazil are subject to Brazilian laws and regulations relating to payment schemes and payment institutions. Law No. 12,865/13, which was enacted on October 9, 2013, establishes the first set of rules regulating the electronic payments industry within the overall Brazilian Payment System (the Sistema de Pagamentos Brasileiro , or SPB) and creates the concepts of payment schemes, payment scheme settlors and payment institutions.

In addition, Law No. 12,865/13 gave the Central Bank, in accordance with the guidelines set out by the CMN, and the CMN authority to regulate entities involved in the payments industry. Such authority covers matters such as the operation of these entities, risk management, the opening of payment accounts, and the transfer of funds to and from payment accounts. After the enactment of Law No. 12,865/13, the CMN and the Central Bank created a regulatory framework regulating the operation of payment schemes and payment institutions. The framework consists of Resolutions 4,282, Circulars 3,680, 3,681 and 3,682, as amended, all of which were published on November 4, 2013, and Circular 3,885 published on March 26, 2018, among others.

Payment Schemes

A payment scheme, for Brazilian regulatory purposes, is the collection of rules and procedures that governs payment services provided to the public, with direct access by its end users (i.e. payors and receivers). In addition, such payment service must be accepted by more than one receiver in order to qualify as a payment scheme. The regulations applicable to payment schemes depend on certain features, such as the number of users and the annual cash value of transactions handled by the payment scheme:

 

   

Payment schemes that exceed certain thresholds are considered to form part of the SPB and are subject to the legal and regulatory framework applicable to the payment industry in Brazil, including the requirement to obtain an authorization by the Central Bank.

 

   

Payment schemes that operate below these thresholds are not considered to form part of the SPB and are therefore not subject to the legal and regulatory framework applicable to the payment industry in Brazil, including the requirement to obtain an authorization from the Central Bank, although they are required to report certain operational information to the Central Bank on an annual basis.

 

   

Limited-purpose payment schemes are not considered to form part of the SPB and, therefore, are not subject to the legal and regulatory framework applicable to the payment industry in Brazil, including the requirement to obtain authorization from the Central Bank. Limited-purpose payment schemes are those whose payment orders are: (a) accepted only at the network of merchants that clearly display the same visual identity as that of the issuer, such as franchisees and other merchants licensed to use the issuer’s brand; or (b) intended for payment of specific public utility services, such as public transport and public telecommunications.

 

   

Certain types of payment schemes have specific exemptions from the requirement to obtain authorization from the Central Bank. This applies, for example, to payment schemes set up by governmental authorities, payment schemes set up by certain financial institutions, payment schemes

 

135


Table of Contents
 

aimed at granting benefits to natural persons due to employment relationships and payment schemes set up by an authorized payment institution in which financial settlement of payment transactions are carried out exclusively using the book-transfer method.

Payment Scheme Settlor

A payment scheme is set up and operated by a payment scheme settlor, which is the entity responsible for the payment scheme’s authorization and function. Payment scheme settlors, for Brazilian regulatory purposes, are the legal entities responsible for managing the rules, procedures and the use of the brand associated with a payment scheme. Central Bank regulations require that payment scheme settlors must be (i) incorporated in Brazil, (ii) have a corporate purpose compatible with its payments activities and (iii) have the technical, operational, organizational, administrative and financial capacity to meet their obligations. They must also have clear and effective corporate governance mechanisms that are appropriate for the needs of payment institutions and the users of payment schemes.

Payment Institutions

A payment institution is defined as the legal entity that participates in one or more payment schemes and is dedicated to the execution of the remittance of funds to the receivers in payment schemes, among other activities. Specifically, based on the Brazilian payment regulations, payment institutions are entities that can be classified into one of the following three categories:

 

   

Issuers of electronic currency (prepaid payment instruments): these payment institutions manage prepaid payment accounts for cardholders or end-users. They carry out payment transactions using electronic currency deposited into such prepaid accounts, and convert the deposits into physical or book-entry currency or vice versa.

 

   

Issuers of post-paid payment instruments (e.g. credit cards): these payment institutions manage payment accounts where the end-user intends to make payment on a post-paid basis. They carry out payment transactions using these post-paid accounts.

 

   

Acquirers: these payment institutions do not manage payment accounts, but enable merchants to accept payment instruments issued by a payment institution or by a financial institution that participates in a payment scheme. They participate in the settlement process for payment transactions by receiving the payment from the card issuer and settling with the merchant.

Payment institutions must operate in Brazil and must have a corporate purpose that is compatible with payments activities. As for payment schemes, the regulations applicable to payment institutions depend on certain features, such as the annual cash value of transactions handled by the payment institution or the value of resources maintained in prepaid payment accounts. Certain financial institutions have specific exemptions from the requirement to obtain authorization from the Central Bank to act as a payment institution and provide payment services. Furthermore, certain payment institutions are not subject to the legal and regulatory framework applicable to the payment industry in Brazil. This applies, for example, to payment institutions that only participate in limited-purpose payment schemes and payment institutions that provide services in the scope of programs set up by governmental authorities aimed at granting benefits to natural persons due to employment relationships.

The CMN and Central Bank regulations applicable to payment institutions cover a wide variety of issues, including (i) penalties for noncompliance; (ii) the promotion of financial inclusion; (iii) the reduction of systemic, operational and credit risks; (iv) reporting obligations; and (v) governance. The regulations applicable to payment institutions also cover “payment accounts” ( contas de pagamento ), which are the end-user accounts, in registered (i.e., book-entry) form, which are opened with payment institutions that are card issuers of prepaid

 

136


Table of Contents

or post-paid instruments and used for carrying out each payment transaction. Circular No. 3,860/13 classifies payment accounts into two types:

 

   

Prepaid payment accounts: where the funds have been deposited into the payment account in advance of the intended payment transaction; and

 

   

Post-paid payment accounts: where the payment transaction is intended to be performed regardless of whether or not funds have been deposited into the payment account in advance.

In order to provide protection from bankruptcy, Law No. 12,865/13 requires payment institutions that issue electronic currency to segregate the funds deposited in prepaid payment accounts from their own assets. In addition, with respect to prepaid electronic currency, the payment institutions must hold a portion of the funds deposited in the prepaid payment account in certain specified instruments: either (i) in a specific account with the Central Bank that does not pay interest; or (ii) in federal government bonds registered with the SELIC. The portion of the prepaid electronic currency that must be held in this form is currently 80% and will increase to 100% on January 1, 2019.

Our Regulatory Position

Three of our subsidiaries perform activities that are in particular subject to Law No. 12,865/13 and regulations from the Central Bank and the CMN, which are Stone Pagamentos S.A., or Stone Pagamentos, MNLT Soluções de Pagamento S.A. (formerly Elavon), or EdB, and Pagar.me Pagamentos S.A., or Pagar.me. As required by the applicable regulations, the three of them have all applied for licenses of operation within the Central Bank, which current status follows below:

 

   

Stone Pagamentos was granted a license to operate as a payment institution in the acquirer category on July 3, 2017, and in the issuer of electronic currency category on April 24, 2018;

 

   

EdB applied for a license to operate as a payment institution in the acquirer category on June 22, 2014. On June 3, 2016, EdB informed the Central Bank regarding the EdB Acquisition and submitted supplemental documentation in connection with the license application. As of the date of this prospectus, the Company is revising its strategic position regarding EdB license and therefore is currently discussing directly with Central Bank as to the need for EdB’s license application; and

 

   

Pagar.me applied for a license to operate as a payment scheme settlor on February 3, 2017, and as a payment institution in the acquirer and issuer of electronic currency category on April 7, 2017. Due to recent changes in the Central Bank regulation, Pagar.me ’s payment scheme is no longer subject to the authorization of Central Bank. Therefore, Pagar.me ’s application for authorization as a payment scheme was dismissed by the Central Bank on June 8, 2017. In regard to the application for a license to operate as a payment institution, Pagar.me has supplemented the documentation submitted to the Central Bank in the application for authorization, and is currently waiting for the Central Bank’s approval.

Since its license to operate was granted by the Central Bank, Stone Pagamentos has been in compliance with applicable payment laws and regulations. Pagar.me is in a period of transition and adaptation to the payment laws and regulations, given that the request for authorization filed by Pagar.me with the Central Bank is still undergoing review. In this sense, its policies and operational routines are being created and adapted, and the changes that have been implemented in Stone Pagamentos for purposes of adapting to the payment rules will be replicated in Pagar.me .

In addition, Law No. 12,865/2013 prohibits payment institutions from performing activities that are restricted to financial institutions, which are regulated by Law No. 4,595/1964. There is some debate under Brazilian law as to whether providing early payment of receivables to merchants could be characterized as “lending,” which is an activity that is restricted to financial institutions. Similarly, there is some debate as to whether the discount rates applicable to this early payment feature should be considered as “interest,” in which case the limits set by the Brazilian Usury Law would apply to these rates.

 

137


Table of Contents

For transactions that form part of the Brazilian financial system, financial institutions may set interest rates freely, provided that they are not excessively burdensome to consumers. For transactions that do not form part of the Brazilian financial system, the Brazilian Usury Law (Decree-Law No. 22,623/1933) capped interest rates at 12% per year. Subsequently, the Brazilian Civil Code, which replaced the Usury Law, capped interest rates at two times the interest rates applicable to National Treasury ( Fazenda Nacional ), which is currently the SELIC rate (although there is some legal debate as to whether the Brazilian Civil Code has effectively replaced the original Usury Law). As a result, if the discount rate that we charge merchants for early payment of their receivables is considered to be “interest,” it would be capped at two times the SELIC rate.

If we fail to comply with the requirements of the Brazilian legal and regulatory frameworks, we could be prevented from carrying out our regulated activities, we could be (i) required to pay substantial fines (including per transaction fines) and disgorgement of our profits, (ii) required to change our business practices or (iii) subjected to insolvency procedures such as an intervention by the Central Bank and the out-of-court liquidation of Stone Pagamentos. We could also be subject to private lawsuits. For additional information, see “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry—Our business is subject to extensive government regulation and oversight in Brazil and our status under these regulations may change. Violation of or compliance with present or future regulation could be costly, expose us to substantial liability and force us to change our business practices, any of which could seriously harm our business and results of operations.”

The Central Bank’s regulations also allow payment schemes to set additional rules for entities that use their brands. Since we participate in these third-party payment schemes, we must comply with their rules in order to continue accepting payments from payment instruments bearing their brands.

Anti-Money Laundering Rules

Our activities in Brazil are subject to Brazilian laws and regulations relating to anti-money laundering, or AML, terrorism financing and other potentially illegal activities. These rules require us to implement policies and internal procedures to monitor and identify suspicious transactions, which must be duly reported to the relevant authorities.

We comply with the applicable AML laws and regulations and we have implemented required policies and internal procedures to ensure compliance with such rules and regulations, including procedures to report suspicious activities, suspected terrorism financing and other potentially illegal activities to the authorities. Our employees are aware of our policies and internal procedures, which shall be mandatorily complied with and supervised. We also have an internal division focused on the prevention of risks and fraud, which is led by a specialized risk officer.

The Brazilian AML law specifies the acts that may constitute a crime and the required measures to prevent such crimes. It also prohibits the concealment or dissimulation of the origin, location, availability, handling or ownership of assets, rights or financial resources directly or indirectly originated from crimes, and subjects the agents of these illegal practices to imprisonment, temporary disqualification from managing enterprises up to 10 years and monetary fines.

The Brazilian AML law also created the Financial Activities Control Council, or COAF, which is the Brazilian financial intelligence unit that operates under the jurisdiction of the Ministry of Finance. COAF has a key role in the Brazilian AML and counter-terrorism financing system, and it is legally liable for the coordination of the mechanisms for international cooperation and information exchange.

We have adopted the internal controls and procedures required by the Brazilian AML rules, which are focused on:

 

   

identifying and knowing our clients;

 

   

checking the compatibility between the volume of funds of a client and such client’s economic and financial capacity;

 

138


Table of Contents
   

checking the origin of funds;

 

   

carrying out a prior analysis of new products and services, under the perspective of money laundering prevention;

 

   

keeping records of all transactions;

 

   

reporting to COAF, within one business day and without informing the involved person or any third party, (i) any transaction exceeding the limit set by the competent authority and as required under applicable regulations; (ii) any transaction deemed to be suspicious, as required under applicable regulations; and (iii) at least once a year, whether or not suspicious transactions are verified, in order to certify the non-occurrence of transactions subject to reporting to COAF (negative report);

 

   

applying special attention to (i) unusual transactions or proposed transactions with no apparent economic or legal bases; (ii) clients and transactions for which the UBO cannot be identified; and (iii) situations in which it is not possible to keep the clients’ identification records duly updated;

 

   

offering anti-money laundering training for employees;

 

   

monitoring transactions and situations which could be considered suspicious for anti-money laundering purposes;

 

   

ensuring that policies, procedures and internal controls are commensurate with the size and volume of transactions; and

 

   

the unavailability of goods, values and rights possessed, directly or indirectly, by any individual or legal entity sanctioned by any resolution of the United Nations Security Council.

E-Commerce, Data Protection, Consumer Protection and Taxes

In addition to regulations affecting digital payment schemes, we are also subject to laws relating to internet activities and e-commerce, as well as banking secrecy laws, consumer protection laws, tax laws and other regulations applicable to Brazilian companies generally. Internet activities in Brazil are regulated by Law No. 12,965/14, known as the Brazilian Civil Rights Framework for the internet, which embodies a substantial set of rights and obligations relating to internet service providers. This law exempts intermediary platforms such as Stone Co. or EdB from liability for activities carried out by their users. Since the Brazilian Civil Rights Framework for the internet is a new legislation and, therefore, there are few court decisions in this area, it is still possible that we may be subject to joint civil liability for activities carried out by our users.

Law No. 8,078/90, known as the Consumer Protection Code, regulates consumer relations in Brazil, including matters such as: commercial practices; product and service liability; areas where suppliers of products or services are subject to strict liability; the reversal of the burden of proof so as to benefit consumers; the joint and several liability of all companies within a supply chain; unfair contract terms; advertising; and information on products and services that are offered to the public. Consumers have the right to receive clear and accurate information regarding retail products and services, with correct specification of characteristics, structure, quality, price, risks, and consumers’ rights to access and amend personal information collected about them and stored in private databases.

Customer accounts on our digital platform are subject to data protection under the Brazilian Civil Rights Framework for the internet and bank secrecy laws (Complementary Law 105/01 c/c/ Article 17 of the CMN’s Resolution No. 4,282/13). We are also subject to trademark protection rules, and to tax laws and related obligations such as the rules governing the sharing of customer information with tax and financial authorities. It is unclear whether the tax and regulatory authorities would seek to obtain information regarding our customers. Any such request could come into conflict with the data protection rules, which could create risks for our business.

 

139


Table of Contents

The laws and regulations applicable to the Brazilian digital payments industry are subject to ongoing interpretation and change, and our digital payments business may become subject to regulation by other authorities. For further information on the risks relating to regulation of business, please see “Risk Factors— Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry—Our business is subject to extensive government regulation and oversight and our status under these regulations may change. Violation of or compliance with present or future regulation could be costly, expose us to substantial liability and force us to change our business practices, any of which could seriously harm our business and results of operations.”

Consumer Protection Laws

Brazil’s Consumer Protection Code ( Código de Defesa do Consumidor ) sets forth the legal principles and requirements applicable to consumer relations in Brazil. This law regulates, among other things, commercial practices, product and service liability, strict liability of the supplier of products or services, reversal of the burden of proof to the benefit of consumers, the joint and several liability of all companies within the supply chain, abuse of rights in contractual clauses, advertising and information on products and services offered to the public. Specifically, we are subject to several laws and regulations designed to protect consumer rights—most importantly, Law No. 8,078 of September 11, 1990—known as the Consumer Protection Code. The Consumer Protection Code establishes the legal framework for the protection of consumers, setting out certain basic rights, and the consumers’ rights to access and modify personal information collected about them and stored in private databases. These consumer protection laws could result in substantial compliance costs.

Data Privacy and Protection

The Brazilian Civil Rights Framework for the internet establishes principles, guarantees, rights and duties for the use of the internet in Brazil, including regulation about data privacy for internet users. Under Brazilian law, personal data may only be treated (i.e., collected, used, transferred, etc.) upon users’ prior and express consent. Privacy policies of any company must be clear and detailed and include information regarding all contemplated uses for such users’ data and excessively ample or vague consent for data treatment may be deemed invalid in Brazil. Furthermore, consent from users must be obtained separately and contractual clauses relating to consent must be specifically highlighted. Brazilian courts have applied joint and several liability among all entities that shared and/or used personal data subject to a breach. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to our Business and Industry—Unauthorized disclosure, destruction or modification of data, through cybersecurity breaches, computer viruses or otherwise or disruption of our services could expose us to liability, protracted and costly litigation and damage our reputation.”

On August 14, 2018, the Brazilian President signed Law No. 13,709 ( Lei Geral de Proteção de Dados), or the LGPD, a comprehensive data protection law establishing general principles and obligations that apply across multiple economic sectors and contractual relationships. The LGPD establishes detailed rules for the collection, use, processing and storage of personal data and is expected to affect all economic sectors, including the relationship between customers and suppliers of goods and services, employees and employers and other relationships in which personal data is collected, whether in a digital or physical environment. The obligations established by the LGPD will become effective within 18 months from the date of publication of the law, by which date all legal entities will be required to conform their data processing activities to these new rules. A comprehensive understanding of personal data flows and, as a consequence, the review of internal documents and procedures, as well as the negotiation of contractual amendments are examples of adaptations required for compliance with the LGPD.

The foregoing list of laws and regulations to which we are subject is not exhaustive and the regulatory framework governing our operations changes continuously. Although we do not believe that compliance with future laws and regulations related to the payment processing industry and our business will have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations, the enactment of new laws and regulations may increasingly affect the operation of our business, directly and indirectly, which could result in

 

140


Table of Contents

substantial regulatory compliance costs, litigation expense, adverse publicity, the loss of revenue and decreased profitability.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we are involved in disputes that arise in the ordinary course of our business. Any claims against us, whether meritorious or not, can be time-consuming, result in costly litigation, require significant management time and result in the diversion of significant operational resources.

We are subject to a number of judicial and administrative proceedings in the Brazilian court systems, including civil, labor and tax law claims and other proceedings, which we believe are common and incidental to business operations in Brazil, in general. We recognize provisions for legal proceedings in our financial statements, in accordance with accounting rules, when we are advised by independent outside counsel that (i) it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation and (ii) a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation. The assessment of the likelihood of loss includes analysis by outside counsel of available evidence, the hierarchy of laws, available case law, recent court rulings and their relevance in the legal system. Our provisions for probable losses arising from these matters are estimated and periodically adjusted by management. In making these adjustments our management relies on the opinions of our external legal advisors.

As of June 30, 2018, we have provisions recorded in our financial statements in connection with legal proceedings for which we believe a loss is probable in accordance with accounting rules, in an aggregate amount of R$0.8 million and have made judicial deposits in an aggregate amount of R$2.8 million, as of June 30, 2018. However, legal proceedings are inherently unpredictable and subject to significant uncertainties. If one or more cases were to result in a judgment against us in any reporting period for amounts that exceeded our management’s expectations, the impact on our operating results or financial condition for that reporting period could be material. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry—Unfavorable decisions in our legal, arbitration or administrative proceedings may adversely affect us.”

Civil Matters

As of June 30, 2018, we were party to approximately 322 judicial and administrative proceedings of a civil nature for which we recorded a provision of R$0.8 million. We believe these proceedings are unlikely to have a material adverse impact, individually or in the aggregate, on our results of operations or financial condition.

Elavon filed a lawsuit with a motion for preliminary injunction to suspend the protest of unpaid bank-issued invoices amounting to approximately R$12.8 million made by Cedro Preparação de Documentos e Serviços LTDA. and Brasil B. Preparação de Documentos e Serviços EIRELI, in the context of a service agreement entered into by the aforementioned parties. Elavon alleges that the amount charged is not due because the services that were contracted for were not performed. On December 4, 2017, the trial court granted the injunction to suspend the protests and Elavon amended its complaint seeking a judgment to declare the protests null and unenforceable. On February 20, 2018, the defendants presented their response to the initial claims, arguing that the charge was correct and presented a counterclaim for the payment of R$13.3 million. Currently, the lawsuit is pending entry of the judgment.

Labor Matters

As of June 30, 2018, we were party to 75 labor-related judicial and administrative proceedings in a total amount of approximately R$4.7 million for which no provision was recorded. In general, the labor claims to which we are a party were filed by former employees or third-party employees seeking our joint and/or secondary liability for the acts of our suppliers and service providers. The principal claims involved in these labor suits relate to secondary liability of the company, overtime payment, salary differences ( enquadramento

 

141


Table of Contents

sindical ), termination fees, and indemnities based on Brazilian labor laws. We believe these proceedings are unlikely to have a material adverse impact, individually or in the aggregate, on our results of operations or financial condition.

Tax and Social Security Matters

As of June 30, 2018, we were involved in one judicial and administrative tax and social security proceeding in a total amount of approximately R$0.2 million for which no provision was recorded. We believe this proceeding is unlikely to have a material adverse impact on our results of operations or financial condition.

Intellectual Property

Most of our services are based on proprietary software and related payment systems solutions. We rely on a combination of software laws, trademark and trade secret laws, as well as employee and third-party non-disclosure, confidentiality and other types of contractual arrangements to establish, maintain and enforce our intellectual property rights, including with respect to our proprietary rights related to our products and services. In addition, we license technology from third parties.

As of June 30, 2018, we owned 17 trademarks issued in Brazil, including “Stone,” “ Mundipagg ,” “ Pagar.me ,” “Equals,” “Buy4,” and have 47 trademark applications pending in Brazil.

We have also registered several domain names with NIC.br, Brazil’s internet domain name registry, and domain registrars in the United States and elsewhere, including “stone.com.br,” “pagar.me,” “mundipagg.com.br,” “mundipagg.com,” “cappta.com.br,” and “equals.com.br.”

We have material contracts with Visa and Mastercard in connection with our activities as an acquirer for these card schemes. Our Visa Payment Arrangements Participation and Trademark License Agreement, dated as of February 19, 2016 (as amended from time to time), between Visa do Brasil Empreendimentos Ltda. and Stone Pagamentos S.A. sets forth the general terms and conditions under which Stone Pagamentos S.A. acts as a merchant acquiring principal participant for Visa in Brazil and provides Stone Pagamentos S.A. with a non-exclusive and non-transferable license to use certain trademarks owned by Visa in connection with its activities as an acquirer in Brazil. Under this agreement, Stone Pagamentos S.A. is exclusively responsible for all the costs and risks associated with its participation as a merchant acquiring principal and consideration payable to Visa under this agreement is determined by the standard payment terms set forth in the Visa Core Rules and Visa Product and Service Rules, available on Visa’s website. Our License Agreement, dated as of December 21, 2015 and as amended from time to time, between MasterCard International Incorporated and Stone Pagamentos S.A. sets forth the general terms and conditions under which Mastercard grants Stone Pagamentos S.A. a non-exclusive license to use certain trade names, trademarks, service marks and logotypes (including Mastercard, Cirrus and Maestro branded marks) in Brazil in connection with Stone Pagamentos S.A.’s issuing and acquiring activities. No consideration is due to Mastercard under this agreement.

Properties

Our corporate headquarters, which includes product development, sales, marketing, and business operations, are located in São Paulo. It consists of two offices of 3,836 and 2,814 square meters of space each under leases that expire in 2021 and 2022. We also lease 6,380 square meters of corporate office space in Rio de Janeiro for part of our business activities, including client relationship and technology development, under a lease that expires in 2021. In line with our business strategy, as of June 30, 2018, we had nearly 180 operational Stone Hubs in Brazil. We believe our facilities are sufficient for our current needs.

In addition to our corporate headquarters, as of June 30, 2018, we leased operational, sales, and administrative facilities in Rio de Janeiro. Additionally, of June 30, 2018, we leased data center facilities in Rio de Janeiro and São Paulo in Brazil, and in Charlotte, North Carolina, Chicago, Illinois and Atlanta, Georgia in the United States.

 

142


Table of Contents

Many of our operational, sales, and administrative facilities, including our corporate headquarter and hubs, are held pursuant to lease agreements. The term of our leases for our facilities in São Paulo is greater than five years, and may be renewed with landlord consent or by filing a renewal lawsuit. However, the term of our leases for our facilities in Rio de Janeiro is less than five years, and there is no possibility of filing a renewal lawsuit. We may be required to vacate these facilities upon request of the landlord if we are not able to reach an agreement to renew our leases or the terms of any renewals are unfavorable.

In addition, the lease agreements are not registered, nor annotated on the real estate record files of the leased properties. Therefore: (i) in the event of sale of the leased real properties to third parties, even if the lease term is effective, the new owner will be entitled to terminate the lease upon a 90-day prior written notice period, counted as from the date of such acquisition, and the lessee will be forced to vacate the real property; and (ii) the lessee will not be entitled to adjudicate the leased properties in the event the respective lessor does not respect the lessee’s right of first refusal and sell the property to third parties.

We believe that our facilities are suitable and adequate for our business as presently conducted. However, we periodically review our facility requirements and may acquire new space to meet the needs of our business or consolidate and dispose of facilities that are no longer required.

Employees

As of June 30, 2018, December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, we had 3,171, 2,806, 1,129 and 816 full-time employees, respectively. As of June 30, 2018, 787 of these employees were based in our offices in São Paulo, 1,077 of these employees were based in our offices in Rio de Janeiro, and 1,307 were based in other cities elsewhere in Brazil. We also engage consultants as needed to support our operations.

The table below breaks down our full-time personnel by function as of June 30, 2018:

 

Function

   Number of
Employees
     % of Total  

Administrative

     501        15.8

Operations

     769        24.3

Technology and Product Development

     486        15.3

Sales and Marketing

     1,415        44.6

Total

     3,171        100

Our employees in Brazil are affiliated with the labor unions of independent sales agents and of consulting, information, research and accounting firms for the geographic area in which they render services. We believe we have a constructive relationship with these unions, as we have never experienced strikes, work stoppages or disputes leading to any form of downtime.

 

143


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

We are currently reviewing the composition of our board of directors, our committees and our corporate governance practices in light of this offering and applicable requirements of the SEC, Nasdaq and the Cayman Companies Law. In subsequent filings with the SEC, we will update any relevant disclosure herein as appropriate.

Upon the consummation of this offering, we will be managed by our board of directors and by our senior management, pursuant to our Articles of Association and the Cayman Companies Law.

Board of Directors

Upon the consummation of this offering, our board of directors will be composed of five members. Each director holds office for the term, if any, as the resolution appointing such director may determine, or, if no term is fixed on the appointment of the director, until the earlier of his death, resignation or removal. Directors appointed by the board of directors hold office until the next annual general meeting.

Our Articles of Association provide that from and after the date on which the founder shareholders (and/or their respective affiliates) no longer constitute a group that beneficially owns more than 50% of our outstanding voting power (the “classifying date”), the directors shall be divided into three classes designated Class I, Class II, and Class III. Each director shall serve for a term ending on the date of the third annual general meeting of the shareholders following the annual general meeting of the shareholders at which such director was elected as subject to the provisions of our Articles of Association. The founding directors shall be allocated to the longest duration classes unless otherwise determined by the founder shareholders. The members of our board of directors to be in place upon consummation of this offering will hold office until our next annual general meeting.

Our directors do not have a retirement age requirement under our Articles of Association.

The following table presents the names of the members of our board of directors to be in place upon the consummation of this offering.

 

Name

  

Age

  

Position

André Street

   34    Director and Chairman

Eduardo Cunha Monnerat Solon de Pontes

   39    Director and Vice Chairman

Roberto Moses Thompson Motta

   61    Director*

Thomas A. Patterson

   52    Director

Ali Mazanderani

   36    Director*

 

* Member of our Audit Committee

The following is a brief summary of the business experience of our directors. Unless otherwise indicated, the current business addresses for our directors is R. Fidêncio Ramos, 308, 10 th floor, Vila Olímpia, São Paulo – SP, 04551-010, Brazil.

André Street is the Chairman of our board of directors. He has held the position of member of the board since 2014. In 2000, he founded Pagafacil.com, a company specialized in internet payments in Brazil that partnered with websites such as I-Bazar, Mercadolivre, Lokau.com and Arremate. In 2005, he founded Braspag Tecnologia Em Pagamentos, a service provider of payment solutions in Latin America, where he served as CEO until 2009, when the company was sold. In 2007, he also founded Netcredit Promoção de Crédito S.A., a consumer credit company that geared towards facilitating business growth by offering extended payment terms and emphasizing digital credit approval processes. Mr. Street is a founding partner of ACP Investments Ltd – Arpex Capital (formed in 2011), a company focused on investing in e-commerce technology companies in Latin America and in the United States. While at Arpex, he founded StoneCo Ltd., the issuer company, controller of Stone Pagamentos S.A. and Mundipagg Tecnologia em Pagamentos S.A., two of our subsidiaries. Between 2012

 

144


Table of Contents

and 2015 he had indirectly controlled Sieve Group Brasil Tecnologia S.A., a holding company that was owner of several technology companies, sold in 2015. He also served on the board of directors of B2W Companhia Digital S.A. from 2015 to June 2018 and currently serves on the board of directors of Lojas Americanas S.A. In 2010, Mr. Street completed the Owner President Manager Program at Harvard Business School. We believe that Mr. Street is well qualified to serve as the Chairman of our board of directors given his extensive experience in the financial technology sector and background as one of our founders and as one of our executives since inception.

Eduardo Cunha Monnerat Solon de Pontes is the Vice Chairman of our board of directors, and has been a member of our board of directors since 2018. He has held the position of member of the Advisory Committee of DLP Capital LLC since 2014. Mr. Pontes is a founding partner of Arpex Capital Investimentos, an investment company, since 2011. While at Arpex, he founded Stone Pagamentos and Mundipagg, two of our subsidiaries. He has also served on the board of directors of several companies, whether in a capacity as member or advisor, including Site Blindado S.A. and MOIP Pagamentos S.A. In 2005, he founded Braspag Tecnologia em Pagamentos, a service provider of payment solutions in Latin America, where he served as CEO until 2009. In 2007, he founded Netcredit, a consumer credit company that is geared towards facilitating business growth by offering extended payment terms and emphasizing digital credit approval processes. Between 2012 and 2015, he served as indirect controlling shareholder of Sieve Group Brasil Tecnologia S.A. through certain investment vehicles. Mr. Pontes served as the CEO of Stone Pagamentos S.A. since its inception until early 2018. Mr. Pontes completed studies in data processing from the Pontifícia Universidade Católica do Rio de Janeiro in 2000, an MBA degree in e-business from Fundação Getulio Vargas in 2001, and also completed the Owner President Manager Program at Harvard Business School in 2010. We believe that Mr. Pontes is well qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors given his extensive experience in the financial technology sector and background as a founder of certain of our subsidiaries and one of our executives since inception.

Roberto Moses Thompson Motta is a member of our board of directors, a position he has held since 2018. He has held the position of member of the Advisory Committee of DLP Capital LLC since 2014. Mr. Thompson Motta is expected to serve as Chairman of our Finance Committee and Vice-chairman of our Compensation Committee. Mr. Thompson Motta has served as a member of the board of directors of Restaurant Brands International Inc. since 2014, of AmBev S.A. since 1999, of Lojas Americanas S.A. since 2001, and of Sao Carlos Empreendimentos e Participações S.A. since 2001. He also served as a member of the board of directors of Anheuser-Busch InBev from August 2004 to April 2014. Mr. Thompson Motta is also one of the founding partners of 3G Capital Inc., and continues to serve as a member of its board of directors. Prior to 3G Capital, he was one of the founders and managing partners of GP Investimentos Ltda. Mr. Thompson Motta is a Brazilian citizen and holds a degree in mechanical engineering from Pontifícia Universidade Católica do Rio de Janeiro and an MBA from the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania. We believe that Mr. Thompson Motta is well qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors given his extensive experience in the financial technology sector and background as a member of the Advisory Committee of DLP Capital LLC.

Thomas A. Patterson is a member of our board of directors, a position he has held since 2018. Mr. Patterson is a General Partner at Madrone Capital Partners, an investment firm based in Menlo Park, CA that focuses on investments in founder/family owned businesses, the emerging middle class in China and Brazil, and clean energy technology. Prior to joining Madrone, he was at Weston Presidio, a private equity firm focused on growth equity and leveraged buyout transactions, from 1995 until 2004. Prior to Weston Presidio, he worked for four years at McKinsey & Company and focused on the financial services and building materials industries. Mr. Patterson serves on the Boards of Stone Co., Barry-Wehmiller, Castleton Commodities, View and Dr Consulta. He is active in private land conservation and is a Director-At-Large of the Montana Land Reliance and a trustee of Rare. He holds an MBA from Harvard Business School and an AB in history from Harvard College where he rowed on the Crimson’s varsity lightweight crew team. We believe that Mr. Patterson is well qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors given his extensive experience and background in the financial services sector.

Ali Mazanderani is a member of our board of directors, as position he has held since 2018. Mr. Mazanderani is a partner at Actis, a leading growth market private equity company, which has raised US$14 billion since

 

145


Table of Contents

inception. He joined Actis in 2010 and leads financial technology investments for the firm globally. He has been instrumental in several Actis investments including those in leading payment platforms operating across the world, from Africa and the Middle (Emerging Market Payments) to Southern Africa (PayCorp Investments) to South East Asia (GHL Systems Berhad), India (PineLabs) and Brazil (Stone Group). He is a non-executive director of several companies both in payments - Paycorp, GHL and Stone, as well as other growth market technology companies - Compuscan Holdings (credit bureau) and Upstream Systems (mobile commerce). Before Actis, Mr. Mazanderani was the lead strategy consultant for First National Bank (South Africa) based in Johannesburg. Prior to that, he advised private equity and corporate clients for OC&C Strategy Consultants in London. He holds a Bachelors degree in Economics from the University of Pretoria, a Masters in Economics for Development from Oxford University, a Masters in Economic History from the London School of Economics, and an Executive MBA from INSEAD. We believe that Mr. Mazanderani is well qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors given his extensive experience and background in the financial technology sector.

Executive Officers

Our executive officers are responsible for the management and representation of our company. We have a strong centralized management team led by Thiago dos Santos Piau, our CEO, with broad experience in information technology, strategy, operations, finance, sales, communications and training. Many of the members of our management team have worked together as a team for many years.

The following table lists our current executive officers:

 

Name

  

Age

  

Position

Thiago dos Santos Piau    29    Chief Executive Officer
Augusto Barbosa Estellita Lins    55    President
Marcelo Bastianello Baldin    35    Vice President, Finance
Rafael Martins Pereira    33    Investor Relations Executive Officer
Felipe Salvini Bourrus    34    Chief Technology Officer
Vinícius do Nascimento Carrasco    41    Chief Economist & Regulatory Affairs Executive Officer
Lia Machado de Matos    41    Chief Strategy Officer

The following is a brief summary of the business experience of our executive officers. Unless otherwise indicated, the current business addresses for our executive officers is R. Fidêncio Ramos, 308, 10 th floor, Vila Olímpia, São Paulo—SP, 04551-010, Brazil.

Thiago Dos Santos Piau is our Chief Executive Officer, a position he has held since 2017. Prior to 2017, he was our Chief Operations Officer and prior to 2016, he was our Chief Financial Officer. He is a partner at ACP Investment Ltd. – Arpex Capital, where he was responsible for the definition of the business strategy, investment structuring, merger and acquisition transactions and oversees the management of portfolio companies. In 2011, he founded Paggtaxi, a company that facilitated the payment of taxi rides through a mobile app and credit card machines, where he served as a partner until 2013. Mr. Piau conducted studies in mechanical engineering at Universidade Federal do Rio de Janeiro from 2007 to 2011 and participated in the Key Executive Program at Harvard Business School in 2013. He also participated in the Owner President Manager Program at Harvard Business School in 2018.

Augusto Barbosa Estellita Lins is our President, a position he has held since 2018. He is responsible for our overall strategy, operations and procedures, the development and consolidation of our distribution channels and our marketing strategies. Prior to joining Stone Co., he served as Commercial Director at Redecard from 2011 to 2013 where he was responsible for managing the relationship with merchants and oversaw a sales team of over 50 people. Between 2001 and 2011, he served as Director in different capacities at Itaú Unibanco, Hipercard Banco Múltiplo and Cartāo Unibanco where he was responsible for marketing credit cards and consumer financial products, including personal loans, insurance products and installment plans. Between 1993 and 2001, he served as Corporate Finance Director at ING Bank, where he participated in numerous mergers and

 

146


Table of Contents

acquisitions, structured debt financings and other capital market transactions involving Brazilian and Latin American companies. Prior to joining ING Bank, he worked in the corporate finance department at N M Rothschild & Sons in England, Portugal, Spain and the United States, where he participated in several structured transactions and investments in Brazil. Mr. Lins received a degree in electric and electronic engineering from the Universidade Federal do Rio de Janeiro in 1985, an MBA degree in Finance from Boston University School of Management in 1990 and completed an advanced management program in Business Administration from Fundação Dom Cabral/INSEAD in 2004. He also participated in the Owner President Manager Program at Harvard Business School in 2017.

Marcelo Bastianello Baldin is our Vice President, Finance, a position he has held since 2018. Prior to joining Stone Co., he served in various capacities at PricewaterhouseCoopers for over a decade between 2004 and 2017, most recently as a partner responsible for the financial risk management practice. Mr. Baldin received a bachelor’s degree in Business Administration from the Fundação Getulio Vargas in 2004 and a master of science degree in quantitative finance from the London Business School in 2011.

Rafael Martins Pereira is our Investor Relations Executive Officer, a position he has held since 2018. Prior to joining Stone Co., from 2012 to 2016 he served as an analyst and financial advisor for 3G Capital Group, providing support to the Board of companies such as Lojas Americanas S.A., B2W Companhia Digital S.A., Anheuser Busch InBev SA/NV, São Carlos Empreendimentos e Participacões S.A. and Restaurant Brands International Inc., in connection with new investments, mergers and acquisitions, strategic planning, compensation, budget planning, among others. Prior to that, he served as an investment banking analyst at Goldman Sachs from 2010 to 2012. Mr. Martins was also the founder of Exotic Cafés, where he served as a director until 2010. Between 2005 and 2006 he was an associate at the Barbosa de Souza Advogados law firm and he previously worked at the General Consulate of Canada in São Paulo. Mr. Martins received a law degree from Universidade de São Paulo in 2008 and a bachelor’s degree in Business Administration from Fundação Getúlio Vargas in 2010.

Felipe Salvini Bourrus is our Chief Technology Officer, a position he has held since 2018. Prior to joining Stone Co., he was an executive director of B2W Companhia Digital S.A. from 2015 to 2018 and was a founder of Sieve Group Brasil Tecnologia S.A., as well as the company’s Chief Technology Officer from 2010 until 2015. Between 2005 and 2009, he was a developer at Ponto de Referência, CarrierWeb and Cortex Intelligence. He also founded MeuTelefone (Voip) and MeuServidor, where he served as a partner until 2006. Mr. Salvini received a bachelor’s degree in computer science from the Pontifícia Universidade Católica do Rio de Janeiro in 2009 and completed the Key Executives Program, Business Administration and Management at Harvard Business School in 2013.

Vinícius do Nascimento Carrasco is our Chief Economist & Regulatory Affairs Executive Officer, a position he has held since 2018. Prior to joining Stone Co., he was the Planning and Research Executive Officer at the BNDES, having conducted, along with the Brazilian Central Bank and the Ministry of Finance, the credit reform that led to the creation of the Long Term Interest Rate (TLP). He also regularly acted as a consultant on matters of economics and econometrics, and has provided consulting services for the CVM in connection with the qualitative and econometric evaluation of the auditor rotation policy, for a credit guarantee fund in connection with the role of institutional investors as bank overseers in the reduction of systemic risk, among others. He has published several papers in his field of expertise and has also acted as a contributor for the American Economic Review, Econometrica, Review of Economic Studies, Journal of Economic Theory, Journal of Economic Behavior and Organizations, and Review of Brazilian Econometrics. Mr. Carrasco received a bachelor’s degree in economics from the Universidade Federal do Rio Grande do Sul in 1997, a master’s degree in economics from the Pontifícia Universidade Católica do Rio de Janeiro in 2000 and a PhD in economics from Stanford University in 2005. He has been a fellow at the economics department of Stanford University, the economics department at Pontifícia Universidade Católica do Rio de Janeiro, the John M. Olin Program in Law and Economics at Stanford Law School and the Stanford Institute for Economic Policy Research. He was an elected affiliated member of the Brazilian Academy of Sciences between 2012 and 2017 and is an Economics Professor at PUC-Rio.

 

147


Table of Contents

Lia Machado de Matos is our Chief Strategy Officer, a position she has held since 2016. She is responsible for designing our strategy and leading the implementation of key strategic projects. She was responsible for the development of the Hub Strategy in 2015 and for the migration process subsequent to the Elavon acquisition in 2016. Prior to joining Stone Co., she served as a Family Office Director for Varbra between 2012 and 2016. Between 2006 and 2012, she served in several positions at McKinsey & Company in Brazil, including as an Associate Partner, where she was responsible for strategy, M&A and organizational projects of several Brazilian and global companies. Mrs. Matos received a bachelor’s degree in physics from the Universidade Federal do Rio de Janeiro in 1998, a PhD in physics and electrical engineering from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology in 2005 and was a teaching assistant and research fellow at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology between 1999 and 2005.

Foreign Private Issuer Status

Nasdaq listing rules include certain accommodations in the corporate governance requirements that allow foreign private issuers, such as us, to follow “home country” corporate governance practices in lieu of the otherwise applicable corporate governance standards of Nasdaq. The application of such exceptions requires that we disclose each noncompliance with Nasdaq listing rules that we do not follow and describe the Cayman Islands corporate governance practices we do follow in lieu of the relevant Nasdaq corporate governance standard. When our Class A common shares are listed on Nasdaq, we intend to continue to follow Cayman Islands corporate governance practices in lieu of the corporate governance requirements of Nasdaq in respect of the following:

 

   

the majority independent director requirement under Section 5605(b)(1) of Nasdaq listing rules;

 

   

the requirement under Section 5605(d) of Nasdaq listing rules that a compensation committee comprised solely of independent directors governed by a compensation committee charter oversee executive compensation;

 

   

the requirement under Section 5605(e) of Nasdaq listing rules that director nominees be selected or recommended for selection by either a majority of the independent directors or a nominations committee comprised solely of independent directors; and

 

   

the requirement under Section 5605(b)(2) of Nasdaq listing rules that the independent directors have regularly scheduled meetings with only the independent directors present.

Cayman Islands law does not impose a requirement that the board consist of a majority of independent directors or that such independent directors meet regularly without other members present. Nor does Cayman Islands law impose specific requirements on the establishment of a compensation committee or nominating committee or nominating process.

Committees of the Board of Directors

Upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, our board of directors will have two standing committees: the audit committee and the compensation committee. In addition, we will establish two additional committees to assist the board of directors in a consultative capacity: the advisory committee and the finance committee. The advisory committee, which will be comprised of board members, executives and other advisors, will be formed for the purpose of assisting management with its long-term strategy discussions, sourcing and evaluating business opportunities and devising plans and strategies to optimize the growth of our business. The finance committee, which will be comprised of board members, executives and other advisors, will be formed for the purpose assisting management with assessing and managing market risks, liquidity risks, capital allocation decisions and other strategies and goals relating to our financial position.

Audit Committee

The audit committee, which as of the date of this offering is expected to consist of Roberto Moses Thompson Motta and Ali Mazanderani, will assist our board of directors in overseeing our accounting and

 

148


Table of Contents

financial reporting processes and the audits of our financial statements. In addition, the audit committee will be directly responsible for the appointment, compensation, retention and oversight of the work of our independent registered public accounting firm. Ali Mazanderani will serve as the chairman of the committee. The audit committee will consist exclusively of members of our board of directors who are financially literate, and Ali Mazanderani and Roberto Moses Thompson Motta are considered “audit committee financial experts” as defined by the SEC. Our board of directors has determined that Roberto Moses Thompson Motta and Ali Mazanderani satisfy the “independence” requirements of Section 5605 of the Corporate Governance Rules of Nasdaq and Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act. SEC and Nasdaq rules with respect to the independence of our audit committee require that all members of our audit committee must meet the independence standard for audit committee membership within one year of the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. The audit committee will consist entirely of independent directors as of the date of this offering. The audit committee will be governed by a charter that complies with applicable Nasdaq rules, which charter will be posted on our website prior to the listing of our common shares on Nasdaq.

Compensation Committee

The compensation committee, which as of the date of this offering is expected to consist of André Street, Eduardo Pontes and Roberto Moses Thompson Motta, will assist the board of directors in reviewing and approving the compensation structure, including all forms of compensation, relating to our directors and executive officers. The committee will review the total compensation package for our executive officers and directors recommend to the board of directors for determination the compensation of each of our directors and executive officers, and will periodically review and approve any long-term incentive compensation or equity plans, programs or similar arrangements, annual bonuses, and employee pension and benefits plans. As permitted by the listing requirements of Nasdaq, we will opt out of Nasdaq Listing Rule 5605(d) which requires that a compensation committee consist entirely of independent directors. The compensation committee will be governed by a charter that will be posted on our website prior to the listing of our common shares on Nasdaq.

Advisory Committee

The advisory committee will assist our board of directors and management in conducting the business of the Company and deciding upon strategic matters. The members of such committee are not board members and shall not have fiduciary responsibilities resulting from their position. The advisory committee will initially consist of Arminio Fraga, Carl Pascarella, Ali Mazanderani, André Street, Eduardo Pontes, Vinicius Carrasco and José Alexandre Scheinkman, who we believe are experienced and notable in our industry and qualified to support our management with their decision making process. We intend to rely on the advisory committee’s recommendations, despite the fact that recommendations will not have a binding effect on the Company. Our board of directors can extinguish the advisory committee at any time.

Arminio Fraga is the founding partner at Gavea Investimentos, an investment management firm he founded in August 2003, based in Rio de Janeiro, Brazil. Mr. Fraga was the Chairman of the Board, of B3 (formerly BM&F Bovespa), Brazil’s securities, commodities and derivatives exchange, from April 2009 to April 2013, and was the President of the Central Bank of Brazil from March 1999 to December 2002. From 1993 until his appointment as Governor of the Central Bank, he was Managing Director of Soros Fund Management in New York. From 1991 to 1992, he was the Director responsible for international affairs at the Central Bank of Brazil. Earlier in his career, he held positions with Salomon Brothers and Garantia Investment Bank. Mr. Fraga has taught at the Pontifícia Universidade Católica do Rio de Janeiro, the Graduate School of Economics at Getulio Vargas Foundation, the School of International Affairs at Columbia University and the Wharton School. He is a trustee of Princeton University, and a member of the Group of Thirty and of the Council on Foreign Relations, and serves on the boards of several NGOs. Mr. Fraga has published widely in the areas of international finance, macroeconomics, and monetary policy. Mr. Fraga earned his Ph.D. in Economics from Princeton University in 1985, and his BA/MA in Economics from the Pontifícia Universidade Católica do Rio de Janeiro, in 1981.

Carl Pascarella is currently affiliated with TPG Capital as an Executive Advisor. Prior to that, he was President & Chief Executive Officer of Visa U.S.A. Inc. and a member of the Board of Directors of Visa

 

149


Table of Contents

International. Before assuming that position, he was President & CEO of Visa Asia Pacific Limited and Director of the Board. Prior to joining Visa, Mr. Pascarella was Vice President, International Division at Crocker National Bank and Vice President, Metropolitan Banking at Bankers Trust Company. His experience also included retail banking, commercial banking, corporate banking, credit review and policy, and DeNovo banking. Mr. Pascarella was also head of the California International Banking and Trade Finance organization for Crocker National Bank. Mr. Pascarella received a Master of Science in Management from Stanford Sloan Program at the Graduate School of Business at Stanford University. Mr. Pascarella has been affiliated with the arts for over two decades and is currently Chairman of the San Francisco Ballet, Vice Chairman for the Fine Arts Museums and a life-time governor of the San Francisco Symphony.

José Alexandre Scheinkman is the Charles and Lynn Zhang Professor of Economics at Columbia University and Theodore A. Wells ‘29 Professor of Economics (emeritus) at Princeton University. Previously, Scheinkman was the Alvin H. Baum Distinguished Service Professor and Chairman of the Department of Economics at the University of Chicago, Blaise Pascal Research Professor (France) and a Vice President in the Financial Strategies Group of Goldman, Sachs & Co. He has served as consultant to several financial institutions and is a member of the board of directors of Cosan Limited. Mr. Scheinkman was born in Brazil and is a naturalized citizen of the U.S. He has a Masters in mathematics from Instituto de Matemática Pura e Aplicada (Brazil) and a PhD in economics from the University of Rochester. Mr. Scheinkman is a Member of the National Academy of Sciences (USA), Fellow of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences, Corresponding Member of the Brazilian Academy of Sciences, and recipient of a John Simon Guggenheim Memorial Fellowship and of a “doctorat honoris causa” from the Université Paris-Dauphine.

Code of Ethics

We have adopted a code of ethics applicable to the board of directors and all employees, which covers a broad range of matters including the handling of conflicts of interest, compliance issues and other corporate policies such as insider trading and equal opportunity and non-discrimination standards. Since its effective date in November 2015, we have not waived compliance with the code of ethics. We amended the code of ethics in 2017, and have amended the code of ethics again in connection with our initial public offering.

Compensation of Directors and Officers

Under Cayman Islands law, we are not required to disclose compensation paid to our senior management on an individual basis and we have not otherwise publicly disclosed this information elsewhere. For the year ended December 31, 2017, the aggregate compensation expense for the members of the Board of Directors and Stone Co.’s executive officers for services in all capacities was R$126.5 million, which includes both benefits paid in kind and variable compensation.

Our executive officers, directors and management receive fixed and variable compensation as well as benefits which are in line with market practice in Brazil. The fixed component is set on market terms and adjusted annually.

The variable component consists of share-based compensation (including both share- and cash-settled awards) as discussed below and certain annual cash performance-based compensation.

Employment agreements

None of our executive officers have entered into employment agreements with the Company.

 

150


Table of Contents

Long-Term Incentive Plans (LTIP)

Certain of our employees receive share-based compensation under our long-term incentive plans described below.

Certain key employees have been granted Co-Investment Shares, that entitle participants to receive a cash bonus which they may, at their option, use to purchase a specified number of preferred shares in DLP Pagamentos Brasil S.A. (“DLP Brasil”) which are then exchanged for common shares in DLP Par Participações S.A. Incentive shares are subject to a vesting or lock-up period.

Certain of our founding partners and senior executives received a one-time indirect issuance of our fully vested Class C shares, or the Class C shares, which permit the holders of such shares to participate in this offering. These shares are subject to a lock-up period.

Certain of the key employees of our subsidiaries also hold phantom shares, or the Phantom Shares, that entitle participants to receive a cash payment in connection with a qualifying “settlement event” based on a change in control, which payment is determined based on the positive difference between the share price of DLP Brasil on the date of the settlement event and the share price of DLP Brasil on the grant date.

In the past, Cappta, our indirect subsidiary, has granted equity-based incentive awards to certain employees and third-party service providers, which we believe are immaterial.

As of September 1, 2018, the Co-Investment Shares represented 47,996 shares of DLP Brasil, the Class C shares represented 46,675 of our shares (prior to giving effect to the Share Split), the outstanding Phantom Shares related to 58,857 shares of DLP Brasil and no share options relating to our shares were outstanding.

We have also granted RSUs and share options under our 2018 Omnibus Equity Plan, or the 2018 Plan (described below), which are intended to be used to incentivize and reward our key employees and other service providers in connection with a successful IPO. Such awards are scheduled to vest over a four, five, seven and 10-year period, subject to and conditioned upon the achievement of certain performance conditions. Assuming achievement of these performance conditions, awards will be settled in, or exercised for, our Class A common shares. If the applicable performance conditions are not achieved, the awards will be forfeited for no consideration.

We have also entered into agreements with certain non-executive key employees pursuant to which these employees will purchase Class A common shares on or after the date of this offering. Any such purchased shares will be issued and outstanding shares and will be deemed to be awards of restricted stock under the terms of the 2018 Plan, subject to either a three- or five-year lockup period. If the employee terminates employment with us prior to the end of the lock-up period, we may repurchase such shares for the lesser of the then-current fair market value or the purchase price. In connection with these equity agreements, we have also entered into full recourse loan agreements with such key employees to help fund their purchase of such Class A company shares.

In addition, we expect to grant matching share units to certain employees and service providers under our 2018 Plan. Under our MSU program, participants may apply a specified percentage of their annual variable compensation toward the purchase of fully vested and non-forfeitable Class A common shares (subject to a lock-up period) and receive a corresponding award of RSUs with respect to Class A common shares that are scheduled to vest over a five-year period (the “MSUs”). Because the number of MSUs will depend on the amount of variable compensation used to purchase shares, the number of shares that may be issued pursuant to MSUs will not be known until the participant’s election is made.

In September 2018, we converted all outstanding Phantom Shares to RSU awards. In addition, in connection with the consummation of this offering, it is anticipated that the then-remaining long-term incentive plans that relate to shares of our subsidiaries will be replaced with our new 2018 Plan and all shares underlying awards granted under such plans, including the Co-Investment Shares, will be exchanged for our Class A common shares through the execution of a contribution agreement entered into between us and each holder of awards under such plans.

 

151


Table of Contents

2018 Omnibus Equity Plan

In September 2018, we adopted, and our board of directors approved, the 2018 Plan for the purpose of advancing the interests of our shareholders by enhancing our ability to motivate and reward individuals to perform at the highest level. The 2018 Plan governs the issuances of equity incentive awards with respect to our Class A common shares. Upon adoption, we reserved a maximum share capacity under the 2018 Plan of approximately 60,000 shares (or 7,560,000 shares after giving effect to the Share Split) (which represents a pool that was approved by our pre-IPO shareholders for equity incentives to our key employees), of which there were approximately 6,200 shares (or 781,200 shares after giving effect to the Share Split) remaining prior to this offering. We intend to use this remaining share pool for issuances after this offering.

Equity incentive awards may be granted to our employees, non-employee directors, consultants or other advisors, as well as holders of equity compensation awards granted by a company that may be acquired by us in the future. Awards under the 2018 Plan may be granted in the form of options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, unrestricted stock, RSUs, performance awards or other stock-based awards. Share options and share appreciation rights will have an exercise price determined by the administrator.

The vesting conditions for grants under the 2018 Plan will be determined by the administrator and, in the case of restricted stock and RSUs, will be set forth in the applicable award documentation. For restricted stock and unrestricted stock, the award documentation will specify any purchase price that the participant might be required to pay. For share options, the administrator will determine the exercise price of the option, the term of the option (which may not exceed 15 years from the grant date) and the time or times at which the option may be exercised.

The 2018 Plan is administered by the compensation committee of our board of directors or another committee as may be designated by the board of directors.

Directors’ and Officers’ Insurance

Prior to the completion of this offering, we intend to contract civil liability insurance coverage for acts carried out by our directors and executive officers in the course of their duties.

Shareholders Agreement

In connection with this offering, we will enter into a shareholders agreement, or the Shareholders Agreement, with our founder shareholders. Among other things, the Shareholders Agreement provides our founder shareholders with the right to nominate a certain number of directors based on the aggregate voting power of the shares of our outstanding share capital held by them, so long as our founder shareholders own at least 5% of the voting power of our outstanding share capital.

The Shareholders Agreement will provide that, subject to compliance with applicable law and Nasdaq rules, for so long as our founder shareholders and their affiliates beneficially own shares comprising at least 25% of the voting power of our outstanding share capital, they shall collectively be entitled to designate up to three nominees to our board of directors (or if the size of the board of directors is increased, a majority of the members of the board of directors); for so long as our founder shareholders and their affiliates beneficially own at least 10% of the voting power of our outstanding share capital, they shall collectively be entitled to designate up to two nominees to our board of directors (or if the size of the board of directors is increased, 25% of the members of the board of directors); and for so long as our founder shareholders and their affiliates beneficially own at least 5% of the voting power of our outstanding share capital, they shall collectively be entitled to designate one nominee to our board of directors (or if the size of the board of directors is increased, 10% of the members of the board of directors).

In addition, the Shareholders Agreement will provide that for so long as our founder shareholders and their affiliates own at least 10% of the voting power of our outstanding share capital, our founder shareholders will

 

152


Table of Contents

have the right to cause each of the compensation committee, the audit committee, the finance committee and the advisory committee of our board of directors to include in its membership the pro rata share of the total number of members of each committee that is equal to the proportion that the number of directors that our founder shareholders are entitled to designate bears to the total number of directors on our board of directors, except to the extent that such membership would violate applicable securities laws or Nasdaq rules.

The rights granted to our founder shareholders to designate directors are additive to and not intended to limit in any way the rights that our founder shareholders or any of their affiliates may have to nominate, elect or remove our directors under our memorandum and articles of association or laws of the Cayman Islands.

The Shareholders Agreement will also provide that for so long as founder shareholders own at least 15% of the voting power of our common shares then outstanding, we agree not to take, or permit our subsidiaries to take, certain actions, such as incurring indebtedness in excess of our net equity, entering into a transaction that would result in a Change of Control (as defined therein), entering into a merger, consolidation, reorganization or other business combination, taking any steps to liquidate or declare bankruptcy or insolvency, issue any capital shares other than pursuant to the 2018 Omnibus Equity Plan, acquire or dispose of assets in excess of 20% of our fair market value, or approve any annual compensation of officers and directors, without the approval of our founder shareholders. Additionally, for as long as our founder shareholders and their affiliates hold at least 5% of the total voting power of our outstanding share capital, our founder shareholders and their designated representatives will have certain information and access rights to our management. Finally, the Shareholders Agreement will also provide that from and after the date on which our founder shareholders no longer collectively beneficially own more than 50% of the voting power of our outstanding share capital, we will cause the board of directors to be divided into three classes of directors, whose members will serve for staggered terms as set forth in our Articles of Association.

 

153


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING SHAREHOLDERS

The following table and accompanying footnotes presents information relating to the beneficial ownership of our Class A common shares and Class B common shares (1) immediately prior to the completion of this offering, (2) following the sale of Class A common shares in this offering, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common shares, and (3) following the sale of Class A common shares in this offering, assuming the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common shares is exercised in full, by:

 

   

each person, or group of affiliated persons, known by us to own beneficially 5% or more of each class of our outstanding voting shares;

 

   

each of our directors and executive officers that will be in place as of the consummation of this offering, individually;

 

   

all directors and executive officers as a group; and

 

   

the selling shareholders, which consists of the entities shown as having shares listed in the column “Shares to be Sold in Offering.”

The number of common shares beneficially owned by each entity, person, executive officer or director is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC, and the information is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Under such rules, beneficial ownership includes any shares over which the individual has sole or shared voting power or investment power as well as any shares that the individual has the right to acquire within 60 days through the exercise of any option, warrant or other right. Except as otherwise indicated, and subject to applicable community property laws, we believe that each shareholder identified in the table below possesses sole voting and investment power over all the Class A common shares or Class B common shares shown as beneficially owned by the shareholder in the table.

The percentages of beneficial ownership in the table below are calculated on the basis of the following numbers of shares outstanding:

 

   

immediately prior to the completion of this offering: 67,222,479 Class A common shares and 159,930,792 Class B common shares;

 

   

following the sale of Class A common shares in this offering, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common shares (which shares sold by the selling shareholders in this offering would convert from Class B common shares to Class A common shares upon such sale): 112,414,676 Class A common shares and 155,647,686 Class B common shares; and

 

   

following the sale of Class A common shares in this offering, assuming exercise in full of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional Class A common shares (which shares sold by the selling shareholders in this offering would convert from Class B common shares to Class A common shares upon such sale): 117,755,315 Class A common shares and 150,447,647 Class B common shares.

At the closing of this offering, all of the common shares to be sold by the selling shareholders will be converted from Class B common shares to Class A common shares. The table below does not reflect any purchases of our Class A common shares in the offering.

Unless otherwise indicated below, the address for each beneficial owner is c/o StoneCo Ltd., R. Fidêncio Ramos, 308, 10 th floor, Vila Olímpia, São Paulo—SP, 04551-010, Brazil.

 

154


Table of Contents
    Shares Beneficially Owned Prior
to Offering
    % of Total
Voting
Power
Before
Offering(1)
    Shares To Be
Sold In
Offering
    Shares Beneficially
Owned After
Offering Without
Exercise of
Underwriters’
Option
    % of Total
Voting Power
After Offering
Without
Exercise of
Underwriters’
Option(1)
    Additional
Common
Shares To
Be Sold In
Offering
With Full
Exercise of
Underwriters’
Option
    Shares Beneficially Owned
After Offering With Full
Exercise of Underwriters’
Option
    % of Total
Voting

Power
After
Offering
With Full
Exercise
of
Underwriters’
Option(1)
 
  Class A     Class B                 Class A     Class B                 Class A     Class B        

Shareholder

  Shares     %     Shares     %                 Shares     %     Shares     %     %           Shares     %     Shares     %        

5% Shareholders

                                 

HR Holdings, LLC (2)

    —         —         88,955,370       55.6     53.4     2,888,090       —         —         86,067,280       55.3     51.6     3,630,220       —         —         82,437,060       54.8     49.5

Madrone Partners L.P. (3)

    6,209,532       9.2     20,379,744       12.7     12.6     —         6,209,532       5.5     20,379,744       13.1     12.6     —         6,209,532       5.3     20,379,744       13.5     12.6

Actis 4 PCC (4)

    20,244,168       30.1     1,667,736       1.0     2.2     851,631       19,392,537       17.3     1,667,736       1.1     2.2     894,213       18,498,324       15.7     1,667,736       1.1     2.1

T. Rowe Price Funds (5)

    14,396,004       21.4     3,049,578       1.9     2.7     —         14,396,004       12.8     3,049,578       2.0     2.7     —         14,396,004       12.2     3,049,578       2.0     2.7

Tiger Global Investors (6)

    32,634       0.0     11,382,210       7.1     6.8     443,651       —         —         10,971,193       7.0     6.6     465,834       —         —         10,505,360       7.0     6.3

Directors and Executive Officers

                                 

André Street (7)

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —    

Eduardo Cunha Monnerat Solon de Pontes (8)

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —    

Roberto Moses Thompson Motta

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —    

Thomas A. Patterson (9)

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —    

Ali Mazanderani (10)

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —    

Marcelo Bastianello Baldin

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —    

Rafael Martins Pereira

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —    

Felipe Salvini Bourrus

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —    

Vinicius do Nascimento Carrasco

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —    

Augusto Barbosa Estellita Lins

    2,170,728       3.2     —         —         0.1     93,485       2,077,243       1.8     —         —         0.1     98,159       1,979,084       1.7     —         —         0.1

Lia Machado de Matos

    29,987       0.0     —         —         0.0     17,327       12,660       0.0     —         —         0.0     18,193       12,660       0.0     —         —         0.0

Thiago dos Santos Piau

    17,149       0.0     —         —         0.0     17,149       —         —         —         —         —         18,006       —         —         —         —         —    

 

155


Table of Contents
    Shares Beneficially Owned Prior
to Offering
    % of Total
Voting
Power
Before
Offering(1)
    Shares To Be
Sold In
Offering
    Shares Beneficially
Owned After
Offering Without
Exercise of
Underwriters’
Option
    % of Total
Voting Power
After Offering
Without
Exercise of
Underwriters’
Option(1)
    Additional
Common
Shares To
Be Sold In
Offering
With Full
Exercise of
Underwriters’
Option
    Shares Beneficially Owned
After Offering With Full
Exercise of Underwriters’
Option
    % of Total
Voting

Power
After
Offering
With Full
Exercise
of
Underwriters’
Option(1)
 
  Class A     Class B                 Class A     Class B                 Class A     Class B        

Shareholder

  Shares     %     Shares     %                 Shares     %     Shares     %     %           Shares     %     Shares     %        

Other Selling Shareholders

                                 

Apoletto Ltd. (11)

    —         —         743,400       0.5     0.4     28,893       —         —         714,507       0.5     0.4     30,338       —         —         684,169       0.5     0.4

Armĺnio Fraga Neto

    1,015,686       1.5     —         —         0.1     39,476       976,210       0.9     —         —         0.1     41,450       934,761       0.8     —         —         0.1

ArpexCapital I LLC (12)

    —         —         2,257,920       1.4     1.4     87,757       —         —         2,170,163       1.4     1.3     92,144       —         —         2,078,019       1.4     1.2

Alexandre Neuding

    916,902       1.4     —         —         0.1     39,488       877,414       0.8     —         —         0.1     41,462       835,952       0.7     —         —         0.1

American Steadfast, L.P. (13)

    283,500       0.4     1,345,806       0.8     0.8     63,325       220,175       0.2     1,345,806       0.9     0.8     66,491       153,684       0.1     1,345,806       0.9     0.8

Cachi Investment Fund Limited (14)

    16,506       0.0     —         —         0.0     642       15,864       0.0     —         —         0.0     674       15,191       0.0     —         —         0.0

Cakubran Holdings Ltd. (15)

    635,796       0.9     5,245,254       3.3     3.2     826,734       —         —         5,054,316       3.2     3.0     240,002       —         —         4,814,313       3.2     2.9

VCK Investment Fund Limited (16)

    22,075       0.0     4,515,840       2.8     2.7     146,615       45,254       0.0     4,369,225       2.8     2.6     184,289.0       45,254       0.0     4,184,936       2.8     2.5

Daniel Gutenberg

    —         —         1,405,782       0.9     0.8     54,637       —         —         1,351,145       0.9     0.8     57,369       —         —         1,293,775       0.9     0.8

Democrat Invest Ltd. (17)

    588,546       0.9     —         —         0.0     22,875       565,671       0.5     —         —         0.0     24,018       541,653       0.5     —         —         0.0

Discovery Global Focus Master Fund, Ltd. (18)

    —         —         793,296       0.5     0.5     30,832       —         —         762,464       0.5     0.5     32,374       —         —         730,090       0.5     0.4

Discovery Global Opportunity Master Fund, Ltd. (19)

    —         —         3,456,684       2.2     2.1     134,348       —         —         3,322,336       2.1     2.0     141,065       —         —         3,181,271       2.1     1.9

GIF V LTD. (20)

    6,032,880       9.0     —         —         0.4     231,911       5,800,969       5.2     —         —         0.3     246,307       5,554,662       4.7     —         —         0.3

GIF V Master F L.P. (20)

    153,594       0.2     —         —         0.0     6,594       147,000       0.1     —         —         0.0     6,242       140,759       0.1     —         —         0.0

GIF V Stone Ltd. (20)

    477,288       0.7     —         —         0.0     20,490       456,798       0.4     —         —         0.0     19,395       437,402       0.4     —         —         0.0

Hedosophia Alpha Ltd. (21)

    —         —         6,790,266       4.2     4.1     263,911       —         —         6,526,355       4.2     3.9     277,107       —         —         6,249,248       4.2     3.7

Hookipa AG (22)

    92,736       0.1     —         —         0.0     3,604       89,132       0.1     —         —         0.0     3,785       85,347       0.1     —         —         0.0

HS Investments 1 Ltd. (23)

    2,405,844       3.6     2,095,632       1.3     1.4     174,955       2,230,889       2.0     2,095,632       1.3     1.4     183,703       2,047,186       1.7     2,095,632       1.4     1.4

M Square Portfolio of Investments SPC - Class 18 SP (24)

    —         —         190,512       0.1     0.1     7,404       —         —         183,108       0.1     0.1     7,775       —         —         175,333       0.1     0.1

Neeraj Chandra

    882       0.0     291,690       0.2     0.2     11,371       —         —         281,201       0.2     0.2     11,940       —         —         269,261       0.2     0.2

Republican Invest Ltd. (25)

    588,546       0.9     —         —         0.0     22,875       565,671       0.5     —         —         0.0     24,018       541,653       0.5     —         —         0.0

Steadfast Capital, L.P. (26)

    33,012       0.0     155,988       0.1     0.1     7,346       25,666       0.0     155,988       0.1     0.1     7,713       17,953       0.0     155,988       0.1     0.1

Steadfast International Master Fund Ltd. (27)

    507,528       0.8     2,309,832       1.4     1.4     109,500       398,028       0.4     2,309,832       1.5     1.4     114,975       283,053       0.2     2,309,832       1.5     1.4

Valor Brazil I, LLC (28)

    —         —         724,878       0.5     0.4     28,173       —         —         696,705       0.4     0.4     29,582       —         —         667,123       0.4     0.4

Worth Capital Holdings 20 LLC (29)

    605,934       0.9     —         —         0.0     23,550       582,384       0.5     —         —         0.0     24,728       557,656       0.5     —         —         0.0

All Other Selling Shareholders (30)

    1,897,868       2.8     —         —         0.1     119,543       1,778,325       1.6     —         —         0.1     125,521       1,652,804       1.4     —         —         0.1

 

156


Table of Contents

 

(1)

Percentage of total voting power represents voting power with respect to all of our Class A common shares and Class B common shares, as a single class. Holders of our Class B common shares are entitled to 10 votes per share, whereas holders of our Class A common shares are entitled to one vote per share. For more information about the voting rights of our Class A common shares and Class B common shares, see “Description of Share Capital and Constitutional Documents.”

(2)

Consists of common shares held of record by HR Holdings, LLC. André Street and Eduardo Pontes may be deemed to have voting and dispositive power over the shares held by HR Holdings, LLC.

(3)

Consists of common shares held of record by Madrone Partners, L.P. Madrone Capital Partners, LLC is the general partner of Madrone Partners, L.P. Thomas Patterson, Greg Penner and Jameson McJunkin are managing members of Madrone Capital Partners, LLC and may be deemed to have voting and dispositive power over the shares held by Madrone Partners, L.P. The address of each of these entities is 1149 Chestnut Street, Suite 200, Menlo Park, CA 94025.

(4)

Consists of common shares held by Actis 4 PCC-Cell Granite. Actis 4 PCC-Cell Granite is a Mauritian protected cell company the shareholders of which are investment funds managed by Actis GP LLP or members of the Actis Group. The business address for Actis 4 PCC-Cell Granite is Les Cascades Building, Edith Cavell Street, Port Louis, Mauritius.

(5)

Consists of common shares held by T. Rowe Price New Horizons Fund, Inc. (13,498,128), T. Rowe Price New Horizons Trust (1,298,556), T. Rowe Price U.S. Equities Trust (58,212), T. Rowe Price Small-Cap Stock Fund, Inc. (1,607,256), T. Rowe Price Institutional Small-Cap Stock Fund (630,630), T. Rowe Price Personal Strategy Income Fund (9,702), T. Rowe Price Personal Strategy Balanced Fund (17,136), T. Rowe Price Personal Strategy Growth Fund (21,168), T. Rowe Price Personal Strategy Balanced Portfolio (1,386), U.S. Small-Cap Stock Trust (58,212), *VALIC Company I – Small Cap Fund (16,632), TD Mutual Funds – TD U.S. Small-Cap Equity Fund (47,124), T. Rowe Price U.S. Small-Cap Core Equity Trust (181,440), Minnesota Life Insurance Company (16,128) and Costco 401(k) Retirement Plan (58,716). Disclaimer: T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. (“TRPA”) serves as investment adviser or subadviser, as applicable, with power to direct investments and/or sole power to vote the securities owned by the funds and accounts listed above (*except with respect to Valic). For purposes of reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, TRPA may be deemed to be the beneficial owner of all the shares listed above; however, TRPA expressly disclaims that it is, in fact, the beneficial owner of such securities. TRPA is the wholly owned subsidiary of T. Rowe Price Group, Inc., which is a publicly traded financial services holding company. T. Rowe Price Investment Services, Inc. (“TRPIS”), a registered broker-dealer (and FINRA member), is a subsidiary of TRPA. TRPIS was formed primarily for the limited purpose of acting as the principal underwriter and distributor of shares of the funds in the T. Rowe Price fund family. TRPIS does not engage in underwriting or market-making activities involving individual securities. T. Rowe Price provides brokerage services through this subsidiary primarily to complement the other services provided to shareholders of the T. Rowe Price funds.

(6)

Consists of common shares held by Tiger Global Private Investment Partners IX, L.P. and Tiger Global Private Investment Partners VII, L.P. affiliates of Tiger Global Management, LLC. Tiger Global Management, LLC is controlled by Chase Coleman, Lee Fixel and Scott Shleifer. The business address for each of these entities is c/o Tiger Global Management, LLC, 9 West 57th Street, 35th Floor, New York, New York 10019.

(7)

For the avoidance of duplication, does not include shares held by HR Holdings, LLC as described in (2), Cakubran Holdings Ltd. as described in (15) and VCK Investment Fund Limited SAC as described in (16).

(8)

For the avoidance of duplication, does not include shares held by HR Holdings, LLC as described in (2), Cakubran Holdings Ltd. as described in (15) and VCK Investment Fund Limited SAC as described in (16).

(9)

For the avoidance of duplication, does not include shares held by Madrone Partners L.P. as described in (3).

(10)

For the avoidance of duplication, does not include shares held by Actis 4 PCC - Cell Granite as described in (4).

 

157


Table of Contents
(11)

Consists of common shares held of record by Apoletto Limited. Apoletto Limited is controlled by Newton (PTC) Limited, and Newton (PTC) Limited has its business address at Trident Trust Company (BVI) Ltd, Trident Chambers, Wickhams Cay PO Box 146, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands.

(12)

Consists of common shares held of record by ArpexCapital I, LLC. ArpexCapital I is controlled by George M. Rogers, III and has its business address at 108 West 13th Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801.

(13)

The names of persons who have voting or investment control over the Class A common stock owned by American Steadfast, L.P. are Steadfast Capital Management LP, its investment adviser, and Robert S. Pitts, the controlling principal of Steadfast Capital Management LP. The address of American Steadfast, L.P. is 450 Park Avenue, 20th Floor, New York, NY 10022.

(14)

Consists of common shares held of record by Cachi Investment Fund Ltd. Cachi Investment Fund Ltd. is controlled by Paulo Alexandre da Graça Cunha and has its business address at Winterbotham Place, Marlborough & Queen Streets - Nassau, Bahamas.

(15)

Consists of common shares held by Cakubran Holdings Ltd, a company indirectly controlled by VCK Investment Fund Ltd SAC, controlled by André Street de Aguiar and Eduardo Cunha Monnerat Solon de Pontes. The address for this entity is Harneys Fiduciary (Cayman) limited, 4th Floor, Harbour Place, 103 South Church Street, PO Box 10240, Grand Cayman KY1-1002, Cayman Islands.

(16)

Consists of common shares held by VCK Investment Fund Limited SAC, a fund controlled by André Street de Aguiar and Eduardo Cunha Monnerat Solon de Pontes. The address for this fund is 201 Church Street, SandyPort, West Bay Street, PO Box N-3406, Nassau, Bahamas.

(17)

Consists of common shares held of record by Democrat Invest Ltd. Democrat Invest Ltd. is controlled by UCE Directors S.A. and has its business address at Equity Trust House, Caves Village, West Bay Street, P.O. Box N-10697, Nassau, Bahamas.

(18)

Consists of common shares held of record by Discovery Global Focus Master Fund, Ltd. Discovery Global Focus Master Fund, Ltd. is controlled by Discovery Capital Management, LLC, and Discovery Capital Management, LLC has its business address at 20 Marshall Street, Suite 310, South Norwalk, CT 06854.

(19)

Consists of common shares held of record by Discovery Global Opportunity Master Fund, Ltd. Discovery Global Opportunity Master Fund, Ltd. is controlled by Discovery Capital Management, LLC, and Discovery Capital Management, LLC has its business address at 20 Marshall Street, Suite 310, South Norwalk, CT 06854.

(20)

Consists of common shares held by GIF V Ltd., GIF V Master F L.P. and GIF V Stone Ltd., all of them managed by Gávea Investimentos Ltda. The business address for these entities is PO Box 896, Gardenia Court, Suite 3307, 45 Market Street, Camana Bay, Grand Cayman, KY1-1103, Cayman Islands.

(21)

Consists of common shares held of record by Hedosophia Alpha Limited. Hedosophia Alpha Limited is controlled by Ian Osborne and has its business address at Roseneath, The Grange, St Peter Port, Guernsey GY1 2QJ.

(22)

Consists of common shares held of record by Hookipa AG. Hookipa AG is controlled by Daniel Gutenberg, and Hookipa AG has its business address at Eichenstrasse 2, CH-8808 Pfäffikon, Switzerland.

(23)

Consists of common shares held of record by HS Investments 1 Limited. HS Investments 1 Limited is controlled by Ian Osborne and has its business address at Roseneath, The Grange, St Peter Port, Guernsey GY1 2QJ.

(24)

Consists of common shares held of record by M Square Portfolio of Investments SPC - Class 18 SP, which is an investment fund managed by M Square Investimentos Ltda, who has its business address at Avenida Brigadeiro Faria Lima 3355, 20th floor, São Paulo / SP, Brazil, 04538-133. M Square Investmentos Ltda’s majority shareholder is Mr Arthur Mizne.

(25)

Consists of common shares held of record by Republican Invest Ltd. Republican Invest Ltd. is controlled by UCE Directors S.A. and has its business address at Equity Trust House, Caves Village, West Bay Street, P.O. Box N-10697, Nassau, Bahamas.

 

158


Table of Contents
(26)

The names of persons who have voting or investment control over the Class A common stock owned by Steadfast Capital, L.P. are Steadfast Financial LP, its general partner, and Robert S. Pitts, the controlling principal of Steadfast Financial LP. The address of Steadfast Capital, L.P. is 450 Park Avenue, 20th Floor, New York, NY 10022.

(27)

The names of persons who have voting or investment control over the Class A common stock owned by Steadfast International Master Fund Ltd. are Steadfast Capital Management LP, its investment manager, and Robert S. Pitts, the controlling principal of Steadfast Capital Management LP. The address of Steadfast International Master Fund Ltd. is c/o Estera Trust (Cayman) Ltd., Clifton House, 75 Fort Street, P.O. Box 1350, George Town, Grand Cayman KY1-1108.

(28)

Consists of common shares held of record by Valor Brazil I, LLC(“VBI”). VBI is controlled by Valor Venture Partners I, LP and its directors, Scott Sobel and Antoine Colaco, and has its business address at 10 East 53rd St., 25th Floor, New York, NY 10022

(29)

Consists of common shares held of record by Worth Capital Holdings 20 LLC. Worth Capital Holdings 20 LLC is controlled by Charles Holzer. The mailing address for this entity is c/o Worth Capital, 630 5th Avenue Suite 2505, New York, NY 10111.

(30)

Represents RSUs accelerated, and Class A common shares issued thereof, in connection with this offering held by certain employees, who in the aggregate beneficially own less than 1% of our issued and outstanding common shares prior to this offering.

 

159


Table of Contents

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The agreements described in this section, or forms of such agreements as they will be in effect at the time of this offering, are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and the following descriptions are qualified by reference thereto.

Loan Arrangements

On December 5, 2017, our subsidiaries Stone Pagamentos S.A. and Buy4 Processamento de Pagamentos S.A. provided loans to two of our principal executives in an aggregate amount of R$282,593. These loans mature on December 5, 2023, subject to an additional 60-month renewal, and amounts outstanding under such loans are subject to annual adjustments for inflation at the Brazilian Consumer Price Index (IPCA) rate. As of September 17, 2018, these loans were forgiven and terminated.

In June 2015, our subsidiary DLP Pagamentos Brasil S.A. entered into an agreement to provide a loan amounting to R$2.2 million to one of our principal executives, which was disbursed in January 2017. This loan matures in June 2022. As of September 17, 2018, this loan was repaid in full.

On May 1, 2018, our subsidiaries DLP Pagamentos Brasil S.A. and Stone Pagamentos S.A. provided loans of R$411,986 and R$250,000, respectively, to Equals, an entity in which previously we had a significant minority interest in but do not consolidate. The loans bear an interest at a per annum rate of the CDI Rate plus 1.0%. The loans mature on May 1, 2020. On September 4, 2018, these loans were capitalized and as a result no amounts remain outstanding.

Class C Repurchase

On July 17, 2018, we repurchased 1,814,022 of our Class C shares (after giving effect to the Share Split) from an entity owned by certain of our founding partners and senior executives for an initial aggregate payment of R$63.2 million. Upon the closing of this offering, an additional aggregate payment of R$71.5 million will be paid to this entity (assuming the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus). The total purchase price per Class C share will represent 90% of the price per share sold in this offering, after underwriting discounts and commissions.

Services Agreement

On January 2, 2014, DLP Capital LLC, our wholly-owned subsidiary, entered into a services agreement with Genova Consultoria e Participações Ltda., or Genova, an entity controlled by Mr. André Street, the Chairman of our board of directors, and Mr. Eduardo Pontes, one of our directors, to engage Genova for certain consulting and management services. The services agreement had an initial term of 60 months with termination on January 2, 2019. We recognized an expense in the line item “entity controlled management personnel” for R$3.5 million, R$6.5 million and R$6.5 million to Genova pursuant to the services agreement for the six months ended June 30, 2018 and the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. For further information, see note 20 to our consolidated financial statements and note 13 to our unaudited condensed consolidated interim financial statements.

Cost-sharing and Checking Account Agreements

Our subsidiary Stone Pagamentos entered an agreement with our other subsidiaries and Equals, under which Stone Pagamentos apportions to other subsidiaries and Equals the expenses of certain services and personnel hired by Stone Pagamentos for the benefit of the group and expenses related to our head office. Under this agreement, Stone Pagamentos apportions to other subsidiaries and Equals expenses relating to leased facilities, back-office, legal and HR services and certain ordinary course corporate services.

The agreement apportions the costs and expenses for these services as between Stone Pagamentos and other subsidiaries and Equals. The amounts that other subsidiaries and Equals pay to Stone Pagamentos are based on

 

160


Table of Contents

different criteria depending on the type of service, such as the number of employees allocated to each subsidiary when relating to legal and HR services or number of employees allocated to the head office when relating to facilities expenses.

Our subsidiary Stone Pagamentos is also party to an agreement with our other subsidiaries and Equals, pursuant to which a checking account balance is established between entities under common control. The agreement relates to expenses in the ordinary course of business resulting from the cost-sharing agreement.

For further information on our transactions with Equals, see “Associates” in note 20 to our consolidated financial statements.

Registration Rights Agreement

Effective upon consummation of this offering, we will enter into a Registration Rights Agreement, or the Registration Rights Agreement, with our founder shareholders and Madrone Partners L.P. and certain of our executive officers.

At any time beginning 180 days following the closing of this offering, subject to several exceptions, including underwriter cutbacks and our right to defer a demand registration under certain circumstances, our founder shareholders and Madrone Partners L.P. may require that we register for public resale under the Securities Act all common shares constituting registrable securities that they request be registered so long as the securities requested to be registered in each registration statement have an aggregate estimated market value of at least $25 million. If we become eligible to register the sale of our securities on Form F-3 under the Securities Act, which will not be until at least twelve months after the date of this prospectus, our founder shareholders and Madrone Partners L.P. have the right to require us to register the sale of the registrable securities held by them on Form F-3, subject to offering size and other restrictions.

If we propose to register any of our securities under the Securities Act for our own account or the account of any other holder (excluding any registration related to employee benefit plan, a corporate reorganization, other Rule 145 transactions, in connection with a dividend reinvestment plan or for the sole purpose of offering securities to another entity or its security holders in connection with the acquisition of assets or securities of such entity), our founder shareholders and Madrone Partners L.P. and certain of our executive officers, are entitled to notice of such registration and to request that we include registrable securities for resale on such registration statement, and we are required, subject to certain exceptions, to include such registrable securities in such registration statement.

In connection with the transfer of their registrable securities, the parties to the Registration Rights Agreement may assign certain of their respective rights under the Registration Rights Agreement under certain circumstances. In connection with the registrations described above, we will indemnify any selling shareholders and we will bear all fees, costs and expenses (except underwriting discounts and spreads).

Related Person Transaction Policy

Prior to the consummation of this offering, we intend to enter into a new related person transaction policy. Pursuant to such related person transaction policy, any related person transaction must be approved or ratified by our board of directors or a designated committee thereof. The related party transaction policy sets out a number of exemptions pursuant to which certain related person transactions will be deemed not to create or involve a material interest and thereby not subject to such approval or ratification requirements. In determining whether to approve or ratify a transaction with a related person, our board of directors or the designated committee will consider all relevant facts and circumstances, including without limitation the commercial reasonableness of the terms, of the transaction the benefit and perceived benefit, or lack thereof, to us, opportunity costs of alternate transaction, the materiality and character of the related person’s direct or indirect interest and the actual or apparent conflict of interest of the related person. Our board of directors or the designated committee will not approve or ratify a related person transaction unless it has determined that, upon consideration of all relevant information, such transaction is in, or not inconsistent with, our best interests and the best interests of our shareholders.

 

161


Table of Contents

Indemnification Agreements

We intend to enter into indemnification agreements with our directors and executive officers. The indemnification agreements and our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association require us to indemnify our directors and executive officers to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

162


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL AND CONSTITUTIONAL DOCUMENTS

The following description of our share capital summarizes certain provisions of our Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association that will become effective as of the closing of this offering. Such summaries do not purport to be complete and are subject to, and are qualified in their entirety by reference to, all of the provisions of our Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association. Prospective investors are urged to read the exhibits for a complete understanding of our Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association. For the avoidance of doubt, our Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association are collectively referred to below as the “Articles of Association.”

General

We are a Cayman Islands exempted company with limited liability duly registered with the Cayman Islands Registrar of Companies. Our constitutional documents consist of our Articles of Association. Our corporate purposes are unrestricted and we have the authority to carry out any object not prohibited by any law as provided by Section 7(4) of the Cayman Companies Law, or the Cayman Companies Law generally.

Our affairs are governed principally by: (1) our Articles of Association; (2) the Cayman Companies Law; and (3) the common law of the Cayman Islands. As provided in our Articles of Association, subject to Cayman Islands law, we have full capacity to carry on or undertake any business or activity, do any act or enter into any transaction, and, for such purposes, full rights, powers and privileges. Our registered office is at Harneys Fiduciary (Cayman) Limited, Fourth Floor, Harbour Place, 103 South Church Street, P.O. Box 10240, Grand Cayman KY1-1002, Cayman Islands. Our principal executive offices are located at R. Fidêncio Ramos, 308, 10 th  floor, Vila Olímpia, São Paulo—SP, 04551-010, Brazil.

The following is a summary of the material provisions of our shares and our Articles of Association. This discussion does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to our Articles of Association. The form of our Articles of Association is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Share Capital

Our Articles of Association authorize two classes of common shares: Class A common shares, and Class B common shares. Any holder of Class B common shares may convert his or her shares at any time into Class A common shares on a share-for-share basis. The rights of the two classes of common shares are otherwise identical, except as described below.

Upon the consummation of this offering, our authorized share capital is US$50,000 divided into 630,000,000 shares of a par value of US$0.000079365 each.

The authorized but unissued shares are presently undesignated and may be issued by the board of directors as common shares of any class or as shares with preferred, deferred or other special rights or restrictions.

As of June 30, 2018, after giving effect to the Share Split, 60,885,720 Class A common shares and 162,380,610 Class B common shares were issued, fully paid and outstanding. Upon the completion of this offering, we will have 112,414,676 Class A common shares and 155,647,866 Class B common shares issued and outstanding, assuming the underwriters do not elect to exercise their option to purchase additional Class A common shares. See “Summary—The Offering.”

Treasury Shares

As of June 30, 2018, we have no shares in treasury.

 

163


Table of Contents

Listing

We have applied to list our Class A common shares on Nasdaq under the symbol “STNE.”

Initial settlement of our Class A common shares will take place on the closing date of this offering through The Depository Trust Company, or DTC, in accordance with its customary settlement procedures for equity securities. Each person owning Class A common shares held through DTC must rely on the procedures thereof and on institutions that have accounts therewith to exercise any rights of a holder of the Class A common shares. Persons wishing to obtain certificates for their Class A common shares must make arrangements with DTC.

Transfer Agent

We have appointed American Stock Transfer & Trust Company as our agent in New York to maintain the shareholders’ register and to act as transfer agent, registrar and paying agent for the Class A common shares. The Class A common shares will be held in book-entry form. The transfer agent, registrar and paying agent’s address is 6201 15th Avenue, Brooklyn, NY 11219, and its telephone number is 718-921-8200.

Class A and Class B Common Shares

Holders of our Class A and Class B common shares who are nonresidents of the Cayman Islands may freely hold and vote their shares.

The following summarizes the rights of holders of our Class A and Class B common shares:

 

   

each holder of Class A common shares is entitled to one vote per share on all matters to be voted on by shareholders generally, including the election of directors;

 

   

each holder of Class B common shares is entitled to 10 votes per share on all matters to be voted on by shareholders generally, including the election of directors;

 

   

the holders of our Class A common shares and Class B common shares are entitled to dividends and other distributions as may be recommended and declared from time to time by our board of directors out of funds legally available for that purpose, if any; and

 

   

upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, each holder of Class A common shares and Class B common shares will be entitled to share equally on a pro rata basis in the distribution of all of our assets remaining available for distribution after satisfaction of all our liabilities.

The Articles of Association provide that at any time when there are Class A common shares in issue, Class B common shares may only be issued pursuant to: (a) a share split, subdivision or similar transaction or as contemplated in the Articles of Association; or (b) a business combination involving the issuance of Class B common shares as full or partial consideration. A business combination, as defined in the Articles of Association, would include, amongst other things, a statutory amalgamation, merger, consolidation, arrangement or other reorganization.

Share Repurchase

The Cayman Companies Law and the Articles of Association permit us to purchase our own shares, subject to certain restrictions. The board of directors may only exercise this power on behalf us, subject to the Cayman Companies Law, the Articles of Association and to any applicable requirements imposed from time to time by the SEC, the applicable stock exchange on which our securities are listed.

 

164


Table of Contents

Preemptive or Similar Rights

The Class A common shares and Class B common shares are not entitled to preemptive rights upon transfer and are not subject to conversion (except as described below under “—Conversion”), redemption or sinking fund provisions.

Conversion

At the option of the holder, a Class B common share may be converted at any time into one Class A common share. In addition, each Class B common share will convert automatically into one Class A common share upon any transfer, whether or not for value, except for certain transfers described in the Articles of Association, including transfers to affiliates, one or more trustees of a trust established for the benefit of the shareholder or their affiliates, and partnerships, corporations and other entities owned or controlled by the shareholder or their affiliates. Furthermore, each Class B common share will convert automatically into one Class A common share and no Class B common shares will be issued thereafter if, at any time, the voting power of outstanding Class B common shares represents less than 10% of the aggregate voting power of the Class A common shares and Class B common shares then outstanding.

No class of our common shares may be subdivided or combined unless the other class of common shares is concurrently subdivided or combined in the same proportion and in the same manner.

Transfer of Shares

Subject to any applicable restrictions set forth in the Articles of Association, any shareholder of ours may transfer all or any of his or her common shares by an instrument of transfer in the usual or common form or in the form prescribed by Nasdaq or any other form approved by our board of directors.

The Class A common shares sold in this offering will be traded on Nasdaq stock exchange in book-entry form and may be transferred in accordance with the Articles of Association and rules and regulations of Nasdaq or of any recognized stock exchange on which our securities are listed.

However, our board of directors may, in its absolute discretion, decline to register any transfer of any common share which is either not fully paid up to a person of whom it does not approve or is issued under any share incentive scheme for employees which contains a transfer restriction that is still applicable to such common share. The board of directors may also decline to register any transfer of any ordinary share unless:

 

   

a fee of such maximum sum as Nasdaq may determine to be payable or such lesser sum as the board of directors may from time to time require is paid to us in respect thereof;

 

   

the instrument of transfer is lodged with us, accompanied by the certificate (if any) for the common shares to which it relates and such other evidence as our board of directors may reasonably require to show the right of the transferor to make the transfer;

 

   

the instrument of transfer is in respect of only one class of shares;

 

   

the instrument of transfer is properly stamped, if required;

 

   

the common shares transferred are free of any lien in favor of us; and

 

   

in the case of a transfer to joint holders, the transfer is not to more than four joint holders.

If the directors refuse to register a transfer they are required, within two months after the date on which the instrument of transfer was lodged, to send to the transferee notice of such refusal.

Transmission of Shares

Our Articles of Association provide provisions for the transmission of shares where a person becomes entitled to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a shareholder. These provisions include, amongst

 

165


Table of Contents

other things, provisions relating to Class B common shares and that no conversion is applicable upon transmission of such shares to a new holder who must be an affiliate (as defined in the Articles of Association) of the previous holder.

Limitations on the Rights to Own Securities

As provided in our Articles of Association, our Class A common shares may be issued to individuals, corporations, trusts, estates of deceased individuals, partnerships and unincorporated associations of persons. Our Articles of Association contain no limitation on the rights to own our shares and no limitation on the rights of non-Cayman Islands residents or foreign shareholders to hold or exercise voting rights.

Directors

We are managed by our board of directors. The Articles of Association provide that, unless otherwise determined by a special resolution of shareholders, the board of directors will be composed of five to 11 directors, with the number being determined by a majority of the directors then in office. There are no provisions relating to the retirement of directors upon reaching an age limit.

Each director shall be appointed and elected for such terms as the resolution appointing him or her may determine or until his or her death, resignation or removal, subject to any applicable provision set forth in the Articles of Association.

A Director is not required to hold any shares in us by way of qualification nor is there any specified upper or lower age limit for directors either for accession to or retirement from the board.

The board of directors may also delegate any of its powers to committees consisting of such Director(s) or other person(s) as the board of directors thinks fit, and from time to time it may also revoke such delegation or revoke the appointment of and discharge any such committees either wholly or in part, and either as to persons or purposes, but every committee so formed shall, in the exercise of the powers so delegated, conform to any regulations that may from time to time be imposed upon it by the board of directors.

Appointment, Disqualification and Removal of Directors

Subject to our Articles of Association, directors shall be elected by an ordinary resolution of the shareholders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for so long as the founder shareholders, respectively, hold any shares, the founder shareholders, collectively, shall be entitled to nominate a certain number of designees to the board for a specific term, as set out in the Articles of Association. The founder shareholders may in like manner remove such director(s) appointed by them and appoint replacement director(s).

Our Articles of Association provide that from and after the date on which the (and/or their respective affiliates) no longer constitute a group that beneficially owns more than 50% of our outstanding voting power on the classifying date, the directors shall be divided into three classes designated Class I, Class II and Class III. Each director shall serve for a term ending on the date of the third annual general meeting of the shareholders following the annual general meeting of the shareholders at which such director was elected as subject to the provisions of our Articles of Association. The founding directors shall be allocated to the longest duration classes unless otherwise determined by the founder shareholders.

Before the expiration of his or her term of office, a director may only be removed for cause by ordinary resolution in accordance with the provisions of our Articles of Association and as subject to specific provisions in respect of founding directors. Cause shall mean, in relation to a director, the occurrence of any of the following events: (a) the person’s conviction by final judgment issued by a competent court or declaration of guilt before a competent court with respect to any offense considered an intentional crime or punishable by

 

166


Table of Contents

detention, or a torpid act, intentional fraud, improbity, theft or anti-ethical business conduct in the jurisdiction involved; (b) fraud, theft, financial dishonesty, misappropriation or embezzlement of funds by the person, whether before or after the date of his or her election, that adversely affects us; (c) breach or wilful misconduct by the person in the performance of its obligations, including, among others, (i) uninterrupted or repeated omission or refusal to perform the obligations and duties established in our Articles of Association or in the applicable laws, (ii) incapacity, by the person, to comply with the obligations and duties as a result of an alcohol or drug addiction; or (d) wilful misconduct that causes material damages to or that adversely affects the our financial situation or commercial reputation.

Executive Officers

Our executive officers are primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of our business and for implementing the general policies and directives established by our board of directors. Our board of directors is responsible for establishing the roles of each executive officer.

The Articles of Association provide that the board of directors may appoint such officers as they consider necessary on such terms, at such remuneration and to perform such duties, and subject to such provisions as to disqualification and removal as the board of directors may think fit. Unless otherwise specified in the terms of his or her appointment an officer may be removed by the board of directors.

Power to Allot and Issue Shares and Warrants

Subject to the provisions of the Cayman Companies Law, the Articles of Association and without prejudice to any special rights conferred on the holders of any shares or class of shares, any share may be issued with or have attached to it such rights, or such restrictions, whether with regard to dividend, voting, return of capital or otherwise, as the board of directors may determine). Any share may be issued on terms that, upon the happening of a specified event or upon a given date and either at our option or the holder of the share, it is liable to be redeemed.

The board of directors may issue warrants to subscribe for any class of shares or other securities of ours on such terms as we may from time to time determine.

We will not issue shares or warrants to bearer.

Subject to the provisions of the Cayman Companies Law, the Articles of Association and, where applicable, the rules of Nasdaq or any recognized stock exchange on which our securities are listed and without prejudice to any special rights or restrictions for the time being attached to any shares or any class of shares, all of our unissued shares shall be at the disposal of the board of directors, which may offer, allot, grant options over or otherwise dispose of them to such persons, at such times, for such consideration and on such terms and conditions as it in its absolute discretion thinks fit, provided that no shares shall be issued at a discount below par value.

Neither we nor the board of directors shall be obliged, when making or granting any allotment of, offer of, option over or disposal of shares, to make, or make available, any such allotment, offer, option or shares to members or others whose registered addresses are in any particular territory or territories where, in the absence of a registration statement or other special formalities, this is or may, in the opinion of the board of directors, be unlawful or impracticable. However, no member affected as a result of the foregoing shall be, or be deemed to be, a separate class of members for any purpose whatsoever.

 

167


Table of Contents

Power to Dispose of our Assets of or any of our Subsidiaries

While there are no specific provisions in the Articles of Association relating to the disposal of our assets or any of our subsidiaries, the board of directors may exercise all powers and do all acts and things which may be exercised or done or approved by us and which are not required by the Articles of Association or the Cayman Companies Law to be exercised or done by us in general meeting, but if such power or act is regulated by us in general meeting, such regulation shall not invalidate any prior act of the board of directors which would have been valid if such regulation had not been made.

Borrowing Powers

The board of directors may exercise all of our powers to raise or borrow money, to mortgage or charge all or any part of the undertaking, property and uncalled capital of ours and, subject to the Cayman Companies Law, to issue debentures, bonds and other securities of ours, whether outright or as collateral security for any debt, liability or obligation of ours or of any third party.

Remuneration

The Directors shall be entitled to receive, as ordinary remuneration for their services, such sums as shall from time to time be determined by the board of directors or us in general meeting, as the case may be, such sum (unless otherwise directed by the resolution by which it is determined) to be divided among the Directors in such proportions and in such manner as they may agree or, failing agreement, either equally or, in the case of any Director holding office for only a portion of the period in respect of which the remuneration is payable, pro rata. The Directors shall also be entitled to be repaid all expenses reasonably incurred by them in attending any board of directors meetings, committee meetings or general meetings or otherwise in connection with the discharge of their duties as Directors. Such remuneration shall be in addition to any other remuneration to which a Director who holds any salaried employment or office with us may be entitled by reason of such employment or office.

Any Director who, at our request, performs services which in the opinion of the board of directors go beyond the ordinary duties of a Director may be paid such special or extra remuneration as the board of directors may determine, in addition to or in substitution for any ordinary remuneration as a Director. An executive director appointed to be a managing director, joint managing director, deputy managing director or other executive officer shall receive such remuneration and such other benefits and allowances as the board of directors may from time to time decide. Such remuneration shall be in addition to his or her ordinary remuneration as a director.

The board of directors may establish, either on its own or jointly in concurrence or agreement with our subsidiaries or companies with which we are associated in business, or may make contributions out of our monies to, any schemes or funds for providing pensions, sickness or compassionate allowances, life assurance or other benefits for employees (which expression as used in this and the following paragraph shall include any Director or former Director who may hold or have held any executive office or any office of profit with us or any of our subsidiaries) and former employees of ours and their dependents or any class or classes of such persons.

The board of directors may also pay, enter into agreements to pay or make grants of revocable or irrevocable, whether or not subject to any terms or conditions, pensions or other benefits to employees and former employees and their dependents, or to any of such persons, including pensions or benefits additional to those, if any, to which such employees or former employees or their dependents are or may become entitled under any such scheme or fund as mentioned above. Such pension or benefit may, if deemed desirable by the board of directors, be granted to an employee either before and in anticipation of, or upon or at any time after, his or her actual retirement.

 

168


Table of Contents

Loans and Provision of Security for Loans to Directors

We shall not directly or indirectly make a loan to a Director or a director of any holding company of ours or any of our respective close associates, enter into any guarantee or provide any security in connection with a loan made by any person to a Director or a director of any holding company of ours or any of our respective close associates, or, if any one or more Directors hold(s) (jointly or severally or directly or indirectly) a controlling interest in another company, make a loan to that other company or enter into any guarantee or provide any security in connection with a loan made by any person to that other company.

Disclosure of Interest in Contracts with us or any of our Subsidiaries

With the exception of our office of auditor, a Director may hold any other office or place of profit with us in conjunction with his or her office of Director for such period and upon such terms as the board of directors may determine, and may be paid such extra remuneration for that other office or place of profit, in whatever form, in addition to any remuneration provided for by or pursuant to the Articles of Association. A Director may be or become a director, officer or member of any other company in which we may be interested, and shall not be liable to account to us or the members for any remuneration or other benefits received by him as a director, officer or member of such other company. The board of directors may also cause the voting power conferred by the shares in any other company held or owned by us to be exercised in such manner in all respects as we think fit, including the exercise in favour of any resolution appointing the directors or any of them to be directors or officers of such other company.

No Director or intended Director shall be disqualified by his or her office from contracting with us, nor shall any such contract or any other contract or arrangement in which any Director is in any way interested be liable to be avoided, nor shall any Director so contracting or being so interested be liable to account to us for any profit realised by any such contract or arrangement by reason only of such Director holding that office or the fiduciary relationship established by it. A Director who is, in any way, materially interested in a contract or arrangement or proposed contract or arrangement with us shall declare the nature of his or her interest at the earliest meeting of the board of directors at which he or she may practically do so.

There is no power to freeze or otherwise impair any of the rights attaching to any share by reason that the person or persons who are interested directly or indirectly in that share have failed to disclose their interests to us.

A Director shall not vote or be counted in the quorum on any resolution of the board of directors in respect of any contract or arrangement or proposal in which he or she or any of his or her close associate(s) has/have a material interest, and if such Director shall do so, his or her vote shall not be counted nor shall such Director be counted in the quorum for that resolution, but this prohibition shall not apply to any of the following matters:

 

   

the giving of any security or indemnity to the Director or his or her close associate(s) in respect of money lent or obligations incurred or undertaken by him or any of them at our request of or for our benefit or any of our subsidiaries;

 

   

the giving of any security or indemnity to a third party in respect of a debt or obligation of ours or any of our subsidiaries for which the Director or his or her close associate(s) has/have himself/themselves assumed responsibility in whole or in part whether alone or jointly under a guarantee or indemnity or by the giving of security;

 

   

any proposal concerning an offer of shares, debentures or other securities of or by us or any other company which we may promote or be interested in for subscription or purchase, where the Director or his or her close associate(s) is/are or is/are to be interested as a participant in the underwriting or sub-underwriting of the offer;

 

   

any proposal or arrangement concerning the benefit of our employees or any of our subsidiaries, including the adoption, modification or operation of either: (i) any employees’ share scheme or

 

169


Table of Contents
 

any share incentive or share option scheme under which the Director or his or her close associate(s) may benefit; or (ii) any of a pension fund or retirement, death or disability benefits scheme which relates to Directors, their close associates and employees of ours or any of our subsidiaries and does not provide in respect of any Director or his or her close associate(s) any privilege or advantage not generally accorded to the class of persons to which such scheme or fund relates; and

 

   

any contract or arrangement in which the Director or his or her close associate(s) is/are interested in the same manner as other holders of shares, debentures or other securities of ours by virtue only of his or her/their interest in those shares, debentures or other securities.

Proceedings of the Board of Directors

The Articles of Association provide that subject to the provisions of the Cayman Companies Law, the Articles of Association, the applicable stock exchange rules and any directions given by Ordinary or Special Resolution, our business and affairs will be managed by, or under the direction or supervision of, the board of directors. The board of directors shall have all the powers necessary for managing, and for directing and supervising, our business and affairs. A duly convened meeting of the board of directors at which a quorum is present may exercise all powers exercisable by the board of directors. Subject to the provisions of the Articles of Association, the board of directors may regulate their proceedings as they think fit. Questions arising at any meeting shall be decided by a majority of votes. In the case of an equality of votes, the chairman shall have a second or casting vote.

Chairman and Vice-Chairman

The board of directors will have a chairman who is elected and appointed by the founder shareholders to act as the chairman at board meetings as long as the founder shareholders hold at least 50% of all outstanding voting powers of the shareholders. Where the founder shareholders do not have such voting power then the board of directors shall have a chairman elected and appointed by the board of directors to act as the Chairman at board meetings. A Vice-Chairman may be elected to act in the absence of the Chairman at board meetings in the same manner as above including Founding Shareholder appointment.

The period for which the Chairman and/or the Vice-Chairman shall hold office shall be determined in accordance with the Articles of Association. The chairman shall preside as Chairman at every meeting of the board of directors at which he is present. Where the Chairman is not present at a meeting of the board of directors, the Vice-Chairman, if any, shall act as Chairman, or in his absence, the attending directors of the board of directors may choose one director to be the chairman of the meeting.

Alterations to the Constitutional Documents and our Name

To the extent that the same is permissible under Cayman Islands law and subject to the Articles of Association, our Articles of Association may only be altered or amended, and our name may only be changed, with the sanction of a Special Resolution of ours together with consent of the founder shareholders as set out in our Articles of Association.

Liquidation Rights

If we are voluntarily wound up, the liquidator, after taking into account and giving effect to the rights of preferred and secured creditors and to any agreement between us and any creditors that the claims of such creditors shall be subordinated or otherwise deferred to the claims of any other creditors and to any contractual rights of set- off or netting of claims between us and any person or persons (including without limitation any bilateral or any multi-lateral set-off or netting arrangements between us and any person or persons) and subject to

 

170


Table of Contents

any agreement between us and any person or persons to waive or limit the same, shall apply our property in satisfaction of its liabilities pari passu and subject thereto shall distribute the property amongst the shareholders according to their rights and interests in us.

Changes to Capital

Pursuant to the Articles of Association, we may from time to time by ordinary resolution:

 

   

increase our authorized share capital by such sum, to be divided into shares of such amount, as the resolution shall prescribe;

 

   

consolidate and divide all or any of our share capital into shares of a larger amount than its existing shares;

 

   

convert all or any of our paid-up shares into common shares and reconvert those common shares into paid-up shares of any denomination;

 

   

subdivide our existing shares or any of them into shares of a smaller amount, provided that in the subdivision the proportion between the amount paid and the amount, if any, unpaid on each reduced share shall be the same as it was in the case of the share from which the reduced share is derived; or

 

   

cancel any shares which, at the date of the passing of the resolution, have not been taken or agreed to be taken by any person and diminish the amount of our share capital by the amount of the shares so cancelled.

Mergers and Consolidations

Our Articles of Association provide that subject to the Cayman Companies Law and the rules of any applicable stock exchange, we will, with the approval of a special resolution, have the power to merge or consolidate with one or more constituent companies, upon such terms as the directors may determine, provided that any such merger or consolidation shall require the consent of the founder shareholders.

Meetings of Shareholders

Special and Ordinary Resolutions

Special resolutions must be passed in accordance with the Cayman Companies Law, which requires that resolutions must passed by at least two-thirds of our shareholders who are entitled to vote in person or by proxy at a general meeting where notice specifying the intention to propose such resolution as a special resolution has been duly given.

Under the Cayman Companies Law, a copy of any special resolution must be forwarded to the Registrar of Companies in the Cayman Islands.

An ordinary resolution, by contrast, is a resolution passed by a simple majority of the votes of our members as, being entitled to do so, vote in person or, in the case of members which are corporations, by their duly authorized representatives or by proxy at a general meeting of which notice has been duly given.

A resolution in writing signed by or on behalf of all members shall be treated as an ordinary resolution duly passed at a general meeting of ours duly convened and held, and where relevant as a special resolution so passed.

Voting Rights and Right to Demand a Poll

Subject to any special rights, restrictions or privileges as to voting for the time being attached to any class or classes of shares at any general meeting: (a) on a poll every member present in person or by proxy or, in the case of a member being a corporation, by its duly authorized representative shall have one vote for every share which

 

171


Table of Contents

is fully paid or credited as fully paid registered in his or her name in our register of members, (each Class B common share shall entitle the holder to 10 votes on all matters subject to a vote at our general meetings) provided that no amount paid up or credited as paid up on a share in advance of calls or instalments is treated for this purpose as paid up on the share; and (b) on a show of hands every member who is present in person (or, in the case of a member being a corporation, by its duly authorized representative) or by proxy shall have one vote. Where more than one proxy is appointed by a member which is a Clearing House or its nominee(s), each such proxy shall have one vote on a show of hands. On a poll, a member entitled to more than one vote need not use all his or her votes or cast all the votes he or her does use in the same way.

At any general meeting, a resolution put to the vote of the meeting is to be decided by poll save that the chairman of the meeting may, pursuant to the applicable stock exchange listing rules, allow a resolution to be voted on by a show of hands. Where a show of hands is allowed, before or on the declaration of the result of the show of hands, a poll may be demanded by (in each case by members present in person or by proxy or by a duly authorized corporate representative):

 

   

at least two members;

 

   

any member or members representing not less than one-tenth of the total voting rights of all the members having the right to vote at the meeting; or

 

   

a member or members holding shares in us conferring a right to vote at the meeting on which an aggregate sum has been paid equal to not less than one-tenth of the total sum paid up on all the shares conferring that right.

Should a Clearing House or its nominee(s) be a member of ours, such person or persons may be authorized as it thinks fit to act as its representative(s) at any meeting of ours or at any meeting of any class of members of ours provided that, if more than one person is so authorized, the authorisation shall specify the number and class of shares in respect of which each such person is so authorized. A person authorized in accordance with this provision shall be deemed to have been duly authorized without further evidence of the facts and be entitled to exercise the same rights and powers on behalf of the Clearing House or its nominee(s) as if such person were an individual member including the right to vote individually on a show of hands.

Where we have knowledge that any member is, under the applicable stock exchange rules, required to abstain from voting on any particular resolution or restricted to voting only for or only against any particular resolution, any votes cast by or on behalf of such member in contravention of such requirement or restriction shall not be counted.

Subject to any special rights or restrictions as to voting then attached to any shares, at any general meeting every shareholder who is present in person or by proxy (or, in the case of a shareholder being a corporation, by its duly authorized representative not being himself or herself a shareholder entitled to vote) shall have one vote per Class A common share and 10 votes per Class B common share.

Annual General Meetings

As a Cayman Islands exempted company, we are not obligated by the Cayman Companies Law to call annual general meetings; however, our Articles of Association provide that we must hold an annual general meeting each year other than the year of our adoption of the Articles of Association. Such meeting must be held at least once every calendar year and take place at such place as may be determined by the board of directors from time to time.

As a condition of admission to a shareholders’ meeting, a shareholder must be duly registered as our shareholder at the applicable record date for that meeting and all calls or installments then payable by such shareholder to us in respect of our Class A common shares must have been paid.

 

172


Table of Contents

Members Requisition of Meetings

Our Articles of Association provide that for so long as the founder shareholders, collectively hold 50% of all the voting powers of the shareholders, then shareholders who collectively hold a majority of all the outstanding voting power shall be entitled to request directors to convene an extraordinary general meeting of ours. In the event that the founder shareholders collectively, hold less than 50% of all the voting powers, then no shareholder shall have the power to make a requisition to convene a meeting to directors.

Notices of Meetings and Business to be Conducted

An annual general meeting of ours shall be called by at least 21 days’ (and not less than 20 clear business days’) notice in writing, and any other general meeting of ours shall be called by at least 14 days’ (and not less than 10 clear business days’) notice in writing. The notice shall be exclusive of the day on which it is served or deemed to be served and of the day for which it is given, and must specify the time, place and agenda of the meeting and particulars of the resolution(s) to be considered at that meeting and, in the case of special business, the general nature of that business.

Except where otherwise expressly stated, any notice or document (including a share certificate) to be given or issued under the Articles of Association shall be in writing, and may be served by us on any member personally, by post to such member’s registered address or (in the case of a notice) by advertisement in the newspapers. We will give notice of each general meeting of shareholders by publication on our website and in any other manner that we may be required to follow in order to comply with Cayman Islands Law, the applicable stock exchange rules and SEC requirements.

Subject to the Cayman Companies Law and the applicable stock exchange rules, a notice or document may also be served or delivered by us to any member by electronic means.

Although a general meeting of ours may be called by shorter notice than as specified above, every general meeting may be deemed to have been duly called if it is so agreed by all of our members entitled to attend and vote thereat.

All business transacted at an extraordinary general meeting shall be deemed special business. All business shall also be deemed special business where it is transacted at an annual general meeting, with the exception of certain routine matters which shall be deemed ordinary business.

Quorum for meetings and separate class meetings

The quorum for a general meeting shall be one or more shareholders holding not less than one-third in aggregate of the voting power of all shares in issue and entitled to vote, present in person or by proxy or, if a corporation or other non-natural person, by its duly authorised representative. In respect of a separate class meeting (other than an adjourned meeting) convened to sanction the modification of class rights, the necessary quorum shall be persons holding or representing by proxy not less than two-thirds of the issued shares of the applicable class.

Proceedings at General Meetings

Our Articles of Association provide that no business shall be transacted at any meeting unless a quorum is present at the time when the meeting proceeds to business and continues to be present until the conclusion of the meeting. One or more shareholders holding not less than one-third in aggregate of the voting power of all shares in issue and entitled to vote, present in person or by proxy or, if a corporation or other non-natural person, by its duly authorised representative, shall represent a quorum.

 

173


Table of Contents

Proxies

Any member of ours entitled to attend and vote at our meeting is entitled to appoint another person as his or her proxy to attend and vote instead of him. A member who is the holder of two or more shares may appoint more than one proxy to represent him or her and vote on his or her behalf at a general meeting of ours or at a class meeting. A proxy need not be a member of us and shall be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of a member who is an individual and for whom he or her acts as proxy as such member could exercise. In addition, a proxy shall be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of a member which is a corporation and for which he or she acts as proxy as such member could exercise if it were an individual member. On a poll or on a show of hands, votes may be given either personally (or, in the case of a member being a corporation, by its duly authorized representative) or by proxy.

The instrument appointing a proxy shall be in writing under the hand of the appointor or of his or her attorney duly authorized in writing, or if the appointor is a corporation, either under seal or under the hand of a duly authorized officer or attorney. Every instrument of proxy, whether for a specified meeting or otherwise, shall be in such form as the board of directors may from time to time approve, provided that it shall not preclude the use of the two-way form. Any form issued to a member for appointing a proxy to attend and vote at an extraordinary general meeting or at an annual general meeting at which any business is to be transacted shall be such as to enable the member, according to his or her intentions, to instruct the proxy to vote in favour of or against (or, in default of instructions, to exercise his or her discretion in respect of) each resolution dealing with any such business.

Accounts and Audit

The board of directors shall cause proper books of account to be kept of the sums of money received and expended by us, and of our assets and liabilities and of all other matters required by the Cayman Companies Law (which include all sales and purchases of goods by us) necessary to give a true and fair view of the state of our affairs and to show and explain our transactions.

Our books of accounts shall be kept at our head office or at such other place or places as the board of directors decides and shall always be open to inspection by any Director. No member (other than a Director) shall have any right to inspect any account, book or document of ours except as conferred by the Cayman Companies Law, Nasdaq listing rules or ordered by a court of competent jurisdiction or authorized by the board of directors.

The board of directors shall from time to time cause to be prepared and laid before us at our annual general meeting the consolidated statements of financial position, profit or loss, comprehensive income (loss), cash flows and changes in shareholders’ equity (including every document required by law to be annexed thereto), together with a copy of the Directors’ report and a copy of the auditors’ report. Copies of these documents shall be sent to every person entitled to receive notices our general meetings under the provisions of the Articles of Association together with the notice of annual general meeting, not less than 10 days before the date of the meeting.

We shall appoint auditor(s) to hold office from time to time and with such duties as may be agreed with the board of directors. The appointment of and provisions relating to auditors shall be in accordance with any applicable law and Nasdaq listing rules.

The auditors shall audit our financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles of IFRS or such other standards as may be permitted by Nasdaq.

Principal Differences between Cayman Islands and U.S. Corporate Law

The Cayman Companies Law was modeled originally after similar laws in England and Wales but does not follow subsequent statutory enactments in England and Wales. In addition, the Cayman Companies Law differs

 

174


Table of Contents

from laws applicable to U.S. corporations and their shareholders. Set forth below is a summary of the significant differences between the provisions of the Cayman Companies Law applicable to us and the laws applicable to companies incorporated in the United States and their shareholders.

Cayman Islands Company Law

We were incorporated in the Cayman Islands as an exempted company on March 11, 2014, subject to the Cayman Companies Law. Certain provisions of Cayman Islands company law are set out below but this section does not purport to contain all applicable qualifications and exceptions or to be a complete review of all matters of the Cayman Companies Law and taxation, which may differ from equivalent provisions in jurisdictions with which interested parties may be more familiar.

Protection of Non-Controlling Shareholders

The Grand Court may, on the application of shareholders holding not less than one-fifth of our shares in issue, appoint an inspector to examine our affairs and report thereon in a manner as the Grand Court shall direct.

Subject to the provisions of the Cayman Companies Law, any shareholder may petition the Grand Court which may make a winding-up order, if the court is of the opinion that this winding up is just and equitable.

Notwithstanding the U.S. securities laws and regulations that are applicable to us, general corporate claims against us by our shareholders must, as a general rule, be based on the general laws of contract or tort applicable in the Cayman Islands or their individual rights as shareholders as established by our Articles of Association.

The Cayman Islands courts ordinarily would be expected to follow English case law precedents, which permit a minority shareholder to commence a representative action against us, or derivative actions in our name, to challenge (1) an act which is ultra vires or illegal, (2) an act which constitutes a fraud against the minority and the wrongdoers themselves control us, and (3) an irregularity in the passing of a resolution that requires a qualified (or special) majority.

Exempted Company

We are an exempted company with limited liability under the Cayman Companies Law. The Cayman Companies Law distinguishes between ordinary resident companies and exempted companies. Where the proposed activities of a company are to be carried out mainly outside of the Cayman Islands, the registrant can apply for registration as an exempted company. The requirements for an exempted company are essentially the same as for an ordinary company except for the exemptions and privileges listed below:

 

   

an exempted company does not have to file an annual return of its shareholders with the Registrar of Companies;

 

   

an exempted company’s register of shareholders is not open to inspection;

 

   

an exempted company does not have to hold an annual general meeting;

 

   

an exempted company may obtain an undertaking against the imposition of any future taxation (such undertakings are usually given for 20 years in the first instance);

 

   

an exempted company may register by way of continuation in another jurisdiction and be deregistered in the Cayman Islands;

 

   

an exempted company may register as a limited duration company;

 

   

an exempted company may register as a segregated portfolio company; and

 

   

an exempted company may register as a special economic zone company.

 

175


Table of Contents

Upon the closing of this offering, we will be subject to reporting and other informational requirements of the Exchange Act, as applicable to foreign private issuers.

Company Operations

An exempted company such as us must conduct its operations mainly outside the Cayman Islands. An exempted company is also required to file an annual return each year with the Registrar of Companies of the Cayman Islands and pay a fee which is based on the amount of its authorized share capital.

Share Capital

Under Cayman Companies Law, a Cayman Islands company may issue ordinary, preference or redeemable shares or any combination thereof. Where a company issues shares at a premium, whether for cash or otherwise, a sum equal to the aggregate amount or value of the premiums on those shares shall be transferred to an account, to be called the share premium account. At the option of a company, these provisions may not apply to premiums on shares of that company allotted pursuant to any arrangements in consideration of the acquisition or cancellation of shares in any other company and issued at a premium. The share premium account may be applied by the company subject to the provisions, if any, of its memorandum and articles of association, in such manner as the company may from time to time determine including, but without limitation, the following:

 

   

paying distributions or dividends to members;

 

   

paying up unissued shares of the company to be issued to members as fully paid bonus shares;

 

   

any manner provided in section 37 of the Cayman Companies Law;

 

   

writing-off the preliminary expenses of the company; and

 

   

writing-off the expenses of, or the commission paid or discount allowed on, any issue of shares or debentures of the company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, no distribution or dividend may be paid to members out of the share premium account unless, immediately following the date on which the distribution or dividend is proposed to be paid, the company will be able to pay its debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business.

Subject to confirmation by the court, a company limited by shares or a company limited by guarantee and having a share capital may, if authorized to do so by its articles of association, by special resolution reduce its share capital in any way.

Financial Assistance to Purchase Shares of a Company or its Holding Company

There are no statutory prohibitions in the Cayman Islands on the granting of financial assistance by a company to another person for the purchase of, or subscription for, its own, its holding company’s or a subsidiary’s shares. Therefore, a company may provide financial assistance provided the directors of the company, when proposing to grant such financial assistance, discharge their duties of care and act in good faith, for a proper purpose and in the interests of the company. Such assistance should be on an arm’s-length basis.

Purchase of Shares and Warrants by a Company and its Subsidiaries

A company limited by shares or a company limited by guarantee and having a share capital may, if so authorized by its articles of association, issue shares which are to be redeemed or are liable to be redeemed at the option of the company or a member and, for the avoidance of doubt, it shall be lawful for the rights attaching to any shares to be varied, subject to the provisions of the company’s articles of association, so as to provide that such shares are to be or are liable to be so redeemed. In addition, such a company may, if authorized to do so by

 

176


Table of Contents

its articles of association, purchase its own shares, including any redeemable shares; an ordinary resolution of the company approving the manner and terms of the purchase will be required if the articles of association do not authorise the manner and terms of such purchase. A company may not redeem or purchase its shares unless they are fully paid. Furthermore, a company may not redeem or purchase any of its shares if, as a result of the redemption or purchase, there would no longer be any issued shares of the company other than shares held as treasury shares. In addition, a payment out of capital by a company for the redemption or purchase of its own shares is not lawful unless, immediately following the date on which the payment is proposed to be made, the company shall be able to pay its debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business.

Shares that have been purchased or redeemed by a company or surrendered to the company shall not be treated as canceled but shall be classified as treasury shares if held in compliance with the requirements of Section 37A(1) of the Cayman Companies Law. Any such shares shall continue to be classified as treasury shares until such shares are either canceled or transferred pursuant to the Cayman Companies Law.

A Cayman Islands company may be able to purchase its own warrants subject to and in accordance with the terms and conditions of the relevant warrant instrument or certificate. Thus there is no requirement under Cayman Islands law that a company’s memorandum or articles of association contain a specific provision enabling such purchases. The directors of a company may under the general power contained in its memorandum of association be able to buy, sell and deal in personal property of all kinds.

A subsidiary may hold shares in its holding company and, in certain circumstances, may acquire such shares.

Dividends and Distributions

Subject to a cash-flow solvency test, as prescribed in the Cayman Companies Law, and the provisions, if any, of the company’s memorandum and articles of association, a company may pay dividends and distributions out of its share premium account. In addition, based upon English case law which is likely to be persuasive in the Cayman Islands, dividends may be paid out of profits.

For so long as a company holds treasury shares, no dividend may be declared or paid, and no other distribution (whether in cash or otherwise) of the company’s assets (including any distribution of assets to members on a winding up) may be made, in respect of a treasury share.

Protection of Minorities and Shareholders’ Suits

It can be expected that the Cayman Islands courts will ordinarily follow English case law precedents (particularly the rule in the case of Foss vs. Harbottle and the exceptions to that rule) which permit a minority member to commence a representative action against or derivative actions in the name of the company to challenge acts which are ultra vires, illegal, fraudulent (and performed by those in control of the company) against the minority, or represent an irregularity in the passing of a resolution which requires a qualified (or special) majority which has not been obtained.

Where a company (not being a bank) is one which has a share capital divided into shares, the court may, on the application of members holding not less than one-fifth of the shares of the company in issue, appoint an inspector to examine the affairs of the company and, at the direction of the court, to report on such affairs. In addition, any member of a company may petition the court, which may make a winding-up order if the court is of the opinion that it is just and equitable that the company should be wound up.

In general, claims against a company by its members must be based on the general laws of contract or tort applicable in the Cayman Islands or be based on a potential violation of their individual rights as members as established by a company’s memorandum and articles of association.

 

177


Table of Contents

Disposal of assets

There are no specific restrictions on the power of directors to dispose of assets of a company, however, the directors are expected to exercise certain duties of care, diligence and skill to the standard that a reasonably prudent person would exercise in comparable circumstances, in addition to fiduciary duties to act in good faith, for proper purpose and in the best interests of the company under English common law (which the Cayman Islands courts will ordinarily follow).

Accounting and Auditing Requirements

A company must cause proper records of accounts to be kept with respect to: (i) all sums of money received and expended by it; (ii) all sales and purchases of goods by it and (iii) its assets and liabilities.

Proper books of account shall not be deemed to be kept if there are not kept such books as are necessary to give a true and fair view of the state of the company’s affairs and to explain its transactions.

If a company keeps its books of account at any place other than at its registered office or any other place within the Cayman Islands, it shall, upon service of an order or notice by the Tax Information Authority pursuant to the Tax Information Authority Law (Revised) of the Cayman Islands, make available, in electronic form or any other medium, at its registered office copies of its books of account, or any part or parts thereof, as are specified in such order or notice.

Exchange Control

There are no exchange control regulations or currency restrictions in effect in the Cayman Islands.

Stamp Duty on Transfers

No stamp duty is payable in the Cayman Islands on transfers of shares of Cayman Islands companies save for those which hold interests in land in the Cayman Islands.

Inspection of Corporate Records

The members of a company have no general right to inspect or obtain copies of the register of members or corporate records of the company. They will, however, have such rights as may be set out in the company’s articles of association.

Register of Members

A Cayman Islands exempted company may maintain its principal register of members and any branch registers in any country or territory, whether within or outside the Cayman Islands, as the company may determine from time to time. There is no requirement for an exempted company to make any returns of members to the Registrar of Companies in the Cayman Islands. The names and addresses of the members are, accordingly, not a matter of public record and are not available for public inspection. However, an exempted company shall make available at its registered office, in electronic form or any other medium, such register of members, including any branch register of member, as may be required of it upon service of an order or notice by the Tax Information Authority pursuant to the Tax Information Authority Law (Revised) of the Cayman Islands.

Register of Directors and Officers

Pursuant to the Cayman Companies Law, a company is required to maintain at its registered office a register of directors, alternate directors and officers which is not available for inspection by the public. A copy of such

 

178


Table of Contents

register must be filed with the Registrar of Companies in the Cayman Islands and any change must be notified to the Registrar within 60 days of any change in such directors or officers, including a change of the name of such directors or officers.

Winding Up

A Cayman Islands company may be wound up by: (i) an order of the court; (ii) voluntarily by its members; or (iii) under the supervision of the court.

The court has authority to order winding up in a number of specified circumstances including where, in the opinion of the court, it is just and equitable that such company be so wound up.

A voluntary winding up of a company (other than a limited duration company, for which specific rules apply) occurs where the company resolves by special resolution that it be wound up voluntarily or where the company in general meeting resolves that it be wound up voluntarily because it is unable to pay its debt as they fall due. In the case of a voluntary winding up, the company is obliged to cease to carry on its business from the commencement of its winding up except so far as it may be beneficial for its winding up. Upon appointment of a voluntary liquidator, all the powers of the directors cease, except so far as the company in general meeting or the liquidator sanctions their continuance.

In the case of a members’ voluntary winding up of a company, one or more liquidators are appointed for the purpose of winding up the affairs of the company and distributing its assets.

As soon as the affairs of a company are fully wound up, the liquidator must make a report and an account of the winding up, showing how the winding up has been conducted and the property of the company disposed of, and call a general meeting of the company for the purposes of laying before it the account and giving an explanation of that account.

When a resolution has been passed by a company to wind up voluntarily, the liquidator or any contributory or creditor may apply to the court for an order for the continuation of the winding up under the supervision of the court, on the grounds that: (i) the company is or is likely to become insolvent; or (ii) the supervision of the court will facilitate a more effective, economic or expeditious liquidation of the company in the interests of the contributories and creditors. A supervision order takes effect for all purposes as if it was an order that the company be wound up by the court except that a commenced voluntary winding up and the prior actions of the voluntary liquidator shall be valid and binding upon the company and its official liquidator.

For the purpose of conducting the proceedings in winding up a company and assisting the court, one or more persons may be appointed to be called an official liquidator(s). The court may appoint to such office such person or persons, either provisionally or otherwise, as it thinks fit, and if more than one person is appointed to such office, the court shall declare whether any act required or authorized to be done by the official liquidator is to be done by all or any one or more of such persons. The court may also determine whether any and what security is to be given by an official liquidator on his or her appointment; if no official liquidator is appointed, or during any vacancy in such office, all the property of the company shall be in the custody of the court.

Reconstructions

Reconstructions and amalgamations may be approved by a majority in number representing 75 percent in value of the members or creditors, depending on the circumstances, as are present at a meeting called for such purpose and thereafter sanctioned by the courts. Whilst a dissenting member has the right to express to the court his or her view that the transaction for which approval is being sought would not provide the members with a fair value for their shares, the courts are unlikely to disapprove the transaction on that ground alone in the absence of evidence of fraud or bad faith on behalf of management, and if the transaction were approved and consummated

 

179


Table of Contents

the dissenting member would have no rights comparable to the appraisal rights (that is, the right to receive payment in cash for the judicially determined value of their shares) ordinarily available, for example, to dissenting members of a United States corporation.

Takeovers

Where an offer is made by a company for the shares of another company and, within four months of the offer, the holders of not less than 90 per cent of the shares which are the subject of the offer accept, the offeror may, at any time within two months after the expiration of that four-month period, by notice require the dissenting members to transfer their shares on the terms of the offer. A dissenting member may apply to the Cayman Islands courts within one month of the notice objecting to the transfer. The burden is on the dissenting member to show that the court should exercise its discretion, which it will be unlikely to do unless there is evidence of fraud or bad faith or collusion as between the offeror and the holders of the shares who have accepted the offer as a means of unfairly forcing out minority members.

Mergers and Consolidations

The Cayman Companies Law permits mergers and consolidations between Cayman Islands companies and between Cayman Islands companies and non-Cayman Islands companies.

For these purposes, (a) “merger” means the merging of two or more constituent companies and the vesting of their undertaking, property and liabilities in one of such companies as the surviving company and (b) a “consolidation” means the combination of two or more constituent companies into a consolidated company and the vesting of the undertaking, property and liabilities of such companies in the consolidated company. In order to effect such a merger or consolidation, the directors of each constituent company must approve a written plan of merger or consolidation, which must then be authorized by (a) a special resolution of the shareholders of each constituent company; and (b) such other authorization, if any, as may be specified in such constituent company’s articles of association. The plan must be approved by the directors of each constituent company and filed with the Registrar of Companies together with a declaration as to: (1) the solvency of the consolidated or surviving company, (2) the merger or consolidation is bona fide and not intended to defraud unsecured creditors of the constituent companies; (3) no petition or other similar proceeding has been filed and remains outstanding and no order or resolution to wind up the company in any jurisdiction, (4) no receiver, trustee, administrator or similar person has been appointed in any jurisdiction and is acting in respect of the constituent company, its affairs or property, (5) no scheme, order, compromise or similar arrangement has been entered into or made in any jurisdiction with creditors; (6) a list of the assets and liabilities of each constituent company; (7) the non-surviving constituent company has retired from any fiduciary office held or will do so; (8) that the constituent company has complied with any requirements under the regulatory laws, where relevant; and (9) an undertaking that a copy of the certificate of merger or consolidation will be given to the members and creditors of each constituent company and published in the Cayman Islands Gazette.

Dissenting shareholders have the right to be paid the fair value of their shares (which, if not agreed between the parties, may be determined by the Cayman Islands’ court) if they follow the required procedures, subject to certain exceptions. Court approval is not required for a merger or consolidation which is effected in compliance with these statutory procedures.

In addition, there are statutory provisions that facilitate the reconstruction and amalgamation of companies, provided that the arrangement in question is approved by a majority in number of each class of shareholders and creditors with whom the arrangement is to be made, and who must in addition represent three-fourths in value of each such class of shareholders or creditors, as the case may be, that are present and voting either in person or by proxy at a meeting, or meetings convened for that purpose. The convening of the meetings and subsequently the arrangement must be sanctioned by the Grand Court. While a dissenting shareholder would have the right to

 

180


Table of Contents

express to the court the view that the transaction should not be approved, the court can be expected to approve the arrangement if it satisfies itself that:

 

   

we are not proposing to act illegally or ultra vires and the statutory provisions as to majority vote have been complied with;

 

   

the shareholders have been fairly represented at the meeting in question;

 

   

the arrangement is such that may be reasonably approved by an intelligent and honest man of that class acting in respect of his or her interest; and

 

   

the arrangement is not one that would more properly be sanctioned under some other provision of the Cayman Companies Law or that would amount to a “fraud on the minority.”

When a takeover offer is made and accepted by holders of 90.0% in value of the shares affected within four months, the offeror may, within a two-month period, require the holders of the remaining shares to transfer such shares on the terms of the offer. An objection may be made to the Grand Court but is unlikely to succeed unless there is evidence of fraud, bad faith or collusion.

If the arrangement and reconstruction are thus approved, any dissenting shareholders would have no rights comparable to appraisal rights, which might otherwise ordinarily be available to dissenting shareholders of U.S. corporations and allow such dissenting shareholders to receive payment in cash for the judicially determined value of their shares.

Shareholders’ Suits

Class actions are not recognized in the Cayman Islands, but groups of shareholders with identical interests may bring representative proceedings, which are similar. However, a class action suit could nonetheless be brought in a U.S. court pursuant to an alleged violation of U.S. securities laws and regulations.

In principle, we would normally be the proper plaintiff and as a general rule, whilst a derivative action may be initiated by a minority shareholder on our behalf in a Cayman Islands court, such shareholder will not be able to continue those proceedings without the permission of a Grand Court judge, who will only allow the action to continue if the shareholder can demonstrate that we have a good case against the Defendant, and that it is proper for the shareholder to continue the action rather than the board of directors. Examples of circumstances in which derivative actions would be permitted to continue are where:

 

   

a company is acting or proposing to act illegally or beyond the scope of its authority;

 

   

the act complained of, although not beyond the scope of its authority, could be effected duly if authorized by more than a simple majority vote that has not been obtained; and

 

   

those who control the company are perpetrating a “fraud on the minority.”

Corporate Governance

Cayman Islands law restricts transactions between a company and its directors unless there are provisions in the articles of association which provide a mechanism to alleviate possible conflicts of interest. Additionally, Cayman Islands law imposes on directors’ duties of care and skill and fiduciary duties to the companies which they serve. Under our Articles of Association a director must disclose the nature and extent of his or her interest in any contract or arrangement, and following such disclosure and subject to any separate requirement under applicable law or the applicable stock exchange rules, and unless disqualified by the chairman of the relevant meeting, the interested director may vote in respect of any transaction or arrangement in which he or she is interested. The interested director shall be counted in the quorum at such meeting and the resolution may be passed by a majority of the directors present at the meeting.

 

181


Table of Contents

Indemnification of Directors and Executive Officers and Limitation of Liability

The Cayman Companies Law does not limit the extent to which a company’s articles of association may provide for indemnification of directors and officers, except to the extent that it may be held by the Cayman Islands courts to be contrary to public policy, such as to provide indemnification against civil fraud or the consequences of committing a crime. Our Articles of Association provide that we shall indemnify and hold harmless our directors and officers against all actions, proceedings, costs, charges, expenses, losses, damages, liabilities, judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts incurred or sustained by such directors or officers, other than by reason of such person’s dishonesty, willful default or fraud, in or about the conduct of our company’s business or affairs (including as a result of any mistake of judgment) or in the execution or discharge of his or her duties, powers, authorities or discretions, including without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, any costs, expenses, losses or liabilities incurred by such director or officer in defending (whether successfully or otherwise) any civil, criminal or other proceedings concerning us or our affairs in any court whether in the Cayman Islands or elsewhere. This standard of conduct is generally the same as permitted under the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”) for a Delaware corporation. In addition, we intend to enter into indemnification agreements with our directors and executive officers that will provide such persons with additional indemnification beyond that provided in our Articles of Association.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers or persons controlling us under the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that, in the opinion of the SEC, this indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

Directors’ Fiduciary Duties

As a matter of Cayman Islands law, a director of a Cayman Islands company is in the position of a fiduciary with respect to the company. Accordingly, directors owe fiduciary duties to their companies to act bona fide in what they consider to be the best interests of the company, to exercise their powers for the purposes for which they are conferred and not to place themselves in a position where there is a conflict between their personal interests and their duty to the company. Accordingly, a director owes a company a duty not to make a profit based on his or her position as director (unless the company permits him or her to do so) and a duty not to put himself or herself in a position where the interests of the company conflict with his or her personal interest or his or her duty to a third party. However, this obligation may be varied by the company’s articles of association, which may permit a director to vote on a matter in which he or she has a personal interest provided that he or she has disclosed the nature of his or her interest to the board of directors. Our Articles of Association provides that a director must disclose the nature and extent of his or her interest in any contract or arrangement, and following such disclosure and subject to any separate requirement under applicable law or the applicable stock exchange listing rules, and unless disqualified by the chairman of the relevant meeting, such director may vote in respect of any transaction or arrangement in which he or she is interested and may be counted in the quorum at the meeting.

A director of a Cayman Islands company also owes to the company duties to exercise independent judgment in carrying out his or her functions and to exercise reasonable skill, care and diligence, which has both objective and subjective elements. Recent Cayman Islands case law confirmed that directors must exercise the care, skill and diligence that would be exercised by a reasonably diligent person having the general knowledge, skill and experience reasonably to be expected of a person acting as a director. Additionally, a director must exercise the knowledge, skill and experience which he or she actually possesses.

A general notice may be given to the board of directors to the effect that (1) the director is a member or officer of a specified company or firm and is to be regarded as interested in any contract or arrangement which may after the date of the notice be made with that company or firm; or (2) he or she is to be regarded as interested in any contract or arrangement which may after the date of the notice to the board of directors be made with a specified person who is connected with him or her, will be deemed sufficient declaration of interest. This

 

182


Table of Contents

notice shall specify the nature of the interest in question. Following the disclosure being made pursuant to our Articles of Association and subject to any separate requirement under applicable law or the applicable stock exchange listing rules, and unless disqualified by the chairman of the relevant meeting, a director may vote in respect of any transaction or arrangement in which he or she is interested and may be counted in the quorum at the meeting.

In comparison, under Delaware corporate law, a director of a Delaware corporation has a fiduciary duty to the corporation and its shareholders. This duty has two components: the duty of care and the duty of loyalty. The duty of care requires that a director act in good faith, with the care that an ordinarily prudent person would exercise under similar circumstances. Under this duty, a director must inform himself or herself of, and disclose to shareholders, all material information reasonably available regarding a significant transaction. The duty of loyalty requires that a director act in a manner he or she reasonably believes to be in the best interests of the corporation. He or she must not use his or her corporate position for personal gain or advantage. This duty prohibits self-dealing by a director and mandates that the best interest of the corporation and its shareholders take precedence over any interest possessed by a director, officer or controlling shareholder and not shared by the shareholders generally. In general, actions of a director are presumed to have been made on an informed basis, in good faith and in the honest belief that the action taken was in the best interests of the corporation. However, this presumption may be rebutted by evidence of a breach of one of the fiduciary duties. Should such evidence be presented concerning a transaction by a director, a director must prove the procedural fairness of the transaction, and that the transaction was of fair value to the corporation.

Shareholder Proposals

Under the DGCL, a shareholder has the right to put any proposal before the annual meeting of shareholders, provided it complies with the notice provisions in the governing documents. The DGCL does not provide shareholders an express right to put any proposal before the annual meeting of shareholders, but Delaware corporations generally afford shareholders an opportunity to make proposals and nominations provided that they comply with the notice provisions in the certificate of incorporation or bylaws. A special meeting may be called by the board of directors or any other person authorized to do so in the governing documents, but shareholders may be precluded from calling special meetings.

The Cayman Companies Law provides shareholders with only limited rights to requisition a general meeting, and does not provide shareholders with any right to put any proposal before a general meeting. However, these rights may be provided in a company’s articles of association.

Cumulative Voting

Under the DGCL, cumulative voting for elections of directors is not permitted unless the corporation’s certificate of incorporation specifically provides for it. Cumulative voting potentially facilitates the representation of minority shareholders on a board of directors since it permits the minority shareholder to cast all the votes to which the shareholder is entitled on a single director, which increases the shareholder’s voting power with respect to electing such director. As permitted under Cayman Islands law, our Articles of Association do not provide for cumulative voting. As a result, our shareholders are not afforded any fewer protections or rights on this issue than shareholders of a Delaware corporation.

Removal of Directors

As described in further details above, the office of a director shall be vacated automatically if, among other things, he or she (1) becomes prohibited by law from being a director, (2) becomes bankrupt or makes any arrangement or composition with his or her creditors, (3) dies or is in the opinion of all his or her co-directors, incapable by reason of mental disorder of discharging his or her duties as director (4) resigns his or her office by notice to us or (5) has for more than six months been absent without permission of the directors from meetings of

 

183


Table of Contents

the board of directors held during that period, and the remaining directors resolve that his or her office be vacated.

Transactions with Interested Shareholders

The DGCL provides that; unless the corporation has specifically elected not to be governed by this statute, it is prohibited from engaging in certain business combinations with an “interested shareholder” for three years following the date that this person becomes an interested shareholder. An interested shareholder generally is a person or a group who or which owns or owned 15% or more of the target’s outstanding voting shares or who or which is an affiliate or associate of the corporation and owned 15% or more of the corporation’s outstanding voting shares within the past three years. This has the effect of limiting the ability of a potential acquirer to make a two-tiered bid for the target in which all shareholders would not be treated equally. The statute does not apply if, among other things, prior to the date on which the shareholder becomes an interested shareholder, the board of directors approves either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the person becoming an interested shareholder. This encourages any potential acquirer of a Delaware corporation to negotiate the terms of any acquisition transaction with the target’s board of directors.

Cayman Islands law has no comparable statute. As a result, we cannot avail itself of the types of protections afforded by the Delaware business combination statute. However, although Cayman Islands law does not regulate transactions between a company and its significant shareholders, it does provide that the board of directors owes duties to ensure that these transactions are entered into bona fide in the best interests of the company and for a proper corporate purpose and, as noted above, a transaction may be subject to challenge if it has the effect of constituting a fraud on the minority shareholders.

Dissolution; Winding Up

Under the DGCL, unless the board of directors approves the proposal to dissolve, dissolution must be approved by shareholders holding 100% of the total voting power of the corporation. If the dissolution is initiated by the board of directors it may be approved by a simple majority of the corporation’s outstanding shares. Delaware law allows a Delaware corporation to include in its certificate of incorporation a supermajority voting requirement in connection with dissolutions initiated by the board. Under Cayman Islands law, a company may be wound up by either an order of the courts of the Cayman Islands or by a special resolution of its members or, if the company resolves by ordinary resolution that it be wound up because it is unable to pay its debts as they fall due. The court has authority to order winding up in a number of specified circumstances including where it is, in the opinion of the court, just and equitable to do so.

Under the Cayman Companies Law, we may be dissolved, liquidated or wound up by a special resolution of shareholders (requiring a two-thirds majority vote).

Variation of Rights of Shares

Under the DGCL, a corporation may vary the rights of a class of shares with the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares of that class, unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Under our Articles of Association, if the share capital is divided into more than one class of shares, the rights attached to any class may only be varied with the written consent of the holders of two-thirds of the shares of that class or the sanction of a special resolution passed at a separate meeting of the holders of the shares of that class.

Also, except with respect to share capital (as described above), alterations to our Articles of Association may only be made by special resolution of shareholders (requiring a two-thirds majority vote).

 

184


Table of Contents

Rights of Non-Resident or Foreign Shareholders

There are no limitations imposed by our Articles of Association on the rights of non-resident or foreign shareholders to hold or exercise voting rights on our shares. In addition, there are no provisions in the Articles of Association governing the ownership threshold above which shareholder ownership must be disclosed.

 

185


Table of Contents

CLASS A COMMON SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Class A common shares. Future sales of substantial amounts of Class A common shares, including Class A shares issued upon the conversion of Class B common shares, in the public market after this offering, or the possibility of these sales occurring, could adversely affect the prevailing market price for our Class A common shares or impair our ability to raise equity capital.

Upon the completion of this offering, we will have an aggregate of 268,062,362 common shares outstanding. Of these shares, the 47,727,273 Class A common shares sold in this offering by us or the selling shareholders will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, unless purchased by “affiliates” as that term is defined under Rule 144 of the Securities Act, who may sell only the volume of shares described below and whose sales would be subject to additional restrictions described below. The remaining 220,335,089 common shares, representing 82.2% of our outstanding shares, will be held by our existing shareholders. These shares will be “restricted securities” as that phrase is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Subject to certain contractual restrictions, including the lock-up agreements described below, holders of restricted shares will be entitled to sell those shares in the public market pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144. Sales of these shares in the public market after the restrictions under the lock-up agreements lapse, or the perception that those sales may occur, could cause the prevailing market price to decrease or to be lower than it might be in the absence of those sales or perceptions. As a result of lock-up agreements described below, and the provisions of Rules 144 under the Securities Act, the restricted securities will be available for sale in the public market.

Sales of these shares in the public market after the restrictions under the lock-up agreements lapse, or the perception that those sales may occur, could cause the prevailing market price to decrease or to be lower than it might be in the absence of those sales or perceptions.

Equity incentive plans

We intend to file with the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the Class A common shares that we may issue upon exercise of warrants or options or in connection with other equity compensation granted under the 2018 Omnibus Equity Plan. Such registration statement is expected to be filed and become effective as soon as practicable after the completion of this offering. Accordingly, shares registered under such registration statement may be available for sale in the open market following the effective date of such registration statement, subject to the lock-up agreements described below, if applicable.

Registration rights

Effective upon consummation of this offering, we intend to enter into a registration rights agreement with our existing shareholders pursuant to which we will grant them customary registration rights for the resale of the Class A common shares held by our existing shareholders (including Class A common shares acquired upon conversion of Class B common shares). Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration, except for shares purchased by affiliates. See “Related Party Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement.”

Lock-up Agreements

We, the members of our board of directors and our executive officers, as well as our existing shareholders, have agreed not to offer, sell or transfer any Class A common shares or securities convertible into, or exchangeable

 

186


Table of Contents

or exercisable for, Class A common shares, for 180 days after the date of this prospectus. Specifically, we and these other persons have agreed, with certain limited exceptions, not to directly or indirectly:

 

   

offer, pledge, sell or contract to sell any common shares;

 

   

sell any option or contract to purchase any common shares;

 

   

purchase any option or contract to sell any common shares;

 

   

grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of any common shares;

 

   

lend or otherwise dispose of or transfer any common shares;

 

   

request or demand that we file a registration statement related to the Class A common shares; or

 

   

enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, the economic consequence of ownership of any Class A common shares whether any such swap or transaction is to be settled by delivery of shares or other securities, in cash or otherwise.

This lock-up provision applies to Class A common shares and to securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Class A common shares, including our Class B common shares.

Eligibility of restricted shares for sale in the public market

The 220,335,089 common shares that are not being sold in this offering, but which will be outstanding at the time this offering is complete, will be eligible for sale into the public market, under the provisions of Rule 144 commencing after the expiration of the restrictions under the lock-up agreements, subject to volume restrictions, as applicable, discussed below under “—Rule 144.”

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, a person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least six months (including any period of consecutive ownership of preceding non-affiliated holders) would be entitled to sell those shares, subject only to the availability of current public information about us. A non-affiliated person who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least one year would be entitled to sell those shares without regard to the provisions of Rule 144.

A person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who is deemed to be an affiliate of ours and who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least six months would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of one percent of the then outstanding shares of our Class A common shares or the average weekly trading volume of our Class A common shares on the during the four calendar weeks preceding such sale. Such sales are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions, notice requirements and the availability of current public information about us.

 

187


Table of Contents

TAXATION

The following summary contains a description of certain Cayman Islands and U.S. federal income tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our Class A common shares. It does not purport to be a comprehensive description of all the tax considerations that may be relevant to a decision to purchase the Class A common shares, is not applicable to all categories of investors, some of which may be subject to special rules, and does not address all of the Cayman Islands and U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to any particular holder. The summary is based upon the tax laws of the Cayman Islands and regulations thereunder and on the United States and regulations thereunder as of the date hereof, which are subject to change.

Prospective purchasers of our Class A common shares should consult their own tax advisors about the particular Cayman Islands and U.S. federal, state, local and other tax consequences to them of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our Class A common shares.

Cayman Islands Tax Considerations

Pursuant to section 6 of the Tax Concessions Law (Revised) of the Cayman Islands, the Company has obtained an undertaking from the Governor-in-Cabinet that:

 

  (a)

no law which is enacted in the Cayman Islands imposing any tax to be levied on profits or income or gains or appreciations shall apply to the Company or its operations; and

 

  (b)

no tax be levied on profits, income, gains or appreciations or which is in the nature of estate duty or inheritance tax shall be payable by the Company:

 

  (i)

on or in respect of the shares, debentures or other obligations of the Company; or

 

  (ii)

by way of withholding in whole or in part of any relevant payment as defined in section 6(3) of the Tax Concessions Law (Revised).

The undertaking for the Company is for a period of 20 years from April 26, 2016.

The Cayman Islands currently levy no taxes on individuals or corporations based upon profits, income, gains or appreciations and there is no taxation in the nature of inheritance tax or estate duty. There are no other taxes likely to be material to the Company levied by the Government of the Cayman Islands save for certain stamp duties which may be applicable, from time to time, on certain instruments.

Payments of dividends and capital in respect of our Class A common shares will not be subject to taxation in the Cayman Islands and no withholding will be required on the payment of a dividend or capital to any holder of our Class A common shares, nor will gains derived from the disposal of our Class A common shares be subject to Cayman Islands income or corporation tax.

There is no income tax treaty or convention currently in effect between the United States and the Cayman Islands.

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations for U.S. Holders

The following section is the opinion of Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP (“U.S. Tax Counsel”) as to the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our Class A common shares, but it does not purport to be a comprehensive description of all of the tax considerations that may be relevant to a particular person’s decision to acquire the shares.

This summary applies only to U.S. Holders (as defined below) that hold our Class A common shares as capital assets for tax purposes. In addition, it does not describe all of the tax consequences that may be relevant in

 

188


Table of Contents

light of a U.S. Holder’s particular circumstances, including alternative minimum tax consequences, the potential application of the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), known as the Medicare contribution tax, and tax consequences applicable to U.S. Holders subject to special rules, such as:

 

   

certain financial institutions;

 

   

insurance companies;

 

   

real estate investment trusts or regulated investment companies;

 

   

dealers or traders in securities that use a mark-to-market method of tax accounting;

 

   

persons holding Class A common shares as part of a hedging transaction, straddle, wash sale, conversion transaction or other integrated transaction or persons entering into a constructive sale with respect to the Class A common shares;

 

   

persons whose functional currency for U.S. federal income tax purposes is not the U.S. dollar;

 

   

tax-exempt entities, including an “individual retirement account” or “Roth IRA”;

 

   

persons that own or are deemed to own ten percent or more of our Class A common shares, by vote or value;

 

   

persons holding our Class A common shares in connection with a trade or business conducted outside of the United States; or

 

   

partnerships or other entities or arrangements treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

If an entity that is classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our Class A common shares, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner will generally depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Partnerships holding our Class A common shares and partners in such partnerships should consult their tax advisers as to the particular U.S. federal income tax consequences of owning and disposing of the Class A common shares.

This discussion is based on the Code, administrative pronouncements, judicial decisions, final, temporary and proposed Treasury regulations, all as of the date hereof, any of which is subject to change or differing interpretations, possibly with retroactive effect.

A “U.S. Holder” is a holder who, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is a beneficial owner of our Class A common shares and is:

 

   

an individual that is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

   

a corporation, or other entity taxable as a corporation, created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state therein or the District of Columbia; or

 

   

an estate or trust the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source.

U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisers concerning the U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax consequences of owning and disposing of our Class A common shares in their particular circumstances.

This discussion assumes that we are not, and will not become, a passive foreign investment company (a “PFIC”), as described below.

Taxation of Distributions

As discussed above under “Dividends and Dividend Policy”, we do not currently intend to pay dividends. In the event that we do pay dividends, and subject to the discussion below under “–Passive Foreign Investment

 

189


Table of Contents

Company Rules”, distributions paid on our Class A common shares, other than certain pro rata distributions of Class A common shares, will be treated as dividends to the extent paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles). Because we do not maintain calculations of our earnings and profits under U.S. federal income tax principles, we expect that distributions generally will be reported to U.S. Holders as dividends. Subject to applicable limitations, dividends paid to certain non-corporate U.S. Holders may be eligible for taxation as “qualified dividend income” and therefore may be taxable at rates applicable to long-term capital gains so long as our Class A common shares are listed and trade on Nasdaq or are readily tradable on another established securities market in the United States. U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisers regarding the availability of the reduced tax rate on dividends in their particular circumstances.

The amount of a dividend will generally be treated as foreign-source dividend income to U.S. Holders and will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction generally available to U.S. corporations under the Code. Dividends will be included in a U.S. Holder’s income on the date of the U.S. Holder’s receipt of the dividend.

Sale or Other Disposition of Common Shares

Subject to the discussion below under “—Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules”, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, gain or loss realized on the sale or other disposition of our Class A common shares will be capital gain or loss, and will be long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. Holder held the Class A common shares for more than one year. The amount of the gain or loss will equal the difference between the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the Class A common shares disposed of and the amount realized on the disposition, in each case as determined in U.S. dollars. This gain or loss will generally be U.S.-source gain or loss for foreign tax credit purposes. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to various limitations.

Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules

A non-U.S. corporation will be a PFIC for any taxable year in which either (i) 75% or more of its gross income consists of “passive income,” or (ii) 50% or more of the average quarterly value of its assets consist of assets that produce, or are held for the production of, “passive income.” For this purpose, subject to certain exceptions, passive income includes interest, dividends, rents, and certain gains from transactions. Cash is a passive asset for these purposes. Our goodwill will generally be taken into account as a non-passive asset unless, for United States federal income tax purposes, we are a controlled foreign corporation, or CFC, that is not a “publicly traded corporation for the taxable year.” We anticipate that we will qualify as a “publicly traded corporation” for the 2018 taxable year and therefore we would be able to take into account our goodwill for such taxable year. A non-U.S. corporation will be treated as owning its proportionate share of the assets and earning its proportionate share of the income of any other corporation in which it owns, directly or indirectly, more than 25% (by value) of the stock.

Based on the expected composition of our income and assets, and the value of our assets, including goodwill, which is based on the expected price of our Class A common shares in this offering, we do not expect to be a PFIC for our current taxable year; however, because our PFIC status for any taxable year can be determined only after the end of such taxable year and will depend on the composition of our income and assets and the market value of our assets from time to time, U.S. Tax Counsel cannot opine as to whether we will be a PFIC for our current taxable year or any future year. In addition, because it is uncertain how certain services we offer and related assets will be treated for purposes of the PFIC rules and because we will hold a substantial amount of cash following this offering, there can be no assurance that we will not be a PFIC for any taxable year. If we were a PFIC for any year during which a U.S. Holder holds our Class A common shares, we generally would continue to be treated as a PFIC with respect to that U.S. Holder for all succeeding years during which the U.S. Holder holds the Class A common shares, even if we ceased to meet the threshold requirements for PFIC status.

 

190


Table of Contents

If we were a PFIC for any taxable year and any of our subsidiaries, consolidated affiliated entity or other companies in which we own or are treated as owning equity interests were also a PFIC (any such entity, a “Lower-tier PFIC”), U.S. Holders would be deemed to own a proportionate amount (by value) of the shares of each Lower-tier PFIC and would be subject to U.S. federal income tax according to the rules described in the subsequent paragraph on (i) certain distributions by a Lower-tier PFIC and (ii) dispositions of shares of Lower-tier PFICs, in each case as if the U.S. Holders held such shares directly, even though the U.S. Holders had not received the proceeds of those distributions or dispositions.

If we were a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. Holder held our Class A common shares, the U.S. Holder may be subject to adverse tax consequences. Generally, gain recognized upon a disposition (including, under certain circumstances, a pledge) of our Class A common shares by the U.S. Holder would be allocated ratably over the U.S. Holder’s holding period for such shares. The amounts allocated to the taxable year of disposition and to years before we became a PFIC would be taxed as ordinary income. The amount allocated to each other taxable year would be subject to tax at the highest rate in effect for individuals or corporations, as appropriate, for that taxable year and an interest charge would be imposed on the tax on such amount. Further, to the extent that any distribution received by a U.S. Holder on its Class A common shares exceeds 125% of the average of the annual distributions on the Class A common shares received during the preceding three years or the U.S. Holder’s holding period, whichever is shorter, that distribution would be subject to taxation in the same manner as gain, described immediately above.

Alternatively, if we were a PFIC and if our Class A common shares were “regularly traded” on a “qualified exchange,” a U.S. Holder could make a mark-to-market election that would result in tax treatment different from the general tax treatment for PFICs described above. Our Class A common shares would be treated as “regularly traded” in any calendar year in which more than a de minimis quantity of our Class A common shares were traded on a qualified exchange on at least 15 days during each calendar quarter. The Nasdaq is a qualified exchange for this purpose.

If a U.S. Holder makes a mark-to-market election, the holder generally will recognize as ordinary income any excess of the fair market value of its Class A common shares at the end of each taxable year over their adjusted tax basis, and will recognize an ordinary loss in respect of any excess of the adjusted tax basis of the Class A common shares over their fair market value at the end of the taxable year (but only to the extent of the net amount of income previously included as a result of the mark-to-market election). If a U.S. Holder makes the election, the holder’s tax basis in the Class A common shares will be adjusted to reflect these income or loss amounts. Any gain recognized on the sale or other disposition of Class A common shares in a year when the Company is a PFIC will be treated as ordinary income and any loss will be treated as an ordinary loss (but only to the extent of the net amount of income previously included as a result of the mark-to-market election). Because the mark-to-market election only applies to marketable stock, however, it would not apply to a U.S. Holder’s indirect interest in any of the Company’s subsidiaries that were also determined to be PFIC.

In addition, if we were a PFIC or, with respect to a particular U.S. Holder, were treated as a PFIC for the taxable year in which we paid a dividend or for the prior taxable year, the preferential dividend rates discussed above with respect to dividends paid to certain non-corporate U.S. Holders would not apply.

If a U.S. Holder owns Class A common shares during any year in which we are a PFIC, the holder generally must file an annual report containing such information as the U.S. Treasury may require on IRS Form 8621 (or any successor form) with respect to us, generally with the holder’s federal income tax return for that year.

U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisers concerning our potential PFIC status and the potential application of the PFIC rules.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Payments of dividends and sales proceeds that are made within the United States or through certain U.S.-related financial intermediaries generally are subject to information reporting, and may be subject to backup

 

191


Table of Contents

withholding, unless (i) the U.S. Holder is a corporation or other exempt recipient or (ii) in the case of backup withholding, the U.S. Holder provides a correct taxpayer identification number and certifies that it is not subject to backup withholding.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. The amount of any backup withholding from a payment to a U.S. Holder will be allowed as a credit against such holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle it to a refund, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS. U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisers regarding the application of the U.S. information reporting and backup withholding rules.

Information with Respect to Foreign Financial Assets

Certain U.S. Holders who are individuals (and certain entities) may be required to report information on their U.S. federal income tax returns relating to an interest in our Class A common shares, subject to certain exceptions (including an exception for Class A common shares held in accounts maintained by certain U.S. financial institutions). U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisers regarding the effect, if any, of this requirement on their ownership and disposition of the Class A common shares.

THE ABOVE DESCRIPTION IS NOT INTENDED TO CONSTITUTE A COMPLETE ANALYSIS OF ALL TAX CONSEQUENCES RELATING TO THE OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION BY U.S. HOLDERS OF OUR CLASS A COMMON SHARES. U.S. HOLDERS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS CONCERNING THE TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATION.

 

192


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

We, the selling shareholders and the underwriters named below have entered into an underwriting agreement dated                 , 2018 with respect to the Class A common shares being offered. Under the terms and subject to the conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, we and the selling shareholders have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each of the underwriters has agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase from us and the selling shareholders the number of Class A common shares set forth opposite its name below. Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. are acting as the representatives of the underwriters in this offering and Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Itau BBA USA Securities, Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Banco BTG Pactual S.A.–Cayman Branch are acting as bookrunners of this offering.

 

Underwriter

   Number of Class A
Common

Shares
 

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

  

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

  

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

  

Itau BBA USA Securities, Inc.

  

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

  

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

  

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
Incorporated

  

Banco BTG Pactual S.A.–Cayman Branch

  
  

 

 

 

Total

  
  

 

 

 

Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the underwriting agreement, the underwriters have agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase all of the Class A common shares sold under the underwriting agreement if any of these Class A common shares are purchased. If an underwriter defaults, the underwriting agreement provides that the purchase commitments of the non-defaulting underwriters may be increased or the underwriting agreement may be terminated.

Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the underwriting agreement, we and the selling shareholders have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

The underwriters are offering the Class A common shares, subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to approval of legal matters by their counsel, including the validity of the shares, and other conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, such as the absence of any material adverse change in our business, the receipt by the underwriters of officer’s certificates and certain certificates, letters and opinions from our local and international counsel and our independent auditors. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.

Banco BTG Pactual S.A.–Cayman Branch is not a broker-dealer registered with the SEC, and therefore may not make sales of any Class A common shares in the United States or to U.S. persons except in compliance with applicable U.S. laws and regulations. To the extent that Banco BTG Pactual S.A.–Cayman Branch intends to effect sales of the Class A common shares in the United States, it will do so only through BTG Pactual US Capital, LLC or one or more U.S. registered broker-dealers, or otherwise as permitted by applicable U.S. law.

Commissions and Discounts

The underwriters have advised us that they propose initially to offer the Class A common shares to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to dealers at that price less a

 

193


Table of Contents

concession not in excess of US$                 per Class A common share. After the initial offering, the public offering price, concession or any other term of the offering may be changed. Sales of Class A common shares made outside of the United States may be made by affiliates of the underwriters.

The following table shows the public offering price, underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us and by the selling shareholders, and proceeds, before expenses, to us and to the selling shareholders. This information assumes either no exercise or full exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional Class A common shares.

 

    

 

     Total  
  

 

 

 
     Per Class A
common share
     Without
Option
     With
Option
 

Public offering price

   US$        US$        US$    

Underwriting discounts and commissions:

        

Payable by us:

   US$        US$        US$    

Payable by the selling shareholders:

   US$        US$        US$    

Proceeds, before expenses:

        

To us:

   US$        US$        US$    

To the selling shareholders:

   US$        US$        US$    

The expenses of the offering, not including the underwriting discounts and commissions, are estimated at US$15.2 million and are payable by us. We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for the expenses relating to clearance of this offering with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority.

Berkshire Hathaway, Inc. has indicated an interest in purchasing up to 13,712,960 Class A common shares in this offering at the initial public offering price. Entities advised by T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc., certain of which are existing holders of our shares, have indicated an interest in purchasing up to 9,545,455 Class A common shares in this offering at the initial public offering price. Madrone Opportunity Fund, L.P., an entity affiliated with entities which are existing holders of our shares, has indicated an interest in purchasing up to 2,386,364 Class A common shares in this offering at the initial public offering price. Because these indications of interest are not binding agreements or commitments to purchase, such potential purchasers could determine to purchase more, less or no Class A common shares in this offering, or the underwriters could determine to sell more, less or no shares to such potential purchasers. The underwriters will receive the same discount on any of our Class A common shares purchased by such potential purchasers as they will from any other Class A common shares sold to the public in this offering.

In addition, Todd Combs, the Chief Investment Officer of Berkshire Hathaway, is also a member of the Board of Directors of the parent company of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, one of the underwriters of this offering.

Option to Purchase Additional Class A Common Shares

The selling shareholders have granted the underwriters the right to purchase up to 7,159,091 additional Class A common shares within 30 days from the date of this prospectus, at the initial public offering price, less underwriting discounts. The underwriters may exercise this option solely to cover any sales by the underwriters of a greater number of Class A common shares than the total number set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. If the underwriters exercise this option, each will be obligated, subject to conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, to purchase a number of additional Class A common shares proportionate to that underwriter’s initial amount reflected in the above table. The underwriters are not required to take or pay for the shares covered by the underwriters’ option to purchase additional Class A common shares.

No Sales of Similar Securities

We, members of our board of directors and our executive officers, as well as our shareholders, have agreed to certain lock-up restrictions regarding common shares of our company for 180 days after the date of this

 

194


Table of Contents

prospectus, except with the prior written consent of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. These restrictions are subject to certain exceptions. For further information, see the section of this prospectus entitled “Class A Common Shares Eligible for Future Sale.”

Listing

We have applied to list our Class A common shares on Nasdaq under the symbol “STNE.” In order to meet the requirements for listing on that exchange, the underwriters have undertaken to sell a minimum number of Class A common shares to a minimum number of beneficial owners as required by that exchange.

Before this offering, there has been no public market for our Class A common shares. The initial public offering price was determined through negotiations among us and the representatives. In addition to prevailing market conditions, the factors considered in determining the initial public offering price were:

 

   

the valuation multiples of publicly traded companies that the representatives believe to be comparable to us;

 

   

our financial information;

 

   

the history of, and the prospects for, our company and the industry in which we compete;

 

   

an assessment of our management, its past and present operations, and the prospects for, and timing of, our future revenues;

 

   

the present state of our development; and

 

   

the above factors in relation to market values and various valuation measures of other companies engaged in activities similar to ours.

An active trading market for the Class A common shares may not develop. It is also possible that after the offering the Class A common shares will not trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

Until the distribution of the Class A common shares is completed, rules of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission may limit underwriters and selling group members from bidding for and purchasing our Class A common shares. However, the representatives may engage in transactions that stabilize the price of the Class A common shares, such as bids or purchases to peg, fix or maintain that price.

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell our Class A common shares in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, purchases on the open market to cover positions created by short sales and stabilizing transactions. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of Class A common shares than they are required to purchase in the offering. “Covered” short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional Class A common shares in the offering. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional Class A common shares or purchasing Class A common shares in the open market. In determining the source of Class A common shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of Class A common shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the option described above. “Naked” short sales are sales in excess of the underwriters’ option described above. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing Class A common shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of our Class A common shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of shares of Class A common shares made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

 

195


Table of Contents

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased Class A common shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Similar to other purchase transactions, the underwriters’ purchases to cover the syndicate short sales may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our Class A common shares or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our Class A common shares. As a result, the price of our common shares may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. The underwriters may conduct these transactions on Nasdaq, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise, in accordance with applicable laws and regulations.

Neither we and the selling shareholders, nor the underwriters, nor any of their respective agents, make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our Class A common shares. In addition, neither we and the selling shareholders, nor the underwriters, nor any of their respective agents, make any representation that the representatives will engage in these transactions or that these transactions, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

Electronic Offer, Sale and Distribution of Class A Common Shares

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on websites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of shares of Class A common shares for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the underwriters that may make internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

Relationships

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full-service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include sales and trading, commercial and investment banking, advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, market making, brokerage and other financial and non-financial activities and services. Some of the underwriters and their affiliates have engaged in, and may in the future engage in, investment banking, commercial banking, financial advisory and other commercial dealings in the ordinary course of business with us or our affiliates. They have received, or may in the future receive, customary fees and commissions for these transactions.

The underwriters may enter into derivative transactions in connection with our Class A common shares, acting at the order and for the account of their clients. The underwriters may also purchase some of our Class A common shares offered hereby to hedge their risk exposure in connection with these transactions. Such transactions may have an effect on demand, price or offer terms of the offering without, however, creating an artificial demand during the offering.

In addition, in the ordinary course of their business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates, officers, directors and employees may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities), commodities, currencies, credit default swaps and other financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers. Such investments and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of ours or our affiliates. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations, market color or trading ideas and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such assets, securities or financial instruments and may hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

 

196


Table of Contents

Discretionary Sales

The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend sales to discretionary accounts to exceed 5% of the total number of Class A common shares offered by them.

Pricing of the Offering

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Class A common shares. The initial public offering price was determined by negotiations between us, the selling shareholders and the underwriters. Among the factors considered in determining the initial public offering price of the Class A common shares, in addition to prevailing market conditions, were our historical performance, estimates of our business potential and earnings prospects, an assessment of our management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.

Selling Restrictions

No action has been taken in any jurisdiction (except in the United States) that would permit a public offering of the Class A common shares, or the possession, circulation or distribution of this prospectus or any other material relating to us or the Class A common shares in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. Accordingly, the Class A common shares may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, and neither this prospectus nor any other material or advertisements in connection with the Class A common shares may be distributed or published, in or from any country or jurisdiction except in compliance with any applicable laws, rules and regulations of any such country or jurisdiction.

Argentina

The Class A common shares are not authorized for public offering in Argentina by the Comisión Nacional de Valores pursuant to Argentine Public Offering Law No. 17,811, as amended, and they shall not be sold publicly. Therefore, any transaction carried out in Argentina must be made privately.

Brazil

The offer and sale of our Class A common shares has not been, and will not be, registered with the Brazilian Securities and Exchange Commission ( Comissão de Valores Mobiliários ). Any representation to the contrary is untruthful and unlawful. Therefore, the offer and sale of our Class A common shares will not be carried out by any means that would constitute a public offering in Brazil under Law No. 6,385, of December 7, 1976, as amended, and under CVM Rule ( Instrução ) No. 400, of December 29, 2003, as amended; as a consequence, the Class A common shares may not be offered and sold in Brazil, nor to any investor who is resident or domiciled in Brazil.

Cayman Islands

This prospectus does not constitute a public offer of the Class A common shares, whether by way of sale or subscription, in the Cayman Islands. Class A common shares have not been offered or sold, and will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in the Cayman Islands.

European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”) an offer to the public of our Class A common shares may not be made in that Relevant Member State, except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of our

 

197


Table of Contents

Class A common shares may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive:

 

  (a)

to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

 

  (b)

to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives of the underwriters for any such offer; or

 

  (c)

in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive,

provided that no such offer of our common shares shall result in a requirement for the publication by us or any underwriter of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to our common shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and our Class A common shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase our Class A common shares, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State, the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (as amended), including by Directive 2010/73/EU, and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State.

This European Economic Area selling restriction is in addition to any other selling restrictions set out below.

United Kingdom

Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

 

  (A)

it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, or FSMA), received by it in connection with the issue or sale of our Class A common shares in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to us; and

 

  (B)

it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to our Class A common shares in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

Switzerland

This document, as well as any other material relating to the securities which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus, does not constitute an issue prospectus pursuant to Articles 652a and/or 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations. The Class A common shares will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange and, therefore, the documents relating to the Class A common shares, including, but not limited to, this document, do not claim to comply with the disclosure standards of the listing rules of the SIX Swiss Exchange and corresponding prospectus schemes annexed to the listing rules of the SIX Swiss Exchange. The Class A common shares are being offered in Switzerland by way of a private placement, i.e., to a small number of selected investors only, without any public offer and only to investors who do not purchase the Class A common shares with the intention to distribute them to the public. The investors will be individually approached by the Issuer from time to time. This document as well as any other material relating to the Class A common shares are personal and confidential and do not constitute an offer to any other person. This document may only be used by those investors to whom it has been handed out in connection with the offering described herein and may neither directly nor indirectly be distributed or made available to other persons without the express consent of the Issuer. It may not be used in connection with any other offer and shall in particular not be copied and/or distributed to the public in (or from) Switzerland.

 

198


Table of Contents

Dubai International Financial Centre

This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority, or DFSA. This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus. The securities to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the securities offered should conduct their own due diligence on the securities. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

Hong Kong

The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”), (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for 6 months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (3) by operation of law.

Japan

The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law) and each underwriter has agreed that it will not offer or sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the

 

199


Table of Contents

laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

Canada

The securities may be sold in Canada only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions, and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the securities must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

 

200


Table of Contents

EXPENSES OF THE OFFERING

We estimate that our expenses in connection with this offering, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, will be as follows:

 

Expenses

   Amount  

U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee

   US$ 153,001  

Nasdaq listing fee

     225,000  

FINRA filing fee

     189,858  

Printing and engraving expenses

     350,000  

Legal fees and expenses

     3,700,000  

Transfer agent and registrar fees

     40,000  

Accounting fees and expenses

     4,300,000  

Financial Advisory Services

     5,000,000  

Miscellaneous costs

     1,200,000  
  

 

 

 

Total

   US$ 15,157,859  
  

 

 

 

All amounts in the table are estimates except the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee, the Nasdaq listing fee and the FINRA filing fee. The Company will pay all of the expenses of this offering listed above.

 

201


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

Certain matters of U.S. federal and New York State law will be passed upon for us by Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, and for the underwriters by White & Case LLP. The validity of the Class A common shares offered in this offering and other legal matters as to Cayman Islands law will be passed upon for us by Harney Westwood & Riegels. Certain other matters of Brazil law will be passed upon for us by Mattos Filho, Veiga Filho, Marrey Jr. e Quiroga Advogados and for the underwriters by Pinheiro Neto Advogados.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of StoneCo Ltd. as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, and for the years then ended, appearing in this prospectus and registration statement have been audited by Ernst & Young Auditores Independentes S.S., independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

 

202


Table of Contents

ENFORCEABILITY OF CIVIL LIABILITIES

Cayman Islands

We are registered under the laws of the Cayman Islands as an exempted company with limited liability. We are registered in the Cayman Islands because of certain benefits associated with being a Cayman Islands company, such as political and economic stability, an effective judicial system, a favorable tax system, the absence of foreign exchange control or currency restrictions and the availability of professional and support services. However, the Cayman Islands have a less developed body of securities laws as compared to the United States and provide protections for investors to a significantly lesser extent. In addition, Cayman Islands companies may not have standing to sue before the federal courts of the United States. Harney Westwood & Riegels, our counsel as to Cayman Islands law, has advised us that there is uncertainty as to whether the courts of the Cayman Islands would, (1) recognize or enforce judgments of United States courts obtained against us or our directors or officers predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States, or (2) entertain original actions brought in the Cayman Islands against us or our directors or officers predicated upon the securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States.

Our Cayman Islands counsel has informed us that the uncertainty with regard to Cayman Islands law relates to whether a judgment obtained from the United States courts under civil liability provisions of the securities laws will be determined by the courts of the Cayman Islands as penal or punitive in nature. If such a determination is made, the courts of the Cayman Islands will not recognize or enforce the judgment against a Cayman Islands’ company. Because the courts of the Cayman Islands have yet to rule on whether such judgments are penal or punitive in nature, it is uncertain whether they would be enforceable in the Cayman Islands.

Our Cayman Islands counsel has further advised us that a final and conclusive judgment in the federal or state courts of the United States under which a sum of money is payable, other than a sum payable in respect of taxes, fines, penalties or similar charges, may be subject to enforcement proceedings as a debt in the courts of the Cayman Islands under the common law doctrine of obligation.

Brazil

Substantially all of our assets are located outside the United States, in Brazil. In addition, a majority of the members of our board of directors and all of our officers are nationals or residents of Brazil and all or a substantial portion of their assets are located outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult for investors to effect service of process within the United States upon us or these persons, or to enforce against us or them judgments obtained in United States courts, including judgments predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States.

We have been advised by Mattos Filho, Veiga Filho, Marrey Jr. e Quiroga Advogados, our Brazilian counsel, that a judgment of a United States court for civil liabilities predicated upon the federal securities laws of the United States may be enforced in Brazil, subject to certain requirements described below. Such counsel has advised that a judgment against us, the members of our board of directors or our executive officers obtained in the United States would be enforceable in Brazil without retrial or re-examination of the merits of the original action including, without limitation, any final judgment for payment of a certain amount rendered by any such court, provided that such judgment has been previously recognized by the Brazilian Superior Tribunal of Justice ( Superior Tribunal de Justiça ), or STJ. That recognition will only be available, pursuant to Articles 963 and 964 of the Brazilian Code of Civil Procedure ( Código de Processo Civil, Law n.13,105, dated March 16, 2015, as amended), if the U.S. judgment:

 

   

complies with all formalities necessary for its enforcement;

 

   

is issued by a court of competent jurisdiction after proper service of process is made or after sufficient evidence of our absence has been given, as requested under the laws of the United States;

 

203


Table of Contents
   

is not rendered in an action upon which Brazilian courts have exclusive jurisdiction, pursuant to the provisions of Article 23 of the Brazilian Code of Civil Procedure (Law No. 13,105/2015, as amended);

 

   

is final and, therefore, not subject to appeal ( res judicata ) in the United States;

 

   

creates no conflict between the United States judgment and a previous final and binding ( res judicata ) judgment on the same matter and involving the same parties issued in Brazil;

 

   

is duly apostilled by a competent authority of the United States, according to the Hague Convention Abolishing the Requirement of Legalization for Foreign Public Documents dated as of October 5, 1961 authentication, or the Hague Convention. If such decision emanates from a country that is not a signatory of the Hague Convention, it must be duly authenticated by a Brazilian Diplomatic Office or Consulate;

 

   

is accompanied by a translation into Portuguese made by a certified translator in Brazil, unless an exemption is provided by an international treaty to which Brazil is a signatory; and

 

   

is not contrary to Brazilian national sovereignty or public policy and does not violate the dignity of the human person, as set forth in Brazilian law.

The judicial recognition process may be time-consuming and may also give rise to difficulties in enforcing such foreign judgment in Brazil. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that judicial recognition of a foreign judgment would be successful, that the judicial recognition process would be conducted in a timely manner or that a Brazilian court would enforce a judgment of countries other than Brazil.

We believe original actions may be brought in connection with this initial public offering predicated on the federal securities laws of the United States in Brazilian courts and that, subject to applicable law, Brazilian courts may enforce liabilities in such actions against us or the members of our board of directors or our executive officers and certain advisors named herein.

In addition, a plaintiff, whether Brazilian or non-Brazilian, who resides outside Brazil or is outside Brazil during the course of litigation in Brazil and who does not own real property in Brazil must post a bond to guarantee the payment of the defendant’s legal fees and court expenses in connection with court procedures for the collection of money according to Article 83 of the Brazilian Code of Civil Procedure ( Código de Processo Civil ). This is so except in the case of: (1) claims for collection on a título executivo extrajudicial (an instrument which may be enforced in Brazilian courts without a review on the merits), or enforcement of foreign judgments that have been duly recognized by the Superior Court of Justice; (2) counterclaims as established; and (3) when an exemption is provided by an international agreement or treaty to which Brazil is a signatory.

If proceedings are brought in Brazilian courts seeking to enforce our obligations with respect to our Class A common shares, payment shall be made in reais . Any judgment rendered in Brazilian courts in respect of any payment obligations with respect to our Class A common shares would be expressed in reais . See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Class A common shares and the Offering—Judgments of Brazilian courts to enforce our obligations with respect to our Class A common shares may be payable only in reais .”

We have also been advised that the ability of a judgment creditor to satisfy a judgment by attaching certain assets of the defendant in Brazil is governed and limited by provisions of Brazilian law.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, we cannot assure you that confirmation of any judgment will be obtained, or that the process described above can be conducted in a timely manner.

Agent for Service of Process

We have appointed Cogency Global Inc. as our agent to receive service of process with respect to any action brought against us in the United States under the federal securities laws of the United States or of any state in the United States arising out of this offering.

 

204


Table of Contents

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement (including amendments and exhibits to the registration statement) on Form F-1 under the Securities Act. This prospectus, which is part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules to the registration statement. For further information, we refer you to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed as part of the registration statement. If a document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, we refer you to the copy of the document that has been filed. Each statement in this prospectus relating to a document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit.

Upon completion of this offering, we will be subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act that are applicable to foreign private issuers. Accordingly, we will be required to file reports and other information with the SEC, including annual reports on Form 20-F and reports on Form 6-K. You may inspect and copy the reports and other information to be filed with the SEC at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington D.C. 20549. Copies of the materials may be obtained from the Public Reference Room of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549 at prescribed rates. The public may obtain information on the operation of the SEC’s Public Reference Room by calling the SEC in the United States at 1-800-SEC-0330. In addition, the SEC maintains an internet website at http://www.sec.gov, from which you can electronically access the registration statement and its materials.

As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt under the Exchange Act from, among other things, the rules prescribing the furnishing and content of proxy statements, and our executive officers, directors and principal and selling shareholders are exempt from the reporting and short-swing profit recovery provisions contained in Section 16 of the Exchange Act. In addition, we will not be required under the Exchange Act to file periodic reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as U.S. companies whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act.

We will send the transfer agent a copy of all notices of shareholders’ meetings and other reports, communications and information that are made generally available to shareholders. The transfer agent has agreed to mail to all shareholders a notice containing the information (or a summary of the information) contained in any notice of a meeting of our shareholders received by the transfer agent and will make available to all shareholders such notices and all such other reports and communications received by the transfer agent.

 

205


Table of Contents

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements—StoneCo Ltd.

  

Unaudited Consolidated Interim Statement of Financial Position as of June 30, 2018

     F-2  

Unaudited Consolidated Interim Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income for the six months ended June 30, 2018

     F-3  

Unaudited Consolidated Interim Statement of Changes in Equity for the six months ended June 30, 2018

     F-4  

Unaudited Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the six months ended June 30, 2018

     F-5  

Notes to the Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements

     F-6  

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements—StoneCo Ltd.

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-34  

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position as of December  31, 2017 and 2016

     F-35  

Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016

     F-36  

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016

     F-37  

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the years ended December  31, 2017 and 2016

     F-38  

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-39  

 

F-1


Table of Contents

DLP Payments Holdings Ltd.

Unaudited interim consolidated statement of financial position

June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017

(In thousands of Brazilian Reais)

 

     Notes      June 30,
2018
(unaudited)
    December 31,
2017
 

Assets

       

Current assets

       

Cash and cash equivalents

     5        142,894       641,952  

Short-term investments

     6        209,022       201,762  

Accounts receivable from card issuers

     7        5,829,081       5,078,430  

Trade accounts receivable

        31,237       23,120  

Recoverable taxes

        56,162       39,147  

Prepaid expenses

        16,925       10,391  

Other accounts receivable

        16,183       4,722  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
        6,301,504       5,999,524  

Non-current assets

       

Receivable from related parties

     13        9,958       9,078  

Deferred income tax assets

     8        233,436       198,234  

Other accounts receivable

        3,390       3,446  

Investment in associate

        3,812       1,743  

Property and equipment

     9        245,615       189,631  

Intangible assets

     10        239,228       234,088  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
        735,439       636,220  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

        7,036,943       6,635,744  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and equity

       

Current liabilities

       

Accounts payable to clients

     11        3,955,793       3,637,510  

Trade accounts payable

        70,583       53,238  

Loans and financing

     12        9,311       13,839  

Obligations to FIDC senior quota holders

     12        7,483       8,695  

Labor and social security liabilities

        63,251       35,959  

Taxes payable

        27,186       35,905  

Other accounts payable

        29,185       38,417  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
        4,162,792       3,823,563  

Non-current liabilities

       

Loans and financing

     12        2,830       3,032  

Obligations to FIDC senior quota holders

     12        2,057,459       2,056,331  

Share-based payments

     18        17,822       217,487  

Deferred income tax liabilities

     8        61,839       52,268  

Provision for contingencies

        774       486  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
        2,140,724       2,329,604  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

        6,303,516       6,153,167  

Equity

       

Issued capital

     14        46       46  

Capital reserve

     14        1,170,654       967,749  

Other comprehensive income

        (35,780     2,595  

Accumulated losses

        (418,479     (503,018
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity attributable to owners of the parent

        716,441       467,372  

Non-controlling interests

        16,986       15,205  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity

        733,427       482,577  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

        7,036,943       6,635,744  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-2


Table of Contents

DLP Payments Holdings Ltd.

Unaudited interim consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income

For the six months ended June 30, 2018 and 2017

(In thousands of Brazilian Reais, unless otherwise stated)

 

            Six months ended June 30  
     Notes      2018     2017  

Net revenue from transaction activities and other services

     16        204,093       93,440  

Net revenue from subscription services and equipment rental

     16        84,999       49,332  

Financial income

     16        333,062       180,933  

Other financial income

     16        13,574       8,080  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue and income

        635,728       331,785  

Cost of services

        (141,061     (96,923

Administrative expenses

        (117,366     (69,109

Selling expenses

        (81,406     (33,772

Financial expenses, net

        (142,581     (118,833

Other operating expenses, net

        (20,796     (84,572
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
     17        (503,210     (403,209

Loss on investment in associates

        (378     (128
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit (loss) before income taxes

        132,140       (71,552

Current income tax and social contribution

     8        (49,570     (1,894

Deferred income tax and social contribution

     8        5,144       (2,494
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) for the period

        87,714       (75,940
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income

       

Other comprehensive income that may be reclassified to profit or loss in subsequent periods (net of tax):

       

Accounts receivable from card issuers at fair value through OCI

        7,525       —    
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income for the period, net of tax

        7,525       —    
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income (loss) for the period, net of tax

        95,239       (75,940
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to:

       

Owners of the parent

        85,029       (79,528

Non-controlling interests

        2,685       3,588  

Total comprehensive income (loss) attributable to:

       

Owners of the parent

        92,312       (79,528

Non-controlling interests

        2,927       3,588  

Earnings (loss) per share

       

Basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share for the period attributable to owners of the parent

     15      R$ 0.38     R$ (0.37

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

DLP Payments Holdings Ltd.

Unaudited interim consolidated statement of changes in equity

For the six months ended June 30, 2018 and 2017

(In thousands of Brazilian Reais)

 

         Attributable to owners of the parent              
                Capital reserve                                
    Notes    Issued
capital
     Additional
paid-in
capital
     Transactions
among
shareholders
    Other
reserves
     Total     Other
comprehensive
income
    Accumulated
losses
    Total     Non-
controlling
interest
    Total  

Balance as of January 1, 2017

       41        944,201        (35,195     14,364        923,370       —         (394,287     529,124       58,118       587,242  

Capital increase

       —          29        —         —          29       —         —         29       838       867  

Dilution of non-controlling interest

       —          —          (4,061     —          (4,061     —         —         (4,061     4,061       —    

Net income (loss) for the period

       —          —          —         —          —         —         (79,528     (79,528     3,588       (75,940
    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of June 30, 2017 (unaudited)

       41        944,230        (39,256     14,364        919,338       —         (473,815     445,564       66,605       512,169  
    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2017

       46        1,190,902        (237,517     14,364        967,749       2,595       (503,018     467,372       15,205       482,577  

Adoption of new accounting standard

  3.2      —          —          —         —          —         (45,658     (490     (46,148     (1,146     (47,294
    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of January 1, 2018 (unaudited)

       46        1,190,902        (237,517     14,364        967,749       (43,063     (503,508     421,224       14,059       435,283  

Capital increase

  14      —          3,240        —         —          3,240       —         —         3,240       —         3,240  

Reclassification of share-based payments liability to equity

  18      —          —          —         199,665        199,665       —         —         199,665       —         199,665  

Net income for the period

       —          —          —         —          —         —         85,029       85,029       2,685       87,714  

Accounts receivable from card issuers at FVOCI

       —          —          —         —          —         7,283       —         7,283       242       7,525  
    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of June 30, 2018 (unaudited)

       46        1,194,142        (237,517     214,029        1,170,654       (35,780     (418,479     716,441       16,986       733,427  
    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

DLP Payments Holdings Ltd.

Unaudited interim consolidated statement of cash flows

For the six months ended June 30, 2018 and 2017

(In thousands of Brazilian Reais)

 

            Six months ended June 30  
     Notes            2018                 2017        

Operating activities

       

Net income (loss) for the period

        87,714       (75,940
       

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) for the period to net cash flows:

       

Depreciation and amortization

        40,025       25,675  

Deferred income tax expenses

     8        (5,144     2,494  

Loss on investment in associates

        378       128  

Other financial costs and foreign exchange, net

        72,012       4,827  

Provision for contingencies

        299       287  

Share based payment expense

     18        —         85,202  

Allowance for doubtful accounts

        8,982       2,122  

Loss on disposal of property, equipment and intangibles

     9/10        18,838       3,824  

Onerous contract

        (415     (2,826
       

Working capital adjustments:

       

Accounts receivable from card issuers

        (683,375     373,373  

Accounts receivable from related parties

        (1,027     (484

Tax credits

        (59,111     (7,251

Prepaid expenses

        (5,941     673  

Other assets

        (23,053     (16,097

Accounts payable

        (32,071     (589,329

Tax payable

        51,211       5,782  

Labor and social

        27,292       6,830  

Contingencies

        (10     (17

Other liabilities

        6,548       11,649  
       

Interest paid

     12        (75,611     (4,357

Interest income received, net of costs

        217,290       73,020  

Income tax paid

        (17,835     (1,826
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

        (373,004     (102,242
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investing activities

       

Purchases of property and equipment

     9        (92,476     (40,856

Purchases and development of intangible assets

     10        (24,280     (9,358

Acquisition of short term investments, net

        (7,351     (136,098

Proceeds from the disposal of non-current assets

     9/10        1,108       6,357  

Acquisition of interest in associates

        (386     (600
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

        (123,385     (180,555
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financing activities

       

Payment of borrowings

     12        (526     (6,667

Proceeds from FIDC senior quota holders

     12        —         1,000,000  

Payment of finance leases

     12        (5,333     (4,928

Capital increase

     14        3,240       867  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

        (2,619     989,272  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of foreign exchange on cash and cash equivalents

        (50     1,734  

Change in cash and cash equivalents

        (499,058     708,209  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     5        641,952       170,646  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

     5        142,894       878,855  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

DLP Payments Holdings Ltd.

Notes to unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements

June 30, 2018

(In thousands of Brazilian Reais, unless otherwise stated)

 

1.

Operations

DLP Payments Holdings Ltd. (the “Company”), a Cayman Islands exempted company with limited liability, was incorporated on March 11, 2014. The registered office of the Company is Harbour Place, 103 South Church Street in George Town, Grand Cayman. The Company’s principal executive office is located in the city of São Paulo, Brazil.

The Company is controlled by HR Holdings, LLC, which owns 58% of the voting shares, whose ultimate parent is an investment fund owned by the co-founder individuals, VCK Investment Fund Limited SAC.

The Company and its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Group”) are principally engaged in providing financial technology solutions to clients and integrated partners to conduct electronic commerce seamlessly across in-store, online, and mobile channels, which include integration to cloud-based technology platforms, offering services for acceptance of various forms of electronic payment, automation of business processes at the point-of-sale and working capital solutions.

In December 2016, the Group launched an investment fund known as Fundo de Investimento em Direitos Creditórios (“FIDC”), TAPSO FIDC (“FIDC TAPSO”) in order to provide working capital solution to clients. In addition, in June 2017 and November 2017, the Group launched two additional FIDCs, FIDC Bancos Emissores de Cartão de Crédito—Stone (“FIDC AR 1”) and FIDC Bancos Emissores de Cartão de Crédito—Stone II (“FIDC AR 2”) in order to raise capital. A FIDC is legally an investment fund authorized by the Brazilian Monetary Council, and specifically designed as investment vehicle for investing in Brazilian credit rights, such as credit card receivable rights.

The unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements of the Group for the six months ended June 30, 2018 and 2017 were approved at the Board of Directors’ meeting on September 19, 2018. The information on historical earnings per share in these financial statements was updated to reflect the stock split described in Note 20 that was effected on October 14, 2018. The consolidated financial statements of the Group were prepared by Management and have been approved by the Company’s Directors on October 14, 2018, solely to give retroactive effect to share, per share and related information, and not to reflect any other subsequent events since September 19, 2018. (see Note 20).

Seasonality of operations

The Group’s revenues are subject to seasonal fluctuations as a result of consumer spending patterns. Historically, revenues have been strongest during the last quarter of the year as a result of higher sales during the Brazilian holiday season. This is due to the increase in the number and amount of electronic payment transactions related to seasonal retail events. Adverse events that occur during these months could have a disproportionate effect on the results of operations for the entire fiscal year. As a result of seasonal fluctuations caused by these and other factors, results for an interim period may not be indicative of those expected for the full fiscal year.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

DLP Payments Holdings Ltd.

Notes to unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements

June 30, 2018

(In thousands of Brazilian Reais, unless otherwise stated)

 

2.

Group information

 

  2.1.

Subsidiaries

The consolidated financial statements of the Group include the following subsidiaries and structured entities:

 

       % Group’s equity interest  

Entity name

   Country of
incorporation
   Principal activities      June 30,
2018
     December 31,
2017
 

Direct interest

           

DLP Capital LLC (“DLP Capital”)

   USA      Holding company        100.00        100.00  

Indirect interest

           

MPB Capital LLC (“MPB Capital”)

   USA      Investment company        100.00        100.00  

DLP Part Participações S.A. (“DLP Par”)

   Brazil      Employee trust        0.01        24.70  

DLP Pagamentos Brasil S.A. (“DLP Brasil”)

   Brazil      Holding company        97.58        97.58  

Stone Pagamentos S.A. (“Stone”)

   Brazil      Merchant acquiring        97.58        97.58  

EdB Soluções de Pagamento S.A. (“EdB”)

   Brazil      Merchant acquiring        97.58        97.58  

Pagar.me Pagamentos S.A. (“Pagar.me”)

   Brazil      Merchant acquiring        97.58        97.58  

Buy4 Processamento de Pagamentos S.A. (“Buy4”)

   Brazil      Processing card transactions        97.57        97.57  

Buy4 Sub LLC (“Buy4 LLC”)

   USA      Cloud store card transactions        97.57        97.57  

Cappta S.A. (“Cappta”)

   Brazil      Electronic fund transfer        51.98        51.98  

Mundipagg Tecnologia em Pagamento S.A. (“Mundipagg”)

   Brazil      Technology services        97.29        97.29  

Stone Franchising Ltda. (“Stone Franchising”)

   Brazil      Franchising management        97.57        —    

TAPSO FIDC (“TAPSO”) (Note 3.2)

   Brazil      Receivables investment fund        97.58        97.58  

FIDC AR1 (Note 12(a))

   Brazil      Receivables investment fund        97.58        97.58  

 

  2.2.

Associates

As of June 30, 2018, the Group had a 29.27% interest in Equals S.A. (December 31, 2017 — 29.27%) with an option to purchase up to a 50.0% interest. See Note 20(a) with respect to the exercise of this option after the reporting period.

On June 21, 2018, the Group acquired a 27.06% interest in Linked Gourmet (“Linked”) for R$ 2,366 payable by December 2018. Linked is an unlisted company based in São Paulo, Brazil, that develops software and services for the food service market. The Group also holds an option to acquire an additional interest, exercisable in the period from 2 to 3 years from the date of the initial acquisition, which would allow the Group to obtain control of Linked. Through this acquisition, the Group expects to obtain synergies in servicing its clients.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

DLP Payments Holdings Ltd.

Notes to unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements

June 30, 2018

(In thousands of Brazilian Reais, unless otherwise stated)

 

3.

Basis of preparation and changes to the Group’s accounting policies

 

  3.1.

Basis of preparation

The interim condensed consolidated financial statements for the six months ended June 30, 2018 have been prepared in accordance with IAS 34 Interim Financial Reporting as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”).

The interim condensed consolidated financial statements do not include all the information and disclosures required in the annual financial statements, and should be read in conjunction with the Group’s annual consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2017.

The accounting policies adopted are consistent with those of the previous financial year and corresponding interim reporting period, except for the adoption of new and amended standards as set out below.

The interim condensed consolidated financial statements are presented in Brazilian reais (“R$”), and all values are rounded to the nearest thousand (R$000), except when otherwise indicated.

 

  3.2.

New and amended standards and interpretations

 

  (i)

New and amended standards and interpretations adopted

The accounting policies adopted in the preparation of the interim condensed consolidated financial statements are consistent with those followed in the preparation of the Group’s annual consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2017, except for the adoption of new standards effective as of January 1, 2018. The Group has not early adopted any other standard, interpretation or amendment that has been issued but is not yet effective.

The Group applied IFRS 15 ‘Revenue from Contracts with Customers’ and IFRS 9 ‘Financial Instruments’ on January 1, 2018. As required by IAS 34, the nature and effect of these changes are disclosed below:

IFRS 15 – Revenue from Contracts with Customers

IFRS 15, issued in May 2014, establishes a five-step model to account for revenues from contracts with customers. Under IFRS 15, revenue is recognized at an amount that reflects the consideration to which an entity expects to be entitled in exchange for transferring goods or services to a customer. IFRS 15 supersedes IAS 11 Construction Contracts, IAS 18 Revenues and related interpretations and it applies to all revenue arising from contracts with customers, unless those contracts are in the scope of other standards.

The Group adopted IFRS 15 on its effective date, January 1, 2018, using the modified retrospective approach, and there was no impact on the Group’s consolidated financial statements, except for the required additional disclosures.

 

  a)

Changes to the revised Group’s accounting policies:

Revenue and income

Revenue is recognized when the Group has transferred control of the goods or services to the clients, in an amount that reflects the consideration the Group expects to collect in exchange for those goods or services. The Group applies the following five steps:

1. Identification of the contract with a client

 

F-8


Table of Contents

DLP Payments Holdings Ltd.

Notes to unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements

June 30, 2018

(In thousands of Brazilian Reais, unless otherwise stated)

 

2. Identification of the performance obligations in the contract

3. Determination of the transaction price

4. Allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract

5. Recognition of revenue when or as the entity satisfies a performance obligation

Revenue is recognized net of taxes collected from clients, which are subsequently remitted to governmental authorities.

The Group recognizes revenues from:

 

  (a)

Transaction activities and other services

The Group’s core performance obligations are to provide electronic payment processing services including the capture, transmission, processing and settlement of transactions carried out using credit, debit and meal cards, as well as fees for other services. The Group’s promise to its clients is to perform an unknown or unspecified quantity of tasks and the consideration received is contingent upon the clients’ use (i.e., number of payment transactions processed, number of cards on file, etc.); as such, the total transaction price is variable. The Group allocates the variable fees charged to the day in which it has the contractual right to bill its clients.

Revenue from transaction activities is recognized net of interchange fees retained by card issuers and assessment fees paid to payment scheme networks, which are pass-through charges collected on their behalf, as the Group does not bear the significant risks and rewards of the authorization, processing and settlement services provided by the payment scheme networks and card issuers.

The Group is an agent in the authorization, processing and settlement of payment transactions as it does not bear the significant risks and rewards of those services as follows:

 

   

The Group facilitates the acquisition of payment information and management of the client relationship, it is not primarily responsible for the authorization, processing and settlement services performed by payment schemes networks and card issuers;

 

   

The Group has no latitude to establish the assessment and interchange fees, which are set by the payment scheme networks. The Group generally has the right to increase its client discount rate to protect its net commission when interchange and assessment fees are increased by payment schemes networks;

 

   

The Group does not collect the interchange fee that is retained by the card issuer and effectively acts as a clearing house in collecting and remitting assessment fees and payment settlements on behalf of payment scheme networks and clients; and

 

   

The Group does not bear credit risk of the cardholder (i.e., the client’s customer). It does bear credit risk from the card issuer for the payment settlement and assessment fees. Card issuers are qualified by the payment scheme networks and are generally high credit quality financial institutions. Receivables can be considered to be collateralized by the cardholder’s invoice settlement proceeds. As such, the Group’s exposure to credit risk is generally low.

 

  (b)

Subscription services and Equipment rental

The Group provides (i) subscription services, such as reconciliation solutions and business automatization solutions, and (ii) operating leases of electronic capture equipment to clients, net of withholding taxes.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

DLP Payments Holdings Ltd.

Notes to unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements

June 30, 2018

(In thousands of Brazilian Reais, unless otherwise stated)

 

The Group’s subscription services generally consist of services sold as part of a new or existing agreement or sold as a separate service. The Group’s subscription services may or may not be considered distinct based on the nature of the services being provided. Subscription service fees are charged as a fixed monthly fee, and the related revenue is recognized over time as control is transferred to the client, either as the subscription services are performed or as the services from a combined performance obligation are transferred to the client (over the term of the related transaction and processing agreement).

The Group accounts for equipment rental as a separate performance obligation and recognizes the revenue at its standalone selling price, considering that rental is charged as a fixed monthly fee. Revenue is recognized within net revenue on a straight-line basis over the contractual lease term, beginning when the client obtains control of the equipment lease. The Group does not manufacture equipment, but purchases equipment from third-party vendors and holds the hardware in property & equipment until leased to a customer.

 

  Contracts

with Multiple Performance Obligations

The Group’s contracts with its clients can consist of multiple performance obligations and the Group accounts for individual performance obligations separately if they are distinct. When equipment or services are bundled in an agreement with a client, the components are separated using objective evidence of the fair value of the components which is based on the Group’s customary pricing for each element in separate transactions. If evidence of fair value exists for all undelivered elements and there is no such evidence of fair value established for delivered elements, revenue is first allocated to the elements where fair value has been established and the residual amount is allocated to the delivered elements. If evidence of fair value for any undelivered element of the arrangement does not exist all revenue from the arrangement is deferred until such time that there is evidence of delivery for that undelivered element.

 

  IFRS

9 – Financial Instruments

In July 2014, the IASB issued the final version of IFRS 9 – Financial Instruments , which supersedes IAS 39 – Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement . IFRS 9 brings together all three aspects of the accounting for financial instruments project: classification and measurement, impairment and hedge accounting.

The Group applied IFRS 9 prospectively on January 1, 2018. The Group has not restated comparative information, which continues to be reported under IAS 39. The effects of adopting IFRS 9 have been recognized directly in retained earnings and in other comprehensive income in equity.

 

  a)

Classification and measurement

Under IFRS 9, the Group classifies its accounts receivable from card issuers at fair value through other comprehensive income (“FVOCI”) given the fact that they are held to collect contractual cash flows and to sell. Such receivables were previously measured at amortized cost under IAS 39. Accordingly, changes in fair value are recognized in other comprehensive income, except for the recognition of impairment gains or losses, interest income, gains and losses on de-recognition, and foreign exchange gains and losses, which are recognized in profit or loss.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

DLP Payments Holdings Ltd.

Notes to unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements

June 30, 2018

(In thousands of Brazilian Reais, unless otherwise stated)

 

Trade accounts receivable are held to collect contractual cash flows and give rise to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest. As such, the Group’s trade accounts receivable continue to be measured at amortized cost.

The effect of applying the classification and measurement provisions of IFRS 9 to the opening balance resulted in a reduction of R$ 70,896 in accounts receivable from card issuers as a result of re-measurement to fair value at January 1, 2018, with a corresponding adjustment of R$ 46,791 to equity, net of deferred income taxes of R$ 24,105.

The table below shows financial instruments under their previous classification in accordance with IAS 39 and their new measurement categories in accordance with IFRS 9.

 

                  At January 1, 2018  
                  IFRS 9 measurement category  

IAS 39 measurement category

   At
December 31,
2017
     Re-
measurement
    Amortized
cost
     Fair value
through profit
and loss
     Fair value
through

OCI
 

Loans and receivables

             

Accounts receivable from card issuers

     5,078,430        (70,896     —          —          5,007,534  

Trade accounts receivable

     23,120        (760     22,360        —          —    

Other accounts receivable

     8,168        —         8,168        —          —    

Fair value through profit or loss

             

Short-term investments

     157,238        —         —          157,238        —    

Available-for-sale

             

Short-term investments

     44,524        —         —          36,960        7,564  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total financial assets

     5,311,480        (71,656     30,528        194,198        5,015,098  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Amortized cost

             

Accounts payable to clients

     3,637,510        —         3,637,510        —          —    

Trade accounts payable

     53,238        —         53,238        —          —    

Loans and financing

     16,871        —         16,871        —          —    

Obligations to FIDC senior quota holders

     2,065,026        —         2,065,026        —          —    

Other accounts payable

     38,417        —         38,417        —          —    

Fair value through profit or loss

             

Share-based payments

     217,487        —         —          217,487        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total financial liabilities

     6,028,549        —         5,811,062        217,487        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  b)

Impairment

IFRS 9 requires the Group to record expected credit losses on debt securities, loans and trade accounts receivable, for 12 months or on a lifetime basis. The Group implemented a three-stage model to record the expected losses on its accounts receivable. The Group has undertaken an analysis of the impact of adopting the expected credit loss model. Based on the history of defaults as well as the expected nature and level of risk associated with loans and receivables, at December 31, 2017, an increase of R$ 760 to the provision for losses was recorded, with a corresponding adjustment of R$ 502 to the opening equity, net of deferred income tax asset of R$ 257.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

DLP Payments Holdings Ltd.

Notes to unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements

June 30, 2018

(In thousands of Brazilian Reais, unless otherwise stated)

 

  c)

Effects of changes from initial adoption

The effect of the initial adoption of IFRS 9 is as follows:

 

     Attributable to owners of the parent              
     Other
components of
equity
     Other
comprehensive
income
    Accumulated
losses
    Total     Non-
controlling
interest
    Total
Equity
 

Balance as of December 31, 2017

     967,795        2,595       (503,018     467,372       15,205       482,577  

Re-measurement of assets categorized at FVOCI (a)

     —          (69,178     —         (69,178     (1,718     (70,896

Provision for losses in trade accounts receivables (b)

     —          —         (742     (742     (18     (760

Deferred income tax asset

     —          23,520       252       23,772       590       24,362  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net effect of adjustments for initial adoption

     —          (45,658     (490     (46,148     (1,146     (47,294
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of January 1, 2018 after initial adoption

     967,795        (43,063     (503,508     421,224       14,059       435,283  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  d)

Changes to the revised Group’s accounting policies:

Financial instruments – initial recognition and subsequent measurement

A financial instrument is any contract that gives rise to a financial asset of one entity and a financial liability or equity instrument of another entity.

i) Financial assets

Initial recognition and measurement

Financial assets are classified at initial recognition, and subsequently measured at amortized cost, fair value through other comprehensive income (“FVOCI”), or fair value through profit or loss.

The classification of financial assets at initial recognition depends on the financial asset’s contractual cash flow characteristics and the Group’s business model for managing them. With the exception of trade receivables that do not contain a significant financing component or for which the Group has applied the practical expedient, the Group initially measures a financial asset at its fair value plus transactions costs, in the case of a financial asset not at fair value through profit or loss. Trade receivables that do not contain a significant financing component or for which the Group has applied the practical expedient are measured at the transaction price determined under IFRS 15.

In order for a financial asset to be classified and measured at amortized cost or FVOCI, it needs to give rise to cash flows that are ‘solely payments of principal and interest (“SPPI”)’ on the principal amount outstanding. This assessment is referred to as the SPPI test and is performed at an instrument level.

The Group’s business model for managing financial assets refers to how it manages its financial assets in order to generate cash flows. The business model determines whether cash flows will result from collecting contractual cash flows, selling the financial assets, or both.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

DLP Payments Holdings Ltd.

Notes to unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements

June 30, 2018

(In thousands of Brazilian Reais, unless otherwise stated)

 

Purchases or sales of financial assets that require delivery of assets within a time frame set by regulation or market practice (regular way trades) are recognized on the trade date, i.e., the date that the Group commits to purchase or sell the asset.

Subsequent measurement

For purposes of subsequent measurement, financial assets are classified in four categories:

 

   

Financial assets at amortized cost (debt instruments);

 

   

Financial assets at FVOCI with recycling of cumulative gains and losses (debt instruments).

 

   

Financial assets designated at FVOCI with no recycling of cumulative gains and losses upon derecognition (equity instruments); or

 

   

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss.

Financial assets at amortized cost (debt instruments)

This category is the most relevant to the Group. The Group measures financial assets at amortized cost if both of the following conditions are met:

 

   

The financial asset is held within a business model with the objective to hold the financial asset in order to collect contractual cash flows; and

 

   

The contractual terms of the financial asset give rise on specified dates to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest on the principal amount outstanding.

Financial assets at amortized cost are subsequently measured using the effective interest (“EIR”) method and are subject to impairment. Gains and losses are recognized in profit or loss when the asset is derecognized, modified or impaired.

The Group’s financial assets at amortized cost includes trade receivables, loans to an associate and loans to directors included under other non-current financial assets.

Financial assets at FVOCI (debt instruments)

The Group measures debt instruments at FVOCI if both of the following conditions are met:

 

   

The financial asset is held within a business model with the objective of both holding to collect contractual cash flows and to sell; and

 

   

The contractual terms of the financial asset give rise on specified dates to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest on the principal amount outstanding.

For debt instruments at FVOCI, interest income, foreign exchange revaluation and impairment losses or reversals are recognized in the statement of profit or loss and similarly to financial assets measured at amortized cost. The remaining fair value changes are recognized in OCI. Upon derecognition, the cumulative fair value change recognized in OCI is recycled to profit or loss.

The Group’s debt instruments at FVOCI includes investments in quoted debt instruments included under other non-current financial assets.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

DLP Payments Holdings Ltd.

Notes to unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements

June 30, 2018

(In thousands of Brazilian Reais, unless otherwise stated)

 

Financial assets designated at FVOCI (equity instruments)

Upon initial recognition, the Group can elect to classify irrevocably its equity investments as equity instruments designated at FVOCI when they meet the definition of equity under IAS 32 Financial Instruments: Presentation and are not held for trading. The classification is determined on an instrument-by-instrument basis.

Gains and losses on these financial assets are never recycled to profit or loss. Dividends are recognized as other income in the statement of profit or loss when the right of payment has been established, except when the Group benefits from such proceeds as a recovery of part of the cost of the financial asset, in which case, such gains are recorded in OCI. Equity instruments designated at FVOCI are not subject to impairment assessment.

The Group elected to classify irrevocably its non-listed equity investments under this category.

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss include financial assets held for trading, financial assets designated upon initial recognition at fair value through profit or loss, or financial assets mandatorily required to be measured at fair value. Financial assets are classified as held for trading if they are acquired for the purpose of selling or repurchasing in the near term. Derivatives, including separated embedded derivatives, are also classified as held for trading unless they are designated as effective hedging instruments. Financial assets with cash flows that are not solely payments of principal and interest are classified and measured at fair value through profit or loss, irrespective of the business model. Notwithstanding the criteria for debt instruments to be classified at amortized cost or at FVOCI, as described above, debt instruments may be designated at fair value through profit or loss on initial recognition if doing so eliminates, or significantly reduces, an accounting mismatch.

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss are carried in the statement of financial position at fair value with net changes in fair value recognized in the statement of profit or loss.

This category includes listed equity investments under short—term investments, which the Group had not irrevocably elected to classify at FVOCI. Dividends on listed equity investments are also recognized as other income in the statement of profit or loss when the right of payment has been established.

A derivative embedded in a hybrid contract, with a financial liability or non-financial host, is separated from the host and accounted for as a separate derivative if: the economic characteristics and risks are not closely related to the host; a separate instrument with the same terms as the embedded derivative would meet the definition of a derivative; and the hybrid contract is not measured at fair value through profit or loss. Embedded derivatives are measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in profit or loss. Reassessment only occurs if there is either a change in the terms of the contract that significantly modifies the cash flows that would otherwise be required or a reclassification of a financial asset out of the fair value through profit or loss category.

A derivative embedded within a hybrid contract containing a financial asset host is not accounted for separately. The financial asset host together with the embedded derivative is required to be classified in its entirety as a financial asset at fair value through profit or loss.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

DLP Payments Holdings Ltd.

Notes to unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements

June 30, 2018

(In thousands of Brazilian Reais, unless otherwise stated)

 

Derecognition

A financial asset (or, where applicable, a part of a financial asset or part of a group of similar financial assets) is primarily derecognized (i.e., removed from the Group’s consolidated statement of financial position) when:

 

   

The rights to receive cash flows from the asset have expired; or

 

   

The Group has transferred its rights to receive cash flows from the asset or has assumed an obligation to pay the received cash flows in full without material delay to a third party under a ‘pass-through’ arrangement; and either (a) the Group has transferred substantially all the risks and rewards of the asset, or (b) the Group has neither transferred nor retained substantially all the risks and rewards of the asset, but has transferred control of the asset

When the Group has transferred its rights to receive cash flows from an asset or has entered into a pass-through arrangement, it evaluates if, and to what extent, it has retained the risks and rewards of ownership. When it has neither transferred nor retained substantially all of the risks and rewards of the asset, nor transferred control of the asset, the Group continues to recognize the transferred asset to the extent of its continuing involvement. In that case, the Group also recognizes an associated liability. The transferred asset and the associated liability are measured on a basis that reflects the rights and obligations that the Group has retained.

Continuing involvement that takes the form of a guarantee over the transferred asset is measured at the lower of the original carrying amount of the asset and the maximum amount of consideration that the Group could be required to repay.

Impairment of financial assets

Further disclosures relating to impairment of financial assets are also provided in the following notes:

 

   

Disclosures for significant assumptions

 

   

Debt instruments at FVOCI

 

   

Trade receivables, including contract assets

The Group recognizes an allowance for expected credit losses (“ECLs”) for all debt instruments not held at fair value through profit or loss. ECLs are based on the difference between the contractual cash flows due in accordance with the contract and all the cash flows that the Group expects to receive, discounted at an approximation of the original effective interest rate. The expected cash flows will include cash flows from the sale of collateral held or other credit enhancements that are integral to the contractual terms.

ECLs are recognized in two stages. For credit exposures for which there has not been a significant increase in credit risk since initial recognition, ECLs are provided for credit losses that result from default events that are possible within the next 12-months (a 12-month ECL). For those credit exposures for which there has been a significant increase in credit risk since initial recognition, a loss allowance is required for credit losses expected over the remaining life of the exposure, irrespective of the timing of the default (a lifetime ECL).

For trade receivables and contract assets, the Group applies a simplified approach in calculating ECLs. Therefore, the Group does not track changes in credit risk, but instead recognizes a loss allowance

 

F-15


Table of Contents

DLP Payments Holdings Ltd.

Notes to unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements

June 30, 2018

(In thousands of Brazilian Reais, unless otherwise stated)

 

based on lifetime ECLs at each reporting date. The Group has established a provision matrix that is based on its historical credit loss experience, adjusted for forward-looking factors specific to the debtors and the economic environment.

For debt instruments at FVOCI, the Group applies the low credit risk simplification. At every reporting date, the Group evaluates whether the debt instrument is considered to have low credit risk using all reasonable and supportable information that is available without undue cost or effort. In making that evaluation, the Group reassesses the internal credit rating of the debt instrument. In addition, the Group considers that there has been a significant increase in credit risk when contractual payments are more than 30 days past due.

The Group’s debt instruments at FVOCI comprise solely of quoted bonds that are graded in the top investment category (Very Good and Good) by the Good Credit Rating Agency and, therefore, are considered to be low credit risk investments. It is the Group’s policy to measure ECLs on such instruments on a 12-month basis. However, when there has been a significant increase in credit risk since origination, the allowance will be based on the lifetime ECL. The Group uses the ratings from the Good Credit Rating Agency both to determine whether the debt instrument has significantly increased in credit risk and to estimate ECLs.

The Group considers a financial asset in default when contractual payments are 90 days past due. However, in certain cases, the Group may also consider a financial asset to be in default when internal or external information indicates that the Group is unlikely to receive the outstanding contractual amounts in full before taking into account any credit enhancements held by the Group. A financial asset is written off when there is no reasonable expectation of recovering the contractual cash flows.

ii) Financial liabilities

Initial recognition and measurement

Financial liabilities are classified, at initial recognition, as financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss, loans and borrowings, payables, or as derivatives designated as hedging instruments in an effective hedge, as appropriate.

All financial liabilities are recognized initially at fair value and, in the case of loans and borrowings and payables, net of directly attributable transaction costs.

The Group’s financial liabilities include trade and other payables, loans and borrowings including bank overdrafts, and derivative financial instruments.

Subsequent measurement

The measurement of financial liabilities depends on their classification, as described below:

Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss include financial liabilities held for trading and financial liabilities designated upon initial recognition as at fair value through profit or loss.

Financial liabilities are classified as held for trading if they are incurred for the purpose of repurchasing in the near term. This category also includes derivative financial instruments entered into by the Group that are not designated as hedging instruments in hedge relationships as defined by IFRS 9. Separated embedded derivatives are also classified as held for trading unless they are designated as effective hedging instruments.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

DLP Payments Holdings Ltd.

Notes to unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements

June 30, 2018

(In thousands of Brazilian Reais, unless otherwise stated)

 

Gains or losses on liabilities held for trading are recognized in the statement of profit or loss.

Financial liabilities designated upon initial recognition at fair value through profit or loss are designated at the initial date of recognition, and only if the criteria in IFRS 9 are satisfied. The Group has designated its financial liability related to share-based payments as at fair value through profit or loss.

Loans and borrowings

After initial recognition, interest-bearing loans and borrowings are subsequently measured at amortized cost using the EIR method. Gains and losses are recognized in profit or loss when the liabilities are derecognized as well as through the EIR amortization process.

Amortized cost is calculated by taking into account any discount or premium on acquisition and fees or costs that are an integral part of the EIR. The EIR amortization is included as finance costs in the statement of profit or loss.

This category generally applies to interest-bearing loans and borrowings, including loans and financing and obligations to FIDC senior quota holders.

Derecognition

A financial liability is derecognized when the obligation under the liability is discharged or cancelled or expires. When an existing financial liability is replaced by another from the same lender on substantially different terms, or the terms of an existing liability are substantially modified, such an exchange or modification is treated as the derecognition of the original liability and the recognition of a new liability. The difference in the respective carrying amounts is recognized in the statement of profit or loss.

Discount fee charged for the prepayment to clients of their installment receivables from us is measured by the difference between the original amount payable to the client, net of commissions and fees charged, and the prepaid amount. Financial income is recognized once the client has elected for the receivable to be prepaid.

iii) Offsetting of financial instruments

Financial assets and financial liabilities are offset and the net amount is reported in the consolidated statement of financial position if there is a currently enforceable legal right to offset the recognized amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis, to realize the assets and settle the liabilities simultaneously.

iv) Derivative financial instruments

From time to time, the Group uses derivative financial instruments, such as non-deliverable forward currency contracts to hedge its foreign currency risks. Derivative financial instruments are initially recognized at fair value on the date on which a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently remeasured at fair value. Derivatives are carried as financial assets when the fair value is positive and as financial liabilities when the fair value is negative.

Any gains or losses arising from changes in the fair value of derivatives are taken directly to profit or loss.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

DLP Payments Holdings Ltd.

Notes to unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements

June 30, 2018

(In thousands of Brazilian Reais, unless otherwise stated)

 

The Group does not apply hedge accounting for its derivative financial instruments. As of June 30, 2018, the Group had no derivative financial instruments outstanding.

IFRS 2 Classification and Measurement of Share-based Payment Transactions—Amendments to IFRS  2

The IASB issued amendments to IFRS 2 Share-based Payment that address three main areas: the effects of vesting conditions on the measurement of a cash-settled share-based payment transaction; the classification of a share-based payment transaction with net settlement features for withholding tax obligations; and accounting where a modification to the terms and conditions of a share-based payment transaction changes its classification from cash settled to equity settled. The adoption date of these amendments is January 1, 2018.

On adoption, entities are required to apply the amendments without restating prior periods, but retrospective application is permitted if elected for all three amendments and other criteria are met. The Group’s accounting policy for cash-settled share based payments is consistent with the approach clarified in the amendments. In addition, the Group has no share-based payment transaction with net settlement features for withholding tax obligations and had not made any modifications to the terms and conditions of its share-based payment transaction. Therefore, these amendments do not have any impact on the Group’s consolidated financial statements.

Some other amendments and interpretations apply for the first time in 2018, but do not have an impact on the interim condensed consolidated financial statements of the Group.

(ii) New accounting standards not yet adopted

The following new standards have been issued by IASB and have not been adopted as of June 30, 2018:

IFRS 16—Leases

IFRS 16 was issued in January 2016 and supersedes IAS 17—Leases. IFRS 16 establishes the principles for the recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of leases and requires lessees to account for all leases under a single model in the statement of financial position, similar to the recognition of finance leases under IAS 17. On the commencement date of the lease agreement, the lessee will recognize a lease payment liability (i.e. a lease liability) and an asset that represents the right to use the underlying asset during the lease term. IFRS 16 is effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2019.

The Group will adopt IFRS 16 on its effective date January 1, 2019.

 

  3.3.

Estimates

The preparation of interim financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries requires management to make judgments and estimates and to adopt assumptions that affect the amounts presented referring to revenues, expenses, assets and liabilities at the financial statement date. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

In preparing these interim condensed consolidated financial statements, the significant judgements and estimates made by management in applying the Group’s accounting policies and the key sources of

 

F-18


Table of Contents

DLP Payments Holdings Ltd.

Notes to unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements

June 30, 2018

(In thousands of Brazilian Reais, unless otherwise stated)

 

estimation uncertainty were the same as those that are set the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2017 and no retrospective adjustments were made.

 

4.

Segment information

In reviewing the operational performance of the Group and allocating resources, the chief operating decision maker of the Group (“CODM”), who is the Group’s Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and the Board of Directors (“BoD”), reviews selected items of the statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income.

The CODM considers the whole Group as a single operating and reportable segment, monitoring operations, making decisions on fund allocation and evaluating performance based on a single operating segment. The CODM reviews relevant financial data on a combined basis for all subsidiaries and associates.

The Group’s revenue, results and assets for this one reportable segment can be determined by reference to the interim condensed consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income and interim condensed consolidated statement of financial position.

 

5.

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents are comprised of the following:

 

     June 30,
2018
     December 31,
2017
 

Short-term bank deposits—denominated in R$

     131,632        611,254  

Short-term bank deposits—denominated in US$

     11,262        30,698  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     142,894        641,952  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents is comprised of cash at banks and on hand and short-term deposits with a maturity of three months or less, which are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value.

 

6.

Short-term investments

 

     June 30,
2018
     December 31,
2017
 

Listed securities (a)

     

Bonds

     177,789        157,238  

Unlisted securities (b)

     

Investment funds

     23,669        36,960  

Equity securities

     7,564        7,564  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     209,022        201,762  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a)

Listed securities are comprised of bonds with maturities greater than three months with an average yield to maturity of 3.28% per year in U.S. dollars. Liquidity risk is minimal.

(b)

Unlisted securities are comprised of foreign investment fund shares, and ordinary shares in entities that are not traded in an active market and whose fair value is determined using valuation techniques. The Group uses its judgment to select a method and makes assumptions that are mainly based on market conditions existing at the end of each reporting period. The Group elected to recognize the changes in fair value of the existing equity instruments through OCI.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

DLP Payments Holdings Ltd.

Notes to unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements

June 30, 2018

(In thousands of Brazilian Reais, unless otherwise stated)

 

Short-term investments are classified as financial assets measured at fair value through profit or loss, unless otherwise elected and indicated, and as Level 2 under the fair value level hierarchy, as described in Note 19. All short-term investments are denominated in U.S. dollars.

 

7.

Accounts receivable from card issuers

 

     June 30,
2018
     December 31,
2017
 

Total card issuers (a)

     5,766,972        5,029,407  

Total acquirers (b)

     62,109        49,023  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     5,829,081        5,078,430  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a)

Accounts receivable from card issuers, net of interchange fees, as a result of processing transactions with clients.

(b)

Accounts receivable from other acquirers related to PSP (Payment Service Provider) transactions.

As of June 30, 2018, R$ 2,207,961 of the total Accounts receivable from card issuers are held by FIDC AR 1 and FIDC AR 2 (December 31, 2017—R$ 2,244,576). Accounts receivable held by FIDCs guarantee the obligations to FIDC senior quota holders.

As of June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, there were no overdue accounts receivable balances.

 

8.

Income taxes

Income taxes are comprised of taxation over operations in Brazil, related to Corporate Income Tax (“IRPJ”) and Social Contribution on Net Profit (“CSLL”). According to Brazilian tax law, income taxes and social contribution are assessed and paid by legal entity and not on a consolidated basis.

Under Brazilian tax law, temporary differences and tax losses can be carried forward indefinitely, however the loss carryforward can only be used to offset up to 30% of taxable profit for the year.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

DLP Payments Holdings Ltd.

Notes to unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements

June 30, 2018

(In thousands of Brazilian Reais, unless otherwise stated)

 

Reconciliation of income tax expense

The following is a reconciliation of income tax expense to profit (loss) for the period, calculated by applying the combined Brazilian statutory rates at 34% for the six months ended June 30, 2018 and 2017:

 

     Six months ended June 30  
         2018             2017      

Profit (Loss) before taxes

     132,140       (71,552

Brazilian statutory rate

     34     34
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tax (expense) benefit at the statutory rate

     (44,927     24,328  

Additions (exclusions):

    

Losses before tax from entities not subject to the payment of income taxes

     (3,674     (28,952

Other permanent differences

     (501     27  

Equity pickup on associates

     (129     (44

Unrecorded deferred taxes

     475       93  

Previously unrecognized deferred income tax on unused tax losses

     234       118  

Tax incentives

     829       43  

Research and development tax benefit

     3,267       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total income tax and social contribution (expense)

     (44,426     (4,388
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effective tax rate

     34     (6 )% 

Current income tax and social contribution

     (49,570     (1,894

Deferred income tax and social contribution

     5,144       (2,494
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total income tax and social contribution (expense)

     (44,426     (4,388
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred income taxes

Net changes in deferred taxes relate to the following:

 

At December 31, 2017

     145,966  

Adoption of new accounting standard

     24,362  
  

 

 

 

At January 1, 2018

     170,328  

Losses available for offsetting against future taxable income

     (949

Tax credit carryforward

     4,854  

Temporary differences under FIDC

     (6,356

Changes in FVOCI

     (3,797

Other

     7,517  
  

 

 

 

At June 30, 2018

     171,597  
  

 

 

 

Deferred income tax asset

     233,436  

Deferred income tax liability

     (61,839

 

F-21


Table of Contents

DLP Payments Holdings Ltd.

Notes to unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements

June 30, 2018

(In thousands of Brazilian Reais, unless otherwise stated)

 

Unrecognized deferred taxes

The Group has accumulated tax loss carryforwards not recognized in DLP Brasil of R$ 6,663 (December 31, 2017 – R$ 4,511) for which a deferred tax asset was not recognized, and for the Group’s other subsidiaries of R$ 802 (December 31, 2017 – R$ 848) that are available indefinitely for offsetting against future taxable profits of the companies in which the losses arose. Deferred tax assets have not been recognized with respect of these losses as they cannot be used to offset taxable profits between subsidiaries of the Group, and there are no other tax planning opportunities or other evidence of recoverability in the near future.

 

9.

Property and equipment

Acquisitions and disposals

During the six months ended June 30, 2018, the Group acquired property and equipment with a cost of R$ 92,476.

Assets with a net book value of R$ 8,580 were disposed off by the Group during the six months ended June 30, 2018, for proceeds of R$ 1,108 resulting in a net loss on disposal of R$ 7,472.

 

10.

Intangible assets

Acquisitions and disposals

During the six months ended June 30, 2018, the Group acquired intangible assets with a cost of R$ 24,280. Additionally, the Group entered in a lease agreement to acquire intangible assets in the amount of R$ 4,339.

Assets with a net book value of R$ 11,366 were written-off by the Group during the six months ended June 30, 2018, for no proceeds resulting in a loss for the same amount.

Impairment of intangible assets

As of June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, there were no indicators of impairment of finite-life intangible assets.

The Group performs its goodwill impairment testing at the Group’s single CGU level, which is also a single operating and reportable segment.

The Group performed its annual impairment test in December which did not result in the need to recognize impairment losses on the carrying value of goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives. The Group’s impairment tests are based on value-in-use calculations. The key assumptions used to determine the recoverable amount for the cash generating unit were disclosed in the annual consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2017.

As of June 30, 2018, there were no indicators of a potential impairment of goodwill. Additionally, there are no significant changes to the sensitivity information disclosed in the annual consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2017.

 

11.

Accounts payable to clients

Accounts payable to clients represents amounts due to accredited clients related to credit and debit card transactions, net of interchange fees retained by card issuers and assessment fees paid to payment scheme networks as well as the Group’s net merchant discount rate fees which are collected by the Group as an agent.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

DLP Payments Holdings Ltd.

Notes to unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements

June 30, 2018

(In thousands of Brazilian Reais, unless otherwise stated)

 

12.

Loans and financing

As of June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, loans and financing are as follows:

 

    

Average annual interest rate %

   Maturity      June 30,
2018
     December 31,
2017
 

Obligations to FIDC senior quota holders

   106.8% of CDI Rate*      Jun/20, Dec/20        7,483        8,695  

Leasing

   CDI Rate* + 4.91% per year      Feb/19        6,061        10,477  

Leasing

   111,04% of CDI Rate*      Jul/20        1,668        —    

Finame

   UMBNDES** + 3.93% per year      Jul/19        1,582        3,363  
        

 

 

    

 

 

 

Short-term debt

           16,794        22,535  

Obligations to FIDC senior quota holders

   106.8% of CDI Rate*      Jun/20, Dec/20        2,057,459        2,056,331  

Leasing

   111,04% of CDI Rate*      Jul/20        2,671        2,041  

Finame

   UMBNDES** + 3.93% per year      Jul/19        159        991  
        

 

 

    

 

 

 

Long-term debt

           2,060,289        2,059,363  
        

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total debt

           2,077,083        2,081,898  
        

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

*

“CDI Rate” means the Brazilian interbank deposit ( Certificado de Depósito Interbancário ) rate, which is an average of interbank overnight rates in Brazil.

**

“UMBNDES rate” means a floating exchange rate based on a monetary unit of the BNDES, which is based on a basket of currencies including the US dollar, the euro and other currencies.

 

  (a)

Changes in loans and financing

 

     Balance at
December 31, 2017
     Funding      Payment     Interest      Balance at
June 30, 2018
 

Obligations to FIDC senior quota holders

     2,065,026        —          (71,250     71,166        2,064,942  

Leasing

     12,518        4,339        (7,191     734        10,400  

Finame

     4,354        —          (3,029     416        1,741  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     2,081,898        4,339        (81,470     72,316        2,077,083  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Current

     22,535                16,794  

Noncurrent

     2,059,363                2,060,289  

 

13.

Transactions with related parties

Related parties comprise the Group’s parent companies, shareholders, key management personnel and any businesses which are controlled, directly or indirectly by shareholders and directors over which they exercise significant management influence. Related party transactions are entered into in the normal course of business at prices and terms approved by the Group’s management.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

DLP Payments Holdings Ltd.

Notes to unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements

June 30, 2018

(In thousands of Brazilian Reais, unless otherwise stated)

 

  (a)

Transactions with related parties

The following transactions were carried out with related parties:

 

     Six months ended June 30  
         2018              2017      

Sales of services

     

Associates (legal and administration services)*

     336        104,311  

Purchases of goods and services

     

Entity controlled management personnel**

     (2,899      (3,941

Associates (transaction services)*

     (125      (23
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     (3,024      (3,964
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

*

Related to cost-sharing and checking account agreements with Equals S.A.

**

Related to consulting and management services with Genova Consultoria e Participações Ltda.

Services provided to related parties include legal and administrative services provided under normal trade terms and reimbursement of other expenses incurred in their respect.

The Group acquired under normal trade terms the following goods and services from entities that are controlled by members of the Group’s management personnel:

 

   

management and consulting services; and

 

   

services related to card transactions.

 

  (b)

Balances at the end of the period

The following balances are outstanding at the end of the reporting period in relation to transactions with related parties:

 

     June 30,
2018
     December 31,
2017
 

Receivables from related parties

     

Associates

     1,056        386  

Loans to key management personnel

     8,902        8,692  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     9,958        9,078  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of June 30, 2018, there is no allowance for doubtful accounts on related parties’ receivables. No guarantees were provided or received in relation to any accounts receivable or payable involving related parties.

The Group has outstanding loans with certain management personnel. The loans are payable in three to seven years from the date of issuance and accrue interest according to the National Consumer Price Index, the Brazilian Inter-Bank Rate or Libor plus an additional spread.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

DLP Payments Holdings Ltd.

Notes to unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements

June 30, 2018

(In thousands of Brazilian Reais, unless otherwise stated)

 

14.

Equity

The Company has an authorized share capital of US$ 50 thousand, corresponding to 630,000,000 authorized shares with a par value of US$ 0.00008 each. Therefore, the Company is authorized to increase capital up to this limit, subject to approval of the Board of Directors. The liability of each shareholder is limited to their investment in the Company.

Below are the issuances and repurchases of shares during the six months ended June 30, 2018:

 

     Number of shares*  
     Ordinary
voting
     Ordinary
non-voting
     Class C  

At December 31, 2017

     154,685,538        60,775,470        7,695,072  

Issuance

     —          110,250        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

At June 30, 2018

     154,685,538        60,885,720        7,695,072  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

*

Share data give effect to the share split approved on October 14, 2018. See note 20(b).

In January 2018, the Company received capital contributions for an amount of R$ 3,240 for the issuance of 875 (after share split 110,250) ordinary non-voting shares. As of June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, all issued shares were paid in full.

The additional paid-in capital refers to the difference between the purchase price that the shareholders pay for the shares and their par value. Under Cayman Law, the amount in this type of account may be applied by the Company to pay distributions or dividends to members, pay up unissued shares to be issued as fully paid, for redemptions and repurchases of own shares, for writing off preliminary expenses, recognized expenses, commissions or for other reasons. All distributions are subject to the Cayman Solvency Test which addresses the Company’s ability to pay debts as they fall due in the natural course of business.

In July of 2018, 14,397 (after share split 1,814,022) Class C shares were repurchased by the Group for an initial consideration of R$ 63,230, which is subject to and additional payment upon the occurrence of certain events including the completion of an IPO, sale or private placement (“Capital Event”). Such additional payment will be calculated by multiplying the number of shares that have been redeemed by 90% of the share price in the Capital Event minus the initial consideration.

As mentioned in Note 18, the Group granted 45,000 (after share split 5,670,000) new awards of restricted share units (RSUs) and stock options. Approximately 9,000 (after share split 1,134,000) awards were reserved as anti-dilutive shares to be issued to the Company’s controlling shareholders pro-rata upon vesting of the granted RSUs and stock option awards described in Note 18.

 

15.

Earnings (loss) per share

Basic earnings (loss) per share is calculated by dividing net earnings (loss) for the period attributed to the owners of the parent by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the period.

During 2018 and 2017, the Group had outstanding grants and subsidiary preferred shares, which participated in profit or loss as follows:

 

   

Liability and equity classified Class C Shares granted to founders and executives on multiple dates from 2015 through 2017 were issued on July 7, 2017. Upon grant and prior to the issuance of those shares, the founders and executives held a right to participate evenly in dividends when declared on ordinary shares.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

DLP Payments Holdings Ltd.

Notes to unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements

June 30, 2018

(In thousands of Brazilian Reais, unless otherwise stated)

 

   

A subsidiary of the Group has outstanding liability classified preferred shares to certain employees and business partners. These preferred shares participate evenly with ordinary shareholders of the subsidiary in dividends of the subsidiary when declared.

As these awards participate in dividends, the numerator of the Earnings per Share (“EPS”) calculation is adjusted to allocate undistributed earnings (losses) as if all earnings (losses) for the year had been distributed. In determining the numerator of basic EPS, earnings (loss) attributable to the Group is allocated as follows:

 

     Six months ended June 30  
     2018      2017  

Earnings (loss) attributable to Owners of the Parent

     85,029        (79,528

Less: Loss allocated to participating share grants of the Company

     —          (2,962

Less: Gain (loss) allocated to participating shares of Group companies

     (70      27  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Numerator of basic EPS

     85,099        (76,593
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of June 30, 2017, the Group had outstanding and unexercised options to purchase 1,486 (after share split 187,236) ordinary shares, respectively, all of which were anti-dilutive, and as such were not included in the calculation of diluted earnings per share for the six months ended June 30, 2017. As of June 30, 2018, there were no potentially dilutive options outstanding.

The following table contains the earnings (loss) per share of the Group for the six months ended June 30, 2018 and 2017 (in thousands except share and per share amounts):

 

     Six months ended June 30  
     2018      2017  

Numerator of basic EPS

     85,099        (76,593

Weighted average number of outstanding ordinary shares*

     223,261,416        205,206,372  

Basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share—R$

   R$ 0.38      R$ (0.37

 

*

Share data revised to give effect to the share split approved on October 14, 2018. See note 20 (b).

 

F-26


Table of Contents

DLP Payments Holdings Ltd.

Notes to unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements

June 30, 2018

(In thousands of Brazilian Reais, unless otherwise stated)

 

16.

Total revenue and income

 

     Six months ended June 30  
     2018      2017  

Transaction activities and other services

     235,613        110,152  

(-) Taxes and contributions on revenue

     (31,518      (16,112

(-) Other deductions

     (2      (600
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net revenue from transaction activities and other services

     204,093        93,440  

Equipment rental and subscription services

     94,174        55,415  

(-) Taxes and contributions on revenue

     (8,664      (5,028

(-) Other deductions

     (511      (1,055
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net revenue from subscription services and equipment rental

     84,999        49,332  

Financial income

     350,355        190,120  

(-) Taxes and contributions on financial income

     (17,293      (9,187
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Financial income

     333,062        180,933  

Other financial income (a)

     13,574        8,080  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue and income

     635,728        331,785  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Timing of revenue recognition

     

Transferred at a point in time

     204,093        93,440  

Transferred over time

     431,635        238,345  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue and income

     635,728        331,785  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a)

Other financial income mainly includes interest accrued in bank saving accounts and judicial deposits held by Brazilian courts for judicial disputes.

 

17.

Expenses by nature

 

     Six months ended June 30  
         2018              2017      

Transaction and client services costs (a)

     73,062        58,789  

Marketing expenses and sales commissions (b)

     17,477        11,064  

Personnel expenses

     163,577        158,135  

Financial expenses (c)

     142,581        118,833  

Depreciation and amortization

     40,025        25,675  

Other

     66,488        30,713  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total expenses

     503,210        403,209  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a)

Transaction and client services costs include card transaction capturing services, card transaction and settlement processing services, logistics costs, payment scheme fees and other costs.

(b)

Marketing expenses and sales commissions relate to marketing and advertising expenses, and commissions paid to sales related partnerships.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

DLP Payments Holdings Ltd.

Notes to unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements

June 30, 2018

(In thousands of Brazilian Reais, unless otherwise stated)

 

(c)

Financial expenses include discounts on the sale of receivables to banks, interest expense on borrowings, foreign currency exchange variances, net and the cost of derivatives covering interest and foreign exchange exposure.

 

18.

Share-based payments

The Group provides benefits to employees (including executive directors) of the Group through share-based incentives. The following table outlines the key share based awards expense and their respective equity or liability balances as of June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017.

 

     Equity      Liability  
     Class C*      Class C*     Incentive      Cappta      Total  

Number of shares

             

At December 31, 2017

     1,104,264        6,590,808       47,996           6,638,804  

Reclassified

     6,590,808        (6,590,808     —          —          (6,590,808
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

At June 30, 2018

     7,695,072        —         47,996        —          47,996  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Amount

             

As of December 31, 2017

     14,364        199,665       17,769        53        217,487  

Reclassified

     199,665        (199,665     —          —          (199,665
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of June 30, 2018

     214,029        —         17,769        53        17,822  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

*

Share data revised to give effect to the share split approved on October 14, 2018. See note 20 (b).

Class  C ordinary shares : fully vested share awards granted from January 2015 to January 2017 entitling key founders and senior executives the issuance of Class C ordinary shares in the Group, subject to a 10-year lock-up period. Effective January 1, 2018, the articles of association were modified to create an independent committee to approve any share redemptions of founders within the holding vehicle (including redemption of interests in the Group), which removed the mechanism that had allowed the founders to be able to put the shares to the Group. Therefore, the Class C Shares held by the founders were reclassified to equity.

In July 2018, 14,397 (after share split 1,814,022) equity classified Class C shares were repurchased by the Group for a consideration of R$ 63,230.

Incentive Shares: granted incentive shares (Co-Investment Shares) that entitle participants to receive a cash bonus which they may use, at their option, to purchase a specified number of preferred shares in DLP Brasil which are then exchanged for common shares in DLP Par, subject to a lock-up period and a discounted buy-back feature retained by the Group if the employee leaves prior to lockup expiration.

Cappta share plan: the Group has a legacy plan from the subsidiary Cappta which has liability-classified shares that are measured at fair value.

In September 2018, the Group granted new awards of restricted share units (“RSUs”) and stock options. In addition, all outstanding Phantom Shares, which were originally granted on December 1, 2017, were converted to RSU awards. These awards are equity classified, the majority of the awards are subject to performance conditions, and the related compensation expense will be recognized over the vesting period. Approximately 45,000 (after share split 5,670,000) awards were awarded (including Phantom Shares converted to RSUs), of which approximately 5% are vested, 7% vest in 4 years, 21%vest in 5 years, 21% vest in 7 years, and 46% vest in 10 years.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

DLP Payments Holdings Ltd.

Notes to unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements

June 30, 2018

(In thousands of Brazilian Reais, unless otherwise stated)

 

19.

Financial instruments

 

  (i)

Risk management

The Group’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks: credit risk, market risk (including foreign exchange risk, cash flow or fair value interest rate risk, and price risk), liquidity risk and fraud risk. The Group’s overall risk management program focuses on the unpredictability of financial markets and seeks to minimize potential adverse effects on the Group’s financial performance. The Group uses derivative financial instruments to mitigate certain risk exposures. It is the Group’s policy that no trading in derivatives for speculative purposes may be undertaken.

Risk management is carried out by a central treasury department (Group treasury) under policies approved by the Board of Directors. Group treasury identifies, evaluates and hedges financial risks in close co-operation with the Group’s operating units. The Board provides written principles for overall risk management, as well as written policies covering specific areas, such as foreign exchange risk, interest rate risk, credit risk, anti-fraud, use of derivative financial instruments and non-derivative financial instruments, and investment of surplus liquidity.

The interim condensed consolidated financial statements do not include all financial risk management information and disclosures required in the annual financial statements; they should be read in conjunction with the Group’s annual financial statements as of December 31, 2017. There have been no changes in the risk management department or in any risk management policies since the year end.

 

  (ii)

Financial instruments by category

 

  a)

Assets as per statement of financial position

 

     Amortized
cost
     Fair value
through profit
or loss
     FVOCI      Total  

At June 30, 2018

           

Short-term investments

     —          201,458        7,564        209,022  

Accounts receivable from card issuers

     —          —          5,829,081        5,829,081  

Trade accounts receivable

     31,237        —          —          31,237  

Other accounts receivable

     19,573        —          —          19,573  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     50,810        201,458        5,836,645        6,088,913  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     Loans and
receivables
     Assets at fair
value through
profit or loss
     Assets
available-

for-sale
     Total  

At December 31, 2017

           

Short-term investments

     —          157,238        44,524        201,762  

Accounts receivable from card issuers

     5,078,430        —          —          5,078,430  

Trade accounts receivable

     23,120        —          —          23,120  

Other accounts receivable

     8,168        —          —          8,168  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     5,109,718        157,238        44,524        5,311,480  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-29


Table of Contents

DLP Payments Holdings Ltd.

Notes to unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements

June 30, 2018

(In thousands of Brazilian Reais, unless otherwise stated)

 

  b)

Liabilities as per statement of financial position

 

    Amortized
cost
    Fair value
through

profit or loss
    FVOCI     Total  

At June 30, 2018

       

Accounts payable to clients

    3,955,793       —         —         3,955,793  

Trade accounts payable

    70,583       —         —         70,583  

Loans and financing

    12,141       —         —         12,141  

Obligations to FIDC senior quota holders

    2,064,942       —         —         2,064,942  

Share-based payments

    —         17,822       —         17,822  

Other accounts payable

    29,185       —         —         29,185  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    6,132,644       17,822       —         6,150,466  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    Liabilities
at
amortized
cost
    Liabilities at
fair value
through profit
or loss
    Derivatives
not designated
as hedging
instruments
    Total  

At December 31, 2017

       

Accounts payable to clients

    3,637,510       —         —         3,637,510  

Trade accounts payable

    53,238       —         —         53,238  

Loans and financing

    16,871       —         —         16,871  

Obligations to FIDC senior quota holders

    2,065,026       —         —         2,065,026  

Share-based payments

    —         217,487       —         217,487  

Other accounts payable

    38,417       —         —         38,417  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    5,811,062       217,487       —         6,028,549  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  (iii)

Fair value estimation

 

  a)

Fair value hierarchy

The Group uses the following hierarchy to determine and disclose the fair value of financial instruments through measurement technique:

 

   

Level I—quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;

 

   

Level II—other techniques for which all inputs that have a significant effect on the recorded fair value are observable, either directly or indirectly; and

 

   

Level III—techniques using inputs that have a significant effect on the recorded fair value that are not based on observable market data.

For the six months ended June 30, 2018, there were no transfers between Level I and Level II fair value measurements and between Level II and Level III fair value measurements.

 

  b)

Fair value measurement

The carrying values of cash equivalents approximate their fair values due to their short term nature.

Accounts receivable from card issuers are measured at FVOCI as they are held to collect contractual cash flows and can sell the receivable. The carrying values of trade accounts receivable, other accounts payable, accounts payable to clients, trade accounts payable and other accounts payable are measured at amortized cost and are recorded at their original amount, less the provision for impairment and adjustment

 

F-30


Table of Contents

DLP Payments Holdings Ltd.

Notes to unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements

June 30, 2018

(In thousands of Brazilian Reais, unless otherwise stated)

 

to present value, when applicable. The carrying values is assumed to approximate their fair values, taking into consideration the realization of these balances, and settlement terms do not exceed 60 days.

Loans and financing and obligations to FIDC senior quota holders are classified as financial liabilities measured at amortized cost. The fair values of the loans and financing approximate their carrying values since they refer to financial instruments with rates that approximate market rates.

For disclosure purposes, the fair value of financial liabilities is estimated by discounting future contractual cash flows at the interest rates available in the market that are available to the Group for similar financial instruments. The effective interest rates at the balance sheet dates are usual market rates and their fair value does not significantly differ from the balances in the accounting records.

The table below presents a comparison by class between book value and fair value of the financial instruments of the Group:

 

    June 30, 2018     December 31, 2017  
    Book value     Fair value     Hierarchy
level
    Book value     Fair value     Hierarchy
level
 

Financial assets

           

Cash and cash equivalents

    142,894       142,894       I       641,952       641,952       I  

Short-term investments

    209,022       209,022       I/II       201,762       201,762       I/II  

Accounts receivable from card issuers

    5,829,081       5,829,081       III       5,078,430       5,015,773       III  

Trade accounts receivable

    31,237       31,237       III       23,120       23,120       III  

Other accounts receivable

    19,573       19,573       III       8,168       8,168       III  
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   
    6,231,807       6,231,807         5,953,432       5,890,775    
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

Financial liabilities

           

Accounts payable to clients

    3,955,793       3,871,258       III       3,637,510       3,541,537       III  

Trade accounts payable

    70,583       70,583       III       53,238       53,238       III  

Loans and financing

    12,141       11,344       III       16,871       17,442       III  

Obligations to FIDC senior quota holders

    2,064,942       2,029,479       III       2,065,026       2,028,521       III  

Share-based payments

    17,822       17,822       III       217,487       217,487       III  

Other accounts payable

    29,185       29,185       III       38,417       38,417       III  
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   
    6,150,466       6,029,670         6,028,549       5,896,642    
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

  (iv)

Offsetting of financial instruments

Financial asset and liability balances are offset (i.e. reported in the consolidated statement of financial position at their net amount) only if the Company and their subsidiaries currently have a legally enforceable right to set off the recognized amounts and intend either to settle on a net basis, or to realize the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

As of June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, the Group has no financial instruments that meet the conditions for recognition on a net basis.

 

20.

Subsequent events

(a) Acquisition of control of associate

On April 25, 2016, the Group’s subsidiary DLP Brasil acquired a 30% interest in Equals S.A. (“Equals”) and an option to acquire up to an additional 20% interest for R$ 2,000 adjusted by inflation, exercisable in full or partially at any moment until April 24, 2019.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

DLP Payments Holdings Ltd.

Notes to unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements

June 30, 2018

(In thousands of Brazilian Reais, unless otherwise stated)

 

On September 4, 2018, the Group acquired control in Equals through the exercise of the option and the acquisition of an additional 6% interest of the outstanding equity interest in Equals. As a result the Group´s aggregated interest in Equal represents 56%. In addition, the Group has agreed to acquire the remaining 44% interest upon consummation of the Company’s initial public listing, transfer of Company´s control, or in twelve months, whichever occurs first, through the issuance of the Company’s shares.

The estimated fair value of the consideration transferred was as follows:

 

At September 4, 2018

 

Cash consideration paid to the selling shareholders including option exercised (i)

    5,184  

Shares of the Company to be issued to selling shareholders (ii)

    22,000  
 

 

 

 

Total consideration transferred

    27,184  

Fair value of previously held interest in Equals

    22,816  
 

 

 

 

Total fair value of consideration

    50,000  
 

 

 

 

 

(i)

exercise of the option for, whereby 17,142 new shares of Equals were issued, representing a 20% additional interest and additional 6% interest, representing 3,600 outstanding shares held by the selling shareholders.

(ii)

estimated fair value of the Company’s shares issued to selling shareholders in exchange for the remaining 44% interest in Equals at fair value of approximately R$ 22,000.

The preliminary estimated fair value of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed of Equals as at the date of acquisition is as follows:

 

     Estimated
fair value as of
September 4, 2018

(unaudited)
 

Assets acquired

     5,858  

Liabilities assumed

     (4,483
  

 

 

 

Net identifiable assets acquired

     1,375  
  

 

 

 

Excess consideration transferred to be allocated

     48,625  
  

 

 

 

Total fair value of consideration transferred

     50,000  
  

 

 

 

At the time of the issuance of these interim condensed consolidated financial statements, the Group had not yet completed the allocation of the excess consideration transferred and the total consideration transferred. The fair value of the assets and liabilities disclosed above have only been determined preliminarily as the independent valuations have not been finalized, therefore, they are subject to change.

In addition, the Group recognized a gain of approximately R$ 21,441 for the difference between the previously held 50% interest in Equals at fair value and its carrying amount. The gain will be included in other income in the statement of profit and or loss during third quarter of 2018.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

DLP Payments Holdings Ltd.

Notes to unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements

June 30, 2018

(In thousands of Brazilian Reais, unless otherwise stated)

 

(b) Share split

At the Extraordinary General Meeting of Shareholders held on October 11, 2018, the Company’s shareholders approved the subdivision of the capital of the Company into a number of shares in accordance with the final share split ratio to be determined by the Board of Directors. On October 14, 2018, the Board of Directors of the Company approved the 126:1 (one hundred twenty-six for one) share split ratio. As a result of the share split, the Company’s historical financial statements have been revised to reflect share counts and per share data as if the share split had been in effect for all periods presented.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of DLP Payments Holdings Ltd.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statement of financial position of DLP Payments Holdings Ltd. (the “Company“) as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the related consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income (loss), changes in equity, and cash flows, for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2017, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements“). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2017, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board - IASB.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ ERNST & YOUNG Auditores Independentes S.S.

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2016.

São Paulo, Brazil,

July 24, 2018,

except note 32.b, as to which the date is October 14, 2018.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

DLP Payments Holdings Ltd.

Consolidated statement of financial position

As of December 31, 2017 and 2016

(In thousands of Brazilian Reais)

 

     Notes    2017     2016  

Assets

       

Current assets

       

Cash and cash equivalents

   6      641,952       170,646  

Short-term investments

   7      201,762       66,345  

Accounts receivable from card issuers

   8      5,078,430       3,052,565  

Trade accounts receivable

   9      23,120       11,977  

Recoverable taxes

   10      39,147       6,974  

Prepaid expenses

        10,391       3,973  

Other accounts receivable

        4,722       6,280  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
        5,999,524       3,318,760  

Assets held for sale

   12      —         300  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
        5,999,524       3,319,060  

Non-current assets

       

Receivable from related parties

   20      9,078       2,225  

Deferred income tax assets

   11      198,234       182,994  

Other accounts receivable

        3,446       120  

Investment in associate

        1,743       1,693  

Property and equipment

   13      189,631       93,422  

Intangible assets

   14      234,088       239,728  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
        636,220       520,182  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

        6,635,744       3,839,242  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and equity

       

Current liabilities

       

Accounts payable to clients

   15      3,637,510       3,029,281  

Trade accounts payable

   16      53,238       38,209  

Loans and financing

   19      13,839       22,802  

Obligations to FIDC senior quota holders

   19      8,695       —    

Labor and social security liabilities

   17      35,959       16,422  

Taxes payable

   18      35,905       7,051  

Other accounts payable

        38,417       8,142  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
        3,823,563       3,121,907  

Non-current liabilities

       

Loans and financing

   19      3,032       18,025  

Obligations to FIDC senior quota holders

   19      2,056,331       —    

Share-based payments

   27      217,487       78,550  

Deferred income tax liability

   11      52,268       33,406  

Provision for contingencies

   21      486       112  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
        2,329,604       130,093  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

        6,153,167       3,252,000  

Equity

       

Issued capital

   22      46       41  

Capital reserve

   22      967,749       923,370  

Other comprehensive income

   7      2,595       —    

Accumulated losses

        (503,018     (394,287
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity attributable to owners of the parent

        467,372       529,124  

Non-controlling interests

        15,205       58,118  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity

        482,577       587,242  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

        6,635,744       3,839,242  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

DLP Payments Holdings Ltd.

Consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income

Years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016

(In thousands of Brazilian Reais, unless otherwise stated)

 

     Notes    2017     2016  

Net revenue from transaction activities and other services

   24      224,215       121,119  

Net revenue from subscription services and equipment rental

   24      104,952       54,686  

Financial income

   24      412,178       247,397  

Other financial income

   24      25,273       16,718  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue and income

        766,618       439,920  

Cost of services

   25      (224,109     (133,187

Administrative expenses

   25      (174,601     (106,107

Selling expenses

   25      (92,018     (49,524

Financial expenses, net

   25      (237,094     (244,676

Other operating expenses, net

   25      (134,151     (55,706
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
        (861,973     (589,200

(Loss) gain on investment in associates

        (310     59  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

        (95,665     (149,221

Current income tax and social contribution

   11      (5,682     (262

Deferred income tax and social contribution

   11      (3,622     27,292  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss for the year

        (104,969     (122,191
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income

       

Other comprehensive income to be reclassified to profit or loss in subsequent periods:

       

Gain on available-for-sale financial assets

   7      2,595       —    
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income for the year, net of tax

        2,595       —    
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive loss for the year, net of tax

        (102,374     (122,191
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) profit attributable to:

       

Owners of the parent

        (108,731     (119,827

Non-controlling interests

        3,762       (2,364
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
          (104,969)     (122,191)  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive (loss) income attributable to:

       

Owners of the parent

        (106,136     (119,827

Non-controlling interests

        3,762       (2,364
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
        (102,374     (122,191
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per share

       

Basic and diluted loss for the year attributable to owners of the parent (in Brazilian Reais)

   23    R$ (0.49   R$ (0.61

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

DLP Payments Holdings Ltd.

Consolidated statement of changes in equity

Years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016

(In thousands of Brazilian Reais)

 

        Attributable to owners of the parent              
              Capital reserve                                
    Notes   Issued
capital
    Additional
paid-in
capital
    Transactions
among
shareholders
    Other
reserves
    Total     Other
comprehensive
income
    Accumulated
losses
    Total     Non-
controlling
interest
    Total  

Balance as of January 1, 2016

      30       471,811       —         3,522       475,333       —         (274,460     200,903       17,227       218,130  

Capital increase

  22/29     11       472,390       —         —         472,390       —         —         472,401       12,857       485,258  

Share-based payments—Class C

  26     —         —         —         10,842       10,842       —         —         10,842       —         10,842  

Acquisition of non-controlling interest

  29     —         —         (4,913     —         (4,913     —         —         (4,913     116       (4,797

Dilution of non-controlling interest

  29     —         —         (30,282     —         (30,282     —         —         (30,282     30,282       —    

Loss for the year

      —         —         —         —         —         —         (119,827     (119,827     (2,364     (122,191
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2016

      41       944,201       (35,195     14,364       923,370       —         (394,287     529,124       58,118       587,242  

Capital increase

  22/29     8       527,523       —         —         527,523       —         —         527,531       1,483       529,014  

Repurchase of shares

  22     (3     (280,822     —         —         (280,822     —         —         (280,825     —         (280,825

Acquisition of non-controlling interest

  29     —         —         (198,013     —         (198,013     —         —         (198,013     (52,467     (250,480

Dilution of non-controlling interest

  29     —         —         (4,309     —         (4,309     —         —         (4,309     4,309       —    

Loss for the year

      —         —         —         —         —         —         (108,731     (108,731     3,762       (104,969

Other comprehensive income

      —         —         —         —         —         2,595       —         2,595       —         2,595  
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2017

      46       1,190,902       (237,517     14,364       967,749       2,595       (503,018     467,372       15,205       482,577  
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

DLP Payments Holdings Ltd.

Consolidated statement of cash flows

Years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016

(In thousands of Brazilian Reais)

 

     Notes      2017     2016  

Operating activities

       

Loss for the year

        (104,969     (122,191

Adjustments to reconcile loss for the year to net cash flows:

       

Depreciation and amortization

     13/14        57,208       42,957  

Deferred income tax expenses

     11        3,622       (27,292

Loss (gain) on investment in associates

        310       59  

Other financial costs and foreign exchange, net

        71,920       (26,765

Provision of contingencies

     21        424       108  

Share based payment expense

     26        138,937       53,059  

Allowance for doubtful accounts

     9        2,716       1,967  

Loss on disposal of assets

     30        5,461       1,139  

Onerous contract

        (5,650     (4,020

Others

        2,068       1,087  

Working capital adjustments:

       

Accounts receivable from card issuers

     8        (1,774,348     (1,461,281

Accounts receivable from related parties

        (7,052     (1,386

Tax credits

        (33,709     3,922  

Prepaid expenses

        (6,418     (3,387

Other assets

        (15,627     (2,618

Accounts payable

        210,251       982,513  

Tax payable

        33,635       3,717  

Labor and social

        15,892       (1,116

Accounts payable to related parties

        —         (691

Contingencies

        (51     (10

Other liabilities

        24,734       11,212  
       

Interest paid

        (47,501     (7,348

Interest income received, net of costs

        147,444       63,074  

Income tax paid

        (3,246     (113
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

        (1,283,951     (493,402
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investing activities

       

Purchases of property and equipment

     13        (140,982     (31,621

Purchases and development of intangible assets

     14        (21,283     (11,481

Cash received in acquisition

     5        —         7,377  

(Acquisition)/Redemption of short term investments, net

        (145,517     216,661  

Proceeds from the disposal of non-current assets

        9,028       9,758  

Acquisition of interest in associates

        (1,220     (780

Proceeds from the disposal of assets held for sale

        300       —    
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

        (299,674     189,914  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financing activities

       

Proceeds from borrowings

     19        —         950  

Payment of borrowings

     19        (11,655     (96,469

Proceeds from FIDC senior quota holders

     19        2,053,273       —    

Payment of finance leases

     19        (12,983     (9,355

Capital increase

     22/29        529,014       485,258  

Repurchase of shares

     22        (280,825     —    

Acquisition of non-controlling interests

     29        (223,399     (2,398
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

        2,053,425       377,986  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of foreign exchange on cash and cash equivalents

        1,506       12,609  

Change in cash and cash equivalents

        471,306       87,107  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

        170,646       83,539  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

     6        641,952       170,646  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

DLP Payments Holdings Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements

December 31, 2017 and 2016

(In thousands of Brazilian Reais, unless otherwise stated)

 

1.

Operations

DLP Payments Holdings Ltd. (the “Company”), a Cayman Island exempted company with limited liability, was incorporated on March 11, 2014. The registered office of the Company is Harbour Place, 103 South Church Street in George Town, Grand Cayman. The Company’s principal executive office is located in the city of São Paulo, Brazil.

The Company is controlled by HR Holdings, LLC, which owns 58% of the voting shares, whose ultimate parent is an investment fund owned by the co-founder individuals, VCK Investment Fund Limited SAC.

The Company and its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Group”) are principally engaged in providing financial technology solutions to clients and integrated partners to conduct electronic commerce seamlessly across in-store, online, and mobile channels, which include integration to cloud-based technology platforms, offering services for acceptance of various forms of electronic payment, automation of business processes at the point-of-sale and working capital solutions.

On April 22, 2016, the Group acquired Elavon do Brasil S.A. (“EdB”), a payment solution company incorporated in Brazil in 2011 as a joint venture among Elavon Inc., USB Americas Holding Company and Banco Citibank S.A. Information on the acquisition is provided in Note 5.

In December 2016, the Group launched an investment fund known as Fundo de Investimento em Direitos Creditórios (“FIDC”), TAPSO FIDC (“FIDC TAPSO”) in order to provide working capital solution to clients. In addition, in June 2017 and November 2017, the Group launched 2 additional FIDCs, FIDC Bancos Emissores de Cartão de Crédito (“FIDC AR 1” and “FIDC AR 2”) in order to raise capital. A FIDC is legally an investment fund authorized by the Brazilian Monetary Council, and specifically designed as investment vehicle for investing in Brazilian credit rights, such as credit card receivable rights. See Note 3.2 for further information.

The Consolidated Financial Statements were approved at the Board of Directors’ Meeting on July 24, 2018. The information on historical earnings per share in these financial statements was updated to reflect the stock split described in Note 32.b that was effected on October 14, 2018. The consolidated financial statements of the Group were prepared by Management and have been approved by the Company’s Directors on October 14, 2018, solely to give retroactive effect to share, per share and related information, and not to reflect any other subsequent events since July 24, 2018. (see note 32.b).

 

2.

Group information

 

  2.1.

Subsidiaries

The consolidated financial statements of the Group include the following subsidiaries and structured entities:

 

    

Country of
incorporation

  

Principal activities

   % Group’s equity interest  

Entity name

       2017              2016      

Direct interest

           

DLP Capital LLC (“DLP Capital”)

   USA    Holding company      100.00        100.00  

Indirect interest

           

MPB Capital LLC (“MPB Capital”)

   USA    Investment company      100.00        100.00  

DLP Par Participações S.A. (“DLP Par”)

   Brazil    Employee trust      24.70        —    

DLP Pagamentos Brasil S.A. (“DLP Brasil”)

   Brazil    Holding company      97.58        97.91  

Stone Pagamentos S.A. (“Stone”)

   Brazil    Merchant acquiring      97.58        88.02  

EdB Soluções de Pagamento S.A. (“EdB”)

   Brazil    Merchant acquiring      97.58        88.02  

Pagar.me Pagamentos S.A. (“Pagar.me”)

   Brazil    Merchant acquiring      97.58        97.91  

 

F-39


Table of Contents

DLP Payments Holdings Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements

December 31, 2017 and 2016

(In thousands of Brazilian Reais, unless otherwise stated)

 

    

Country of
incorporation

  

Principal activities

   % Group’s equity interest  

Entity name

       2017              2016      

Buy4 Processamento de Pagamentos S.A. (“Buy4”)

   Brazil    Processing card transactions      97.57        97.90  

Buy4 Sub LLC (“Buy4 LLC”)

   USA    Cloud store card transactions      97.57        97.90  

Cappta S.A. (“Cappta”)

   Brazil    Electronic fund transfer      51.98        52.16  

Mundipagg Tecnologia em Pagamento S.A. (“Mundipagg”)

   Brazil    Technology services      97.29        97.62  

TAPSO FIDC (“TAPSO”) (Note 3.2)

   Brazil    Receivables investment fund      97.58        —    

FIDC AR1 (Note 3.2 / Note 19(a))

   Brazil    Receivables investment fund      97.58        —    

FIDC AR2 (Note 3.2 / Note 19(a))

   Brazil    Receivables investment fund      97.58        —  

 

  2.2.

Associates

As of December 31, 2017, the Group had a 29.45% interest in Equals S.A. with an option to purchase up to a 50.0% interest (2016—29.37%).

 

3.

Significant accounting policies

 

  3.1.

Basis of preparation

The consolidated financial statements of the Group have been prepared in accordance with the International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”).

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a historical cost basis, except for available-for-sale (“AFS”), trading financial assets and held for sale assets that have been measured at fair value. The consolidated financial statements are presented in Brazilian reais (“R$”), and all values are rounded to the nearest thousand (R$000), except when otherwise indicated.

 

  3.2.

Basis of consolidation

The consolidated financial statements comprise the financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries. Control is achieved when the Group:

 

   

has power over the investee (i.e., existing rights that give it the current ability to direct the relevant activities of the investee);

 

   

is exposed, or has rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the investee; and

 

   

has the ability to use its power to affect its returns.

Generally, there is a presumption that a majority of voting rights results in control. To support this presumption and when the Group has less than a majority of the voting or similar rights of an investee, the Group considers all relevant facts and circumstances in assessing whether it has power over an investee, including:

 

   

the contractual arrangement(s) with the other vote holders of the investee;

 

F-40


Table of Contents

DLP Payments Holdings Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements

December 31, 2017 and 2016

(In thousands of Brazilian Reais, unless otherwise stated)

 

   

rights arising from other contractual arrangements; and

 

   

the Group’s voting rights and potential voting rights.

Consolidation of a subsidiary begins when the Group obtains control over the subsidiary and ceases when the Group loses control of the subsidiary. Assets, liabilities, income and expenses of a subsidiary acquired or disposed of during the year are included in the consolidated financial statements from the date the Group gains control until the date the Group ceases to control the subsidiary.

Profit or loss and each component of other comprehensive income are attributed to the equity holders of the parent of the Group and to the non-controlling interests, even if this results in the non-controlling interests having a deficit balance. When necessary, adjustments are made to the financial statements of subsidiaries to bring their accounting policies into line with the Group’s accounting policies. All intra-group assets and liabilities, equity, income, expenses and cash flows relating to transactions between members of the Group are eliminated in full on consolidation.

A change in the ownership interest of a subsidiary, without a loss of control, is accounted for as an equity transaction, in the reserve for “Transactions among shareholders.”

Consolidation of a structured entity

A structured entity is an entity that has been designed such that voting or similar rights are not the dominant factor in deciding who controls the entity, such as when any voting rights relate to administrative tasks only and the relevant activities are directed by means of contractual arrangements.

Structured entities normally have some or all of the following features or characteristics:

 

   

restricted activities;

 

   

a narrow and well-defined objective, such as, to effect a specific structure like a tax efficient lease, to perform research and development activities, or to provide a source of capital or funding to an entity or to provide investment opportunities for investors by passing risks and rewards associated with the assets of the structured entity to investors;

 

   

thin capitalization, that is, the proportion of “real” equity is too small to support the structured entity’s overall activities without subordinated financial support; and

 

   

financing in the form of multiple contractually linked instruments to investors that create concentrations of credit risk or other risks (tranches).

In December 2016, the Group launched FIDC TAPSO to provide working capital solutions to clients. In June 2017 and November 2017, the Group launched FIDC AR1 and FIDC AR2, respectively, to raise funds through the issuance of quotas in order to fund the Group’s operations and prepayment activities.

Based on the contractual terms, the Group assessed that the FIDCs are structured entities under IFRS 10 and that the Group controls them. See Note 4(g) for further details.

 

  3.3.

Segment information

In reviewing the operational performance of the Group and allocating resources, the chief operating decision maker of the Group (CODM), who is the Group’s Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and the Board of Directors (BoD), reviews selected items of the statement of comprehensive income.

 

F-41


Table of Contents

DLP Payments Holdings Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements

December 31, 2017 and 2016

(In thousands of Brazilian Reais, unless otherwise stated)

 

The CODM considers the whole Group as a single operating and reportable segment, monitoring operations, making decisions on fund allocation and evaluating performance based on a single operating segment. The CODM reviews relevant financial data on a combined basis for all subsidiaries and associates.

 

  3.4.

Foreign currency translation

The Group’s consolidated financial statements are presented in Brazilian reais (“R$”), which is the Company’s functional currency.

For each entity, the Group determines the functional currency and items included in the financial statements of each entity are measured using that functional currency. The functional currency of all of the Company’s subsidiaries is also the Brazilian reais.

Transactions in foreign currencies are initially recorded by the Group’s entities in Brazilian reais at the spot rate at the date the transaction first qualifies for recognition.

Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated into Brazilian reais using the exchange rates prevailing at the reporting date. Exchange gains and losses arising from the settlement of transactions and from the translation of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currency are recognized in profit or loss for the year. These mostly arise from transactions carried out by clients with credit and debit cards issued by foreign card issuers, from the translation of the Group’s financial instruments denominated in foreign currencies and acquisition of POS equipment.

 

  3.5.

Financial instruments

A financial instrument is any contract that gives rise to a financial asset of one entity and a financial liability or that gives rise to a financial asset of one entity and a financial liability or equity instrument of another entity.

 

  i)

Financial assets

Initial recognition and measurement

Financial assets are classified, at initial recognition, in three categories: (i) fair value through profit or loss, (ii) loans and receivables or (iii) available for sale.

The significant financial assets of the Group are: short-term investments, accounts receivable from card issuers, trade account receivables, other accounts receivable and receivable from related parties.

Subsequent measurement

Subsequent measurement of financial assets depends on their classification, which can be as follows:

 

  (a)

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss: these are carried in the statement of financial position at fair value with changes in fair value presented in financial expenses, net, in the statement of profit or loss. As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, financial assets classified in this category comprise a portion of short-term investments. See note 27.

 

F-42


Table of Contents

DLP Payments Holdings Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements

December 31, 2017 and 2016

(In thousands of Brazilian Reais, unless otherwise stated)

 

  (b)

Receivables: these are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market. After initial measurement, these financial assets are subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest rate method, less impairment losses. Amortized cost is calculated by taking into account any discount or “premium” on acquisition and fees or costs incurred. The amortization of the effective interest rate is recorded in finance income in the statement of profit or loss. Impairment losses related to receivables from card issuers are recognized in cost of services and those related to loans and other receivables in administrative expenses in the statement of profit or loss. As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, financial assets classified as loans and receivables comprise accounts receivable from card issuers, trade accounts receivable, accounts receivable from related parties and other accounts receivable.

 

  (c)

Available-for-sale (“AFS”) financial assets: these are non-derivative financial assets that are not classified as (i) fair value through profit or loss or (ii) loans and receivables. After initial measurement, AFS financial assets are subsequently measured at fair value with unrealized gains or losses recognized in other comprehensive income (“OCI”) and credited to the AFS reserve until the investment is derecognized, at which time, the cumulative gain or loss is recognized in other operating income, or the investment is determined to be impaired, when the cumulative loss is reclassified from the AFS reserve to the statement of profit or loss in finance costs. Interest earned whilst holding AFS financial assets is reported as interest income using the effective interest rate (“EIR”) method.

As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, financial assets classified as available-for-sale comprise a portion of short-term investments. See note 27.

Derecognition

A financial asset is derecognized (i.e., removed from the Group’s consolidated statement of financial position) when:

 

   

the rights to receive the cash flows from the assets have expired; and

 

   

the Group has transferred its rights to receive cash flows from the asset or has assumed an obligation to fully pay the cash flows received, without significant delay to a third party under a lending or ‘passthrough’ agreement, and either: (a) the Group transferred substantially all risks and rewards of the asset, or (b) the Group has neither transferred nor retained substantially all risks and rewards of the asset, but has transferred control over the asset.

When the Group has transferred its rights to receive cash flows from an asset or has entered into a passthrough arrangement, it evaluates if, and to what extent, it has retained the risks and rewards of ownership. When it has neither transferred nor retained substantially all of the risks and rewards of the asset, nor transferred control of the asset, the Group continues to recognize the transferred asset to the extent of its continuing involvement. In that case, the Group also recognizes an associated liability. The transferred asset and the associated liability are measured on a basis that reflects the rights and obligations that the Group has retained.

The transferred asset and the associated liability are measured on a basis that reflects the rights and obligations of the Group. Continuing involvement that takes the form of a guarantee over the transferred asset is measured at the lower of the original carrying amount of the asset and the maximum amount of consideration that the Group could be required to repay.

 

F-43


Table of Contents

DLP Payments Holdings Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements

December 31, 2017 and 2016

(In thousands of Brazilian Reais, unless otherwise stated)

 

Impairment of financial assets

The Group assesses, at each reporting date, whether there is objective evidence that a financial asset or a group of financial assets is impaired. An impairment exists if one or more events that has occurred since the initial recognition of the asset (an incurred ‘loss event’), has an impact on the estimated future cash flows of the financial asset or the group of financial assets that can be reliably estimated. Evidence of impairment may include indications that the debtors or a group of debtors is experiencing significant financial difficulty, default or delinquency in interest or principal payments, the probability that they will enter bankruptcy or other financial reorganization and observable data indicating that there is a measurable decrease in the estimated future cash flows, such as changes in arrears or economic conditions that correlate with defaults.

 

  (a)

Financial assets recognized at amortized cost

For financial assets carried at amortized cost, the Group first assesses whether impairment exists individually for financial assets that are individually significant, or collectively for financial assets that are not individually significant. If the Group determines that no objective evidence of impairment exists for an individually assessed financial asset, whether significant or not, it includes the asset in a group of financial assets with similar credit risk characteristics and collectively assesses them for impairment. Assets that are individually assessed for impairment and for which an impairment loss is, or continues to be, recognized are not included in a collective assessment of impairment.

 

  (b)

Available-for-sale financial assets

For AFS financial assets, the Group assesses at each reporting date whether there is objective evidence that an investment or a group of investments is impaired.

In the case of equity investments classified as AFS, objective evidence would include a significant or prolonged decline in the fair value of the investment below its cost. When there is evidence of impairment, the cumulative loss—measured as the difference between the acquisition cost and the current fair value, less any impairment loss on that investment previously recognized in the statement of profit or loss—is removed from OCI and recognized in the statement of profit or loss. Impairment losses on equity investments are not reversed through profit or loss; increases in their fair value after impairment are recognized in OCI.

In the case of debt instruments classified as AFS, the impairment is assessed based on the same criteria as financial assets carried at amortized cost. However, the amount recorded for impairment is the cumulative loss measured as the difference between the amortized cost and the current fair value, less any impairment loss on that investment previously recognized in the statement of profit or loss.

Future interest income continues to be accrued based on the reduced carrying amount of the asset, using the rate of interest used to discount the future cash flows for the purpose of measuring the impairment loss.

The interest income is recorded as part of finance income. If, in a subsequent year, the fair value of a debt instrument increases and the increase can be objectively related to an event occurring after the impairment loss was recognized in the statement of profit or loss, the impairment loss is reversed through the statement of profit or loss.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

DLP Payments Holdings Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements

December 31, 2017 and 2016

(In thousands of Brazilian Reais, unless otherwise stated)

 

  ii)

Financial liabilities

Initial recognition and measurement

Financial liabilities are classified, at initial recognition, as financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss, as loans and financing or as obligations to FIDC senior quota holders.

All financial liabilities are recognized initially at fair value and, in the case of loans and financing, net of directly attributable transaction costs.

The significant financial liabilities of the Group are: accounts payable to clients, trade accounts payable, obligations to FIDC senior quota holders and loans and financing.

Subsequent measurement

Subsequent measurement of financial liabilities depends on their classification, as follows:

 

  a)

Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss: Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss include financial liabilities held for trading and financial liabilities designated upon initial recognition as at fair value through profit or loss. Financial liabilities are classified as held for trading if they are incurred for the purpose of repurchasing in the near term. This category also includes derivative financial instruments entered into by the Group that are not designated as hedging instruments in hedge relationships as defined by IAS 39. Gains or losses on liabilities held for trading are recognized in the statement of profit or loss. Financial liabilities designated upon initial recognition at fair value through profit or loss are designated at the initial date of recognition, and only if the criteria in IAS 39 are satisfied.

 

  b)

Loans and financing: after their initial recognition, interest-bearing loans and financing and obligations to FIDC senior quota holders are subsequently measured at amortized cost, using the effective interest rate method, net of transaction costs incurred. Gains and losses are recognized in profit or loss when the liabilities are derecognized and through the amortization process under the effective interest rate method. Amortized cost is calculated by taking into account any discount or premium on acquisition and fees or costs that are an integral part of the effective interest rate. The effective interest rate amortization is included as “financial expense, net”, in the statement of profit or loss.

This category generally applies to interest bearing loans and financing and obligations to fund quota holders.

Derecognition

A financial liability is derecognized when the obligation under the liability has been revoked, cancelled or expired.

When an existing financial liability is replaced with another of the same lender with substantially different terms, or the terms of an existing liability are substantially modified, this replacement or modification is treated as a derecognition of the original liability and the recognition of a new one. The difference in the respective carrying amounts is recognized in the statement of profit or loss.

 

F-45


Table of Contents

DLP Payments Holdings Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements

December 31, 2017 and 2016

(In thousands of Brazilian Reais, unless otherwise stated)

 

  iii)

Fair value of financial instruments

The fair value of financial instruments actively traded in organized financial markets is determined based on purchase prices quoted in the market at the close of business at the reporting date, without deducting transaction costs.

The fair value of financial instruments for which there is no active market is determined by using measurement techniques. These techniques may include the use of recent market transactions (on an arm’s length basis); reference to the current fair value of another similar instrument; analysis of discounted cash flows or other measurement models. See Note 27.

 

  iv)

Derivative financial instruments

From time to time, the Group uses derivative financial instruments, such as non-deliverable forward currency contracts to hedge its foreign currency risks. Derivative financial instruments are initially recognized at fair value on the date on which a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently remeasured at fair value. Derivatives are carried as financial assets when the fair value is positive and as financial liabilities when the fair value is negative.

Any gains or losses arising from changes in the fair value of derivatives are taken directly to profit or loss.

 

  3.6.

Leases

The determination of whether an arrangement is, or contains, a lease is based on the substance of the arrangement at the inception date. In the event that fulfillment of the arrangement is dependent on the use of specific assets or the arrangement transfers a right to use the asset, such assets are defined as a lease transaction.

Group as lessee

A lease is classified at the inception date as a finance lease or an operating lease. Leases that transfer substantially all risks and benefits of ownership of the leased item to the lessee are classified as finance leases.

Finance leases are capitalized at the commencement of the lease at the lower of the inception date fair value of the leased asset and the present value of the minimum lease payments. The discount rate used in calculating the present value of the minimum lease payments is the interest rate implicit in the lease, if this is practicable to determine, if not, the lessee’s incremental borrowing rate shall be vised. Lease payments are apportioned between finance charges and reduction of the lease liability so as to achieve a constant rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability. A leased asset is depreciated over the shorter of the estimated useful life of the asset or the lease term.

An operating lease is a lease other than a finance lease. Operating lease payments are recognized as an operating expense in the statement of profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

Group as lessor

Leases in which the Group does not transfer substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of an asset are classified as operating leases. Initial direct costs incurred in negotiating and arranging an

 

F-46


Table of Contents

DLP Payments Holdings Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements

December 31, 2017 and 2016

(In thousands of Brazilian Reais, unless otherwise stated)

 

operating lease are added to the carrying amount of the leased asset and recognized over the lease term on the same basis as rental income. Contingent rents are recognized as revenue in the period in which they are earned.

The Group has cancelable month-to-month lease contracts related to electronic transaction capture equipment to third parties (clients). The leased assets are included in “Property and equipment” in the consolidated statement of financial position and are depreciated over their expected useful lives. Income from operating leases (net of any incentives given to the lessee) is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term in net revenue from subscription services and equipment rental.

 

  3.7.

Assets held for sale

Assets and disposal groups are classified as assets held for sale when their carrying amount is to be recovered principally through a sale transaction rather than through continuing use. They are measured at the lower of carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell. Costs to sell are the incremental costs directly attributable to the disposal of an asset (disposal group), excluding finance costs and income tax expense.

The criteria for held for sale classification is regarded as met only when the sale is highly probable and the asset or disposal group is available for immediate sale in its present condition. Actions required to complete the sale should indicate that it is unlikely that significant changes to the sale will be made or that the decision to sale will be withdrawn. Management must be committed to the plan to sell the asset and the sale expected to be completed within one year from the date of the classification.

Assets and liabilities classified as held for sale are presented separately as current items in the statement of financial position. Discontinued operations are excluded from the results of continuing operations and are presented as a single amount as profit or loss after tax from discontinued operations in the statement of profit or loss. See Note 12.

 

  3.8.

Property and equipment

All property and equipment is stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment. Historical cost includes expenditures that are directly attributable to the acquisition of the items and, if applicable, net of tax credits. Subsequent costs are included in the asset’s carrying amount or recognized as a separate asset, as appropriate, only when it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the Group and the cost of the item is material and can be measured reliably. All other repairs and maintenance expenditures are charged to profit or loss during the period in which they are incurred. Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets, as follows:

 

     Estimated useful
lives (years)
 

Pin Pads & POS

     3-5  

IT equipment and facilities

     5-10  

Leasehold improvements

     3-5  

Furniture and fixtures

     10  

Telephony equipment

     5  

Vehicles

     5  

 

F-47


Table of Contents

DLP Payments Holdings Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements

December 31, 2017 and 2016

(In thousands of Brazilian Reais, unless otherwise stated)

 

Leasehold improvements are amortized using the straight-line method, over the shorter of the estimated useful life of the improvement or the remaining term of the lease.

Assets’ residual values, useful lives and methods of depreciation are reviewed, at each reporting date and adjusted prospectively, if appropriate. An asset’s carrying amount is written down immediately to its recoverable amount, which is the higher of its fair value less costs of disposal and its value in use, if the asset’s carrying amount is greater than its estimated recoverable amount. Gains and losses on disposals or derecognition are determined by comparing the disposal proceeds (if any) with the carrying amount and are recognized in profit or loss.

 

  3.9.

Intangible assets, other than goodwill

 

  (i)

Software and development costs

Certain direct development costs associated with internally developed software and software enhancements of the Group’s technology platform is capitalized. Capitalized costs, which occur post determination by management of technical feasibility, include external services and internal payroll costs. These costs are recorded as intangible assets when development is complete and the asset is ready for use, and are amortized on a straight-line basis, generally over a period of three-to-five years. Research and pre-feasibility development costs, as well as maintenance and training costs, are expensed as incurred. In certain circumstances, management may determine that previously developed software and its related expense no longer meets management’s definition of feasible, which could then result in the impairment of such asset.

 

  (ii)

Other intangible assets

Separately acquired intangible assets are measured at cost on initial recognition. The cost of intangible assets acquired in a business combination corresponds to their fair value at the acquisition date. After initial recognition, intangible assets are stated at cost, less any accumulated amortization and accumulated impairment losses. Internally generated intangible assets other than (i) above, are not capitalized and the related expenditure is reflected in profit or loss in the period in which the expenditure is incurred.

The useful life of intangible assets is assessed as finite or indefinite. As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Group does not hold indefinite life intangible assets, except for goodwill.

Intangible assets with finite useful lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives and tested for impairment whenever there is an indication that their carrying amount may be not be recovered. The period and method of amortization for intangible assets with finite lives are reviewed at least at the end of each fiscal year or when there are indicators of impairment. Changes in estimated useful lives or expected consumption of future economic benefits embodied in the assets are considered to modify the amortization period or method, as appropriate, and treated as changes in accounting estimates. The amortization of intangible assets with definite lives is recognized in profit or loss in the expense category consistent with the use of intangible assets. The useful lives of the intangible assets are shown below:

 

     Estimate useful
life (years)
 

Software

     2-5  

Customer relationships

     10  

Trademarks and patents

     1-2  

 

F-48


Table of Contents

DLP Payments Holdings Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements

December 31, 2017 and 2016

(In thousands of Brazilian Reais, unless otherwise stated)

 

Gains and losses resulting from the disposal or derecognition of intangible assets are measured as the difference between the net disposal proceeds (if any) and their carrying amount and are recognized in profit or loss.

 

  3.10.

Impairment of non-financial assets

The Group assesses, at each reporting date, whether there is an indication that an asset may be impaired. If any indication exists, or when annual impairment testing for an asset is required, the Group estimates the asset’s recoverable amount. An asset’s recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s or Cash Generating Unit’s (CGU’s) fair value less costs of disposal and its value in use. The recoverable amount is determined for an individual asset, unless the asset does not generate cash inflows that are largely independent of those from other assets or groups of assets. When the carrying amount of an asset or CGU exceeds its recoverable amount, the asset is considered impaired and is written down to its recoverable amount.

In determining fair value less costs of disposal, recent market transactions are taken into account. If no such transactions can be identified, an appropriate valuation model is used. These calculations are corroborated by valuation multiples, quoted share prices for publicly traded companies or other available fair value indicators.

In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset.

Impairment losses of continuing operations are recognized in the statement of profit or loss in expense categories consistent with the function of the impaired asset.

 

  (i)

Goodwill

Goodwill is monitored by management at the level of the cash-generating units (CGU). Given the interdependency of cash flows and the merger of business practices, all Group’s entities are considered a single CGU and, therefore, goodwill impairment test is performed at the single operating segment level.

The Group tests whether goodwill has suffered any impairment on an annual basis at December 31 and when circumstances indicate that the value may be impaired. See Note 14 for a discussion of the model and key assumptions.

 

  (ii)

Other non-financial assets

For assets excluding goodwill, an assessment is made at each reporting date to determine whether there is an indication that previously recognized impairment losses no longer exist or have decreased. If such indication exists, the Group estimates the asset’s or CGU’s recoverable amount. A previously recognized impairment loss is reversed only if there has been a change in the assumptions used to determine the asset’s recoverable amount since the last impairment loss was recognized. The reversal is limited so that the carrying amount of the asset does not exceed its recoverable amount, nor exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined, net of depreciation, had no impairment loss been recognized for the asset in prior years. Such reversal is recognized in the statement of profit or loss unless the asset is carried at a revalued amount, in which case, the reversal is treated as a revaluation increase.

 

F-49


Table of Contents

DLP Payments Holdings Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements

December 31, 2017 and 2016

(In thousands of Brazilian Reais, unless otherwise stated)

 

  3.11.

Provisions

Provisions for legal claims (labor, civil and tax) are recognized when (i) the Group has a present obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of a past event; (ii) it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation; and (iii) the amount has been reliably estimated.

If there are a number of similar obligations, the likelihood that an outflow will be required in settlement is determined by considering the class of obligations as a whole. A provision is recognized even if the likelihood of an outflow with respect to any one item included in the same class of obligations may be small.

Provisions are measured at the present value of the expenditures expected to be required to settle the obligation using a pre-tax rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the obligation. The increase in the provision due to the passage of time is recognized as financial expenses, net.

Where the Group expects some or all of a provision to be reimbursed, for example, under an insurance contract, the reimbursement is recognized as a separate asset, but only when the reimbursement is virtually certain.

 

  3.12.

Prepaid expenses

Prepaid expenses are recognized as an asset in the statement of financial position. These expenditures includes prepaid software licenses, certain consulting services and insurance premiums.

 

  3.13.

Taxes

Current income and social contribution taxes

Income taxes are comprised of Corporate Income Tax (IRPJ) and Social Contribution (CSLL) on income on the Group’s Brazilian entities. According to Brazilian tax law, income taxes and social contribution are assessed and paid by the relevant legal entity and not on a consolidated basis.

Current income tax assets and liabilities are measured at the amount expected to be recovered from or paid to the taxation authorities. The tax rates and tax laws used to compute the amount are those that are enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date in the countries where the Group operates and generates taxable income. The Brazilian entities of the Group record a monthly provision for income tax (25%) and Social Contribution (9%), on an accrual basis, paying taxes based on the monthly estimate.

Management periodically evaluates positions taken in the tax returns with respect to situations in which applicable tax regulations are subject to interpretation and establishes provisions where appropriate.

Cayman Islands laws currently levy no taxes on individuals or corporations based upon profits, income, gains or appreciation and there is no taxation in the nature of inheritance tax or estate duty or withholding tax applicable to the Company or to any holder of ordinary shares.

Deferred income and social contribution taxes

Deferred income tax and social contribution are recognized, using the liability method, on temporary differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the financial statements. However, deferred taxes are not accounted for if they arise from initial recognition of an

 

F-50


Table of Contents

DLP Payments Holdings Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements

December 31, 2017 and 2016

(In thousands of Brazilian Reais, unless otherwise stated)

 

asset or liability in a transaction other than a business combination that at the time of the transaction affects neither accounting nor taxable profit or loss.

Deferred tax assets are recognized only to the extent it is probable that future taxable profit will be available against which the temporary differences and/or tax losses can be utilized. In accordance with the Brazilian tax legislation, loss carryforwards can be used to offset up to 30% of taxable profit for the year and do not expire.

Deferred tax is provided on temporary differences arising on investments in subsidiaries, except for a deferred tax liability where the timing of the reversal of the temporary difference is controlled by the Group and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are presented net in the statement of financial position when there is a legally enforceable right and the intention to offset them upon the calculation of current taxes, generally when related to the same legal entity and the same jurisdiction. Accordingly, deferred tax assets and liabilities in different entities or in different countries are generally presented separately, and not on a net basis.

Sales taxes

Revenues, expenses and assets are recognized net of sales tax, except:

 

   

When the sales taxes incurred on the purchase of goods or services are not recoverable from tax authorities, in which case the sales tax is recognized as part of the cost of acquiring the asset or expense item, as applicable;

 

   

When the amounts receivable or payable are stated with the amount of sales taxes included.

The net amount of sales taxes, recoverable or payable to the tax authority, is included as part of receivables or payables in the statement of financial position, and net of corresponding revenue or cost / expense, in the statement of profit or loss.

Sales revenues in Brazil are subject to taxes and contributions, at the following statutory rates:

 

     Rate  
     Transaction
activities
and other
services
    Equipment
rental
    Financial
income
 

Contribution on gross revenue for social integration program (PIS) (a)

     1.65     1.65     0.65

Contribution on gross revenue for social security financing (COFINS) (a)

     7.60     7.60     4.00

Taxes on service (ISS) (b)

     2.00     —         —    

Social security levied on gross revenue (INSS) (c)

     4.50     —         —    

 

  (a)

PIS and COFINS are contributions levied by the Brazilian Federal government on gross revenues. These amounts are invoiced to and collected from the Group’s customers and recognized as deductions to gross revenue (Note 24) against tax liabilities, as we are acting as tax withholding agents on behalf of the tax authorities. PIS and COFINS paid on certain purchases may be claimed back as tax credits to offset PIS and COFINS payable. These amounts are recognized as Recoverable taxes (Note 10) and are offset on a monthly basis against Taxes payable and presented net, as the amounts are due to the same tax authority.

 

F-51


Table of Contents

DLP Payments Holdings Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements

December 31, 2017 and 2016

(In thousands of Brazilian Reais, unless otherwise stated)

 

  (b)

ISS is a tax levied by municipalities on revenues from the provision of services. ISS tax is added to amounts invoiced to the Group’s customers for the services the Group renders. These are recognized as deductions to gross revenue (Note 24) against tax liabilities, as the Group acts as agent collecting these taxes on behalf of municipal governments. The rates may vary from 2.00% to 5.00%. The ISS stated in the table is applicable to the city of São Paulo and refers to the rate most commonly levied on the Group’s operations.

  (c)

INSS is a social security charge levied on wages paid to employees. The subsidiary Buy4 pays INSS at a rate of 4.50% on gross revenue due to the benefits this regime offers compared with social security tax on payroll.

In addition, please see Note 10 for information in relation to contribution over revenue (PIS/COFINS) paid in the prior periods and recovered subsequently.

Tax on purchases

Taxes paid on purchase of goods and services can normally be recovered as tax credits, at the following statutory rates:

 

     Rate  

Contribution on gross revenue for social integration program (PIS)

     1.65

Contribution on gross revenue for social security financing (COFINS)

     7.60

Withholding taxes: PIS, COFINS, IRRF and CSLL

On certain purchases, services or use of third-party labor, the Group is required to withhold a percentage of the amounts billed by its suppliers and pay tax on their behalf, at the following statutory rates:

 

     Rate  

Withholding income tax: IRRF

     1.50

Withholding taxes from services: PIS, COFINS and CSLL

     4.65

Withholding Social Security (INSS)

     11.00

These amounts are withheld from payments made to suppliers and recognized as a tax liability, with no impact to the statement of profit or loss.

 

  3.14.

Revenue and income

Revenue is recognized when the Group has evidence of an arrangement, as services are rendered or transactions are cleared, consideration is reliably measurable and collectability is probable. When equipment or services are bundled in an agreement with a client, the components are separated using objective evidence of the fair value of the components which is based on the Group’s customary pricing for each element in separate transactions. If evidence of fair value exists for all undelivered elements and there is no such evidence of fair value established for delivered elements, revenue is first allocated to the elements where fair value has been established and the residual amount is allocated to the delivered elements. If evidence of fair value for any undelivered element of the arrangement does not exist all revenue from the arrangement is deferred until such time that there is evidence of delivery for that undelivered element.

 

F-52


Table of Contents

DLP Payments Holdings Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements

December 31, 2017 and 2016

(In thousands of Brazilian Reais, unless otherwise stated)

 

The Group recognizes revenues from:

 

  (a)

Transaction activities and other services: commissions and fees for the intermediation of electronic payments services, including the capture, transmission, processing and settlement of transactions carried out using credit, debit and meal cards, as well as fees for other services. Revenue from transaction activities is recognized net of interchange fees retained by card issuers and assessment fees paid to payment scheme networks, as the Group does not bear the significant risks and rewards of the authorization, processing and settlement services provided by the payment scheme networks and card issuers. Transaction activities revenue is recognized when the transaction is captured. In the case of other services, revenue is recognized when the service is rendered.

The Group is an agent in the authorization, processing and settlement of payment transactions as it does not bear the significant risks and rewards of those services as follows:

 

   

The Group facilitates the acquisition of payment information and management of the client relationship, it is not primarily responsible for the authorization, processing and settlement services performed by payment schemes networks and card issuers;

 

   

The Group has no latitude to establish the assessment and interchange fees, which are set by the payment scheme networks. The Group generally has the right to increase its client discount rate to protect its net commission when interchange and assessment fees are increased by payment schemes networks;

 

   

The Group does not collect the interchange fee that is retained by the card issuer and effectively acts as a clearing house in collecting and remitting assessment fees and payment settlements on behalf of payment scheme networks and clients; and

 

   

The Group does not bear credit risk of the cardholder (i.e., the client’s customer). It does bear credit risk from the card issuer for the payment settlement and assessment fees. Card issuers are qualified by the payment scheme networks and are generally high credit quality financial institutions. Receivables can be considered to be collateralized by the cardholder’s invoice settlement proceeds. As such, the Group’s exposure to credit risk is generally low.

 

  (b)

Subscription services and Equipment rental: (i) subscription services, such as reconciliation solutions and business automatization solutions. Subscription service fee is charged as a fixed monthly fee, and the related revenue is recognized as services are rendered, (ii) revenues from operating leases of electronic capture equipment to clients, net of withholding taxes. Equipment rental is charged as a fixed monthly fee, and revenue is recognized within net revenue on a straight-line basis over the contractual lease term.

 

  (c)

Financial income: discount fees charged for the prepayment to clients of their installment receivables from us. The discount is measured by the difference between the original amount payable to the client, net of commissions and fees charged, and the prepaid amount. Revenue is recognized once the client has elected for the receivable to be prepaid.

 

  (d)

Other financial income: interest generated by bank savings accounts and by deposits with Brazilian courts for judicial deposits.

 

F-53


Table of Contents

DLP Payments Holdings Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements

December 31, 2017 and 2016

(In thousands of Brazilian Reais, unless otherwise stated)

 

  3.15.

Financial expenses, net

Financial expenses, net, includes costs on the sale of receivables to banks and interest expense on borrowings, interest to fund senior quota holders, foreign currency gains and losses on cash balances denominated in foreign currencies, bank service fees and gains and losses on derivative foreign currency swaps.

 

  3.16.

Employee benefits

 

  (i)

Short-term obligations

Liabilities in connection with short-term employee benefits are measured on a non-discounted basis and are expensed as the related service is provided.

The liability is recognized for the expected amount to be paid under the plans of cash bonus or short-term profit sharing if the Group has a legal or constructive obligation of paying this amount due to past service provided by employees and the obligation may be reliably estimated.

 

  (ii)

Share-based payments

The Group has equity settled and cash settled share-based payment plans, under which the management commits shares or optional cash amounts based on the price or value of shares to employees and non-employees in exchange for services.

Equity settled transactions

The cost of equity-settled transactions with employees is measured using their fair value at the date they are granted. The cost is expensed together with a corresponding increase in equity over the service period or on the grant date when the grant relates to past services.

Cash settled transactions

The Group classifies cash settled share-based payment transactions with employees and non-employees within liabilities and initially measures the cost of the services received based on the fair value of the liability. This liability is remeasured at the end of each reporting period up to the date of settlement, such that the liability ultimately is measured at the fair value of the liability on the date of settlement.

The significant judgments, estimates and assumptions regarding share-based payments are described further in Note 4(b). Activity relating to share-based payments is discussed further in Note 26.

 

  (iii)

Profit-sharing and bonus plans

The Group recognizes a liability and an expense for bonuses and profit-sharing based on a formula that takes into consideration the profit attributable to the company’s shareholders after certain adjustments. The Group recognizes a provision where contractually obliged or where there is a past practice that has created a constructive obligation.

 

F-54


Table of Contents

DLP Payments Holdings Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements

December 31, 2017 and 2016

(In thousands of Brazilian Reais, unless otherwise stated)

 

  3.17.

Current and non-current classification

The Group presents assets and liabilities in the statement of financial position based on a current / non-current classification. An asset is current when it is expected to be realized or intended to be sold or consumed in the normal operating cycle:

 

   

held primarily for the purpose of trading;

 

   

expected to be realized within twelve months after the reporting period; or

 

   

is a cash or cash equivalent unless restricted from being exchanged or used to settle a liability for at least twelve months after the reporting period.

All other assets are classified as non-current.

A liability is current when it is:

 

   

expected to be settled in the normal operating cycle;

 

   

held primarily for the purpose of trading;

 

   

due to be settled within twelve months after the reporting period; or

 

   

there is no unconditional right to defer the settlement of the liability for at least twelve months after the reporting period.

The Group classifies all other liabilities as non-current.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are classified as non-current assets and liabilities.

 

  3.18.

Business combinations and goodwill

Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method. The cost of an acquisition is measured as the aggregate of the consideration transferred, including assets given, equity instruments issued and liabilities incurred or assumed at the date of exchange, which is measured at acquisition date fair value, and the amount of any non-controlling interests in the acquiree. For each business combination, the Group elects whether to measure non-controlling interests in the acquiree at fair value or on the basis of its proportionate share in the identifiable net assets of the acquiree. Costs directly attributable to the acquisition are expensed as incurred.

The assets acquired and liabilities assumed are measured at fair value, classified and allocated according to the contractual terms, economic circumstances and relevant conditions as at the acquisition date.

Any contingent consideration to be transferred by the acquirer will be recognized at fair value on acquisition date. Subsequent changes in the fair value of the contingent consideration treated as an asset or liability should be recognized in profit or loss.

Goodwill is measured as the excess of the aggregate of the consideration transferred and the amount recognized for non-controlling interests and any previous interest held over the fair value of net assets acquired. If the fair value of net assets acquired is in excess of the aggregate consideration transferred, the Group re-assesses whether it has correctly identified all of the assets acquired and all of the liabilities assumed and reviews the procedures used to measure the amounts to be recognized at the acquisition date. If the reassessment still results in an excess of the fair value of net assets acquired

 

F-55


Table of Contents

DLP Payments Holdings Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements

December 31, 2017 and 2016

(In thousands of Brazilian Reais, unless otherwise stated)

 

over the aggregate consideration transferred, then the gain is recognized in profit or loss. After initial recognition, goodwill is measured at cost less any accumulated impairment losses. Goodwill is tested for impairment at least annually at December 31 or whenever there is an indication that it may be impaired.

Impairment losses relating to goodwill are not reversed in future periods.

 

  3.19.

Investment in associates

An associate is an entity over which the Group has significant influence. Significant influence is the power to participate in the financial and operating policy decisions of the investee, but is not control or joint control over those policies.

The considerations made in determining significant influence or joint control are similar to those necessary to determine control over subsidiaries. The Group’s investments in its associate and joint venture are accounted for using the equity method.

Under the equity method, the investment in an associate or a joint venture is initially recognized at cost. The carrying amount of the investment is adjusted to recognize changes in the Group’s share of net assets of the associate since the acquisition date. Goodwill relating to the associate is included in the carrying amount of the investment and is not tested for impairment separately.

None of the investments in associates presented significant restrictions on transferring resources in the form of cash dividends or repayment of obligations, during the periods reported.

 

  3.20.

New and amended standards and interpretations

 

  (i)

New and amended standards and interpretations adopted

The Group adopted, for the first time, certain standards and amendments effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2017. The Group decided not to early adopt any other standard, interpretation or amendments that had been issued but is not yet effective.

The nature and impact of each of the new standards and amendments are described below:

Amendments to IAS 7 Statement of Cash Flows: Disclosure Initiative

The amendments require entities to provide disclosure of changes in their liabilities arising from financing activities, including both changes arising from cash flows and non-cash changes (such as foreign exchange gains or losses). The Group has provided the information in Note 20(d).

Amendments to IAS 12 Income Taxes: Recognition of Deferred Tax Assets for Unrealized Losses

The amendments clarify that an entity needs to consider whether tax law restricts the sources of taxable profits against which it may make deductions on the reversal of that deductible temporary difference. Furthermore, the amendments provide guidance on how an entity should determine future taxable profits and explain the circumstances in which taxable profit may include the recovery of some assets for more than their carrying amount. The Group applied the amendments retrospectively. However, the application of these amendments had no impact on its financial position and performance because the Group has no deductible temporary differences or assets that are within the scope of these amendments. See Note 11 for further details.

 

F-56


Table of Contents

DLP Payments Holdings Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements

December 31, 2017 and 2016

(In thousands of Brazilian Reais, unless otherwise stated)

 

Amendments to IFRS 12 Disclosure of Interests in Other Entities: Clarification of the scope of disclosure requirements in IFRS 12

The amendments clarify that the disclosure requirements in IFRS 12, other than those set out in paragraphs B10-B16, apply to an entity’s interests in a subsidiary, a joint venture or associate (or a portion of its interest in a joint venture or in an associate) that are classified (or included in a group of assets in respect of a sale that is classified) as held for sale.

As of December 31, 2016, the Group had classified its interest in some associates as held for sale (see Note 12), and it included in that footnote all the disclosure requirements in IFRS 12.

 

  (ii)

New accounting standards not yet adopted

The following new standards have been issued by IASB and have not been adopted as of December 31, 2017:

IFRS 15 – Revenue from Contracts with Customers

IFRS 15, issued in May 2014, establishes a new model with five steps to be applied to revenues from contracts with customers. Under IFRS 15, revenues are recognized in an amount that reflects the consideration an entity expects to receive in exchange for transfer of goods or services to a customer. IFRS 15 supersedes all prior requirements for revenue recognition under IFRS.

The Group has adopted IFRS 15 from its effective date of January 1, 2018, using a modified retrospective approach with no expected impact on the Group’s consolidated financial statements.

IFRS 9 – Financial Instruments

In July 2014, IASB issued the final version of IFRS 9 – Financial Instruments, which supersedes IAS 39 – Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement and all prior versions of IFRS 9. IFRS 9 comprises all three aspects of project financial instrument recognition: classification and measurement, impairment loss and hedge accounting. IFRS 9 is effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2018.

The Group has adopted the new standard as of January 1, 2018.

 

  a)

Classification and measurement

The Group expects an impact related to the reclassification of accounts receivable from card issuers currently measured at amortized cost that will be measured at fair value through OCI.

Trade accounts receivable are held to collect contractual cash flows and give rise to cash flows that represent exclusively principal and interest payments. As such, the Group expects loans to continue to be measured at amortized cost.

Accounts receivable from card issuers that are held to collect contractual cash flows and then sell the receivable will be measured at fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI) under IFRS 9. For accounts receivable from card issuers measured at FVOCI, all changes in the fair value will be taken through other comprehensive income, except for the recognition of impairment gains or losses, interest revenue in line with the effective interest method, gains and losses arising on de-recognition, and foreign exchange gains and losses, which will be recognized in profit or loss.

 

F-57


Table of Contents

DLP Payments Holdings Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements

December 31, 2017 and 2016

(In thousands of Brazilian Reais, unless otherwise stated)

 

At December 31, 2017, the effect of applying the classification and measurement provisions of IFRS 9 would be a reduction of R$ 71,016 in accounts receivable from card issuers and corresponding adjustment, net of taxes, of R$ 46,871 recognized in other comprehensive income for the year ended December 31, 2017.

 

  b)

Impairment

IFRS 9 requires the Group to record expected credit losses on debt securities, loans and trade accounts receivable, for 12 months or on a lifetime basis. The Group implemented a three-stage model to record the expected losses on its accounts receivable. The Group has undertaken an analysis of the impact of adopting the expected loss model. Based on the past history of defaults as well as on expected nature and level of risk associated with loans and receivables, management concluded the analysis of the impacts of adoption and expect the following from applying the model.

At December 31, 2017, the effect of adoption of the expected loss model will result in a provision for losses increase of R$ 760, and the corresponding a deferred tax asset of R$ 258. The effects will be recognized in the comparative statement of profit and loss.

IFRS 16—Leases

IFRS 16 was issued in January 2016 and supersedes IAS 17—Leases. IFRS 16 establishes the principles for the recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of leases and requires lessees to account for all leases under a single model in the statement of financial position, similar to the recognition of finance leases under IAS 17. On the commencement date of the lease agreement, the lessee will recognize a lease payment liability (i.e. a lease liability) and an asset that represents the right to use the underlying asset during the lease term (i.e. the right to use asset). IFRS 16 is effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2019.

The Group will adopt IFRS 16 from its effective date of January 1, 2019. The Group is currently evaluating the impact of this standard, and does not anticipate applying it prior to its effective date.

IFRS 2 Classification and Measurement of Share-based Payment Transactions—Amendments to IFRS 2

The IASB issued amendments to IFRS 2 Share-based Payment that address three main areas: the effects of vesting conditions on the measurement of a cash-settled share-based payment transaction; the classification of a share-based payment transaction with net settlement features for withholding tax obligations; and accounting where a modification to the terms and conditions of a share-based payment transaction changes its classification from cash settled to equity settled.

On adoption, entities are required to apply the amendments without restating prior periods, but retrospective application is permitted if elected for all three amendments and other criteria are met. The amendments are effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2018, with early adoption permitted. At present, the Group does not anticipate any impact on its share based payment plans arising from these amendments.

 

4.

Significant judgments, estimates and assumptions

The preparation of the financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries requires management to make judgments and estimates and to adopt assumptions that affect the amounts presented referring to revenues, expenses, assets and liabilities at the financial statement date.

 

F-58


Table of Contents

DLP Payments Holdings Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements

December 31, 2017 and 2016

(In thousands of Brazilian Reais, unless otherwise stated)

 

Significant assumptions about sources of uncertainty in future estimates and other significant sources at the reporting date that pose a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the book value of assets and liabilities in the next fiscal year are described below:

 

  (a)

Property and equipment and intangible assets useful lives

Property and equipment and intangible assets include the preparation of estimates to determine the useful life for depreciation and amortization purposes. Useful life determination requires estimates in relation to the expected technological advances and alternative uses of assets. There is a significant element of judgment involved in making technological development assumptions, since the timing and nature of future technological advances are difficult to predict.

 

  (b)

Share-based payments:

Estimating fair value for share-based payment transactions requires determination of the most appropriate valuation model and underlying assumptions, which depends on the terms and conditions of the grant and the information available at the grant date.

The Group uses certain methodologies to estimate fair value which include the following:

 

   

estimation of fair value based on equity transactions with third parties close to the grant date;

 

   

other valuation techniques including option pricing models such as Black-Scholes.

These estimates also require determination of the most appropriate inputs to the valuation models including assumptions regarding the expected life of a share option or appreciation right, expected volatility of the price of the Group’s shares and expected dividend yield.

 

  (c)

Impairment of non-financial assets:

The Group assesses, at each reporting date, whether there is an indication that an asset may be impaired. Intangible assets with indefinite useful lives and goodwill are tested for impairment annually at the level of the CGU, as appropriate, and when circumstances indicate that the carrying value may be impaired. Impairment exists when the carrying value of an asset or cash generating unit exceeds its recoverable amount, which is the higher of its fair value less costs to sell and its value in use.

Technological obsolescence, suspension of certain services and other changes in circumstances that demonstrate the need for recording a possible impairment are also regarded in estimates.

 

  (d)

Deferred income tax and social contribution : deferred tax assets are recognized for all unused tax losses to the extent that sufficient taxable profit will likely be available to allow the use of such losses. Significant judgment from management is required to determine the amount of deferred tax assets that can be recognized, based on the likely timing and level of future taxable profits, together with future tax planning strategies.

 

  (e)

Provisions for contingencies

Provisions for the judicial and administrative proceedings are recorded when the risk of loss of administrative or judicial proceeding is considered probable and the amounts can be reliably measured, based on the nature, complexity and history of lawsuits and the opinion of legal counsel internal and external.

Provisions are made when the risk of loss of judicial or administrative proceedings is assessed as probable and the amounts involved can be measured with sufficient accuracy, based on best available

 

F-59


Table of Contents

DLP Payments Holdings Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements

December 31, 2017 and 2016

(In thousands of Brazilian Reais, unless otherwise stated)

 

information. They are fully or partially reversed when the obligations cease to exist or are reduced. Given the uncertainties arising from the proceedings, it is not practicable to determine the timing of any outflow (cash disbursement).

 

  (f)

Provision for antifraud losses (Chargeback):

A provision is recorded based on the estimated losses related to warranties provided by the Group in relation to the antifraud product sold to clients, under which the Group assumes the risk of losses related to any chargeback occurring within 120 days following the transaction date.

Management estimates the related provision for future losses based on historical losses information, as well as recent trends that might suggest that past cost information may differ from future losses. The assumptions made in relation to the current period are consistent with those in the prior year. Factors that could impact the estimated loss information include the success of the Group’s fraud prevention initiatives. As of December 31, 2017, this provision had a carrying amount of R$ 1,317 (2016—R$ 609).

 

  (g)

Consolidation of structured entities

The Group considers the FIDC AR1 and FIDC AR2 to be structured entities as defined by IFRS 10. The Group holds all subordinated quotas issued by these FIDCs, representing approximately 10% of the total outstanding quotas, while third-party partners hold all senior quotas, representing approximately 90% of the total outstanding quotas.

The bylaws of these FIDCs were established by us at their inception, and grant us significant decision-making authority over these entities, such as the right to determine which credits rights are eligible to be acquired by these FIDCs. In addition, senior quota holders receive a remuneration every six months and the senior quotas must be fully redeemed by us at the end of the third annual period. As sole holders of the subordinated quotas, the Group is entitled to the full residual value of the entities, if any, and thus the Group has the rights to their variable returns.

In accordance with IFRS 10, the Group concluded it controls FIDC AR1 and FIDC AR2 and, therefore, they are consolidated in the Group’s financial statements. The senior quotas are accounted for as a financial liability under “Obligations to FIDC senior quota holders” and the remuneration paid to senior quota holders is recorded as interest expense. See Note 19(a) for further details.

 

  (h)

Consolidation of entities in which the Group holds less than a majority of voting rights

Even though the Group owns only a 24.70% interest in DLP Par, the Group controls DLP Par’s significant activities. The Group has the ability to make decisions in relation to: the election of the Board of Directors and Audit Committee members and their corresponding compensation, share redemption and repurchases, any change to the bylaws including a change in the share capital, discussion and approval of financial statements, changes to rights of any class of shares issued by DLP Par and the distribution of dividends. Accordingly, DLP Par is consolidated in the financial statements.

 

5.

Business combinations

 

5.1

Acquisition of Elavon do Brasil S.A.

 

a.

Summary of acquisition

On April 22, 2016, Stone acquired 100% of the shares of EdB. EdB is a payment solution company formed in 2011 as a joint venture among Elavon Inc., USB Americas Holding Company and Banco Citibank S.A.

 

F-60


Table of Contents

DLP Payments Holdings Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements

December 31, 2017 and 2016

(In thousands of Brazilian Reais, unless otherwise stated)

 

EdB’s activities are to accredit clients, which includes the provision of capture, routing, processing and settlement services for credit and debit card transactions, as well as related services. The objective of the acquisition was to enable the Group to expand in the Brazilian payments market and increase access to clients and business partners in the industry.

 

  (i)

Fair value measurement

The fair value of identifiable assets and liabilities of EdB on the acquisition date was as follows:

 

     Fair value recognized on
acquisition
 

Assets

  

Cash and cash equivalents

     7,377  

Accounts receivable

     1,210,373  

Other receivables

     21,065  

Property and equipment (Note 13)

     63,218  

Intangible assets—Customer relationship (Note 14)

     93,442  

Intangible assets—Trademark use right (Note 14)

     12,491  

Other intangible assets (Note 14)

     13,573  

Deferred tax asset

     160,738  
  

 

 

 
     1,582,277  

Liabilities

  

Accounts payable

     (1,558,908

Loans and financing (Note 19)

     (56,684

Onerous contracts

     (9,051

Other liabilities

     (33,315

Deferred tax liability

     (38,501
  

 

 

 
     (1,696,459
  

 

 

 

Net identifiable liabilities acquired

     (114,182

Goodwill on acquisition (Note 14)

     114,182  
  

 

 

 

Total consideration transferred

     —    
  

 

 

 

The fair value and gross contractual amount of trade accounts receivable was the same—R$ 1,210,373.

Goodwill comprises the value of expected synergies arising in the business combination.

Intangible assets acquired

The following intangible assets met the criteria in IAS 38—Intangible Assets for recognition:

 

Assets

   Amount      Method   

Expected

amortization

period

Customer relationship

     93,442      Multi-period Excess Earnings Method—MEEM    10 years

Trademark use right

     12,491      Relief from royalty    1 year

 

F-61


Table of Contents

DLP Payments Holdings Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements

December 31, 2017 and 2016

(In thousands of Brazilian Reais, unless otherwise stated)

 

  (ii)

Revenue and profit contribution

From the acquisition date, EdB contributed total revenue and income of R$ 167,362 and a pretax income of R$ 4,718 to the Group’s consolidated statement of profit and loss for the year ended December 31, 2016.

Had the business combination occurred at the beginning of 2016, EdB would have contributed total revenue and income of R$ 228,690 and pretax loss of R$ 67,502, therefore, the Group’s consolidated total revenue and income would have been R$ 501,248 and the pretax loss would have totaled R$221,230 for the year ended December 31, 2016.

 

b.

Purchase consideration—cash outflow

 

Consideration paid in cash

     —    

Net cash acquired

     7,377  
  

 

 

 

Net cash flow on acquisition (a)

     7,377  
  

 

 

 

 

  (a)

Included in the cash flow from investing activities

Acquisition-related costs

Acquisition-related transaction costs totaling R$ 1,727 were recognized in other expenses in the statement of profit or loss.

 

6.

Cash and cash equivalents

 

     2017      2016  

Short-term bank deposits—denominated in R$

     611,254        34,130  

Short-term bank deposits—denominated in US$

     30,698        136,516  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     641,952        170,646  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents in the statement of financial position comprise cash at banks and on hand and short-term deposits with a maturity of three months or less, which are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value.

Cash and cash equivalents are measured at fair value and classified as Level 1 under the fair value level hierarchy. See Note 27 for further details.

 

7.

Short-term investments

 

     2017      2016  

Listed securities (a)

     

Bonds

     157,238        62,110  

Unlisted securities (b)

     

Investment funds

     36,960        —    

Equity securities

     7,564        4,235  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     201,762        66,345  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-62


Table of Contents

DLP Payments Holdings Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements

December 31, 2017 and 2016

(In thousands of Brazilian Reais, unless otherwise stated)

 

  (a)

Listed securities are comprised of bonds with maturities greater than three months with an average yield to maturity of 3.95% per year in US Dollars in 2017. Liquidity risk is minimal.

  (b)

Unlisted securities are comprised of foreign investment fund shares, and ordinary shares in entities that are not traded in an active market and whose fair value is determined using valuation techniques. The Group uses its judgment to select a method and makes assumptions that are mainly based on market conditions existing at the end of each reporting period. These financial assets are classified as available-for-sale and as Level 2 under the fair value level hierarchy, as described in Note 27. The change in fair value in 2017 of R$ 2,595 was recognized in other comprehensive income.

All short-term investments are denominated in US dollars.

 

8.

Accounts receivable from card issuers

 

     2017      2016  

Total card issuers (a)

     5,029,407        3,042,487  

Total acquirers (b)

     49,023        10,078  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     5,078,430        3,052,565  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (a)

Accounts receivable from card issuers, net of interchange fees, as a result of processing transactions with clients.

  (b)

Accounts receivable from other acquirers related to PSP (Payment Service Provider) transactions.

As of December 31, 2017, R$ 2,244,576 of the total Accounts receivable from card issuers are held by FIDC AR 1 and AR 2 (2016 - R$ 0). Accounts receivable held by FIDCs guarantee the obligations to FIDC senior quota holders.

As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, there were no overdue accounts receivable balances.

(i) Classification as accounts receivable

Accounts receivable are amounts due from card issuers regarding the transactions of clients with card holders, performed in the ordinary course of business. Accounts receivable are generally due within 12 months, therefore are all classified as current.

(ii) Impairment and risk exposure

In addition to complying with the criteria and policies of card associations for accreditation, the Group has a specific policy setting guidelines and procedures for the accreditation and maintenance process of the clients.

Information about the credit quality of accounts receivable and the Group’s exposure to credit risk, foreign currency risk and interest rate risk can be found in Note 27.

 

F-63


Table of Contents

DLP Payments Holdings Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements

December 31, 2017 and 2016

(In thousands of Brazilian Reais, unless otherwise stated)

 

9.

Trade accounts receivable

 

     2017      2016  

Accounts receivable from clients

     19,078        8,248  

Other trade accounts receivable

     9,090        6,934  

Allowance for doubtful accounts

     (5,048      (3,205
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     23,120        11,977  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Trade accounts receivables are amounts due from clients mainly related to equipment rental and other services and Pin Pads & POS sales to other customers. Trade accounts receivable are generally due between 30 and 60 days, therefore are all classified as current.

The Group records an allowance for default accounts on receivables from the lease of equipment to clients that are more than 180 days past due. See Note 3.5 (i) for further details.

The movement in the allowance for doubtful accounts:

 

     2017      2016  

At January 1

     3,205        1,986  

Charge for the year

     3,943        6,168  

Reversal

     (1,227      (4,201

Write-off

     (873      (748
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

At December 31

     5,048        3,205  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

10.

Recoverable taxes

 

     2017      2016  

Income taxes recoverable (Note 11)

     35,985        4,033  

Contributions over revenue (a)

     1,354        2,692  

Withholding taxes on sales (b)

     1,501        224  

Other taxes

     307        25  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     39,147        6,974  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (a)

Refers to credits taken on contributions on gross revenue for social integration program (PIS) and social security (COFINS) to be offset in the following period against tax payables.

  (b)

Taxes withheld by customers on invoices from services rendered in Brazil, including PIS and COFINS. Refer to note 3.13 for further information about the nature of these taxes.

 

F-64


Table of Contents

DLP Payments Holdings Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements

December 31, 2017 and 2016

(In thousands of Brazilian Reais, unless otherwise stated)

 

11.

Income taxes

Income taxes are comprised of taxation over operations in Brazil, related to Corporate Income Tax (IRPJ) and Social Contribution on Net Profit (CSLL). According to Brazilian tax law, income taxes and social contribution are assessed and paid by legal entity and not on a consolidated basis.

 

  i)

Income tax position

 

     2017      2016  

Prepayments of IRPJ and CSLL

     3,457        3,899  

Withholding income tax on finance income (a)

     32,528        134  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Current income tax recoverable (Note 10)

     35,985        4,033  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

IRPJ and CSLL payable

     4,605        242  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Current income tax payable (Note 18)

     4,605        242  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (a)

This refers to income taxes withheld from subsidiaries on financial income arising from the valuation of the subordinated quotas of FIDC TAPSO held by the Group, payable every 6 months of operations of the fund, which will be offset against future income tax payable by each subsidiary which holds subordinated quotas in FIDC TAPSO.

 

  ii)

Reconciliation of income tax expense

The following is a reconciliation of income tax expense to loss for the year, calculated by applying the combined Brazilian statutory rates at 34% for the year ended December 31, 2017 and 2016:

 

     2017     2016  

Loss before taxes

     (95,665     (149,221

Brazilian statutory rate

     34     34
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tax credit at the statutory rate

     32,526       50,735  

Additions (exclusions):

    

Losses from entities not subject to the payment of income taxes

     (37,098     (32,819

Loss (gain) in investment in associates

     105       (20

Other permanent differences

     (3,805     (743

Unrecorded deferred taxes

     (1,332     (3,237

Use of tax losses previously unrecorded

     218       324  

Previously unrecognized deferred income tax on temporary differences

     —         1,653  

Previously unrecognized deferred income tax on unused tax losses

     —         11,109  

Tax incentives

     82       28  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total income tax and social contribution (expense) gain

     (9,304     27,030  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effective tax rate

     -10     18

Current income tax and social contribution

     (5,682     (262

Deferred income tax and social contribution

     (3,622     27,292  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total income tax and social contribution (expense) gain

     (9,304     27,030  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-65


Table of Contents

DLP Payments Holdings Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements

December 31, 2017 and 2016

(In thousands of Brazilian Reais, unless otherwise stated)

 

Deferred income taxes

Deferred taxes relate to the following:

 

     Consolidated
statement of financial
position
    Consolidated
statement of profit
or loss
 
     2017     2016     2017     2016  

Losses available for offsetting against future taxable income

     182,708       172,973       9,735       12,234  

Tax credit carryforward

     7,507       2,532       4,975       2,473  

Temporary differences under FIDC

     (24,203     —         (24,203     —    

Intangible assets acquired in business combinations

     (28,070     (33,160     5,090       5,342  

Others

     8,024       7,243       781       7,243  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     145,966       149,588       (3,622     27,292  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Reflected in the statement of financial position as follows:

        

Deferred tax assets

     198,234       182,994      

Deferred tax liabilities

     (52,268     (33,406    

Under Brazilian tax law, temporary differences and tax losses can be carried forward indefinitely, however the loss carryforward can only be used to offset up to 30% of taxable profit for the year.

Unrecognized deferred taxes

The Group has deferred tax assets over tax losses not recognized in DLP Brasil of R$ 4,511 (2016 – R$ 3,256) and for the Group’s other subsidiaries of R$ 848 (2016 – R$ 1,106) that are available indefinitely for offsetting against future taxable profits of the companies in which the losses arose. Deferred tax assets have not been recognized in respect of these losses as they may not be used to offset taxable profits between subsidiaries of the Group, and there are no other tax planning opportunities or other evidence of recoverability in the near future.

 

12.

Assets held for sale

In December 2016, the Group’s management decided to sell all the shares of the associate Pingo Software e Automação Comercial Ltda. (“Pingobox”) held by the Group’s subsidiary Cappta, corresponding to 30.34% of Pingobox’s total ordinary shares as of December 31, 2016. This investment was measured at the lower of its carrying amount (R$ 1,387) and fair value less costs to sell at the time of the reclassification (R$ 300), resulting in a write-down of R$ 1,087 to reduce the carrying amount to its fair value less costs to sell, recognized in other operating expenses in the statement of profit or loss.

On February 21, 2017, Cappta sold all of its shares to the other shareholders of Pingobox for the total amount of R$ 300.

 

F-66


Table of Contents

DLP Payments Holdings Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements

December 31, 2017 and 2016

(In thousands of Brazilian Reais, unless otherwise stated)

 

13.

Property and equipment

 

Cost

  Balance at
12/31/2015
    Business
combinations
    Additions     Disposals     Transfers     Balance at
12/31/2016
    Additions     Disposals     Transfers     Balance at
12/31/2017
 

Pin Pads & POS

    26,026       54,100       13,009       (8,096     —         85,039       75,442       (16,644     —         143,837  

IT equipment

    4,278       5,348       5,270       (15     66       14,947       43,713       (58     (2,603     55,999  

Facilities

    641       —         6       (601     369       415       1,445       —         2       1,862  

Leasehold improvements

    479       392       4,346       (330     3,580       8,467       7,881       —         22       16,370  

Machinery and equipment

    4,570       610       1,763       —         (7     6,936       2,786       (247     2,518       11,993  

Furniture and fixtures

    494       1,135       187       (351     996       2,461       2,738       —         62       5,261  

Telephony equipment

    152       —         115       —         (92     175       1       —         (1     175  

Vehicles

    64       351       —         —         —         415       2       (3     —         414  

Construction in progress

    —         1,282       6,925       (2,146     (4,912     1,149       6,974       (992     —         7,131  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    36,704       63,218       31,621       (11,539     —         120,004       140,982       (17,944     —         243,042  

Depreciation

                   

Pin Pads & POS

    (5,749     —         (16,058     1,334       —         (20,473     (23,158     5,874       —         (37,757

IT equipment

    (700     —         (2,736     5       (1     (3,432     (4,879     7       644       (7,660

Facilities

    (146     —         (144     230       —         (60     (240     —         —         (300

Leasehold improvements

    (119     —         (1,429     124       —         (1,424     (2,460     —         —         (3,884

Machinery and equipment

    (224     —         (698     40       —         (882     (1,596     126       (626     (2,978

Furniture and fixtures

    (64     —         (221     58       2       (225     (448     —         (18     (691

Telephony equipment

    (13     —         (31     —         (1     (45     (36     —         —         (81

Vehicles

    (6     —         (35     —         —         (41     (19     —         —         (60
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    (7,021     —         (21,352     1,791       —         (26,582     (32,836     6,007       —         (53,411
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

    29,683       63,218       10,269       (9,748     —         93,422       108,146       (11,937     —         189,631  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(i) Depreciation and amortization charges

Depreciation and amortization expense has been charged in the following line items of the consolidated statement of profit or loss:

 

     2017      2016  

Cost of services

     31,223        20,113  

General and administrative expenses

     25,984        22,845  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Depreciation and Amortization charges

     57,207        42,958  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Depreciation charge

     32,836        21,352  

Amortization charge (Note 14)

     24,372        21,605  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     57,208        42,957  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

(ii) Impairment loss and compensation

As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, there were no indicators of impairment of property and equipment.

 

F-67


Table of Contents

DLP Payments Holdings Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements

December 31, 2017 and 2016

(In thousands of Brazilian Reais, unless otherwise stated)

 

(iii) Leased assets

The Group holds equipment under non-cancelable finance lease agreements. The lease terms are between 3 and 15 years, after which the ownership of the assets is transferred to the Group.

Assets under finance lease agreements included in “Pin Pad & POS” and “Machinery and Equipment” are as follows:

 

     2017      2016  

Cost - capitalized finance leases

     8,070        8,070  

Accumulated depreciation

     (6,259      (5,314
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net book value

     1,811        2,756  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

(iv) Property and equipment pledged as collateral

Finance leases and bank borrowings are collateralized by the Group’s assets with acquisition costs amounts as follows:

 

     2017      2016  

Furniture and fixtures

     748        748  

IT equipment

     6,380        6,380  

Leasehold improvements

     427        427  

Machinery and equipment

     515        515  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     8,070        8,070  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-68


Table of Contents

DLP Payments Holdings Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements

December 31, 2017 and 2016

(In thousands of Brazilian Reais, unless otherwise stated)

 

14.

Intangible assets

 

Cost   Balance at
12/31/2015
    Business
combinations
    Additions     Disposals     Balance at
12/31/2016
    Additions     Disposals     Transfers     Balance at
12/31/2017
 

Goodwill - acquisition of subsidiaries

    4,529       114,182       —         (5     118,706       —         —         —         118,706  

Customer relationship

    3,913       93,442       —         —         97,355       —         —         —         97,355  

Trademark use right

    —         12,491       —         —         12,491       —         —         —         12,491  

Software

    5,406       885       2,870       (1,136     8,025       5,183       (2,550     (1,295     9,363  

Software (internally developed)

    3,191       —         3,522       —         6,713       11,331       —         —         18,044  

Licenses for use - payment arrangements

    1,424       —         2,615       (8     4,031       1,488       —         —         5,519  

Data System

    —         11,811       2,474       —         14,285       —         —         —         14,285  

Technology

    1,379       —         —         —         1,379       —         —         —         1,379  

Software in progress

    —         —         —         —         —         3,281       (90     1,295       4,486  

Others

    45       876       —         —         921       —         (176     —         745  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    19,887       233,687       11,481       (1,149     263,906       21,283       (2,816     —         282,373  

Amortization

                 

Customer relationship

    (612     —         (6,865     —         (7,477     (9,344     10       —         (16,811

Trademark use right

    —         —         (8,658     —         (8,658     (3,833     —         —         (12,491

Software

    (1,087     —         (1,303     —         (2,390     (1,917     255       (176     (4,228

Software (Internally developed)

    (356     —         (1,144     —         (1,500     (4,567     —         —         (6,067

Licenses for use - payment arrangements

    (370     —         (431     —         (801     (611     —         176       (1,236

Data System

    —         —         (2,705     —         (2,705     (3,488     —         —         (6,193

Technology

    (148     —         (197     —         (345     (197     —         —         (542

Others

    —         —         (302     —         (302     (415     —         —         (717
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    (2,573     —         (21,605     —         (24,178     (24,372     265       —         (48,285
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Intangible assets, net

    17,314       233,687       (10,124     (1,149     239,728       (3,089     (2,551     —         234,088  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-69


Table of Contents

DLP Payments Holdings Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements

December 31, 2017 and 2016

(In thousands of Brazilian Reais, unless otherwise stated)

 

Impairment of intangible assets

As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, there were no indicators of impairment of finite-life intangible assets.

The Group performs its goodwill impairment testing at the Group’s single CGU level, which is also a single operating and reportable segment.

The Group performed its annual impairment test as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 which did not result in the need to recognize impairment losses on the carrying value of goodwill.

The recoverable amount of the Group’s single CGU is determined based on a value in use calculation using cash flow projections from financial budgets approved by senior management covering a five-year period. The pre-tax discount rate applied to cash flow projections is 23.0% and the growth rate applied to perpetuity cash-flow is 6.0% that considers long-term local inflation and long-term real growth.

The key assumptions used in value in use calculation and sensitivity to changes in assumptions are as follows:

 

  (1)

Average annual growth rate over the five-year forecast period; based on past performance and management’s expectations of market development and on current industry trends and including long-term inflation forecasts for each territory.

A decrease of 10.0% in the growth rate would not result in impairment of goodwill.

 

  (2)

Average net margin over the five-year forecast period; based on past performance and management’s expectations of market development and on current industry trends and including long-term inflation forecasts for each territory.

A decrease of 10.0% of the net margin would not result in impairment of goodwill.

 

  (3)

Considered a pre-tax discount rate applied to cash flow of 23.0%, based on long-term interest rate, equity risk premium, industry beta and other variables. An increase of 5.0% in pre-tax discount rate would not result in the impairment of goodwill.

 

  (4)

Considered a perpetuity growth rate of 6.0%, based on long-term local inflation and real growth. A decrease of 3.0% in perpetuity growth would not result in the impairment of the goodwill.

 

15.

Accounts payable to clients

Accounts payable to clients represents amounts due to accredited clients related to credit and debit card transactions, net of interchange fees retained by card issuers and assessment fees paid to payment scheme networks as well as the Group’s net merchant discount rate fees which are collected by the Group as an agent.

As of December 31, 2017, accounts payable to clients was R$ 3,637,510 (2016 – R$ 3,029,281).

 

16.

Trade accounts payable

 

     2017      2016  

Domestic trade accounts payable

     50,799        30,789  

Foreign suppliers

     2,159        6,767  

Other

     280        653  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     53,238      38,209  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-70


Table of Contents

DLP Payments Holdings Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements

December 31, 2017 and 2016

(In thousands of Brazilian Reais, unless otherwise stated)

 

Accounts payable are unsecured and the average payment term is 45 days. The carrying amount of accounts payable approximate their fair value, due to their short-term nature

 

17.

Labor, social security and share-based payment liabilities

 

     2017      2016  

Labor liabilities and related social charges

     13,565        5,817  

Accrued annual payments and related social charges

     22,394        10,605  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total labor and social security liabilities

     35,959        16,422  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Share-based payments (Note 26)

     217,487        78,550  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total share-based payments

     217,487        78,550  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The carrying amount of Labor and social security liabilities approximate fair value, due to their short-term nature. See further details on Share-based payments in Note 26.

 

18.

Taxes payable

 

     2017      2016  

Contributions over revenue (PIS and COFINS) (a)

     14,008        2,777  

Taxes on services (ISS) (b)

     117        395  

Withholding taxes from services taken (c)

     3,117        1,489  

Social security levied on gross revenue (INSS) (d)

     324        226  

Withholding income tax (e)

     13,028        1,517  

Income tax (IRPJ and CSLL) (f)

     4,605        242  

Other taxes and contributions

     706        405  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     35,905      7,051  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (a)

PIS and COFINS are invoiced to and collected from the Group’s customers and recognized as deductions to gross revenue against Tax liabilities, as the Group acts as agent collecting these taxes on behalf of the Brazilian federal government.

  (b)

ISS is recognized as deductions to gross revenue against Tax liabilities, as the Group acts as agent collecting these taxes on behalf of municipal governments.

  (c)

Amount relative to PIS, COFINS and CSLL, withheld from suppliers and paid by the Group on their behalf. These amounts are recognized as a tax liability, with no impact to the statement of profit or loss.

  (d)

The entity Buy4 pays an INSS rate of 4.50% on gross revenue due to the benefits this regime offers to technology companies compared with social security tax on payroll

  (e)

For some entities in the Group, advances for the payment of income tax are paid during the tax year and are recognized as an asset under Recoverable taxes (Note 10).

  (f)

The expense for current income tax is recognized in the statement of profit or loss under “Income tax and social contribution” against tax payable. However, for some entities in the Group, advances for the payment of income tax are paid during the tax year and are recognized as an asset under Recoverable taxes (Note 10).

 

F-71


Table of Contents

DLP Payments Holdings Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements

December 31, 2017 and 2016

(In thousands of Brazilian Reais, unless otherwise stated)

 

19.

Loans and financing

As of December 31, 2017 and 2016 loans and financing are as follows:

 

   

Annual interest rate %

 

Maturity

  2017     2016  

Senior Quota holders Obligations (a)

  106.8% of CDI Rate*       8,695       —    

Leasing (b)

  CDI Rate* + 4.91% per year   Feb/19     10,477       11,104  

Finame (c)

  UMBNDES Rate** + 3.93% per year   Jul/19     3,363       11,698  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Short-Term Debt

        22,535       22,802  

Senior Quota holders Obligations (a)

  106.8% of CDI Rate*   Jun/20, Dec/20     2,056,331       —    

Leasing (b)

  CDI Rate* + 4.91% per year   Feb/19     2,041       11,207  

Finame (c)

  UMBNDES Rate** + 3.93% per year   Jul/19     991       6,818  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-Term Debt

        2,059,363       18,025  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Debt

        2,081,898       40,827  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

*

“CDI Rate” means the Brazilian interbank deposit (certificado de depósito interbancário) rate, which is an average of interbank overnight rates in Brazil.

**

“UMBNDES rate” means a floating exchange rate based on a monetary unit of the BNDES, which is based on a basket of currencies including the US dollar, the euro and other currencies.

 

  (a)

Obligations to FIDC senior quota holders

The FIDC AR1 and FIDC AR2 were launched in June 2017 and November 2017, respectively, and issued senior quotas through a public offering to qualified institutional investors. The purpose of these FIDCs is to acquire receivables arising from credit card transactions and fund the Group’s operations. The Group holds 100% of the subordinated quotas in these entities. Residual returns from these FIDCs, if any, are paid to subordinated quotas.

Senior quotas of FIDC AR1 and FIDC AR2 bear interest at 106.8% of the CDI rate and receive interest payments every six months. At the end of the third annual period, the senior quotas must be fully redeemed.

 

     2017          2016      

Funding

     2,059,500            —    

Interest accrued

     10,770        —    

Issuance costs—accrued

     (5,244      —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     2,065,026      —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (b)

Finance lease liabilities

The Group has lease agreements in order to finance the acquisition of POS and Pin Pads to be leased to the clients, as well as other fixed assets. The lease agreements provide a purchase option of the financed equipment and fixed assets by the Group.

 

F-72


Table of Contents

DLP Payments Holdings Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements

December 31, 2017 and 2016

(In thousands of Brazilian Reais, unless otherwise stated)

 

The Group’s obligations under finance leases are effectively secured by the lessor’s title to the leased assets. Future minimum lease payments under finance leases, together with the present value of the net minimum lease payments, are as follows:

 

     2017      2016  

Within one year

     11,421        13,050  

After one year but no more than 5 years

     2,225        13,171  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total minimum lease payments

     13,646        26,221  

Future finance charges on finance leases

     (1,129      (3,910
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Present value of minimum lease payments

     12,517        22,311  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (c)

Finame

Bank borrowings mature through 2019 and bear average interest of UMBNDES Rate + 3.93% per year. The maturity dates are as follows:

 

     2017      2016  

Less than 12 months

     3,363        11,698  

1-5 years

     991        6,818  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     4,354        18,516  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (d)

Changes in loans and financing

 

    Balance at
12/31/2016
    Business
combination
    Funding,
net
    Payment     Interest     Balance at
12/31/2017
 

Obligations to FIDC senior quota holders

    —         —         2,054,256       (42,939     53,709       2,065,026  

Finance lease

    22,311       —         —         (12,983     3,189       12,517  

Bank borrowings

    18,516       —         —         (16,218     2,056       4,354  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    40,827       —         2,054,256       (72,140     58,954       2,081,897  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current

    22,802               22,534  

Noncurrent

    18,025               2,059,363  

 

    Balance at
12/31/2015
    Business
combination
    Funding     Payment     Interest     Balance at
12/31/2016
 

Finance lease

    —         25,994       —         (9,355     5,672       22,311  

Bank borrowings

    92,529       30,690       950       (103,831     (1,822     18,516  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    92,529       56,684       950       (113,186     3,850       40,827  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current

    91,496               22,802  

Noncurrent

    1,033               18,025  

 

F-73


Table of Contents

DLP Payments Holdings Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements

December 31, 2017 and 2016

(In thousands of Brazilian Reais, unless otherwise stated)

 

20.

Transactions with related parties

Related parties comprise the immediate and ultimate parent companies, the shareholders, key management personnel and any businesses which are controlled, directly or indirectly by the shareholders and directors over which they exercise significant management influence. Related party transactions are entered into in the normal course of business at prices and terms approved by the Group’s management.

 

  (a)

Transactions with related parties

The following transactions were carried out with related parties:

 

     2017      2016  

Sales of services

     

Associates (legal and administration services)*

     232        146  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     232        146  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Purchases of goods and services

     

Entity controlled management personnel**

     (6,537      (6,450

Associates (transaction services)*

     (61      (12
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     (6,598      (6,462
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

*

Related to cost-sharing and checking account agreements with Equals S.A.

**

Related to consulting and management services with Genova Consultoria e Participações Ltda.

Services provided to related parties include legal and administrative services provided under normal trade terms and reimbursement of other expenses incurred in their respect.

The Group acquired under normal trade terms the following goods and services from entities that are controlled by members of the Group’s management personnel:

 

   

management and consulting services; and

 

   

services related to card transactions.

 

  (b)

Year-end balances

The following balances are outstanding at the end of the reporting period in relation to transactions with related parties:

 

     2017      2016  

Receivables from related parties

     

Associates*

     386        146  

Loans to management personnel

     8,692        2,079  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     9,078        2,225  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

*

Related to transactions with Equals S.A.

As of December 31, 2017, there is no allowance for doubtful accounts on related parties’ receivables. No guarantees were provided or received in relation to any accounts receivable or payable involving related parties.

The Group has outstanding loans with certain management personnel. The loans are payable in three to seven years from the date of issuance and accrue interest according to the National Consumer Price Index, the Brazilian Inter-Bank Rate or Libor plus an additional spread.

 

F-74


Table of Contents

DLP Payments Holdings Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements

December 31, 2017 and 2016

(In thousands of Brazilian Reais, unless otherwise stated)

 

  (c)

Key management personnel compensation

Management includes the legal directors of DLP Payments plus key executives of the Group and compensation consists of fixed compensation, profit sharing and benefits plus any correlating social or labor charges and or provisions for such charges. Compensation expenses are recognized in profit or loss of the Group. For the year ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, compensation expense was as follows:

 

     2017      2016  

Short-term benefits

     3,873        3,006  

Share-based payments (note 26)

     122,577        50,405  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     126,450        53,411  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

21.

Provision for contingencies

The Group companies are party to tax, labor and civil litigation in progress, which are being addressed at the administrative and judicial levels. For certain contingencies, the Group has made judicial deposits, which are legal reserves the Group is required to make by the Brazilian courts as security for any damages or settlements the Group may be required to pay as a result of litigation.

Probable losses, provided for in the statement of financial position

The provisions for probable losses arising from these matters are estimated and periodically adjusted by management, supported by the opinion of its external legal advisors. The nature of the liabilities is summarized as follows:

 

   

EdB, Stone and Pagar.me are parties to legal suits and administrative proceedings filed with several courts and governmental agencies, in the  ordinary course  of their operations, involving civil claims. The amount provisioned for these lawsuits on December 31, 2017 is R$ 486 (2016—R$ 112).

Possible losses, not provided for in the statement of financial position

The Group has the following tax, civil and labor litigation involving risks of loss assessed by management as possible, based on the evaluation of the legal advisors, for which no provision for estimated possible losses was recognized:

 

     2017      2016  

Civil

     54,296        15,125  

Labor

     3,482        1,651  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     57,778        16,776  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The nature of the liabilities is summarized as follows:

 

   

Stone is party to an injunction filed by a financial institution against an accredited client in which Stone was called as a defendant, demanding Stone to refrain from prepayment of receivables related to any credits of the accredited client resulting from credit and debit cards, in addition to requesting that the amounts arising out of the transactions be paid at the bank account maintained at the financial institution that filed such lawsuit. The amount of the lawsuit as of December 31, 2017 is R$ 44,786.

 

   

Cappta is party to a civil claim regarding the termination of a certain Commercial Agreement on August 16, 2011 regarding license for use of hosted software. The amount of the lawsuit as of December 31, 2017 is R$ 4,377.

 

F-75


Table of Contents

DLP Payments Holdings Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements

December 31, 2017 and 2016

(In thousands of Brazilian Reais, unless otherwise stated)

 

   

Stone, EdB and Pagar.me are parties to legal suits filed in several Brazilian courts, in the ordinary course of their operations. These claims are related to: (i) fees paid to third-parties sellers and business partners, totaling R$ 1,753 and (ii) chargeback related claims, which sums R$ 2,471. The total amount of the lawsuit as of December 31, 2017 is R$ 4,224.

 

   

Pagar.me is party to a civil claim of chargeback against a business partner, in its ordinary course of business. The amount of the lawsuit as of December 31, 2017 is R$ 1,600.

 

22.

Equity

 

  i.

Authorized capital

The Company has an authorized share capital of USD 50 thousand, corresponding to 630,000,000 authorized shares with a par value of USD 0.00008 each. Therefore, the Company is authorized to increase capital up to this limit, subject to approval of the Board of Directors. The liability of each member is limited to the amount from time to time unpaid on such member’s shares.

 

  ii.

Subscribed and paid-in capital and capital reserve

The Company has the following share classes:

Ordinary voting shares

All ordinary voting class shares entitle the holder to (i) one vote per share, (ii)  participate in dividends equally with all other classes of ordinary shareholders and (iii) share in the proceeds of winding up the Company in proportion to the number of shares.

Ordinary non-voting shares

Ordinary non-voting shares entitle the holder to (i) participate in dividends equally with ordinary shareholders and (ii)  share in the proceeds of winding up of the Company in proportion to the number of shares held. Ordinary non-voting shares do not entitle the holder to vote.

Class C shares

Class C shares relate to a one-time issuance of shares that occurred on July 7, 2017. Class C Shares were issued exclusively to a holding vehicle company, in relation to share-based payments granted from 2015 through 2017, to key founders and senior executives. See Note 26 for further discussion of these share-based payments. Prior to the issuance of these shares, the key founders and senior executives held a contractual agreement for the issuance of the shares for no consideration. A total of 39,600 (after share split 4,989,600) shares were authorized for issuance under these contracts as of December 31, 2016.

Class C shares entitle the holder to (i) participate in dividends equally with all other classes of ordinary shareholders and (ii) share in the proceeds of winding up of the Company in proportion to the number of shares held. Class C shares do not entitle the holder to vote and are subject to a 10-year lock-up period. The board of directors of the Company can at any time compulsorily redeem all or any of the Class C shares (a) in connection with the restructure of the Company, in relation to an initial public offering or in connection with an initial public offering, or (b) for any other reason in the sole discretion of the board of directors of the Company. The redemption price per Class C share is determined by the board of directors of the Company.

 

F-76


Table of Contents

DLP Payments Holdings Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements

December 31, 2017 and 2016

(In thousands of Brazilian Reais, unless otherwise stated)

 

Below are the issuances and repurchases of shares during 2017 and 2016:

 

     Number of shares*  
     Ordinary      Non-voting      Class C  

At January 1, 2016

     165,699,072        —          —    

March 2016

     —          6,976,494        —    

April 2016

     6,300        26,541,396        —    

December 2016

     7,560        5,975,550        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

At December 31, 2016

     165,712,932        39,493,440        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

January 2017

     —          —       

July/August 2017

     —          19,342,890        8,035,020  

September 2017

     (11,027,394      (627,102      (339,948

December 2017

     —          2,566,242        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

At December 31, 2017

     154,685,538        60,775,470        7,695,072  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  *

Share data revised to give effect to the share split approved on October 14, 2018. See note 32 (b).

During 2016, the Company received capital contributions in which 110 (after share split 13,860) ordinary voting shares and 313,440 (after share split 39,493,440) ordinary non-voting shares were issued for an amount of R$ 472,401. In 2017, the Company had capital contributions in which 173,882 (after share split 21,909,132) ordinary non-voting shares were issued for an amount of R$527,531. As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, all issued shares were paid in full. An additional 875 (after share split 110,250) non-voting shares were authorized for issuance and not yet paid nor fully issued as of December 31, 2017, which were subsequently paid in January 2018.

In addition, during 2017, the Company repurchased 95,194 (after share split 11,994,444) shares which were cancelled. Total consideration paid for these shares was R$ 280,825.

The additional paid-in capital refers to the difference between the purchase price that the shareholders pay for the shares and their par value. Under Cayman Law, the amount in this type of account may be applied by the Company to pay distributions or dividends to members, pay up unissued shares to be issued as fully paid, for redemptions and repurchases of own shares, for writing off preliminary expenses, recognized expenses, commissions or for other reasons. All distributions are subject to the Cayman Solvency Test which addresses the Company’s ability to pay debts as they fall due in the natural course of business.

In July of 2018, 14,397 (after share split 1,814,022) Class C shares were repurchased by the Group for a consideration of R$63,230.

 

23.

Loss per share

Basic loss per share is calculated by dividing net loss for the year attributed to the owners of the parent by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year.

During 2017 and 2016, the Group had outstanding grants and subsidiary preferred shares which participated in profit or loss as follows:

 

   

As described further in Note 26, liability and equity classified Class C Shares granted to founders and executives on multiple dates from 2015 through 2017 were issued on July 7, 2017. Upon grant and prior to the issuance of those shares, the founders and executives held a right to participate evenly in dividends when declared on ordinary shares.

 

F-77


Table of Contents

DLP Payments Holdings Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements

December 31, 2017 and 2016

(In thousands of Brazilian Reais, unless otherwise stated)

 

   

A subsidiary of the Group has outstanding liability classified preferred shares to certain employees and business partners. These preferred shares participate evenly with ordinary shareholders of the subsidiary in dividends of the subsidiary when declared.

As these awards participate in dividends, the numerator of the Earnings per Share (EPS) calculation is adjusted to allocate undistributed losses as if all losses for the year had been distributed. In determining the numerator of basic EPS, loss attributable to the Group is allocated as follows:

 

     2017      2016  

Loss attributable to Owners of the Parent

     (108,731      (119,827

Less: Loss allocated to participating share grants of the Company

     (2,025      (2,844

Less: Loss allocated to participating shares of Group companies

     (20      (94
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Numerator of basic EPS

     (106,686      (116,889
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Group had outstanding and unexercised options to purchase 0 (2016-187,236) ordinary shares, respectively, all of which were anti-dilutive. As such, basic and diluted EPS are the same for the years presented.

The following table contains the loss per share of the Group for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 (in thousands except share and per share amounts):

 

     2017      2016  

Numerator of basic EPS

     (106,686      (116,889

Weighted average number of outstanding ordinary shares*

     215,571,762        191,225,664  

Basic loss per share - R$

     (0.49      (0.61

 

*

Share data revised to give effect to the share split approved on October 14, 2018. See note 32 (b).

 

24.

Total revenue and income

 

     2017      2016  

Transaction activities and other services

     267,509        139,696  

(-) Taxes and contributions on revenue

     (42,555      (18,423

(-) Other deductions

     (739      (154
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net revenue from transaction activities and other services

     224,215        121,119  

Equipment rental and subscription services

     118,335        62,046  

(-) Taxes and contributions on revenue

     (10,697      (6,693

(-) Other deductions

     (2,686      (667
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net revenue from subscription services and equipment rental

     104,952        54,686  

Financial income

     434,251        259,844  

(-) Taxes and contributions on financial income

     (22,073      (12,447
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Financial income

     412,178        247,397  

Other financial income (a)

     25,273        16,718  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue and income

     766,618        439,920  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (a)

Other financial income mainly includes interest generated by bank saving accounts and by deposits with the Brazilian courts for judicial deposits.

 

F-78


Table of Contents

DLP Payments Holdings Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements

December 31, 2017 and 2016

(In thousands of Brazilian Reais, unless otherwise stated)

 

25.

Expenses by nature

 

     2017      2016  

Transaction and Client services costs (a)

     126,870        82,837  

Marketing expenses and Sales commissions (b)

     26,521        24,638  

Personnel expenses (Note 26)

     336,902        146,001  

Financial expenses (c)

     237,094        244,676  

Depreciation and amortization

     54,584        40,925  

Other

     80,002        50,124  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Expenses

     861,973        589,200  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (a)

Transaction and Client services costs include card transaction capturing services, card transaction and settlement processing services, logistics costs, payment scheme fees and other costs.

  (b)

Marketing expenses and Sales commissions relate to marketing and advertising expenses, and commissions paid to sales related partnerships.

  (c)

Financial expenses include discounts on the sale of receivables to banks, interest expense on borrowings, foreign currency exchange variances, net and the cost of derivatives covering interest and foreign exchange exposure.

 

26.

Employee benefits

 

     2017      2016  

Wages and salaries

     146,153        72,093  

Social security costs

     36,577        15,721  

Profit sharing and annual bonuses

     15,235        5,128  

Share-based payments

     138,937        53,059  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     336,902        146,001  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

In addition to the plans for share-based payments described below, the Group has a legacy plan from the subsidiary Cappta which has liability-classified shares that are adjusted to fair value.

The Group provides a standard benefit package to all employees, consisting primarily of health care plans, group life insurance, meal and food vouchers and transportation vouchers. All amounts spent are recorded in profit or loss for each year.

Share-based payment

The Group provides benefits to employees (including executive directors) of the Group through share-based incentives. The following table outlines the key share based awards expense and their respective Equity or Liability balances as of December 31, 2017 and 2016.

 

     2017      2016  
     Liability      Equity      Expense      Liability      Equity      Expense  

Class C*

     199,665        14,364        121,219        78,446        14,364        53,230  

Incentive

     17,769        —          17,769        —          —          —    

Cappta

     53        —          (51      104        —          (171
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     217,487        14,364        138,937        78,550        14,364        53,059  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

*

Share data revised to give effect to the share split approved on October 14, 2018. See note 32 (b).

 

F-79


Table of Contents

DLP Payments Holdings Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements

December 31, 2017 and 2016

(In thousands of Brazilian Reais, unless otherwise stated)

 

Class C ordinary shares

The Group granted fully vested share awards from January 2015 to January 2017 entitling key founders and senior executives the issuance of Class C ordinary shares in the Group.

In July 2017, Class C Shares were issued to a holding vehicle in which the key founders and senior executives are shareholders.

The Class C Shares are subject to a 10-year lock-up period, however transfer of the Class  C Shares during the lock-up period is permitted subject to approval by the Board of Directors of the Group.

Two of the key founders of the Group who received Class C Shares are two of the three board members of the holding vehicle and the Group. As board members of the Group, these key founders had the ability to approve a redemption of their Class  C Shares pursuant to the terms of the articles of association at their discretion, thus creating an in-substance put option. As such, the grants to these key founders are liability classified. This liability is measured at fair value on the grant dates and remeasured subsequently every reporting date. The change in the fair value of the liability was recognized through profit and loss at each reporting date. During the years ended December  31, 2017 the Group recognized R$  121,219 (2016—R$ 42,388) in compensation expense relating to Class  C Shares granted to founders.

 

     2017      2016  

Liability classified number of Class C Shares granted during the year*

     3,045,420        —    

Liability classified number of Class C Shares granted and outstanding at the end of the year*

     6,590,808        3,545,388  

 

*

Share data revised to give effect to the share split approved on October 14, 2018. See note 32 (b).

The other key executives who were granted Class C Shares do not have control of the Group and therefore do not have the ability to control the redemption of their shares. Therefore such awards where classified as equity. These equity grants were measured at fair value with an associated compensation expense fully recognized on the grant date. During the years ended December  31, 2017 the Group recognized R$ 0 (2016 - R$ 10,842) in compensation expense relating to equity classified, Class  C Shares granted to executives.

 

     2017      2016  

(Repurchase) Equity classified number of Class C Shares granted during the year - See note 22 (ii)*

     (339,948      924,966  

Equity classified number of Class C Shares granted and outstanding at the end of the year*

     1,104,264        1,444,212  

 

*

Share data revised to give effect to the share split approved on October 14, 2018. See note 32 (b).

The terms of the holding vehicle articles of association were modified in 2018 to create an independent committee to approve any share redemptions of founders within the holding vehicle (including redemption of interests in the Group). As such, the Class C Shares held by the founders were reclassified as equity.

In July of 2018, 14,397 (after share split 1,814,022) Class C shares were repurchased by the Group for a consideration of R$ 63,230. As of December 31, 2017, 11,810 (after share split 1,488,060) shares were liability classified and 2,587 (after share split 325,962) were equity classified.

Incentive Shares

Certain key employees have been granted incentive shares, or the Co-Investment Shares, that entitle participants to receive a cash bonus which they, at their option, may use to purchase a specified number of

 

F-80


Table of Contents

DLP Payments Holdings Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements

December 31, 2017 and 2016

(In thousands of Brazilian Reais, unless otherwise stated)

 

preferred shares in DLP Brasil which are then exchanged for common shares in DLP Par Participações S.A (“DLP Par”). Incentive shares are subject to a lock-up period and a discounted buy-back feature retained by the Group if the employee leaves prior to lockup expiration. During the year ended December 31, 2017 the Group granted 47,996 DLP Par liability classified shares and recognized R$ 17,769 of compensation expense.

Incentive Shares are subject to a 10 year lock-up period after which participants have the right to sell their shares to a third-party buyer for the then-current fair market value of DLP Brasil (determined as the current share price in a public market or the latest private funding round valuation if still private plus applicable accumulated interest subject to approval from DLP Capital and DLP Par and a preemptive right of DLP Capital and DLP Par to purchase the shares at the same price offered by a third-party buyer). If a participant ceases employment for any reason before the end of the 10 year lock-up period, DLP Par and DLP Capital each have the right to acquire the shares for the price originally paid by the participant, less an applicable discount as below.

 

Time remaining to the end of the Lock-up period

   Discount     Monthly
Installments

7-10 years

     25   Up to 120

3-7 years

     20   Up to 60

0-3 years

     15   Up to 36

The Repurchase Right can be exercised at any time up to two years from the participant’s termination date. Once the lock-up period expires and if the participant terminates employment, the Company has a 90-day option to repurchase the shares at the then-current share price.

The plan is accounted for as a cash settled award with a liability for the cash to be paid to the employees less any applicable discount per the terms of the plan.

Based on the repurchase discount schedule the largest payout is 85% of the award’s grant date fair value should a participant leave before the 10-year lock-up period expires. The vesting tranches are broken into three separate tranches, which reflects the terms of the repurchase right and constitutes graded vesting features.

The first tranche represents 75% of the grant date fair value, recognized in full on the grant date. That is, if an employee voluntarily terminates employment up to 3 years from the grant date and the Company exercises its repurchase feature, the participant will receive a cash payment equal to 75% of the grant date fair value.

The second tranche represents 5% of the grant date fair value, recognized from grant date to the end of year 3. This represents the additional 5% potential repurchase payment if the employee satisfies 3 to 7 years of the lock-up period.

The third tranche represents 5% of the grant date fair value, recognized from grant date to the end of year 7. This represents the additional 5% potential repurchase payment if the employee satisfies at least 7 years of the lock-up period, but leaves prior to the expiration of the lock-up period.

Phantom Share plan

Under the Phantom Share plan granted on December 1, 2017 participants have the right to receive compensation in cash for the appreciation of DLP Brasil share price equivalent to the difference between the

 

F-81


Table of Contents

DLP Payments Holdings Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements

December 31, 2017 and 2016

(In thousands of Brazilian Reais, unless otherwise stated)

 

price per share at the date of grant and the price per share upon a qualifying settlement event. The participant must remain actively employed until the settlement event occurs in order to become vested in the award. A settlement event is defined as the entrance of a new shareholder into the Group who takes possession of more than 50% of voting rights. If the value of the incentive is negative, no amount will be owed to the participant. Therefore, the plan is accounted for as a cash settled award with a liability for the actual cash paid to the employees, which will be the fair value at settlement date. However, as of December 31, 2017, Management does not consider a settlement event probable. As such, no compensation expense has been recognized for this plan in the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016.

 

     2017      2016  

Phantom shares granted during the year

     18,299        30,956  

Outstanding Phantom shares at the end of the year

     60,465        42,166  

Share Options

In consideration of a nonemployee’s services as an advisor, on December 15, 2014 the Group granted this individual the right to subscribe for 1,486 (after share split 187,236) non-voting shares of DLP Payments at an aggregate purchase price of US$ 400 thousand. The Options are exercisable immediately upon grant date for up to 3 years (“Option Period”). The Options were never exercised and expired on December 15, 2017. The plan is accounted for as an equity settled award with fair value estimated using a Black Scholes option pricing model and the related compensation expense was recognized in full on grant date as the arrangement did not require any vesting or performance condition after the date of grant.

 

27.

Financial instruments

 

  (i)

Risk management

The Group’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks: credit risk, market risk (including foreign exchange risk, cash flow or fair value interest rate risk, and price risk), liquidity risk and fraud risk. The Group’s overall risk management program focuses on the unpredictability of financial markets and seeks to minimize potential adverse effects on the Group’s financial performance. The Group uses derivative financial instruments to mitigate certain risk exposures. It is the Group’s policy that no trading in derivatives for speculative purposes may be undertaken.

Risk management is carried out by a central treasury department (Group treasury) under policies approved by the Board of Directors. Group treasury identifies, evaluates and hedges financial risks in close co-operation with the Group’s operating units. The Board provides written principles for overall risk management, as well as written policies covering specific areas, such as foreign exchange risk, interest rate risk, credit risk, anti-fraud, use of derivative financial instruments and non-derivative financial instruments, and investment of surplus liquidity.

 

  a)

Credit risk

Credit risk is the risk that a counterparty will not meet its obligations under a financial instrument or customer contract, leading to a financial loss. Credit risk arises from the groups exposures to third parties, including cash and cash equivalents, derivative financial instruments and deposits with banks and other financial institutions, as well as from its operating activities, primarily related to accounts receivable from financial institutions licensed by card companies, including outstanding receivables and commitments.

 

F-82


Table of Contents

DLP Payments Holdings Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements

December 31, 2017 and 2016

(In thousands of Brazilian Reais, unless otherwise stated)

 

The carrying amount of financial assets represents the maximum credit exposure.

Financial instruments and cash deposits

Credit risk from balances with banks and financial institutions is managed by the Group’s treasury department in accordance with the Group’s policy. Investments of surplus funds and use of derivative instruments are only conducted with carefully selected financial institutions.

Accounts receivable from card issuers

The Group, in accordance with the rules established by payment scheme networks, have instruments to mitigate the risks of accounts receivable from financial institutions licensed by card companies. The Group’s receivables from card issuers are backed by requirements on card issuers to maintain guarantees—collateral or bank—considering the credit risk of the issuer, sales volume and the residual risk of default of cardholders. This requirement is mandatory for all issuers determined to have credit risk and the amounts are reviewed periodically by the card companies and the Group. To-date, the Group has not incurred losses from card issuer receivables.

 

  b)

Market risk

Market risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in market prices. Market risk comprises mainly two types of risk: interest rate risk and currency risk. Financial instruments affected by market risk include loans and borrowings, deposits and derivative financial instruments.

Interest rate risk

This risk arises from the possibility of the Group incurring losses due to fluctuations in interest rates in respect of fair value of future cash flows of a financial instrument.

The Group’s interest rate risk arises mainly from short-term investments and long-term borrowings. Short-term investments contracted in Brazilian reais are exposed to changes in the CDI and LIBOR rates. Borrowings are mainly exposed to interest rate fluctuations that are determined by Brazilian Central Bank.

Interest rate sensitivity

Interest rate risk is the risk that the fair value of future cash flows of a financial instrument fluctuates due to changes in market interest rates. The Group’s exposure to the risk of changes in market interest rates arises primarily from short-term investments and long-term borrowings subject in each case to variable interest rates, principally the LIBOR and CDI Rate, respectively.

 

F-83


Table of Contents

DLP Payments Holdings Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements

December 31, 2017 and 2016

(In thousands of Brazilian Reais, unless otherwise stated)

 

The Group conducted a sensitivity analysis of the interest rate risks to which our financial instruments are exposed as of December 31, 2017. For this analysis, we adopted as a probable scenario for the future interest rates of 6.87% for the CDI Rate and 1.94% for the LIBOR rate. When estimating an increase or decrease in current interest rates for the period of one year by 25% and 50%, financial income (with respect to short-term investments) and financial expense, net (with respect to long-term borrowings) would be impacted as follows:

 

        Scenarios  

Transactions

 

Interest Rate
Risk

  Current
Exposure
    Decrease by
50%
    Decrease by
25%
    Increase by
25%
    Increase by
50%
 

Short-term investments—Bonds

  LIBOR variation     157,238       1,525       763       (763     (1,525

Loans and financing—Leasing

  CDI variation     (12,517     430       215       (215     (430

Obligations to FIDC senior quota holders

  CDI variation     2,065,026       76,015       38,029       (38,070     (76,181

Foreign currency risk

The Group’s assets and liabilities that are exposed to foreign currency exchange rate risk are primarily denominated in US dollars. To partially offset the Group’s risk of any depreciation of the Brazilian real against the US dollar, from time to time the Group may enter into derivative contracts. The Group’s foreign currency exposure gives rise to minimum market risks associated with exchange rate movements.

As the Group’s borrowings are denominated in Brazilian reais, there is no significant exposure to currency risk. Other liabilities denominated in US dollars are related to other accounts payable by subsidiaries located in the United States.

The Group has accounts receivable denominated in US dollars derived from transactions with credit cards issued abroad and captured at accredited establishments in Brazil, which are settled at issuing banks abroad through card companies, but without significant exchange risk.

The Group also has certain investments in foreign operations, denominated in currencies other than Group’s functional currency, and whose net assets are exposed to foreign currency translation risk.

As of December 31, 2017 there were no foreign currency derivative financial instruments.

Foreign currency sensitivity

The following tables demonstrate the sensitivity to a reasonably possible change in US Dollar and Euro exchange rates, with all other variables held constant. The impact on the Group’s profit before tax is due to changes in the fair value of monetary assets and liabilities including non-designated foreign currency derivatives. The impact on the Group’s pre-tax equity is due to changes in the fair value of forward exchange contracts (NDFs).

 

Exposed financial position

   Denomination
currency
     Book
value
     Reasonably
possible
change
    Impact on profit
or loss before
tax
     Impact on
pre-tax
equity
 

Cash and cash equivalents—Deposits

     US Dollar        30,698        15.0     4,605        4,605  

Short-term investments

     US Dollar        201,762        15.0     30,264        30,264  

Accounts receivable from card issuers

     US Dollar        1,843        15.0     276        276  

Trade accounts payable

     US Dollar        2,159        15.0     324        324  
          

 

 

    

 

 

 
             35,469        35,469  
          

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-84


Table of Contents

DLP Payments Holdings Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements

December 31, 2017 and 2016

(In thousands of Brazilian Reais, unless otherwise stated)

 

The Group’s exposure to foreign currency changes for all other currencies is not material.

 

  c)

Liquidity risk

Cash flow forecasting is performed in the operating entities of the Group and aggregated by the Group’s finance team. Group Finance monitors rolling forecasts of the Group’s liquidity requirements to ensure it has sufficient cash to meet operational needs while maintaining sufficient headroom on its undrawn committed borrowing facilities at all times so that the Group does not breach borrowing limits or covenants (where applicable) on any of its borrowing facilities. Such forecasting takes into consideration the Group’s debt financing plans, covenant compliance, compliance with internal balance sheet ratio targets and, if applicable, external regulatory or legal requirements—for example, currency restrictions.

Surplus cash held by the operating entities over and above the balance required for working capital management is transferred to the Group’s treasury department. Group treasury department invests surplus cash in interest-earning bank accounts, time deposits, money market deposits and marketable securities, choosing instruments with appropriate maturities or sufficient liquidity to provide adequate margin as determined by the above-mentioned forecasts. At the balance sheet date, the Group held short term investments of R$ 201,762 that are expected to readily generate cash inflows for managing liquidity risk.

The table below analyzes the Group’s non-derivative financial liabilities and net-settled derivative financial liabilities into relevant maturity groupings based on the remaining period at the balance sheet date to the contractual maturity date. Derivative financial liabilities are included in the analysis if their contractual maturities are essential for an understanding of the timing of the cash flows. The amounts disclosed in the table are the contractual undiscounted cash flows.

 

     Less than
one year
     Between 1
and 2 years
     Between 2
and 5 years
     Over 5
years
 

At December 31, 2017

           

Accounts payable to clients

     3,637,510        —          —          —    

Trade accounts payable

     53,238        —          —          —    

Loans and financing

     13,839        3,032        —          —    

Obligation to FIDC senior quota holders

     8,695        —          2,056,331        —    

Share-based payments

     —          —          —          217,487  

Other accounts payable

     38,417        —          —          —    

At December 31, 2016

           

Accounts payable to clients

     3,029,281        —          —          —    

Trade accounts payable

     38,209        —          —          —    

Loans and Financing

     22,802        16,210        1,815        —    

Obligation to FIDC senior quota holders

     —          —          —          —    

Share-based payments

     —          —          —          78,550  

Other accounts payable

     8,141        —          —          —    

 

  d)

Fraud risk (Chargebacks)

The Group’s exposure to operational risk from fraud is the risk that a misuse, or a wrongful or criminal deception will lead to a financial loss for one of the parties involved on a bankcard transaction. Fraud involving bankcards includes unauthorized use of lost or stolen cards, fraudulent applications,

 

F-85


Table of Contents

DLP Payments Holdings Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements

December 31, 2017 and 2016

(In thousands of Brazilian Reais, unless otherwise stated)

 

counterfeit or altered cards, and the fraudulent use of a cardholder’s bankcard number for card-not-present transactions.

While the costs of most fraud involving bankcards remains with either the issuing financial institution or the client, the Group is occasionally required to cover fraudulent transactions in the following situations:

 

   

Where clients also contract anti-fraud services rendered by the Group entities; or

 

   

Through the chargeback process if the Group does not follow the minimum procedures, including the timely communication to all involved parties about the occurrence of a fraudulent transaction.

 

  (ii)

Financial instruments by category

 

  a)

Assets as per statement of financial position

 

     Loans and
receivables
     Assets at fair
value
through
profit or loss
     Assets
available-

for-sale
     Derivatives not
designated

as hedging
instruments
     Total  

At December 31, 2017

              

Short-term investments

     —          157,238        44,524        —          201,762  

Accounts receivable from card issuers

     5,078,430        —          —          —          5,078,430  

Trade accounts receivable

     23,120        —          —          —          23,120  

Other accounts receivable

     8,168        —          —          —          8,168  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     5,109,718        157,238        44,524        —          5,311,480  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

At December 31, 2016

              

Short-term investments

     —          62,110        4,235        —          66,345  

Accounts receivable from card issuers

     3,052,565        —          —          —          3,052,565  

Trade accounts receivable

     11,977        —          —          —          11,977  

Other accounts receivable

     5,676        —          —          724        6,400  

Assets held for sale

     —          300        —          —          300  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     3,070,218        62,410        4,235        724        3,137,587  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-86


Table of Contents

DLP Payments Holdings Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements

December 31, 2017 and 2016

(In thousands of Brazilian Reais, unless otherwise stated)

 

  b)

Liabilities as per statement of financial position

 

     Liabilities at
amortized
cost
     Liabilities at
fair value
through
profit or
loss
     Derivatives not
designated as
hedging
instruments
     Total  

At December 31, 2017

           

Accounts payable to clients

     3,637,510        —          —          3,637,510  

Trade accounts payable

     53,238        —          —          53,238  

Loans and financing

     16,871        —          —          16,871  

Obligations to FIDC senior quota holders

     2,065,026        —          —          2,065,026  

Share-based payments

     —          217,487        —          217,487  

Other accounts payable

     38,417        —          —          38,417  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     5,811,062        217,487        —          6,028,549  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

At December 31, 2016

           

Accounts payable to clients

     3,029,281        —          —          3,029,281  

Trade accounts payable

     38,209        —          —          38,209  

Loans and financing

     40,827        —          —          40,827  

Share-based payments

     —          78,550        —          78,550  

Other accounts payable

     7,223        —          918        8,141  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     3,115,540        78,550        918        3,195,008  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (iii)

Fair value estimation

 

  a)

Fair value hierarchy

The Group uses the following hierarchy to determine and disclose the fair value of financial instruments through measurement technique:

 

   

Level I—quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;

 

   

Level II—other techniques for which all inputs that have a significant effect on the recorded fair value are observable, either directly or indirectly; and

 

   

Level III—techniques using inputs that have a significant effect on the recorded fair value that are not based on observable market data.

For the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, there were no transfers between Level I and Level II fair value measurements and between Level II and Level III fair value measurements.

 

  b)

Fair value measurement

The carrying values of cash equivalents approximate their fair values due to their short term nature.

The carrying values of accounts receivable and payable are measured at amortized cost and are recorded at their original amount, less the provision for impairment and adjustment to present value, when applicable. The carrying values is assumed to approximate their fair values, taking into consideration the realization of these balances, and settlement terms do not exceed 60 days.

 

F-87


Table of Contents

DLP Payments Holdings Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements

December 31, 2017 and 2016

(In thousands of Brazilian Reais, unless otherwise stated)

 

Loans and financing are classified as financial liabilities measured at amortized cost. The fair values of the loans and financing approximate their carrying values since they refer to financial instruments with rates that approximate market rates.

For disclosure purposes, the fair value of financial liabilities is estimated by discounting future contractual cash flows at the interest rates available in the market that are available to the Group for similar financial instruments. The effective interest rates at the balance sheet dates are usual market rates and their fair value does not significantly differ from the balances in the accounting records.

The table below presents a comparison by class between book value and fair value of the financial instruments of the Group:

 

    2017     2016  
    Book value     Fair value     Hierarchy
level
    Book value     Fair value     Hierarchy
level
 

Financial assets

           

Cash and cash equivalents

    641,952       641,952       l       170,646       170,646       l  

Short-term investments

    201,762       201,762       l /ll       66,345       66,345       l /ll  

Accounts receivable from card issuers

    5,078,430       5,015,773       lll       3,052,565       2,969,418       lll  

Trade accounts receivable

    23,120       23,120       lll       11,977       11,977       lll  

Other accounts receivable

    8,168       8,168       lll       6,400       6,400       lll  

Assets held for sale

    —         —           300       300       ll  
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   
    5,953,432       5,890,775         3,308,233       3,225,086    
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

Financial liabilities

           

Accounts payable to clients

    3,637,510       3,541,537       lll       3,029,281       2,939,063       lll  

Trade accounts payable

    53,238       53,238       lll       38,209       38,209       lll  

Loans and financing

    16,871       17,442       lll       40,827       42,943       lll  

Obligations to FIDC senior quota holders

    2,065,026       2,028,521       lll       —         —      

Share-based payments

    217,487       217,487       lll       78,550       78,550       lll  

Other accounts payable

    38,417       38,417       lll       8,141       8,141       lll  
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   
    6,028,549       5,896,642         3,195,008       3,106,906    
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

  (iv)

Offsetting of financial instruments

Financial asset and liability balances are offset (i.e. reported in the consolidated statement of financial position at their net amount) only if the Company and their subsidiaries currently have a legally enforceable right to set off the recognized amounts and intend either to settle on a net basis, or to realize the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Group has no financial instruments that meet the conditions for recognition on a net basis.

 

  (v)

Capital management

The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to safeguard its ability to continue as a going concern in order to provide returns for shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders and to maintain an optimal capital structure to reduce the cost of capital.

In order to maintain or adjust the capital structure of the Group, management can make, or may propose to the shareholders when their approval is required, adjustments to the amount of dividends

 

F-88


Table of Contents

DLP Payments Holdings Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements

December 31, 2017 and 2016

(In thousands of Brazilian Reais, unless otherwise stated)

 

paid to shareholders, return capital to shareholders, issue new shares or sell assets to reduce, for example, debt.

Consistent with others in the industry, the Group monitors capital on the basis of the gearing ratio. This ratio corresponds to the net debt expressed as a percentage of total capital. Net debt is calculated as total borrowings (including current and non-current borrowings as shown in the consolidated statement of financial position) less cash and cash equivalents. Total capital is calculated as equity as shown in the consolidated statement of financial position plus net debt.

During 2017, the Group’s strategy, which was unchanged from 2016, was to maintain cash surplus with a minimum gearing and a BBB credit rating according to the Standard and Poor’s rating scale. The gearing ratio as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 was as follows:

 

     2017     2016  

Loans and financing

     16,871       40,827  

Obligations to FIDC senior quota holders

     2,065,026       —    

(-) Cash and cash equivalents

     (641,952     (170,645
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(=) Net debt (Cash surplus)

     1,439,945       (129,818

Total equity

     482,577       587,242  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capital

     1,922,522       457,424  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gearing ratio

     74.90     -28.38

Although capital is managed considering the consolidated position, the subsidiaries Stone and EdB maintain a minimum equity, within the working capital requirements for Accrediting Payment Institutions under the Brazilian Central Bank (“BACEN”) regulations, corresponding to at least 2% of the monthly average of the payment transactions in past 12 months. There is no requirement for compliance with a minimum equity for the other Group companies.

 

28.

Commitments

Operating lease commitments—Group as lessee

The Group has a number of non-cancelable operating lease agreements related to office buildings, other plants and vehicles. The lease terms are one or three years, and the majority of lease agreements is renewable at the end of the lease period at market rate.

The aggregate minimum lease payments under operating leases are as follows:

 

     2017      2016  

Less than one year

     14,302        7,370  

More than one year and no later than 5 years

     34,459        25,537  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     48,761        32,907  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-89


Table of Contents

DLP Payments Holdings Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements

December 31, 2017 and 2016

(In thousands of Brazilian Reais, unless otherwise stated)

 

29.

Transactions with non-controlling interests

The effects of transactions with non-controlling interests on the equity attributable to the owners of the parent are comprised of:

 

     Changes in non-controlling
interest
             
     Capital
contributions
by non-
controlling
interests
     Transfers
to (from)
non-
controlling
interests
    Changes in
equity
attributable
to owners
of the
parent
    Consideration
paid or
payable to
non-
controlling
interests
 

For the year ended December 31, 2016

         

Transactions between subsidiaries and shareholders:

         

Capital contribution to subsidiary and dilution of NCI in Stone (a)

     12,359        24,612       (24,612     —    

Capital contribution to subsidiary and dilution of NCI in DLP Brasil (b)

     498        6,283       (6,283     —    

Non-controlling share of changes in equity at indirect subsidiaries (d)

     —          (613     613       —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Dilution of non-controlling interest

     12,857        30,282       (30,282     —    

Transactions between parent and non-controlling interests:

         

Acquisition of additional interest in Pagar.me (c)

     —          116       (4,913     (4,797
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Acquisition of non-controlling interest

     —          116       (4,913     (4,797
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     12,857        30,398       (35,195     (4,797
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31, 2017

         

Transactions between parent and non-controlling interests:

         

Acquisition of additional interest in Stone (a)

     —          (49,677     (179,323     (229,000

Acquisition of additional interest in DLP Brasil (b)

     —          (2,790     (18,690     (21,480
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Acquisition of non-controlling interest

     —          (52,467     (198,013     (250,480

Transactions between subsidiaries and shareholders:

         

Capital contribution to subsidiary and increase of NCI in DLP Brasil (b)

     1,483        8,184       (8,184     —    

Non-controlling share of changes in equity at indirect subsidiaries (d)

     —          (3,875     3,875       —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Dilution of non-controlling interest

     1,483        4,309       (4,309     —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     1,483        (48,158     (202,322     (250,480
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  (a)

Transactions with non-controlling interest of Stone

In April 2016, the subsidiary Stone issued 1,482 new shares, disproportionally subscribed by its shareholders, in the total amount of R$ 390,690. The Group contributed R$ 378,331 for the purchase of 1,436 new shares while the non-controlling interest contributed R$ 12,359 for the remaining shares. This resulted in an increase in the Group’s share of Stone from 86.8% to 89.9% and a corresponding capital contributions to subsidiaries. Along with the non-controlling interest’s share of the increase in net assets of

 

F-90


Table of Contents

DLP Payments Holdings Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements

December 31, 2017 and 2016

(In thousands of Brazilian Reais, unless otherwise stated)

 

Stone due to capital infusions, this resulted in a net transfer of R$ 24,612 from equity of the parent to non-controlling interests.

On October 31, 2017, the Group acquired the remaining 10.1% of the outstanding shares of Stone for a purchase consideration of R$ 229,000 and now holds 100% of the equity share capital of Stone. The carrying amount of the non-controlling interests in Stone on the date of acquisition was R$ 49,677. The excess of consideration of R$ 179,323 was recognized as a decrease to equity of the parent. As of December 31, 2017, the outstanding amount of the total consideration was R$ 29,000, recognized in other accounts payable.

 

  (b)

Transactions with non-controlling interest of DLP Brasil

During 2016, the subsidiary DLP Brasil issued 1,674,921 new shares, disproportionally subscribed by its shareholders, in the total amount of R$ 414,827. The Group contributed R$ 414,351 for the purchase of 1,673,484 new shares while the non-controlling parties contributed R$ 498 for the remaining shares. This resulted in an increase of the Group’s share of DLP Brasil from 97.5% to 97.9% and a corresponding capital contributions to subsidiaries. Along with the non-controlling interest’s share of the increase in net assets of DLP Brasil due to capital infusions, this resulted in a net transfer of R$ 6,283 from equity of the parent to non-controlling interests.

In the course of 2017, the subsidiary DLP Brasil issued 1,161,375 new shares, disproportionally subscribed by its shareholders, in the total amount of R$ 202,830. The Group contributed R$ 201,347 for the purchase of 1,113,083 new shares while the non-controlling parties contributed R$ 1,483 for the remaining shares. This resulted in dilution of the Group’s interest in DLP Brasil from 97.9% to 97.2% and a corresponding increase in the non-controlling interest’s share.

Additionally, in 2017, the Group acquired 0.4% of the outstanding shares of DLP Brasil for consideration of R$ 21,480 and now holds 97.6% of DLP Brasil. The carrying amount of the non-controlling interests in DLP Brasil on the date of acquisition was R$ 2,790. The excess consideration of R$ 18,690 was recognized as a decrease to equity of the parent.

The resulting effect of these events in 2017 was an increase of R$ 8,184 in non-controlling interest with a corresponding decrease of equity of owners of the parent.

 

  (c)

Acquisition of additional interest in Pagar.me

On August 24, 2016, the Group acquired the remaining 40% of the outstanding shares of Pagar.me for consideration of R$ 4,797 and now holds 100% of Pagar.me. The carrying amount of the non-controlling interests in Pagar.me on the date of acquisition was (R$ 116), representing the non-controlling interests share of the net liabilities of Pagar.me which were assumed by the Group. By derecognizing the remaining non-controlling interests, a total decrease of R$ 4,913 was recorded in equity attributable to owners of the parent. As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the outstanding amount of the total consideration not paid was R$ 480 and R$ 2,398, respectively, recognized in other accounts payable.

 

  (d)

Allocation of changes in equity in indirect subsidiaries to non-controlling interests

Due to changes in DLP Brasil’s share of Stone and Pagar.me as shown in the table above, in 2016 non-controlling interest decreased by R$ 613. Due to the acquisition of additional interest of Stone in 2017, non-controlling interest decreased by R$ 3,875.

 

F-91


Table of Contents

DLP Payments Holdings Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements

December 31, 2017 and 2016

(In thousands of Brazilian Reais, unless otherwise stated)

 

  (e)

Summarized financial information of material partly-owned subsidiaries

 

     Cappta  
     2017      2016  

Financial position

     

Current assets

     2,922        1,499  

Non-current assets

     1,231        2,621  

Current liabilities

     (2,198      (2,549

Non-current liabilities

     (801      (36
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net assets

     1,154        1,535  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accumulated NCI

     539        717  

Comprehensive income

     

Revenue

     18,523        18,249  

Profit (Loss) for the year

     (318      (1,409
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

     (318      (1,409
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Profit (Loss) allocated to NCI

     (149      (658

Cash flows

     

Operating activities

     897        721  

Investing activities

     768        (21

Financing activities

     (438      (708
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     1,227        (8
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

30.

Other disclosures on cash flows

 

  a)

Sale of property and equipment

The statement of cash flows demonstrates proceeds from sale of property and equipment which comprise:

 

     2017      2016  

Net book value (Note 13 / Note 14)

     14,488        10,897  

Loss on disposal of property and equipment and intangible assets

     (5,461      (1,139
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Proceeds from disposal of property and equipment and intangible assets

     9,027        9,758  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (d)

Non-cash investing and financing activities

 

     2017      2016  

Unpaid consideration for acquisition of non-controlling shares (Note 29)

     29,480        2,398  

 

31.

Insurance coverage

The Group takes out insurance to cover general civil liability, fleet vehicle insurance, rental lease, directors’ and officers’ liability insurance in amounts considered appropriate by the management.

 

F-92


Table of Contents

DLP Payments Holdings Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements

December 31, 2017 and 2016

(In thousands of Brazilian Reais, unless otherwise stated)

 

32.

Subsequent events

 

  (a)

Acquisition of interest in associates

On June 21, 2018, the Group acquired a 27.96% interest in Linked Gourmet (“Linked”), an unlisted company based in São Paulo, Brazil, that develops software and services for the food service market. The Group has until December 2018 to pay R$ 2,113 for the acquisition of such interest.

The Group also holds an option to acquire an additional interest in the period from 2 to 3 years from the date of the initial acquisition, which will allow the Group to obtain control of Linked. Through this acquisition the Group expects to obtain synergies in servicing its clients.

 

  (b)

Share split

At the Extraordinary General Meeting of Shareholders held on October 11, 2018, the Company’s shareholders approved the subdivision of the capital of the Company into a number of shares in accordance with the final share split ratio to be determined by the Board of Directors. On October 14, 2018, the Board of Directors of the Company approved the 126:1 (one hundred and twenty six for one) share split ratio. As a result of the share split, the Company’s historical financial statements have been revised to reflect share counts and per share data as if the share split had been in effect for all periods presented.

 

F-93


Table of Contents

 

 

Through and including                 , 2018 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

             Class A common shares

 

LOGO

StoneCo Ltd.

Global Coordinators

 

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC   J.P. Morgan  

Citigroup

Bookrunners

 

Itaú BBA   Credit Suisse   Morgan Stanley   BofA Merrill Lynch   BTG Pactual

 

 

PROSPECTUS

 

 

            , 2018

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS

 

Item 6.

Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Cayman Islands law does not limit the extent to which a company’s articles of association may provide indemnification of officers and directors, except to the extent that it may be held by the Cayman Islands courts to be contrary to public policy, such as providing indemnification against civil fraud or the consequences of committing a crime.

The registrant’s Articles of Association provide that each director or officer of the registrant shall be indemnified out of the assets of the registrant against all actions, proceedings, costs, charges, expenses, losses, damages, or liabilities, judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses and amounts paid in settlement and costs of investigation (collectively “Losses”) incurred or sustained by such directors or officers, other than by reason of such person’s dishonesty, willful default or fraud, in or about the conduct of our Company’s business or affairs (including as a result of any mistake of judgment) or in the execution or discharge of such person’s duties, powers, authorities or discretions, including without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, any Losses incurred by such director or officer in defending or investigating (whether successfully or otherwise) any civil, criminal, investigative and administrative proceedings concerning or in any way related to our Company or its affairs in any court whether in the Cayman Islands or elsewhere.

Also, the registrant expects to maintain director’s and officer’s liability insurance covering its directors and officers with respect to general civil liability, including liabilities under the Securities Act, which he or she may incur in his or her capacity as such.

The form of underwriting agreement to be filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement will also provide for indemnification by the underwriters of the registrant and its directors and officers for certain liabilities, including liabilities arising under the Securities Act, but only to the extent that these liabilities are caused by information relating to the underwriters that was furnished to us by the underwriters in writing expressly for use in this registration statement and certain other disclosure documents.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling us under the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

 

II-1


Table of Contents
Item 7.

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

During the past three years, we have issued and sold the securities described below without registering the securities under the Securities Act. We believe that each of the following issuances was exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act regarding sales by an issuer in offshore transactions, Rule 701 under the Securities Act or pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act regarding transactions not involving a public offering. These share numbers do not give effect to the Stock Split.

 

Name or Class of
Purchasers

  Date of Sale or
Issuance
  Title of Securities   Number
of Securities
    Consideration
(in millions of US$)
    Securities
Registration
Exemption
Various private equity investment funds, institutional investors, non-U.S. persons and U.S. persons   December 8, 2017
(Series H
Financing)
  Ordinary Non-
Voting Shares
    21,242       24.3     Regulation S or
Section 4(a)(2)
of the Securities
Act
Various private equity investment funds, institutional investors, non-U.S. persons   July 6, 2017 and
August 15, 2017
(Series G
Financing)
  Ordinary Non-Voting
Shares
    153,515       145.1     Regulation S or
Section 4(a)(2)
of the Securities
Act
Various private equity investment funds, institutional investors, non-U.S. and U.S. persons   December 5, 2016
(Series F
Financing)
  Ordinary Voting and
Non-Voting Shares
    47,485       35.4     Regulation S or
Section 4(a)(2)
of the Securities
Act
Various private equity investment funds, institutional investors, non-U.S. persons and U.S. persons   April 9, 2016
(Series E
Financing)
  Ordinary Voting and
Non-Voting Shares
    210,696       78.4     Regulation S or
Section 4(a)(2)
of the Securities
Act
Various private equity investment funds, institutional investors   March 7, 2016
(Series D
Financing)
  Ordinary Non-Voting
Shares
    55,369       20.0     Regulation S or
Section 4(a)(2)
of the Securities
Act
Various private equity investment funds, institutional investors, non-U.S. and U.S. persons   January 28, 2015
(Series C
Financing)
  Ordinary Voting
Shares
    269,675       89.2     Regulation S or
Section 4(a)(2)
of the Securities
Act

As described in the prospectus included in this Registration Statement, it is anticipated that, prior to the consummation of this offering, the long-term compensation plans that relate to shares of our subsidiaries will be replaced with our new 2018 Omnibus Equity Plan and in connection with the consummation of this offering, all shares underlying awards granted in our subsidiaries will be exchanged for our Class A common shares through the execution of a contribution agreement entered into between us and each such subsidiary. In September 2018, we granted new awards of restricted share units (RSUs) and share options. In addition, we converted all outstanding Phantom Shares to RSU awards. Approximately 45,000 awards were awarded (including Phantom Share conversion).

 

II-2


Table of Contents
Item 8.

Exhibits

 

  (a)

The following documents are filed as part of this registration statement:

The exhibit index attached hereto is incorporated herein by reference.

 

  (b)

Financial Statement Schedules

No financial statement schedules are provided because the information called for is not applicable or is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto.

 

Item 9.

Undertakings

The undersigned hereby undertakes:

 

  (a)

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

 

  (b)

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

  (c)

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

  (1)

For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

  (2)

For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

The following documents are filed as part of this registration statement:

 

  1.1*    Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3.1    Amended and Restated Articles of Association of StoneCo Ltd.
  5.1*    Opinion of Harney Westwood & Riegels, Cayman Islands counsel of StoneCo Ltd., as to the validity of the Class A common shares
  8.1**    Opinion of Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, as to U.S. tax matters
10.1**    Form of Indemnification Agreement
10.2**    Visa Payment Arrangements Participation and Trademark License Agreement, dated as of February  19, 2016 between Visa do Brasil Empreendimentos Ltda. and Stone Pagamentos S.A.
10.3†**    License Agreement, dated as of December  21, 2015 between MasterCard International Incorporated and Stone Pagamentos S.A., including the Acceptance Letter, dated as of December  21, 2015, from MasterCard International Incorporated to Stone Pagamentos S.A.; the Summary of Licenses Granted, dated as of December  21, 2015; and Supplement to MasterCard License Agreement, effective as of April 19, 2016, between MasterCard International Incorporated and Stone Pagamentos S.A.
10.4**    Loan Agreement dated as of May 1, 2018 between Equals S.A. and Stone Pagamentos S.A.
10.5**    Loan Agreement dated as of May 1, 2018 between Equals S.A. and DLP Pagamentos Brasil S.A.
10.6**    English translation of FIDC AR1 Bylaws, as amended and restated, dated as of June 25, 2018
10.7**    English translation of FIDC AR2 Bylaws, as amended and restated, dated as of June 28, 2018
10.8**   

2018 Omnibus Equity Plan

10.9†**   

English translation of the Supply Agreement ( Contrato de Fornecimento ), dated as of October 15, 2018, by and among PAX BR Comércio e Serviços de Equipamentos de Informática Ltda., Transire Fabricação de Componentes Eletrônicos Ltda. and Stone Pagamentos S.A.

10.10    Form of Shareholders Agreement among StoneCo Ltd., Cakubran Holdings Ltd., HR Holdings LLC and VCK Investment Fund Limited
10.11    Form of Registration Rights Agreement between StoneCo Ltd., Cakubran Holdings Ltd., HR Holdings LLC and VCK Investment Fund Limited, Madrone Partners L.P. and the persons listed on Schedule  1 thereto.
14.1    Code of Ethics of StoneCo Ltd.
21.1**    List of subsidiaries
23.1    Consent of Ernst & Young Auditores Independentes S.S.
23.2**    Consent of Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP (included in Exhibit 8.1)
23.3*    Consent of Harney Westwood & Riegels, Cayman Islands counsel of StoneCo Ltd. (included in Exhibit 5.1)
23.4**    Consent of IBOPE Inteligência , dated July 12, 2018
23.5**    Consent of Neoway Business Solutions, dated July 27, 2018
23.6**    Consent of Mattos Filho, Veiga Filho, Marrey Jr. e Quiroga Advogados, dated August 8, 2018
24.1**    Powers of attorney (included on signature page to the registration statement)
99.1**    Consent of Eduardo Cunha Monnerat Solon de Pontes
99.2**    Consent of Roberto Moses Thompson Motta
99.3**    Consent of André Street
99.4**    Consent of Thomas A. Patterson
99.5**    Consent of Ali Mazanderani

 

*

To be filed by amendment.

Portions of this exhibit will be omitted pursuant to the Registrant’s request for confidential treatment.

**

Previously filed.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form F-1 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of São Paulo, Brazil, on this 16th day of October, 2018.

 

StoneCo Ltd.
By:   /s/ Thiago dos Santos Piau
Name:   Thiago dos Santos Piau
Title:   Director

 

By:   /s/ Rafael Martins Pereira
Name:   Rafael Martins Pereira
Title:   Director

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

 

Name

  

Title

 

Date

/s/    Thiago dos Santos Piau        

Thiago dos Santos Piau

  

Chief Executive Officer and Director
(principal executive officer)

  October 16, 2018

*

Marcelo Baldin

  

Vice President, Finance
(principal financial officer and principal accounting officer)

  October 16, 2018

*

Rafael Martins Pereira

  

Director

  October 16, 2018

*

Sneha Snehal

  

Cogency Global Inc.

Authorized representative in the United States

  October 16, 2018

 

By:

 

/s/ Thiago dos Santos Piau

 

     Thiago dos Santos Piau

     Attorney-in-Fact

 

II-5

Exhibit 3.1

THE COMPANIES LAW (REVISED)

OF THE CAYMAN ISLANDS

STONECO LTD.

An Exempted Company Limited By Shares

 

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

MEMORANDUM AND ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

 

 

(adopted by Special Resolution passed on 11 October 2018 and effective on the closing date of the Company’s initial public offering of Class A Common Shares)

 

LOGO


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION

     1  

AMENDED AND RESTATED ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

     3  

1

  PRELIMINARY      3  

2

  FORMATION EXPENSES      8  

3

  OFFICES OF THE COMPANY      8  

4

  SHARES      8  

5

  CLASS A COMMON SHARES AND CLASS B COMMON SHARES      11  

6

  SHARE CERTIFICATES      14  

7

  LIEN      15  

8

  CALLS ON SHARES AND FORTEITURE      15  

9

  TRANSFER OF SHARES      17  

10

  TRANSMISSION OF SHARES      18  

11

  CHANGES OF CAPITAL      19  

12

  REDEMPTION AND PURCHASE OF OWN SHARES      19  

13

  TREASURY SHARES      20  

14

  REGISTER OF MEMBERS      20  

15

  CLOSING REGISTER OF MEMBERS OR FIXING RECORD DATE      20  

16

  GENERAL MEETINGS      21  

17

  NOTICE OF GENERAL MEETINGS      22  

18

  PROCEEDINGS AT GENERAL MEETINGS      23  

19

  VOTES OF MEMBERS      24  

20

  NUMBER OF DIRECTORS AND CHAIRMAN      28  

21

  APPOINTMENT, DISQUALIFICATION AND REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS      28  

22

  ALTERNATE DIRECTORS      31  

23

  POWERS OF DIRECTORS      31  

24

  DELEGATION OF DIRECTORS’ POWERS      32  

25

  REMUNERATION AND EXPENSES OF DIRECTORS      33  

26

  DIRECTORS’ GRATUITIES AND PENSIONS      33  

27

  DIRECTORS’ INTERESTS      34  

28

  PROCEEDINGS OF DIRECTORS      36  

29

  SECRETARY AND OTHER OFFICERS      37  

30

  MINUTES      37  

31

  SEAL      38  

32

  DIVIDENDS      38  

33

  FINANCIAL YEAR, ACCOUNTING RECORDS AND AUDIT      39  

34

  CAPITALISATION OF PROFITS      41  

35

  SHARE PREMIUM ACCOUNT      41  

36

  NOTICES      42  

37

  WINDING UP      43  

38

  INDEMNITY      44  

39

  CLAIMS AGAINST THE COMPANY      45  

40

  UNTRACEABLE MEMBERS      45  

41

  AMENDMENT OF MEMORANDUM AND ARTICLES      46  

42

  TRANSFER BY WAY OF CONTINUATION      46  

43

  MERGER AND CONSOLIDATION      47  

 


THE COMPANIES LAW (REVISED)

OF THE CAYMAN ISLANDS

AMENDED AND RESTATED

MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION

OF

STONECO LTD.

(adopted by Special Resolution passed on 11 October 2018 and effective on the closing date of the Company’s initial public offering of Class A Common Shares)

 

1

The name of the Company is StoneCo Ltd.

 

2

The registered office of the Company shall be at the offices of Harneys Fiduciary (Cayman) Limited, 4 th Floor, Harbour Place, 103 South Church Street, P.O. Box 10240, Grand Cayman KY1-1002, Cayman Islands or such other place as the Directors may from time to time determine.

 

3

Subject to the following provisions of this Memorandum, the objects for which the Company is established are unrestricted.

 

4

Subject to the following provisions of this Memorandum, the Company shall have and be capable of exercising all the functions of a natural person of full capacity irrespective of any question of corporate benefit, as provided by Section 27(2) of the Companies Law.

 

5

Nothing in this Memorandum shall permit the Company to carry on a business for which a licence is required under the laws of the Cayman Islands unless duly licensed.

 

6

The Company shall not trade in the Cayman Islands with any person, firm or corporation except in furtherance of the business of the Company carried on outside the Cayman Islands; provided that nothing in this clause shall be construed as to prevent the Company effecting and concluding contracts in the Cayman Islands, and exercising in the Cayman Islands all of its powers necessary for the carrying on of its business outside the Cayman Islands.

 

7

The liability of each Member is limited to the amount from time to time unpaid on such Member’s shares.

 

8

The share capital of the Company is US$50,000 divided into [•] shares of a par value of US$[•] each which may be issued as Class A Common Shares, Class B Common Shares or common shares of any class or as shares with preferred, deferred or other special rights or restrictions as the Board may determine from time to time in accordance with Article 4 of the Articles of Association of the Company, PROVIDED THAT, subject to the Law and the Articles of Association, the Company shall have the power to issue all or any part of its capital, whether original, redeemed, increased or reduced, with or without any preference, priority, special privilege or other rights or subject to any postponement of rights or to any condition or restriction whatsoever and so that, unless the conditions of issue shall otherwise expressly provide, every issue of shares, whether stated to be common, preference or otherwise shall be subject to the powers on the part of the Company hereinbefore provided.

 

1


9

The Company may exercise the power contained in the Law to deregister in the Cayman Islands and be registered by way of continuation in another jurisdiction.

 

10

Capitalised terms that are not defined in this Memorandum of Association bear the meaning given in the Articles of Association of the Company.

 

2


THE COMPANIES LAW (REVISED)

OF THE CAYMAN ISLANDS

AMENDED AND RESTATED

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

OF

STONECO LTD.

(adopted by Special Resolution passed on 11 October 2018 and effective on the closing date of the Company’s initial public offering of Class A Common Shares)

 

1

PRELIMINARY

 

1.1

The regulations contained in Table A in the First Schedule of the Law shall not apply to the Company and the following regulations shall be the Articles of Association of the Company.

 

1.2

In these Articles:

 

  (a)

the following terms shall have the meanings set opposite if not inconsistent with the subject or context:

 

allotment    shares are taken to be allotted when a person acquires the unconditional right to be included in the Register of Members in respect of those shares;
Affiliate    in respect of a Person, means any other Person that, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person, and (i) in the case of a natural person, shall include, without limitation, such person’s spouse, parents, children, siblings, mother-in-law and father-in-law and brothers and sisters-in-law, whether by blood, marriage or adoption or anyone residing in such person’s home, a trust for the benefit of any of the foregoing, a company, partnership or any natural person or entity wholly or jointly owned by any of the foregoing, and (ii) in the case of an entity, shall include a partnership, a corporation or any natural person or entity which directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such entity;
Articles    these articles of association of the Company, as amended from time to time;
Audit Committee    the audit committee of the Company formed by the Board pursuant to these Articles, or any successor of the audit committee;
Board or Board of Directors    the board of directors of the Company;

 

3


Business Combination    a statutory amalgamation, merger, consolidation, arrangement or other reorganization requiring the approval of the members of one or more of the participating companies as well as a short-form merger or consolidation that does not require a resolution of members;
Chairman    the chairman of the Board of Directors appointed in accordance with Article 20.2;
Class A Common Shares    class A common shares of a nominal or par value of US$[•] each in the capital of the Company having the rights provided for in these Articles;
Class B Common Shares    class B common shares of a nominal or par value of US$[•] each in the capital of the Company having the rights provided for in these Articles;
clear days    in relation to a period of notice means that period excluding both the day when the notice is given or deemed to be given and the day for which it is given or on which it is to take effect;
Clearing House   

a clearing house recognized by the laws of the jurisdiction in which shares in the capital of the Company (or depository receipts thereof) are listed or quoted on a stock exchange or interdealer quotation system in such jurisdiction;

 

common equivalents    means (i) with respect to Shares, the number of Shares, (ii) with respect to any Company securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for Shares, the number of Shares issuable in respect of the conversion or exchange of such securities into Shares;
Common Shares    Class A Common Shares, Class B Common Shares and shares of such other classes as may from time to time be designated by the Board pursuant to these Articles as being common shares for the purposes of Article 5.3;
Company    the above named company, StoneCo Ltd., an exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability;
Company’s Website    the website of the Company and/or its web-address or domain name;
Compensation Committee    the compensation committee of the Company formed by the Board pursuant to these Articles, or any successor of the compensation committee;
control    the ownership, directly or indirectly, of shares possessing more than fifty per cent (50%) of the voting power of the corporation, partnership or other entity (other than, in the case of a corporation, shares having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency), or having the power to control the management or elect a majority of members to the board of directors or equivalent decision-making body of such corporation, partnership or other entity;

 

4


Designated Stock Exchange    the Nasdaq Global Market and any other stock exchange or interdealer quotation system listed in Schedule 4 of the Law on which shares in the capital of the Company are listed or quoted;
Directors    the Directors for the time being of the Company or, as the case may be, those Directors assembled as a Board or as a committee of the Board;
dividend    includes a distribution or interim dividend or interim distribution;
electronic    has the same meaning as in the Electronic Transactions Law (Revised);
electronic communication    a communication sent by electronic means, including electronic posting to the Company’s Website, transmission to any number, address or internet website (including the SEC’s website) or other electronic delivery methods as otherwise determined and approved by the Board;
electronic record    has the same meaning as in the Electronic Transactions Law (Revised);
electronic signature    has the same meaning as in the Electronic Transactions Law (Revised);
Exchange Act    the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended of the United States of America;
executed    includes any mode of execution;
Founding Shareholders    at any time, HR Holdings LLC, VCK Investment Fund Ltd. SAC, Cakubran Holdings Ltd., as long as they remain vehicles controlled by André Street de Aguiar, Eduardo Cunha Monnerat Solon de Pontes, collectively, and each Person (other than the Company) that is an Affiliate of André Street or Eduardo Pontes, so long as such Person shall “beneficially own” (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act) any Company shares.
holder    in relation to any share, the Member whose name is entered in the Register of Members as the holder of the share;
Incentive Plan   

any incentive plan or scheme established or implemented by the Company pursuant to which any Person who provides services of any kind to the Company or any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries (including , without limitation, any employee, executive, officer, director, consultant, secondee or other provider of services) may receive and/or acquire newly-issued shares of the Company or any interest therein;

 

Independent Director    a Director who is an independent director as defined in the rules of any Designated Stock Exchange or in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act, as the case may be;

 

5


Indemnified Person    every Director, alternate Director, Secretary or other officer for the time being or from time to time of the Company;
Islands    the British Overseas Territory of the Cayman Islands;
Law    the Companies Law (Revised);
Member    has the same meaning as in the Law;
Memorandum    the memorandum of association of the Company as from time to time amended;
month    a calendar month;
officer    means any person appointed as an officer of the Company, including a Secretary;
Ordinary Resolution    a resolution (i) of a duly constituted general meeting of the Company passed by a simple majority of the votes cast by, or on behalf of, the Members entitled to vote present in person or by proxy and voting at the meeting, or (ii) approved in writing by all of the Members entitled to vote at a general meeting of the Company in one or more instruments each signed by one or more of the Members and the effective date of the resolution so adopted shall be the date on which the instrument, or the last of such instruments, if more than one, is executed;
Other Indemnitors    persons or entities other than the Company that may provide indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance to the Indemnified Persons in connection with such Indemnified Persons’ involvement in the management of the Company;
paid up    paid up as to the par value of the shares and includes credited as paid up;
Person    any individual, corporation, general or limited partnership, limited liability company, joint stock company, joint venture, estate, trust, association, organization or any other entity or governmental entity;
Register of Members    the register of Members required to be kept pursuant to the Law;
Seal    the common seal of the Company including every duplicate seal;
SEC    the Securities and Exchange Commission of the United States of America or any other federal agency for the time being administering the Securities Act;
Secretary    any person appointed by the Directors to perform any of the duties of the secretary of the Company, including a joint, assistant or deputy secretary;

 

6


Securities Act    the Securities Act of 1933 of the United States of America, as amended, or any similar federal statute and the rules and regulations of the SEC thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect at the time;
share    a share in the share capital of the Company, and includes stock (except where a distinction between shares and stock is expressed or implied) and includes a fraction of a share;
signed    includes an electronic signature or a representation of a signature affixed by mechanical means;
Special Resolution    means a special resolution passed in accordance with the Law, being a resolution: (i) passed by a majority of at least two-thirds of such Members as, being entitled to do so, vote in person or by proxy at a general meeting of the Company of which notice specifying the intention to propose the resolution as a Special Resolution has been duly given; or (ii) approved in writing by all of the Members entitled to vote at a general meeting of the Company in one or more instruments each signed by one or more of the Members.
subsidiary    a company is a subsidiary of another company if that other company: (i) holds a majority of the voting rights in it; (ii) is a member of it and has the right to appoint or remove a majority of its board of directors; or (iii) is a member of it and controls alone, pursuant to an agreement with other members, a majority of the voting rights in it; or if it is a subsidiary of a company which is itself a subsidiary of that other company. For the purpose of this definition the expression company includes any body corporate established in or outside of the Islands;

Treasury Share

 

   a share held in the name of the Company as a treasury share in accordance with the Law;
Vice Chairman    the vice chairman of the Board of Directors appointed in accordance with Article 20.2;
U.S. Person    a Person who is a citizen or resident of the United States of America; and
written and in writing    includes all modes of representing or reproducing words in visible form including in the form of an electronic record.

 

  (b)

unless the context otherwise requires, words or expressions defined in the Law shall have the same meanings herein but excluding any statutory modification thereof not in force when these Articles become binding on the Company;

 

  (c)

unless the context otherwise requires: (i) words importing the singular number shall include the plural number and vice-versa; (ii) words importing the masculine gender only shall include the feminine gender; and (iii) words importing persons shall include companies or associations or bodies of person whether incorporated or not as well as any other legal or natural person;

 

7


  (d)

the word may shall be construed as permissive and the word shall shall be construed as imperative;

 

  (e)

the headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction of these Articles;

 

  (f)

references to statutes are, unless otherwise specified, references to statutes of the Islands and, subject to paragraph (b) above, include any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof for the time being in force; and

 

  (g)

where an Ordinary Resolution is expressed to be required for any purpose, a Special Resolution is also effective for that purpose.

 

2

FORMATION EXPENSES

The Directors may pay, out of the capital or any other monies of the Company, all expenses incurred in or about the formation and establishment of the Company including the expenses of registration.

 

3

OFFICES OF THE COMPANY

 

3.1

The registered office of the Company shall be at such address in the Islands as set out in the Memorandum or as the Board shall otherwise from time to time determine.

 

3.2

The Company, in addition to its registered office, may establish and maintain such other offices, places of business and agencies in the Islands and elsewhere as the Board may from time to time determine.

 

4

SHARES

 

4.1

[intentionally left blank]

 

  (a)

Subject to the rules of any Designated Stock Exchange and to the provisions, if any, in the Memorandum and these Articles, the Board has general and unconditional authority to allot, grant options over, offer or otherwise deal with or dispose of any unissued shares in the capital of the Company without the approval of Members (whether forming part of the original or any increased share capital), either at a premium or at par, with or without preferred, deferred or other special rights or restrictions, whether in regard to dividend, voting, return of capital or otherwise and to such persons, on such terms and conditions, and at such times as the Board may determine, but so that no share shall be issued at a discount to par, except in accordance with the provisions of the Law.

 

  (b)

In particular and without prejudice to the generality of paragraph (a) above, the Board is hereby empowered to authorise by resolution or resolutions from time to time and without the approval of Members;

 

8


  (i)

the creation of one or more classes or series of preferred shares, to cause to be issued such preferred shares and to fix the designations, powers, preferences and relative participating, optional and other rights, if any, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, if any, including, without limitation, the number of shares constituting each such class or series, dividend rights, conversion rights, redemption privileges, voting rights and powers (including full or limited or no voting rights or powers) and liquidation preferences, and to increase or decrease the number of shares comprising any such class or series (but not below the number of shares of any class or series of preferred shares then outstanding) to the extent permitted by law. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the resolution or resolutions providing for the establishment of any class or series of preferred shares may, to the extent permitted by law, provide that such class or series shall be superior to, rank equally with or be junior to the preferred shares of any other class or series;

 

  (ii)

to designate for issuance as Class A Common Shares or Class B Common Shares from time to time any or all of the authorised but unissued shares of the Company which have not at that time been designated by the Memorandum or by the Directors as being shares of a particular class;

 

  (iii)

to create one or more further classes of shares which represent common shares for the purposes of Article 5.3; and

 

  (iv)

to re-designate authorised but unissued Class A Common Shares or Class B Common Shares from time to time as shares of another class.

 

  (c)

The Company shall not issue shares or warrants to bearer.

 

  (d)

Subject to the rules of any Designated Stock Exchange, the Board shall have general and unconditional authority to issue options, warrants or convertible securities of similar nature conferring the right upon the holders thereof to subscribe for, purchase or receive any class of shares or securities in the capital of the Company to such persons, on such terms and conditions and at such times as the Board may determine.

 

4.2

Notwithstanding Article 4.1, at any time when there are Class A Common Shares in issue, Class B Common Shares may only be issued pursuant to:

 

  (a)

a share-split, subdivision or similar transaction or as contemplated in Articles 5.8 or 34.1(b) below; or

 

  (b)

a Business Combination involving the issuance of Class B Common Shares as full or partial consideration.

 

4.3

The Company may issue fractions of a share of any class and a fraction of a share shall be subject to and carry the corresponding fraction of liabilities (whether with respect to nominal or par value, premium, contribution, calls or otherwise howsoever), limitations, preferences, privileges, qualifications, restrictions, rights and other attributes of a whole share of that class of shares.

 

9


4.4

The Company may, in so far as the Law permits, pay a commission to any person in consideration of his subscribing or agreeing to subscribe, whether absolutely or conditionally, or procuring or agreeing to procure subscriptions (whether absolute or conditional) for any shares in the capital of the Company. Such commissions may be satisfied by the payment of cash or the allotment of fully or partly paid up shares or partly in one way and partly in the other. The Company may also, on any issue of shares, pay such brokerage fees as may be lawful.

 

4.5

Except as required by law, no person shall be recognised by the Company as holding any share upon any trust and the Company shall not be bound by or be compelled in any way to recognise (even when having notice thereof) any equitable, contingent, future or partial interest in any share (except only as by these Articles or by law otherwise provided) or any other rights in respect of any share except an absolute right to the entirety thereof in the holder.

 

4.6

[intentionally left blank]

 

  (a)

If at any time the share capital is divided into different classes of shares, the rights attached to any class of shares (unless otherwise provided by these Articles or the terms of issue of the shares of that class) may be varied with the consent in writing of the holders of two-thirds of the issued shares of that class or with the sanction of a Special Resolution passed at a separate general meeting of the holders of the shares of that class. To every such separate general meeting, the provisions of these Articles relating to general meetings shall mutatis mutandis apply, but so that the necessary quorum shall be any one or more persons holding or representing by proxy not less than two-thirds of the issued shares of the applicable class and that any holder of shares of that class present in person or by proxy may demand a poll.

 

  (b)

For the purposes of Article (a), the Directors may treat all classes of shares or any two or more classes of shares as forming one class if they consider that all such classes would be affected in the same way by the proposals under consideration.

 

  (c)

The rights conferred upon the holders of the shares of any class shall not, unless otherwise expressly provided by the terms of issue of the shares of that class, be deemed to be varied by:

 

  (i)

the creation or issue of further shares ranking pari passu therewith;

 

  (ii)

by the redemption or purchase of any shares of any class by the Company;

 

  (iii)

the cancellation of authorised but unissued shares of that class; or

 

  (iv)

the creation or issue of shares with preferred or other rights including, without limitation, the creation of any class or issue of shares with enhanced or weighted voting rights.

 

  (d)

The rights conferred upon holders of Class A Common Shares shall not be deemed to be varied by the creation or issue from time to time of further Class B Common Shares and the rights conferred upon holders of Class B Common Shares shall not be deemed to be varied by the creation or issue from time to time of further Class A Common Shares.

 

10


4.7

The Directors may accept contributions to the capital of the Company otherwise than in consideration of the issue of shares and the amount of any such contribution may, unless otherwise agreed at the time such contribution is made, be treated by the Company as a distributable reserve, subject to the provisions of the Law and these Articles.

 

5

CLASS A COMMON SHARES AND CLASS B COMMON SHARES

 

5.1

The rights of the holders of Class A Common Shares and Class B Common Shares are identical, except with respect to voting, conversion and transfer restrictions applicable to the Class B Common Shares as set out in these Articles.

 

5.2

Holders of Class A Common Shares and holders of Class B Common Shares have the right to receive notice of, attend, speak and vote at general meetings of the Company. Subject to any separate general meeting(s) of the holders of a class of shares in accordance with Article 4.6(a) above, holders of Class A Common Shares and Class B Common Shares shall at all times vote together as one class on all resolutions submitted to a vote by the Members in general meetings. Each Class A Common Share shall entitle the holder to 1 vote on all matters subject to a vote at general meetings of the Company, and each Class B Common Share shall entitle the holder to 10 votes on all matters subject to a vote at general meetings of the Company.

 

5.3

Without prejudice to any special rights conferred thereby on the holders of any other shares or class of shares established pursuant to the Memorandum and/or these Articles from time to time, holders of Class A Common Shares and holders of Class B Common Shares shall:

 

  (a)

be entitled to such dividends as the Board may from time to time declare;

 

  (b)

in the event of a winding-up or dissolution of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary or for the purposes of a reorganization or otherwise or upon any distribution of capital, be entitled to the surplus assets of the Company; and

 

  (c)

generally be entitled to enjoy all of the rights attaching to Class A Common Shares and Class B Common Shares.

 

5.4

In no event shall Class A Common Shares be convertible into Class B Common Shares.

 

5.5

Class B Common Shares shall be convertible into Class A Common Shares as follows:

 

  (a)

Right of Conversion . Class B Common Shares shall be convertible into the same number of Class A Common Shares, on a share-to-share basis, in the following manner:

 

  (1)

a holder of Class B Common Shares has the right to call upon the Company to effect a conversion of all or any of his Class B Common Shares into the same number of Class A Common Shares which right shall be exercised, at any time after issue and without payment of any additional sum (subject to any moneys unpaid on their shares in accordance with Article 8), by notice in writing given to the Company at its registered office (and which conversion shall be effected by the Company promptly upon delivery of the said notice);

 

11


  (2)

a Class B Common Share shall automatically convert into a Class A Common Share immediately and without further action by the holder thereof upon the registration of any transfer of a Class B Common Share (whether or not for value and whether or not the certificate(s) (if any) representing such Class B Common Share are surrendered to the Company), other than:

 

  (i)

a transfer to an Affiliate of the holder of the Class B Common Share;

 

  (ii)

a transfer to one or more trustees of a trust established for the benefit of the holder or an Affiliate of the holder of the Class B Common Share; or

 

  (iii)

a transfer to a partnership, corporation or other entity owned or controlled by the holder or an Affiliate of the holder of the Class B Common Share.

For the avoidance of doubt, the creation of any pledge, charge, encumbrance or other security interest or third party right of whatever description on any Class B Common Shares to secure a holder’s contractual or legal obligations shall not be deemed to be a transfer unless and until any such pledge, charge, encumbrance or other third party right is enforced and results in such third party (or its nominee) holding legal title to the related Class B Common Shares, in which case all the related Class B Common Shares shall be automatically and immediately converted into the same number of Class A Common Shares. The conversion of Class B Common Shares to Class A Common Shares shall occur prior to any effective transfer not authorised in Article 5.5(a)(2)(i)-(iv) above.

 

  (3)

If, on the record date for any meeting of the Members, the total voting power of all the Class B Common Shares in issue represent less than 10% of the combined voting power of the Class A Common Shares and Class B Common Shares then in issue, the Class B Common Shares then in issue shall automatically and immediately convert into Class A Common Shares and no Class  B Common Shares shall be issued by the Company thereafter .

 

  (b)

Mechanics of Conversion . Before any holder of Class B Common Shares shall be entitled to convert such Class B Common Shares into Class A Common Shares pursuant to sub-paragraph (a) (1) above, the holder shall, if available, surrender the certificate or certificates therefor, duly endorsed (where applicable), at the registered office of the Company.

Upon the occurrence of one of the bases of conversion provided for in paragraph (a) above, the Company shall enter or procure the entry of the name of the relevant holder of Class B Common Shares as the holder of the relevant number of Class A Common Shares resulting from the conversion of the Class B Common Shares in, and make any other necessary and consequential changes to, the Register of Members and shall procure that certificate(s) in respect of the relevant Class A Common Shares, together with a new certificate for any unconverted Class B Common Shares comprised in the certificate(s) surrendered by the holder of the Class B Common Shares, are issued to the holders of the Class A Common Shares and Class B Common Shares, as the case may be, if so requested.

 

12


Any conversion of Class B Common Shares into Class A Common Shares pursuant to this Article 5 shall be effected by means of the re-designation and re-classification of the relevant Class B Common Share as a Class A Common Share together with such rights and restrictions for the time being attached thereto and shall rank pari passu in all respects with the Class A Common Shares then in issue. For the avoidance of doubt, following the conversion to Class A Common Shares, the holder thereof shall have Class A Common Share voting rights in respect of such shares and not Class B Common Share voting rights. Such conversion shall become effective forthwith upon entries being made in the Register of Members to record the re-designation and re-classification of the relevant Class B Common Shares as Class A Common Shares.

If the proposed conversion is in connection with an underwritten or other public or private offering of securities, the conversion may, at the option of any holder tendering such Class B Common Shares for conversion, be conditional upon the closing with the underwriters or other purchasers of the sale of securities pursuant to such offering, in which event any persons entitled to receive Class A Common Shares upon conversion of such Class B Common Shares shall not be deemed to have converted such Class B Common Shares until immediately prior to the closing of such sale of securities.

Upon conversion of any Class B Common Shares, the composition of the authorised and issued capital of the Company shall automatically be varied and amended by a reduction in the relevant number of authorised and issued Class B Common Shares and a corresponding increase in the relevant number of authorised and issued Class A Common Shares.

 

  (c)

Effective upon and with effect from the conversion of a Class B Common Share into a Class A Common Share in accordance with this Article 5.5, the converted share shall be re-designated as and be treated for all purposes as a Class A Common Share and shall carry the rights and be subject to the restrictions attaching to Class A Common Shares including, without limitation, the right to one vote on matters subject to a vote at general meetings of the Company.

 

5.6

No subdivision of Class A Common Shares into shares of an amount smaller than the nominal or par value of such shares at the relevant time shall be effected unless Class B Common Shares are concurrently and similarly subdivided in the same proportion and the same manner, and no subdivision of Class B Common Shares into shares of an amount smaller than the nominal or par value of such shares at the relevant time shall be effected unless Class A Common Shares are concurrently and similarly subdivided in the same proportion and the same manner.

 

5.7

No consolidation of Class A Common Shares into shares of an amount larger than the nominal or par value of such shares at the relevant time shall be effected unless Class B Common Shares are concurrently and similarly consolidated in the same proportion and the same manner, and no consolidation of Class B Common Shares into shares of an amount larger than the nominal or par value of such shares at the relevant time may be effected unless Class A Common Shares are concurrently and similarly consolidated in the same proportion and the same manner.

 

13


5.8

In the event that a dividend or other distribution is paid by the issue of Class A Common Shares or Class B Common Shares or rights to acquire Class A Common Shares or Class B Common Shares (i) holders of Class A Common Shares shall receive Class A Common Shares or rights to acquire Class A Common Shares, as the case may be; and (ii) holders of Class B Common Shares shall receive Class B Common Shares or rights to acquire Class B Common Shares, as the case may be.

 

5.9

No Business Combination (whether or not the Company is the surviving entity) shall proceed unless by the terms of such transaction: (i) the holders of Class A Common Shares have the right to receive, or the right to elect to receive, the same form of consideration as the holders of Class B Common Shares, and (ii) the holders of Class A Common Shares have the right to receive, or the right to elect to receive, at least the same amount of consideration on a per share basis as the holders of Class B Common Shares. The Directors shall not approve such a transaction unless the requirements of this Article are satisfied. For the avoidance of doubt, this Article refers to and includes only economic rights.

 

5.10

No tender or exchange offer to acquire any Class A Common Shares or Class B Common Shares by any third party pursuant to an agreement to which the Company is to be a party, nor any tender or exchange offer by the Company to acquire any Class A Common Shares or Class B Common Shares shall be approved by the Company unless by the terms of such transaction: (i) the holders of Class A Common Shares shall have the right to receive, or the right to elect to receive, the same form of consideration as the holders of Class B Common Shares, and (ii) the holders of Class A Common Shares shall have the right to receive, or the right to elect to receive, at least the same amount of consideration on a per share basis as the holders of Class B Common Shares. The Directors shall not approve such a transaction unless the requirements of this Article are satisfied. For the avoidance of doubt, this Article refers to and includes only economic rights.

 

5.11

Save and except for voting rights, conversion rights and transfer rights, Class A Common Shares and the Class B Common Shares shall rank pari passu and shall have the same rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions and share ratably and otherwise be identical in all respects as to all matters.

 

6

SHARE CERTIFICATES

 

6.1

A Member shall only be entitled to a share certificate if the Directors resolve that share certificates shall be issued. Share certificates representing Shares, if any, shall be in such form as the Directors may determine. Share certificates shall be signed by one or more Directors or other person authorised by the Directors. The Directors may authorise certificates to be issued with the authorised signature(s) affixed by mechanical process. All certificates for Shares shall be consecutively numbered or otherwise identified and shall specify the Shares to which they relate. All certificates surrendered to the Company for transfer or conversion shall be cancelled and subject to the Articles and, save as provided in Articles 6.3, 7 and 8 below and in the case of a conversion of shares pursuant to Article 4.1, no new certificate shall be issued until the former certificate representing a like number of relevant Shares shall have been surrendered and cancelled.

 

6.2

Every share certificate of the Company shall bear legends required under the applicable laws, including the Securities Act.

 

14


6.3

If a share certificate is defaced, worn-out, lost or destroyed, it may be renewed on such terms (if any) as to evidence and indemnity and payment of the expenses reasonably incurred by the Company in investigating evidence as the Directors may determine but otherwise free of charge, and (in the case of defacement or wearing-out) on delivery to the Company of the old certificate.

 

7

LIEN

 

7.1

The Company shall have a first and paramount lien on every share (not being a share which is fully paid as to its par value and share premium) for all moneys (whether presently payable or not) payable at a fixed time or called in respect of that share (including any premium payable). The Directors may at any time declare any share to be wholly or in part exempt from the provisions of this Article. The Company’s lien on a share shall extend to any amount in respect of it.

 

7.2

The Company may sell in such manner as the Directors determine any shares on which the Company has a lien if a sum in respect of which the lien exists is presently payable and is not paid within fourteen (14) clear days after notice has been given to the holder of the share or to the person entitled to it in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of the holder, demanding payment and stating that if the notice is not complied with the shares may be sold.

 

7.3

To give effect to a sale, the Directors may authorise some person to execute an instrument of transfer of the shares sold to, or in accordance with the directions of, the purchaser. The title of the transferee to the shares shall not be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings in reference to the sale.

 

7.4

The net proceeds of the sale, after payment of the costs, shall be applied in payment of so much of the sum for which the lien exists as is presently payable, and any residue shall (upon surrender to the Company for cancellation of the certificate for the shares sold, if any, and subject to a like lien for any moneys not presently payable as existed upon the shares before the sale) be paid to the person entitled to the shares at the date of the sale.

 

8

CALLS ON SHARES AND FORTEITURE

 

8.1

Subject to the terms of allotment, the Directors may make calls upon the Members in respect of any moneys unpaid on their shares (whether in respect of nominal value or premium) and each Member shall (subject to receiving at least fourteen (14) clear days’ notice specifying when and where payment is to be made) pay to the Company as required by the notice the amount called on his shares. A call may be required to be paid by instalments. A call may, before receipt by the Company of any sum due thereunder, be revoked in whole or in part and payment of a call may be postponed in whole or in part. A person upon whom a call is made shall remain liable for calls made upon him notwithstanding the subsequent transfer of the shares in respect of which the call was made.

 

8.2

A call shall be deemed to have been made at the time when the resolution of the Directors authorising the call was passed.

 

8.3

The joint holders of a share shall be jointly and severally liable to pay all calls in respect of the share.

 

15


8.4

If a call remains unpaid after it has become due and payable, the person from whom it is due and payable shall pay interest on the amount unpaid from the day it became due and payable until it is paid at the rate fixed by the terms of allotment of the share or in the notice of the call or, if no rate is fixed, at an annual rate of ten percent (10%), but the Directors may waive payment of the interest wholly or in part.

 

8.5

An amount payable in respect of a share on allotment or at any fixed date, whether in respect of nominal value or premium or as an instalment of a call, shall be deemed to be a call, and if it is not paid when due, all the provisions of the Articles shall apply as if that amount had become due and payable by virtue of a call.

 

8.6

Subject to the terms of allotment, the Directors may make arrangements on the issue of shares for a difference between the holders in the amounts and times of payment of calls on their shares.

 

8.7

If a call remains unpaid after it has become due and payable, the Directors may give to the person from whom it is due not less than fourteen (14) clear days’ notice requiring payment of the amount unpaid, together with any interest which may have accrued. The notice shall name the place where payment is to be made and shall state that if the notice is not complied with the shares in respect of which the call was made will be liable to be forfeited.

 

8.8

If the notice is not complied with, any share in respect of which it was given may, before the payment required by the notice has been made, be forfeited by a resolution of the Directors and the forfeiture shall include all dividends or other moneys payable in respect of the forfeited shares and not paid before the forfeiture.

 

8.9

Subject to the provisions of the Law, a forfeited share may be sold, re-allotted or otherwise disposed of on such terms and in such manner as the Directors determine either to the person who was before the forfeiture the holder or to any other person, and at any time before a sale, re-allotment or other disposition, the forfeiture may be cancelled on such terms as the Directors think fit. Where, for the purposes of its disposal a forfeited share is to be transferred to any person, the Directors may authorise any person to execute an instrument of transfer of the share to that person.

 

8.10

A person any of whose shares have been forfeited shall cease to be a Member in respect of them and shall surrender to the Company for cancellation the certificate for the shares forfeited, if any, but shall remain liable to the Company for all moneys which at the date of forfeiture were presently payable by him to the Company in respect of those shares with interest at the rate at which interest was payable on those moneys before the forfeiture or, if no interest was so payable, at an annual rate of ten percent (10%), from the date of forfeiture until payment but the Directors may waive payment wholly or in part or enforce payment without any allowance for the value of the shares at the time of forfeiture or for any consideration received on their disposal.

 

8.11

A statutory declaration by a Director or the Secretary that a share has been forfeited on a specified date shall be conclusive evidence of the facts stated in it as against all persons claiming to be entitled to the share and the declaration shall (subject to the execution of an instrument of transfer if necessary) constitute a good title to the share and the person to whom the share is disposed of shall not be bound to see to the application of the consideration, if any, nor shall his title to the share be affected by any irregularity in or invalidity of the proceedings in reference to the forfeiture or disposal of the share.

 

16


9

TRANSFER OF SHARES

 

9.1

Subject to these Articles (including the limitation on transfers of Class B Shares as set out in Article 5.5), any Member may transfer all or any of his shares by an instrument of transfer in the usual or common form or in a form prescribed by any Designated Stock Exchange or in any other form approved by the Board and may be under hand or, if the transferor or transferee is a Clearing House, by hand or by electronic signature or by such other manner of execution as the Board may approve from time to time. Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, title to listed shares of the Company may be evidenced and transferred in accordance with the laws applicable to and the rules and regulations of the Designated Stock Exchange on which such shares are listed.

 

9.2

The instrument of transfer shall be executed by or on behalf of the transferor and the transferee provided that the Board may dispense with the execution of the instrument of transfer by the transferee in any case which it thinks fit in its discretion to do so. Without prejudice to Article 9.1, the Board may also resolve, either generally or in any particular case, upon request by either the transferor or transferee, to accept mechanically executed transfers including, where applicable, in accordance with the laws and rules applicable to the Designated Stock Exchange. The transferor shall be deemed to remain the holder of the share until the name of the transferee is entered in the Register of Members in respect thereof. Nothing in these Articles shall preclude the Board from recognizing a renunciation of the allotment or provisional allotment of any share by the allottee in favour of some other person.

 

9.3

The Board may in its absolute discretion and without giving any reason therefor, refuse to register a transfer of any share:

 

  (a)

that is not fully paid up (as to both par value and any premium) to a person of whom it does not approve;

 

  (b)

issued under any Incentive Plan upon which a restriction on transfer imposed thereby still subsists;

 

  (c)

to more than four joint holders; or

 

  (d)

on which the Company has a lien.

 

9.4

Without limiting the generality of Article 9.3, the Board may also decline to recognise any instrument of transfer unless:

 

  (a)

a fee of such maximum sum as any Designated Stock Exchange may determine to be payable or such lesser sum as the Board may from time to time require is paid to the Company in respect thereof;

 

  (b)

the instrument of transfer is in respect of only one class of shares;

 

  (c)

the Shares are fully paid (as to both par value and any premium) and free of any lien;

 

17


  (d)

the instrument of transfer is lodged at the registered office or such other place at which the Register of Members is kept in accordance with the Law accompanied by any relevant share certificate(s), if any, and/or such other evidence as the Board may reasonably require to show the right of the transferor to make the transfer (and, if the instrument of transfer is executed by some other person on his behalf, the authority of that person so to do); and

 

  (e)

if applicable, the instrument of transfer is duly and properly stamped.

 

9.5

If the Directors refuse to register a transfer of a share, they shall within two (2) months after the date on which the transfer was lodged with the Company send to the transferee notice of the refusal.

 

9.6

The registration of transfers of shares or of any class of shares may, after compliance with any notice requirement of any Designated Stock Exchange, be suspended and the Register of Members be closed at such times and for such periods (not exceeding in the whole thirty (30) days in any year) as the Board may determine.

 

9.7

The Company shall be entitled to retain any instrument of transfer which is registered, but any instrument of transfer which the Directors refuse to register shall be returned to the person lodging it when notice of the refusal is given.

 

10

TRANSMISSION OF SHARES

 

  10.1

If a Member dies, his personal representatives or his legal successor (where he was a sole holder) or the survivor of joint holders (in case of joint ownership) shall be the only persons recognised by the Company as having any title to his interest; but nothing in these Articles shall release the estate of a deceased Member from any liability in respect of any share which had been jointly held by him.

 

  10.2

A person becoming entitled to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a Member may, upon such evidence being produced as the Directors may properly require, elect either to become the holder of the share or to have some person nominated by him registered as the transferee. If he elects to become the holder he shall give notice to the Company to that effect. If he elects to have another person registered he shall execute an instrument of transfer of the share to that person. All the Articles relating to the transfer of shares shall apply to the notice or instrument of transfer as if it were an instrument of transfer executed by the Member and the death or bankruptcy of the Member had not occurred.

 

  10.3

A person becoming entitled to a share by reason of the death or bankruptcy of a Member shall have the rights to which he would be entitled if he were the holder of the share, except that he shall not, before being registered as the holder of the share, be entitled in respect of such share to attend or vote at any meeting of the Company or at any separate meeting of the holders of any class of shares in the Company.

 

  10.4

If a holder of Class B Common Shares dies or becomes bankrupt then such Class B Common Shares held at the time of death or bankruptcy shall maintain all of its rights and no conversion shall apply to such Class B Common Shares upon transmission of such shares to the new holder who must be an Affiliate.

 

18


11

CHANGES OF CAPITAL

 

11.1

Subject to and in so far as permitted by the provisions of the Law and these Articles, the Company may from time to time by Ordinary Resolution alter or amend the Memorandum to:

 

  (a)

increase its share capital by such sum, to be divided into shares of such amount, as the resolution shall prescribe;

 

  (b)

consolidate and divide all or any of its share capital into shares of larger amounts than its existing shares;

 

  (c)

convert all or any of its paid up shares into stock and reconvert that stock into paid up shares of any denomination;

 

  (d)

sub-divide its existing shares, or any of them, into shares of smaller amounts than is fixed by the Memorandum provided that in the subdivision, the proportion between the amount paid and the amount, if any, unpaid on each reduced share shall be the same as it was in the case of the share from which the reduced share is derived; and

 

  (e)

cancel any shares which, at the date of the passing of the resolution, have not been taken or agreed to be taken by any person, and diminish the amount of its share capital by the amount of the shares so cancelled.

 

11.2

For the avoidance of doubt, the Directors shall have the ability to issue shares within the authorised share capital of the Company thereby changing the issued share capital of the Company and no Ordinary Resolution shall be required for such issuances.

 

11.3

Except so far as otherwise provided by the conditions of issue, the new shares shall be subject to the same provisions with reference to the payment of calls, lien, transfer, transmission, forfeiture and otherwise as the shares in the original share capital.

 

11.4

Whenever as a result of a consolidation of shares any Members would become entitled to fractions of a share, the Directors may, on behalf of those Members, sell the shares representing the fractions for the best price reasonably obtainable to any person (including, subject to the provisions of the Law, the Company) and distribute the net proceeds of sale in due proportion among those Members, and the Directors may authorise some person to execute an instrument of transfer of the shares to, or in accordance with the directions of, the purchaser. The transferee shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money nor shall his title to the shares be affected by any irregularity in or invalidity of the proceedings in reference to the sale.

 

11.5

The Company may by Special Resolution reduce its share capital and any capital redemption reserve in any manner and with and subject to any incident, consent, order or other matter required by law.

 

12

REDEMPTION AND PURCHASE OF OWN SHARES

 

12.1

Subject to the provisions of the Law and these Articles, the Company may:

 

19


  (a)

issue shares on terms that they are to be redeemed or are liable to be redeemed at the option of the Company or the Member on such terms and in such manner as the Directors may, before the issue of shares, determine;

 

  (b)

purchase its own shares (including any redeemable shares) in such manner and on such terms as the Directors may determine and agree with the relevant Member; and

 

  (c)

make a payment in respect of the redemption or purchase of its own shares in any manner authorised by the Law, including out of capital.

 

12.2

The Directors may, when making a payment in respect of the redemption or purchase of shares, if so authorised by the terms of issue of the shares (or otherwise by agreement with the holder of such shares) make such payment in cash or in specie (or partly in one and partly in the other).

 

12.3

Upon the date of redemption or purchase of a share, the holder shall cease to be entitled to any rights in respect thereof (excepting always the right to receive (i) the price therefor and (ii) any dividend which had been declared in respect thereof prior to such redemption or purchase being effected) and accordingly his name shall be removed from the Register of Members with respect thereto and the share shall be cancelled.

 

13

TREASURY SHARES

 

13.1

The Directors may, prior to the purchase, redemption or surrender of any Share, determine that such Share shall be held as a Treasury Share.

 

13.2

The Directors may determine to cancel a Treasury Share or transfer a Treasury Share on such terms as they think proper (including, without limitation, for nil consideration).

 

14

REGISTER OF MEMBERS

 

14.1

The Company shall maintain or cause to be maintained an overseas or local Register of Members in accordance with the Law.

 

14.2

The Directors may determine that the Company shall maintain one or more branch registers of Members in accordance with the Law. The Directors may also determine which Register of Members shall constitute the principal register and which shall constitute the branch register or registers, and to vary such determination from time to time.

 

15

CLOSING REGISTER OF MEMBERS OR FIXING RECORD DATE

 

15.1

For the purpose of determining Members entitled to notice of, or to vote at any meeting of Members or any adjournment thereof, or Members entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution, or in order to make a determination of Members for any other purpose, the Directors may provide that the Register of Members shall be closed for transfers for a stated period which shall not in any case exceed thirty (30) days. If the Register shall be so closed for the purpose of determining those Members that are entitled to receive notice of, attend or vote at a meeting of Members, the Register shall be so closed for at least ten (10) clear days immediately preceding such meeting and the record date for such determination shall be the date of the closure of the Register.

 

20


15.2

In lieu of, or apart from, closing the Register of Members, the Directors may fix, in advance or in arrears, a date as the record date for any such determination of Members entitled to notice of, or to vote at any meeting of the Members or any adjournment thereof, or for the purpose of determining the Members entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution, or in order to make a determination of Members for any other purpose, provided that such a record date shall not exceed forty (40) clear days prior to the date where the determination will be made.

 

15.3

If the Register of Members is not so closed and no record date is fixed for the determination of Members entitled to notice of, or to vote at, a meeting of Members or Members entitled to receive payment of a dividend or other distribution, the date on which notice of the meeting is sent or posted or the date on which the resolution of the Directors resolving to pay such dividend or other distribution is passed, as the case may be, shall be the record date for such determination of Members. When a determination of Members entitled to vote at any meeting of Members has been made as provided in this Article, such determination shall apply to any adjournment thereof.

 

16

GENERAL MEETINGS

 

16.1

An annual general meeting of the Company may at the discretion of the Board be held in the year in which these Articles were adopted and shall be held in each year thereafter at such time as determined by the Board and the Company may, but shall not (unless required by the Law) be obliged to, in each year hold any other general meeting.

 

16.2

The agenda of the annual general meeting shall be set by the Board and shall include the presentation of the Company’s annual accounts and the report of the Directors (if any).

 

16.3

Annual general meetings shall be held in such place as the Directors may determine from time to time.

 

16.4

All general meetings other than annual general meetings shall be called extraordinary general meetings and the Company shall specify the meeting as such in the notices calling it.

 

16.5

The Directors may, whenever they think fit, convene an extraordinary general meeting of the Company.

 

16.6

For so long as the Founding Shareholders, collectively hold 50% of all the voting powers of the Members, then Members who collectively hold a majority of all the voting power of the Members shall be entitled to request Directors to convene an extraordinary general meeting of the Company and Directors shall on a Members’ requisition in accordance with these Articles forthwith proceed to convene an extraordinary general meeting of the Company.

 

16.7

In the event that the Founding Shareholders collectively, hold less than 50% of all the voting powers, then no Member shall have the power to make a requisition to convene a meeting to Directors.

 

16.8

The Members’ requisition must state the objects of the meeting and must be signed by the requisitionists and deposited at the registered office, and may consist of several documents in like form each signed by one or more requisitionists.

 

21


16.9

If there are no Directors as at the date of the deposit of the Members’ requisition or if the Directors do not within fourteen (14) days from the date of the deposit of the Members’ requisition duly proceed to convene a general meeting to be held within a further fourteen (14) days, the requisitionists, or any of them representing more than one-half of the total voting rights of all of the requisitionists, may themselves convene a general meeting, but any meeting so convened shall be held no later than the day which falls three (3) months after the expiration of the first said fourteen (14) day period.

 

16.10

A general meeting convened as aforesaid by requisitionists shall be convened in as close to the same manner as possible as that in which general meetings are to be convened by Directors.

 

16.11

Save as set out in Articles 16.1 to 16.10, the Members have no right to propose resolutions to be considered or voted upon at annual general meetings or extraordinary general meetings of the Company.

 

17

NOTICE OF GENERAL MEETINGS

 

17.1

An annual general meeting, if and when called in accordance with Article 16, shall be called by at least 21 days’ (and not less than 20 clear business days’) notice in writing, and any other general meeting shall be called by at least 14 days’ (and not less than 10 clear business days’) notice in writing. Such notice shall be exclusive of the day on which it is served or deemed to be served and of the day for which it is given, and must specify the time, place and agenda of the meeting and particulars of the resolution(s) to be considered at that meeting and, in the case of special business, the general nature of that business. All business transacted at an extraordinary general meeting shall be deemed special business. All business shall also be deemed special business where it is transacted at an annual general meeting, with the exception of certain routine matters which shall be deemed ordinary business.

 

17.2

Such Notice may be served on a Member in accordance with Article 36 or in such other manner (if any) as may be prescribed by Ordinary Resolution, to such persons as are entitled to vote or may otherwise be entitled under these Articles to receive such notices from the Company; provided that a general meeting of the Company shall, whether or not the notice specified in this Article has been given and whether or not the provisions of the Articles regarding general meetings have been complied with, be deemed to have been duly convened if it is so agreed:

 

  (a)

in the case of an annual general meeting, by all of the Members entitled to attend and vote thereat; and

 

  (b)

in the case of an extraordinary general meeting, by Members having a right to attend and vote at the meeting, together holding not less than 75%, in par value of the Shares giving that right.

 

17.3

The accidental omission to give notice of a general meeting to, or the non-receipt of notice of a meeting by, any person entitled to receive notice shall not invalidate the proceedings at that general meeting.

 

22


18

PROCEEDINGS AT GENERAL MEETINGS

 

18.1

No business shall be transacted at any meeting unless a quorum is present at the time when the meeting proceeds to business and continues to be present until the conclusion of the meeting. One or more Members holding not less than one-third in aggregate of the voting power of all Shares in issue and entitled to vote, present in person or by proxy or, if a corporation or other non-natural person, by its duly authorised representative, shall represent a quorum.

 

18.2

If a quorum is not present within half an hour from the time appointed for the meeting to commence or if during such a meeting a quorum ceases to be present, the meeting, if convened upon a Members’ requisition, shall be dissolved and in any other case it shall stand adjourned and shall reconvene on the same day in the next week at the same time and/or place or to such other day, time and/or place as the Directors may determine, and if at the reconvened meeting a quorum is not present within half an hour from the time appointed for the meeting to commence, the Members present shall be a quorum.

 

18.3

A person may participate in a general meeting by conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all the persons participating in the meeting can communicate with each other at the same time. Participation by a Member in a meeting in this manner is treated as presence in person at that meeting and is counted in a quorum and entitled to vote.

 

18.4

The Chairman or in his absence the Vice-Chairman (if any) shall preside as chairman of the meeting, but if neither the Chairman nor such Vice-Chairman (if any) is present within thirty (30) minutes after the time appointed for holding the meeting and willing to act, the Directors present shall elect one of their number to be chairman and, if there is only one Director present and willing to act, he shall be chairman. If no Director is willing to act as chairman, or if no Director is present within thirty (30) minutes after the time appointed for holding the meeting, then such meeting shall be adjourned for a one week period and shall be held in the following week on the same day at the same time and place. If at the adjournment of the meeting the Chairman or in his absence the Vice-Chairman (if any) or in their absence a Director is not willing to act as chairman, or if no Director is present within thirty (30) minutes after the time appointed for holding the meeting, then such meeting shall be cancelled. For the avoidance of doubt, only a director may serve as the chairman of the meeting.

 

18.5

The order of business at each such meeting shall be as determined by the chairman of the meeting. The chairman of the meeting shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts and things as are necessary or desirable for the proper conduct of the meeting, including, without limitation, the establishment of procedures for the maintenance of order and safety, limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments on the affairs of the Company, restrictions on entry to such meeting after the time prescribed for the commencement thereof, and the opening and closing of the polls. The chairman of the meeting shall announce at each such meeting the date and time of the opening and the closing of the polls for each matter upon which the Members will vote at such meeting.

 

18.6

A Director shall, notwithstanding that he is not a Member, be entitled to attend and speak at any general meeting and at any separate meeting of the holders of any class of shares in the Company.

 

23


18.7

The chairman of the meeting may, with the consent of any meeting at which a quorum is present (and shall if so directed by the meeting), adjourn the meeting from time to time and from place to place, but no business shall be transacted at any adjourned meeting other than business which might properly have been transacted at the meeting had the adjournment not taken place. When a meeting is adjourned for fourteen (14) days or more, at least seven (7) clear days’ notice shall be given in the manner herein provided, including, but not limited to, as described in Article 36, specifying the time and place of the adjourned meeting and the general nature of the business to be transacted. Otherwise it shall not be necessary to give any such notice.

 

18.8

At each meeting of the Members, all corporate actions, including the election of Directors (excluding for the avoidance of doubt, any appointment(s) or replacement(s) of Founding Directors by the Founding Shareholders in accordance with Article 21.2), to be taken by vote of the Members (except as otherwise required by applicable law and except as otherwise provided in these Articles) shall be authorised by Ordinary Resolution. Where a separate vote by a class or classes or series is required, save as provided in Article 4.6(a), the affirmative vote of the majority of Shares of such class or classes or series present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and voting shall be the act of such class or series (unless provided otherwise in the resolutions providing for the issuance of such class or series).

 

18.9

At any general meeting a resolution put to the vote of the meeting shall be decided on a poll.

 

18.10

A poll shall be taken in such manner as the chairman directs and he may appoint scrutineers (who need not be Members) and fix a place and time for declaring the result of the poll. The result of the poll shall be deemed to be the resolution of the meeting at which the poll was taken.

 

18.11

In the case of equality of votes, the chairman of the meeting shall be entitled to a casting vote in addition to any other vote he may have.

 

18.12

If for so long as the Company has only one Member:

 

  (a)

in relation to a general meeting, the sole Member or a proxy for that Member or (if the Member is a corporation) a duly authorised representative of that Member is a quorum and Article 18.1 is modified accordingly;

 

  (b)

the sole Member may agree that any general meeting be called by shorter notice than that provided for by the Articles; and

 

  (c)

all other provisions of the Articles apply with any necessary modification (unless the provision expressly provides otherwise).

 

19

VOTES OF MEMBERS

 

19.1

Subject to any special rights, restrictions or privileges as to voting for the time being attached to any class or classes of shares at any general meeting (including without limitation the enhanced voting rights attaching to Class B Common Shares provided for in Article 5): (a) on a poll every Member present in person or by proxy or, in the case of a Member being a corporation, by its duly authorized representative shall have one vote for every share which is fully paid or credited as fully paid registered in his or her name in the Register of Members (and for the avoidance of doubt each Class B Common Share shall entitle the holder to 10 votes on all matters subject to a

 

24


vote at general meetings of the Company), provided that no amount paid up or credited as paid up on a share in advance of calls or instalments is treated for this purpose as paid up on the share; and (b) on a show of hands every Member who is present in person (or, in the case of a member being a corporation, by its duly authorized representative) or by proxy shall have one vote. Where more than one proxy is appointed by a Member which is a Clearing House or its nominee(s), each such proxy shall have one vote on a show of hands. On a poll, a Member entitled to more than one vote need not use all his or her votes or cast all the votes he or her does use in the same way.

 

19.2

At any general meeting, a resolution put to the vote of the meeting is to be decided by poll save that the chairman of the meeting may, pursuant to the listing rules of any Designated Stock Exchange, allow a resolution to be voted on by a show of hands. Where a show of hands is allowed, before or on the declaration of the result of the show of hands, a poll may be demanded by (in each case by Members present in person or by proxy or by a duly authorized corporate representative):

 

  (a)

at least 2 Members;

 

  (b)

any Member or Members representing not less than one-tenth of the total voting rights of all the Members having the right to vote at the meeting; or

 

  (c)

a Member or Members holding shares conferring a right to vote at the meeting on which an aggregate sum has been paid equal to not less than one-tenth of the total sum paid up on all the shares conferring that right.

 

19.3

In the case of joint holders, the vote of the senior joint holder who tenders a vote, whether in person or by proxy, shall be accepted to the exclusion of the votes of the other joint holders; and seniority shall be determined by the order in which the names of the holders stand in the Register of Members.

 

19.4

A Member in respect of whom an order has been made by any court having jurisdiction (whether in the Islands or elsewhere) in matters concerning mental disorder may vote, by his receiver, curator bonis or other person authorised in that behalf appointed by that court, and any such receiver, curator bonis or other person may vote by proxy. Evidence to the satisfaction of the Directors of the authority of the person claiming to exercise the right to vote shall be received at the registered office of the Company, or at such other place as is specified in accordance with these Articles for the deposit or delivery of forms of appointment of a proxy, or in any other manner specified in these Articles for the appointment of a proxy, not less than forty-eight (48) hours before the time appointed for holding the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the right to vote is to be exercised and in default the right to vote shall not be exercisable.

 

19.5

Where the Company has knowledge that any Member is, under the listing rules of any Designated Stock Exchange, required to abstain from voting on any particular resolution or restricted to voting only for or only against any particular resolution, any votes cast by or on behalf of such Member in contravention of such requirement or restriction shall not be counted.

 

19.6

No Member shall, unless the Directors otherwise determine, be entitled to vote at any general meeting or at any separate meeting of the holders of any class of shares in the Company, either in person or by proxy or by a corporate representative, in respect of any share held by him unless all moneys presently payable by him in respect of that share have been paid.

 

25


19.7

No objection shall be raised to the qualification of any voter except at the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the vote objected to is tendered, and every vote not disallowed at the meeting shall be valid. Any objection made in due time shall be referred to the chairman of the meeting whose decision shall be final and conclusive.

 

19.8

Votes may be given either personally or by proxy. Deposit or delivery of a form of appointment of a proxy does not preclude a Member from attending and voting at the meeting or at any adjournment of it, save that only the Member or his proxy may cast a vote.

 

19.9

A Member entitled to more than one vote need not, if he votes, use all his votes or cast all votes he uses the same way.

 

19.10

The instrument appointing a proxy shall be in writing under the hand of the appointor or of his or her attorney duly authorized in writing, or if the appointor is a corporation, either under seal or under the hand of a duly authorized officer or attorney. Every instrument of proxy, whether for a specified meeting or otherwise, shall be in such form as the Board may from time to time approve, provided that it shall not preclude the use of the two-way form. Any form issued to a Member for appointing a proxy to attend and vote at an extraordinary general meeting or at an annual general meeting at which any business is to be transacted shall be such as to enable the Member, according to his or her intentions, to instruct the proxy to vote in favour of or against (or, in default of instructions, to exercise his or her discretion in respect of) each resolution dealing with any such business.

 

19.11

Subject to the Law, the Directors may accept the appointment of a proxy received in an electronic communication at an address specified for such purpose, on such terms and subject to such conditions as they consider fit. The Directors may require the production of any evidence which they consider necessary to determine the validity of any appointment pursuant to Article 19.10.

 

19.12

Subject to Article 19.13 below, the form of appointment of a proxy and any authority under which it is executed or a copy of such authority certified notarially or in some other way approved by the Directors may:

 

  (a)

in the case of an instrument in writing, be left at or sent by post to the registered office of the Company or such other place within the Islands or elsewhere as is specified in the notice convening the meeting or in any form of appointment of proxy sent out by the Company in relation to the meeting at any time before the time for holding the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the person named in the form of appointment of proxy proposes to vote;

 

  (b)

in the case of an appointment of a proxy contained in an electronic communication, where an address has been specified by or on behalf of the Company for the purpose of receiving electronic communications:

 

  (i)

in the notice convening the meeting; or

 

26


  (ii)

in any form of appointment of a proxy sent out by the Company in relation to the meeting; or

 

  (iii)

in any invitation contained in an electronic communication to appoint a proxy issued by the Company in relation to the meeting;

be received at such address at any time before the time for holding the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the person named in the form of appointment of proxy proposes to vote;

 

  (c)

in the case of a poll taken more than forty-eight (48) hours after it is demanded, be deposited or delivered as required by paragraphs (a) or (b) of this Article after the poll has been demanded and at any time before the time appointed for the taking of the poll; or

 

  (d)

where the poll is taken immediately but is taken not more than forty-eight (48) hours after it was demanded, be delivered at the meeting at which the poll was demanded to the chairman of the meeting or to the secretary or to any Director;

and a form of appointment of proxy which is not deposited or delivered in accordance with this Article or Article 19.13 is invalid.

 

19.13

Notwithstanding Article 19.12 above, the Directors may by way of note to or in any document accompanying the notice of a general meeting (or adjourned meeting) fix the latest time by which the appointment of a proxy must be communicated to or received by the Company (being not more than 48 hours before the relevant meeting).

 

19.14

A vote or poll demanded by proxy or by the duly authorised representative of a corporation shall be valid notwithstanding the previous determination of the authority of the person voting or demanding a poll unless notice of the determination was received by the Company at the registered office of the Company or, in the case of a proxy, any other place specified for delivery or receipt of the form of appointment of proxy or, where the appointment of a proxy was contained in an electronic communication, at the address at which the form of appointment was received, before the commencement of the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the vote is given or the poll demanded or (in the case of a poll taken otherwise than on the same day as the meeting or adjourned meeting) the time appointed for taking the poll.

 

19.15

Any corporation or other non-natural person which is a Member of the Company may in accordance with its constitutional documents, or, in the absence of such provision, by resolution of its directors or other governing body, authorise such person as it thinks fit to act as its representative at any meeting of the Company or of any class of Members, and the person so authorised shall be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of the corporation which he represents as the corporation could exercise if it were an individual Member.

 

19.16

Should a Clearing House or its nominee(s) or depositary or its nominee(s) be a Member, such person or persons may be authorized as it thinks fit to act as its representative(s) at any general meeting or at any meeting of any class of Members provided that, if more than one person is so authorized, the authorisation shall specify the number and class of shares in respect of which each such person is so authorized. A person authorized in accordance with this Article shall be

 

27


deemed to have been duly authorized without further evidence of the facts and be entitled to exercise the same rights and powers on behalf of the Clearing House or its nominee(s) or depositary or its nominee(s) as if such person were an individual Member including the right to vote individually on a show of hands.

 

20

NUMBER OF DIRECTORS AND CHAIRMAN

 

20.1

Subject to Article 21.6, the Board will be composed of 5 to 11 Directors, with the number being determined by a majority of the Directors then in office may determine from time to time, provided that, unless otherwise determined by the Members acting by Special Resolution, the Board shall consist of not less than 5 Directors and not more than 11 Directors.

 

20.2

The Board shall have a Chairman elected and appointed by the Founding Shareholders to act as the chairman at Board meetings as long as the Founding Shareholders hold at least 50% of all voting powers of the Members. Where the Founding Shareholders do not have such voting power then the Board shall have a Chairman elected and appointed by Directors to act as the chairman at Board meetings. The Founding Shareholders, as long as the Founding Shareholders hold at least 50% of all voting powers of the Members, may also elect a Vice-Chairman to act in the absence of the Chairman at Board meetings. Where the Founding Shareholders do not have such voting power then the Board may also have a Vice-Chairman elected and appointed by Directors to act as the chairman at Board meetings.

 

20.3

The period for which the Chairman and/or the Vice-Chairman shall hold office shall be determined by the Founding Shareholders where the Founding Shareholders hold at least 50% of all voting powers of the Members. Where the Founding Shareholders do not have such voting power then the Board shall determine the period for which the Chairman and/or the Vice-Chairman shall hold office. The Chairman shall preside as chairman at every meeting of the Board at which he is present. Where the Chairman is not present at a meeting of the Board, the Vice-Chairman (if any) shall act as chairman, or in his absence, the attending Directors may choose one Director to be the chairman of the meeting.

21 APPOINTMENT, DISQUALIFICATION AND REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS

 

21.1

Save as provided in Article 21.5 and as subject to Article 21.2, Directors shall be elected by an Ordinary Resolution of Members.

 

21.2

For so long as the Founding Shareholders, respectively, hold any Share the Founding Shareholders, collectively, shall be entitled to nominate a number of designees to the Board (the Founding Directors ) by notice in writing to the Company for a specific term, equal to:

 

  (a)

up to three Founding Directors (or if the size of the Board is increased, a majority (i.e. more than 50%) of the total number of Directors, rounded upward to the nearest whole number), so long as the Founding Shareholders’ and their Affiliates’ aggregate voting power of Shares (as determined on a common equivalents basis) continues to be at least 25% of the total voting power of all Shares (as determined on a common equivalents basis),

 

28


  (b)

up to two Founding Directors (or if the size of the Board is increased, 25% of the total number of Directors, rounded upward to the nearest whole number), so long as the Founding Shareholders’ and their Affiliates’ aggregate voting power of Shares (as determined on a common equivalents basis) continues to be at least 10% of the total voting power of all Shares (as determined on a common equivalents basis), and

 

  (c)

up to one Founding Director (or if the size of the Board is increased, 10% of the total number of Directors, rounded upward to the nearest whole number), so long as the Founding Shareholders’ and their Affiliates’ aggregate voting power of Shares (as determined on a common equivalents basis) is (x) less than 10% of the total voting power of all Shares and (y) at least 5% of the total voting power of all Shares, each as determined on a common equivalents basis.

 

  (d)

In the event that the Founding Shareholders have nominated less than the total number of Founding Director(s) the Founding Shareholders are entitled to nominate pursuant to these Articles, the Founding Shareholders shall have the right, at any time, to nominate such additional Founding Director(s) to which they are entitled, in which case the Founding Shareholders and the Company shall take, or cause to be taken, all necessary action to (A) increase the size of the Board as required to enable the Founding Shareholders to so nominate such additional designees and (B) appoint such additional Founding Director(s) nominated by the Founding Shareholders to such newly created directorships.

 

  (e)

The Founding Shareholders may in like manner remove such Founding Director(s) appointed by the Founding Shareholders and appoint replacement Founding Director(s) each by notice in writing to the Company.

 

21.3

From and after the date on which the Founding Shareholders (and/or their respective Affiliates) no longer constitute a group that beneficially owns more than 50% of the outstanding voting power of the Company (the Classifying Date ), the Company shall cause the Directors to be, and the Directors shall be, divided into three classes designated Class I, Class II and Class III. Each class of Directors shall consist, as nearly as possible, of one third of the total number of Directors constituting the entire Board. The Board shall assign members of the Board in office at the Classifying Date to such classes. Each Director shall serve for a term ending on the date of the third annual general meeting of the Members next following the annual general meeting of the Members at which such Director was elected, provided that Directors initially designated as Class I Directors shall serve for a term ending on the date of the first annual general meeting of the Members following the Classifying Date, Directors initially designated as Class II Directors shall serve for a term ending on the second annual general meeting of the Members following the Classifying Date, and Directors initially designated as Class III Directors shall serve for a term ending on the date of the third annual general meeting of the Members following the Classifying Date. The Founding Directors shall be allocated to the longest duration classes unless otherwise determined by the Founding Shareholders.

 

21.4

Each Director shall hold office for such specified term, if any, as the resolution appointing him may determine and before the expiration of his or her term of office a Director may only be removed for Cause by Ordinary Resolution in accordance with Article 21.10 below and as subject to Article 21.2(e) above in respect of Founding Directors. Cause shall mean, in relation to a Director, the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

29


  (a)

the person’s conviction by final judgment issued by a competent court or declaration of guilt before a competent court with respect to any offense considered an intentional crime or punishable by detention, or a torpid act, intentional fraud, improbity, theft or anti-ethic business conduct in the jurisdiction involved;

 

  (b)

fraud, theft, financial dishonesty, misappropriation or embezzlement of funds by the person, whether before or after the date of his/her election, that adversely affects the Company;

 

  (c)

breach or wilful misconduct by the person in the performance of its obligations, including, among others, (i) uninterrupted or repeated omission or refusal to perform the obligations and duties established in the Articles of Association or in the applicable laws, (ii) incapacity, by the person, to comply with the obligations and duties as a result of an alcohol or drug addiction; or

 

  (d)

wilful misconduct that causes material damages to or that adversely affects the financial situation or commercial reputation of the Company.

 

21.5

Subject to Article 21.2, any vacancies on the Board arising other than upon the removal of a Director in accordance with Article 21.10 can be filled by the remaining Director(s) (notwithstanding that the remaining Director(s) may constitute fewer than the number of Directors required by Article 20.1 or fewer than is required for a quorum pursuant to Article 28.1). Any such appointment shall be as an interim Director to fill such vacancy until the appointment of a new Director or at the next annual general meeting of Members (and such appointment shall terminate at the commencement of the annual general meeting) whichever takes effect first.

 

21.6

Additional Board members may be appointed to the existing Board (subject to the maximum provided for in Article 20.1 above) by Ordinary Resolution, subject to the provisions of Article 21.2.

 

21.7

There is no age limit for Directors of the Company. Directors are eligible for re-election.

 

21.8

No shareholding qualification shall be required for a Director. A Director who is not a Member shall nevertheless be entitled to receive notice of and to attend and speak at general meetings of the Company.

 

21.9

While any shares of the Company are admitted to trading on a Designated Stock Exchange, the Board must at all times comply with the residency and citizenship requirements of securities laws of the United States applicable to foreign private issuers and shall at no time have a majority of Directors who are U.S. Persons. Notwithstanding any other provision in these Articles, no appointment or election of a U.S. Person as a Director shall be permitted if such appointment or election would have the effect of creating a majority of Directors who are U.S. Persons, and any such appointment or election shall be disregarded for all purposes.

 

21.10

Directors may be removed (with Cause) by Ordinary Resolution. The notice of general meeting must contain a statement of the intention to remove the Director and must be served on the Director not less than ten (10) calendar days before the meeting. The director is entitled to attend the meeting and be heard on the motion for his removal. For the avoidance of doubt where a Founding Director is removed with Cause by Ordinary Resolution, then the Founding Shareholders shall be entitled to appoint a new Founding Director in accordance with and subject to Article 21.2.

 

30


21.11

The office of a Director shall be vacated automatically if:

 

  (a)

he or she becomes prohibited by law from being a Director;

 

  (b)

he or she becomes bankrupt or makes any arrangement or composition with his creditors generally;

 

  (c)

he or she dies or is, in the opinion of all his co-Directors, incapable by reason of mental disorder of discharging his duties as Director;

 

  (d)

he or she resigns his or her office by notice to the Company; or

 

  (e)

he or she has for more than six (6) months been absent without permission of the Directors from meetings of Directors held during that period and the remaining Directors resolve that his or her office be vacated.

 

22

ALTERNATE DIRECTORS

 

22.1

Any Director (but not an alternate Director) may by writing appoint any other Director, or any other person willing to act, to be an alternate Director and by writing may remove from office an alternate Director so appointed by him.

 

22.2

An alternate Director shall be entitled to receive notice of all meetings of Directors and of all meetings of committees of Directors of which his appointor is a member, to attend and vote at every such meeting at which the Director appointing him is not personally present, to sign any written resolution of the Directors (in place of his appointor) and generally to perform all the functions of his appointor as a Director in his absence.

 

22.3

An alternate Director shall cease to be an alternate Director if his appointor ceases to be a Director.

 

22.4

Any appointment or removal of an alternate Director shall be by written notice to the Company at its registered office, signed by the Director making or revoking the appointment, or in any other manner approved by the Directors.

 

22.5

Subject to the provisions of these Articles, an alternate Director shall be deemed for all purposes to be a Director and shall alone be responsible for his own acts and defaults and shall not be deemed to be the agent of the Director appointing him.

 

23

POWERS OF DIRECTORS

 

23.1

Subject to the provisions of the Law, to the Memorandum and the Articles, to any directions given by Ordinary Resolution or Special Resolution and to the listing rules of any Designated Stock Exchange, the business and affairs of the Company will be managed by, or under the direction or supervision of, the Board. The Directors may exercise all the powers of the Company.

 

31


  No alteration of the Memorandum or Articles and no such direction shall invalidate any prior act of the Directors which would have been valid if that alteration had not been made or that direction had not been given. The powers given by this Article shall not be limited by any special power given to the Directors by the Articles and a meeting of Directors at which a quorum is present may exercise all powers exercisable by the Directors.

 

23.2

The Board may exercise all the powers of the Company to raise capital or borrow money and to mortgage or charge all or any part of the undertaking, property and assets (present and future) and uncalled capital of the Company and, subject to the Law, to issue debentures, bonds and other securities, whether outright or as collateral security for any debt, liability or obligation of the Company or of any third party.

 

24

DELEGATION OF DIRECTORS ’ POWERS

 

24.1

Subject to these Articles, the Directors may from time to time appoint any Person, whether or not a director of the Company, to hold such office in the Company as the Directors may think necessary for the administration of the Company, including without prejudice to the foregoing generality, the offices of chief executive officer, chief operating officer and chief financial officer, one or more vice presidents, managers or controllers, and for such term and at such remuneration (whether by way of salary or commission or participation in profits or partly in one way and partly in another) and with such powers and duties as the Directors may think fit.

 

24.2

Without limiting the generality of Article 24.1, the Directors may appoint one or more of their body to the office of managing Director or to any other executive office under the Company, and the Company may enter into an agreement or arrangement with any Director for his/her employment, subject to applicable law and any listing rules of the SEC or any Designated Stock Exchange, or for the provision by him of any services outside the scope of the ordinary duties of a Director. Any such appointment, agreement or arrangement may be made upon such terms as the Directors determine and they may remunerate any such Director for his services as they think fit. Any appointment of a Director to an executive office shall terminate automatically if he ceases to be a Director but without prejudice to any claim to damages for breach of the contract of service between the Director and the Company.

 

24.3

The Directors may, by power of attorney or otherwise, appoint any person to be the agent of the Company for such purposes and on such conditions as they determine, including authority for the agent to delegate all or any of his powers.

 

24.4

Subject to applicable law and the listing rules of any Designated Stock Exchange, the Directors may delegate any of their powers to any committee (including, without limitation, an Audit Committee and Compensation Committee), consisting of one or more Directors. They may also delegate to any executive officer or committee of executive officers such of their powers as they consider desirable to be exercised by him or them. Any such delegation may be made subject to any conditions the Directors may impose, and either collaterally with or to the exclusion of its own powers and may be revoked or altered. Subject to any such conditions, the proceedings of a committee with two or more members shall be governed by the provisions of the Articles regulating the proceedings of Directors so far as they are capable of applying. Where a provision of the Articles refers to the exercise of a power, authority or discretion by the Directors and that power, authority or discretion has been delegated by the Directors to a committee, the provision shall be construed as permitting the exercise of the power, authority or discretion by the committee.

 

32


25

REMUNERATION AND EXPENSES OF DIRECTORS

 

25.1

The Directors shall be entitled to receive, as ordinary remuneration for their services, such sums as shall from time to time be determined by the Board or in general meeting by the Members, as the case may be, such sum (unless otherwise directed by the resolution by which it is determined) to be divided among the Directors in such proportions and in such manner as they may agree or, failing agreement, either equally or, in the case of any Director holding office for only a portion of the period in respect of which the remuneration is payable, pro rata . The Directors shall also be entitled to be repaid all expenses reasonably incurred by them in attending any Board meetings, committee meetings or general meetings or otherwise in connection with the discharge of their duties as Directors. Such remuneration shall be in addition to any other remuneration to which a Director who holds any salaried employment or office with the Company may be entitled by reason of such employment or office.

 

25.2

Any Director who, at the request of the Company, performs services which in the opinion of the Board go beyond the ordinary duties of a Director may be paid such special or extra remuneration as the Board may determine, in addition to or in substitution for any ordinary remuneration as a Director. An executive Director appointed to be a managing Director, joint managing Director, deputy managing Director or other executive officer shall receive such remuneration and such other benefits and allowances as the board of directors may from time to time decide. Such remuneration shall be in addition to his or her ordinary remuneration as a Director.

 

26

DIRECTORS’ GRATUITIES AND PENSIONS

 

26.1

The Board may establish, either on its own or jointly in concurrence or agreement with subsidiaries or companies with which the Company is associated in business, or may make contributions out of Company monies to, any schemes or funds for providing pensions, sickness or compassionate allowances, life assurance or other benefits for employees (which expression as used in this and the following paragraph shall include any Director or former Director who may hold or have held any executive office or any office of profit with the Company or any of its subsidiaries) and former employees of the Company and their dependents or any class or classes of such persons.

 

26.2

The Board may also pay, enter into agreements to pay or make grants of revocable or irrevocable, whether or not subject to any terms or conditions, pensions or other benefits to employees and former employees and their dependents, or to any of such persons, including pensions or benefits additional to those, if any, to which such employees or former employees or their dependents are or may become entitled under any such scheme or fund as mentioned above. Such pension or benefit may, if deemed desirable by the Board, be granted to an employee either before and in anticipation of, or upon or at any time after, his or her actual retirement.

 

33


27

DIRECTORS’ INTERESTS

 

27.1

With the exception of the office of auditor, a Director may hold any other office or place of profit with the Company in conjunction with his or her office of Director for such period and upon such terms as may determine in accordance with these Articles, and may be paid such extra remuneration for that other office or place of profit, in whatever form, in addition to any remuneration provided for by or pursuant to these Articles. A Director may be or become a director, officer or member of any other company in which Company may be interested, and shall not be liable to account to Company or the Members for any remuneration or other benefits received by him as a director, officer or member of such other company.

 

27.2

No Director or intended Director shall be disqualified by his or her office from contracting with the Company, nor shall any such contract or any other contract or arrangement in which any Director is in any way interested be liable to be avoided, nor shall any Director so contracting or being so interested be liable to account to the Company for any profit realised by any such contract or arrangement by reason only of such Director holding that office or the fiduciary relationship established by it. A Director who is, in any way, materially interested in a contract or arrangement or proposed contract or arrangement with the Company shall declare the nature of his or her interest at the earliest meeting of the Board at which he or she may practically do so.

 

27.3

A Director shall not vote or be counted in the quorum on any resolution of the Board in respect of any contract or arrangement or proposal in which he or she or any of his or her close associate(s) has/have a material interest, and if such Director shall do so, his or her vote shall not be counted nor shall such Director be counted in the quorum for that resolution, but this prohibition shall not apply to any of the following matters:

 

  (a)

the giving of any security or indemnity to the Director or his or her close associate(s) in respect of money lent or obligations incurred or undertaken by him or any of them at the Company’s request of or for the Company’s benefit or any of the Company’s subsidiaries;

 

  (b)

the giving of any security or indemnity to a third party in respect of a debt or obligation of the Company’s or any of the Company’s subsidiaries for which the Director or his or her close associate(s) has/have himself/themselves assumed responsibility in whole or in part whether alone or jointly under a guarantee or indemnity or by the giving of security;

 

  (c)

any proposal concerning an offer of shares, debentures or other securities of or by the Company or any other company which the Company may promote or be interested in for subscription or purchase, where the Director or his or her close associate(s) is/are or is/are to be interested as a participant in the underwriting or sub-underwriting of the offer;

 

  (d)

any proposal or arrangement concerning the benefit of the Company’s employees or any of the Company’s subsidiaries, including the adoption, modification or operation of either: (i) any employees’ share scheme or any share incentive or share option scheme under which the Director or his or her close associate(s) may benefit; or (ii) any of a pension fund or retirement, death or disability benefits scheme which relates to Directors, their close associates and employees of the Company or any of the Company’s subsidiaries and does not provide in respect of any Director or his or her close associate(s) any privilege or advantage not generally accorded to the class of persons to which such scheme or fund relates; and

 

  (e)

any contract or arrangement in which the Director or his or her close associate(s) is/are interested in the same manner as other holders of shares, debentures or other securities of the Company’s by virtue only of his or her/their interest in those shares, debentures or other securities.

 

34


27.4

Subject to the Law and Articles 27.1, 27.2 and 27.3 above and listing rules of any Designated Stock Exchange, if a Director has disclosed to the other Directors the nature and extent of any direct or indirect interest which the Director has in any transaction or arrangement with the Company, a Director notwithstanding his office:

 

  (a)

may be a party to or otherwise interested in any transaction or arrangement with the Company or in which the Company is otherwise interested;

 

  (b)

may be a Director or other officer of, or employed by, or a party to any transaction or arrangement with, or otherwise interested in, any body corporate promoted by the Company or in which the Company is otherwise interested; and

 

  (c)

shall not by reason of his office be accountable to the Company for any benefit which he derives from any such office or employment or from any such transaction or arrangement or from any interest in any such body corporate and no such transaction or arrangement shall be liable to be avoided on the ground of any such interest or benefit.

 

27.5

For the purposes of Article 27.4:

 

  (a)

a general notice given to the Directors to the effect that (1) a Director is a member or officer of a specified company or firm and is to be regarded as having an interest in any transaction or arrangement which may after the date of the notice be made with that company or firm; or (2) a Director is to be regarded as interested in any transaction or arrangement which may after the date of the notice be made with a specified person who is connected with him or her shall be deemed to be a sufficient disclosure that the Director has an interest of the nature and extent so specified; and

 

  (b)

an interest of which a Director has no knowledge and of which it is unreasonable to expect him to have knowledge shall not be treated as an interest of his.

 

27.6

A Director must disclose any direct or indirect interest in any transaction or arrangement with the Company, and following a declaration being made pursuant to the Articles, subject to Articles 27.1, 27.2 and 27.3 above and any separate requirement for Audit Committee approval under applicable law or the listing rules of any Designated Stock Exchange, and unless disqualified by the chairman of the relevant meeting, a Director may vote in respect of any such transaction or arrangement in which such Director is interested and may be counted in the quorum at such meeting.

 

27.7

Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Independent Director and with respect of whom the Board has determined constitutes an Independent Director for purposes of compliance with applicable law or the Company’s listing requirements, shall without the consent of the Audit Committee take any of the foregoing actions or any other action that would reasonably be likely to affect such Director’s status as an Independent Director of the Company.

 

35


28

PROCEEDINGS OF DIRECTORS

 

28.1

The quorum for the transaction of the business of the Directors shall be a simple majority of the Directors then in office (subject to there being a minimum of two (2) Directors present one of whom shall be a Founding Director, to the extent applicable). A person who holds office as an alternate Director shall, if his appointor is not present, be counted in the quorum. A Director who also acts as an alternate Director shall, if his appointor is not present, count twice towards the quorum, but one such Director shall not constitute a quorum on his own.

 

28.2

Subject to the provisions of the Articles, the Directors may regulate their proceedings as they determine is appropriate. Questions arising at any meeting shall be decided by a majority of votes. In the case of an equality of votes, the Chairman shall have a second or casting vote. In the absence of the Chairman, the Vice-Chairman shall have a second or casting vote. In the absence of both Chairman and Vice-Chairman, no director shall have a second or casting vote and in the event of a tie a new meeting shall be convened. A Director who is also an alternate Director shall be entitled in the absence of his appointor to a separate vote on behalf of his appointor in addition to his own vote.

 

28.3

Meetings of the Directors shall be held at least once every calendar quarter and shall take place at such place as the Directors may determine from time to time.

 

28.4

A person may participate in a meeting of the Directors or any committee of Directors by conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all the persons participating in the meeting can communicate with each other at the same time. Participation by a person in a meeting in this manner is treated as presence in person at that meeting and is counted in a quorum and entitled to vote.

 

28.5

A resolution in writing (in one or more counterparts) signed by all the Directors or all the members of a committee of the Directors (an alternate Director being entitled to sign such a resolution on behalf of his appointor and if such alternate Director is also a Director, being entitled to sign such resolution both on behalf of his appointor and in his capacity as a Director) shall be as valid and effective as if it had been passed at a meeting of the Directors, or committee of Directors as the case may be, duly convened and held. Unless otherwise provided by its terms, such a resolution shall be effective from the date and time of the last signature.

 

28.6

The Chairman or in his absence the Vice-Chairman (if any) or in their absence a Director or alternate Director may, and another officer of the Company on the direction of a Director or alternate Director shall, call a meeting of the Directors by at least five (5) clear days’ notice in writing to every Director and alternate Director which notice shall set forth the general nature of the business to be considered unless notice is waived by all the Directors (or their alternates) either at, before or after the meeting is held. To any such notice of a meeting of the Directors all the provisions of the Articles relating to the giving of notices by the Company to the Members shall apply mutatis mutandis.

 

28.7

Notwithstanding Article 28.6, if all Directors so agree to the meeting, the Chairman or in his absence the Vice-Chairman (if any) or in their absence any Director or alternate Director may, or other officer of the Company on the direction of a Director or alternate Director may, call a meeting of the Directors on shorter notice than is provided for in Article 28.6 by notice in writing to every Director and alternate Director, which notice shall set forth the general nature of the business to be considered.

 

36


28.8

The continuing Directors (or a sole continuing Director, as the case may be) may act notwithstanding any vacancy in their body, but if and so long as their number is reduced below the number fixed by or pursuant to the Articles as the necessary quorum of Directors, the continuing Directors or Director may act for the purpose of increasing the number of Directors to be equal to such fixed number, or of summoning a general meeting of the Company, but for no other purpose.

 

28.9

All acts done by any meeting of the Directors or of a committee of the Directors (including any person acting as an alternate Director) shall, notwithstanding that it is afterwards discovered that there was some defect in the appointment of any Director or alternate Director, and/or that they or any of them were disqualified, and/or had vacated their office and/or were not entitled to vote, be as valid as if every such person had been duly appointed and/or not disqualified to be a Director or alternate Director and/or had not vacated their office and/or had been entitled to vote, as the case may be.

 

28.10

A Director who is present at a meeting of the Directors at which action on any Company matter is taken shall be presumed to have assented to the action taken unless his dissent shall be entered in the minutes of the meeting or unless he shall file his written dissent from such action with the person acting as the secretary of the meeting before the adjournment thereof or shall forward such dissent by electronic mail to the Company immediately after the conclusion of the meeting and such notice to be received by the Company within twenty four hours. Such right to dissent shall not apply to a Director who voted in favour of such action.

 

29

SECRETARY AND OTHER OFFICERS

 

29.1

The Directors may by resolution appoint a Secretary and may by resolution also appoint such other officers as may from time to time be required upon such terms as to the duration of office, remuneration and otherwise as they may think fit PROVIDED THAT, the Directors may only appoint persons as directors of the Company in accordance with Article 21.5. Such Secretary or other officers need not be Directors and in the case of the other officers may be ascribed such titles as the Directors may determine. The Directors may by resolution remove from that position any Secretary or other officer appointed pursuant to this Article.

 

30

MINUTES

 

30.1

The Directors shall cause minutes to be made in books kept for the purposes of recording:

 

  (a)

all appointments of officers made by the Directors; and

 

  (b)

all resolutions and proceedings of meetings of the Company, of the holders of any class of shares in the Company and of the Directors and of committees of Directors, including the names of the Directors present at each such meeting.

 

37


31

SEAL

 

31.1

The Company may, if the Directors so determine, have a Seal. The Seal shall only be used by the authority of the Directors or of a committee of Directors authorised by the Directors. The Directors may determine who shall sign any instrument to which the Seal is affixed, and unless otherwise so determined every such instrument shall be signed by a Director or by such other person as the Directors may authorise.

 

31.2

The Company may have for use in any place or places outside the Islands a duplicate Seal or Seals, each of which shall be a reproduction of the Seal of the Company and, if the Directors so determine, shall have added on its face the name of every place where it is to be used.

 

31.3

The Directors may by resolution determine (i) that any signature required by this Article need not be manual but may be affixed by some other method or system of reproduction or mechanical or electronic signature and/or (ii) that any document may bear a printed reproduction of the Seal in lieu of affixing the Seal thereto.

 

31.4

No document or deed otherwise duly executed and delivered by or on behalf of the Company shall be regarded as invalid merely because at the date of the delivery of the deed or document, the Director, Secretary or other officer or person who shall have executed the same or affixed the Seal thereto, as the case may be, for and on behalf of the Company shall have ceased to hold such office and authority on behalf of the Company.

 

32

DIVIDENDS

 

32.1

Subject to any rights and restrictions for the time being attached to any shares, the Directors may from time to time declare dividends (including interim dividends) and other distributions on shares in issue and authorize payment of the same out of the funds of the Company lawfully available therefor.

 

32.2

Subject to any rights and restrictions for the time being attached to any shares, the Company by Ordinary Resolution may declare dividends, but no dividend shall exceed the amount recommended by the Directors.

 

32.3

Subject to the provisions of the Law, the Directors may declare dividends in accordance with the respective rights of the Members and authorise payment of the same out of the funds of the Company lawfully available therefor. If at any time the share capital is divided into different classes of shares, the Directors may pay dividends on shares which confer deferred or non-preferred rights with regard to dividends as well as on shares which confer preferential rights with regard to dividends, but no dividend shall be paid on shares carrying deferred or non-preferred rights if, at the time of payment, any preferential dividend is in arrears. The Directors may also pay at intervals settled by them any dividend payable at a fixed rate if it appears that there are sufficient funds of the Company lawfully available for distribution to justify the payment. Provided the Directors act in good faith they shall not incur any liability to the holders of shares conferring preferred rights for any loss they may suffer by the lawful payment of a dividend on any shares having deferred or non-preferred rights.

 

38


32.4

The Directors may, before recommending or declaring any dividend, set aside out of the funds legally available for distribution such sums as they think proper as a reserve or reserves which shall, at the discretion of the Directors, be applicable for meeting contingencies, or for equalising dividends or for any other purpose to which those funds may be properly applied and pending such application may, at the like discretion, either be employed in the business of the Company or be invested in such investments (other than shares in the capital of the Company) as the Directors may from time to time think fit.

 

32.5

Except as otherwise provided by the rights attached to shares and subject to Article 15, all dividends shall be paid in proportion to the number of shares a Member holds as of the date the dividend is declared; save that (a) if any share is issued on terms providing that it shall rank for dividend as from a particular date, that share shall rank for dividend accordingly; and (b) where the Company has shares in issue which are not fully paid up (as to par value) the Company may pay dividends in proportion to the amount paid up on each share.

 

32.6

The Directors may deduct from a dividend or other amounts payable to a person in respect of a share any amounts due from him to the Company on account of a call or otherwise in relation to a share.

 

32.7

Any Ordinary Resolution or Directors’ resolution declaring a dividend may direct that it shall be satisfied wholly or partly by the distribution of assets and, where any difficulty arises in regard to such distribution, the Directors may settle the same and in particular may issue fractional certificates and fix the value for distribution of any assets and may determine that cash shall be paid to any Member upon the footing of the value so fixed in order to adjust the rights of Members and may vest any assets in trustees.

 

32.8

Any dividend or other moneys payable on or in respect of a share may be paid by cheque sent by post to the registered address of the person entitled or, if two or more persons are the holders of the share or are jointly entitled to it by reason of the death or bankruptcy of the holder, to the registered address of that one of those persons who is first named in the Register of Members or to such person and to such address as the person or persons entitled may in writing direct. Subject to any applicable law or regulations, every cheque shall be made payable to the order of the person or persons entitled or to such other person as the person or persons entitled may in writing direct and payment of the cheque shall be a good discharge to the Company. Any joint holder or other person jointly entitled to a share as aforesaid may give receipts for any dividend or other moneys payable in respect of the share.

 

32.9

No dividend or other moneys payable in respect of a share shall bear interest against the Company unless otherwise provided by the rights attached to the share.

 

32.10

Any dividend which has remained unclaimed for six years from the date when it became due for payment shall, if the Directors so resolve, be forfeited and cease to remain owing by the Company.

 

33

FINANCIAL YEAR, ACCOUNTING RECORDS AND AUDIT

 

33.1

Unless the Directors otherwise prescribe, the financial year of the Company shall end on 31 December in each year and shall begin on 1 January each year.

 

33.2

The Board shall cause proper books of account to be kept of the sums of money received and expended by the Company, and of the Company’s assets and liabilities and of all other matters required by the Companies Law (which include all sales and purchases of goods by the company) necessary to give a true and fair view of the state of the Company’s affairs and to show and explain the Company’s transactions.

 

39


33.3

The books of account relating to the Company’s affairs shall be kept in such manner as may be determined from time to time by the Directors. The books of account shall be kept at the registered office or at such other place or places as the Directors think fit, and shall always be open to the inspection of the Directors.

 

33.4

No Member shall be entitled to require discovery of or any information with respect to any detail of the Company’s trading or any matter which is or may be in the nature of a trade secret or secret process which may relate to the conduct of the business of the Company and which in the opinion of the Directors it will be inexpedient in the interests of the Members of the Company to communicate to the public.

 

33.5

The Directors may from time to time determine whether and to what extent and at what times and places and under what conditions or regulations the accounts and books and corporate records of the Company or any of them shall be open to the inspection of Members not being Directors, and no Member (not being a Director) shall have any right of inspecting any account or book or document of the Company except as conferred by applicable law, the listing rules of any Designated Stock Exchange or authorised by the Directors.

 

33.6

Subject to Articles 33.5, and 33.7 a printed copy of the Directors’ report, if any, accompanied by the consolidated statements of financial position, profit or loss, comprehensive income (loss), cash flows and changes in shareholders’ equity, including every document required by the Law to be annexed thereto, made up to the end of the applicable financial year, shall be sent to the Members at least ten (10) days before the date of the general meeting and laid before the Company at the annual general meeting held in accordance with Article 16.2, provided that this Article 33.6 shall not require a copy of those documents to be sent to any person whose address the Company is not aware of or to more than one of the joint holders of any shares.

 

33.7

The requirement to send to a person referred to in Article 33.6 the documents referred to in that Article shall be deemed satisfied where, in accordance with all applicable laws, rules and regulations, including, without limitation, the rules of any Designated Stock Exchange, the Company publishes copies of the documents referred to in Article 33.6 on the Company’s Website, transmits it to SEC’s website or in any other permitted manner (including by sending any other form of electronic communication), and that person has agreed or is deemed by the Company to have agreed to treat the publication or receipt of such documents in such manner as discharging the Company’s obligation to send to him a copy of such documents.

 

33.8

The Directors may from time to time determine that Auditors shall be appointed and that the accounts relating to the Company’s affairs shall be audited in such manner as the Directors shall determine PROVIDED THAT nothing contained in this Article shall require Auditors to be appointed or the accounts relating to the Company’s affairs to be audited. The appointment of and provisions relating to Auditors shall be in accordance with applicable law and the relevant code, rules and regulations applicable to the listing of the Shares on the Exchange.

 

40


34

CAPITALISATION OF PROFITS

 

34.1

The Directors may:

 

  (a)

subject as provided in this Article, resolve to capitalize any undivided profits of the Company not required for paying any preferential dividend (whether or not they are available for distribution) or any sum standing to the credit of the Company’s share premium account or capital redemption reserve;

 

  (b)

appropriate the sum resolved to be capitalised to the Members who would have been entitled to it if it were distributed by way of dividend and in the same proportions and apply such sum on their behalf either in or towards paying up the amounts, if any, for the time being unpaid on any shares held by them respectively, or in paying up in full unissued shares or debentures of the Company of a nominal amount equal to such sum, and allot the shares or debentures credited as fully paid to those Members, or as they may direct, in those proportions, or partly in one way and partly in the other, provided that on any such capitalization holders of Class A Common Shares shall receive Class A Common Shares (or rights to acquire Class A Common Shares, as the case may be) and holders of Class B Common Shares shall receive Class B Common Shares (or rights to acquire Class B Common Shares, as the case may be);

 

  (c)

resolve that any shares so allotted to any Member in respect of a holding by him of any partly-paid shares rank for dividend, so long as such shares remain partly paid, only to the extent that such partly paid shares rank for dividend;

 

  (d)

make such provision by the issue of fractional certificates or by payment in cash or otherwise as they determine in the case of shares or debentures becoming distributable under this Article in fractions; and

 

  (e)

authorise any person to enter on behalf of all the Members concerned into an agreement with the Company providing for the allotment to them respectively, credited as fully paid, of any shares or debentures to which they may be entitled upon such capitalization, any agreement made under such authority being binding on all such Members.

 

35

SHARE PREMIUM ACCOUNT

 

35.1

The Directors shall in accordance with Section 34 of the Law establish a share premium account and shall carry to the credit of such account from time to time a sum equal to the amount or value of the premium paid on the issue of any share or capital contributed as described in Article 4.7.

 

35.2

There shall be debited to any share premium account:

 

  (a)

on the redemption or purchase of a share the difference between the nominal value of such share and the redemption or purchase price provided always that at the discretion of the Directors such sum may be paid out of the profits of the Company or, if permitted by Section 37 of the Law, out of capital; and

 

41


  (b)

any other amounts paid out of any share premium account as permitted by Section 34 of the Law.

 

36

NOTICES

 

36.1

Except where otherwise provided in these Articles and subject to the rules of any Designated Stock Exchange, any notice or document (including a share certificate) to be given or issued under these Articles shall be in writing, and may be served on any Member personally, by post to such Member’s registered address or (in the case of a notice) by advertisement in the newspapers. The Company will give notice of each general meeting of the Members by publication on the Company’s website and in any other manner that the Company may be required to follow in order to comply with Cayman Islands Law, the listing rules of any Designated Stock Exchange and SEC requirements.

 

36.2

Subject to the Cayman Companies Law and the listing rules of any Designated Stock Exchange, a notice or document may also be served or delivered by the Company to any Member by electronic means.

 

36.3

In the case of joint holders of a Share, all notices shall be given to that one of the joint holders whose name stands first in the Register of Members in respect of the joint holding, and notice so given shall be sufficient notice to all the joint holders.

 

36.4

Notices posted to addresses outside the Cayman Islands shall be forwarded by prepaid airmail or courier.

 

36.5

Any notice or other document, if served by:

 

  (a)

post, shall be deemed to have been served five days after the time when the letter containing the same is posted;

 

  (b)

facsimile, shall be deemed to have been served upon production by the transmitting facsimile machine of a report confirming transmission of the facsimile in full to the facsimile number of the recipient;

 

  (c)

recognized courier service, shall be deemed to have been served 48 hours after the time when the letter containing the same is delivered to the courier service;

 

  (d)

electronic mail, shall be deemed to have been served immediately upon the time of the transmission by electronic mail; or

 

  (e)

placing it on the Company’s Website, shall be deemed to have been served one (1) hour after the notice or document is placed on the Company’s Website.

In proving service by post or courier service it shall be sufficient to prove that the letter containing the notice or documents was properly addressed and duly posted or delivered to the courier service.

 

42


36.6

A Member present, either in person or by proxy, at any meeting of the Company or of the holders of any class of shares in the Company shall be deemed to have received notice of the meeting, and, where requisite, of the purpose for which it was called.

 

36.7

Any notice or document delivered or sent by post to or left at the registered address of any Member in accordance with the terms of these Articles shall notwithstanding that such Member be then dead or bankrupt, and whether or not the Company has notice of his death or bankruptcy, be deemed to have been duly served in respect of any Share registered in the name of such Member as sole or joint holder, unless his name shall at the time of the service of the notice or document, have been removed from the Register of Members as the holder of the Share, and such service shall for all purposes be deemed a sufficient service of such notice or document on all Persons interested (whether jointly with or as claiming through or under him) in the Share.

 

36.8

Notice of every general meeting of the Company shall be given to:

 

  (a)

all Members holding Shares with the right to receive notice and who have supplied to the Company an address, facsimile number or email address for the giving of notices to them; and

 

  (b)

every Person entitled to a Share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a Member, who but for his death or bankruptcy would be entitled to receive notice of the meeting.

No other Person shall be entitled to receive notices of general meetings.

 

37

WINDING UP

 

37.1

The Board shall have the power in the name and on behalf of the Company to present a petition to the court for the Company to be wound up.

 

37.2

If the Company is wound up, the liquidator may, with the sanction of a Special Resolution and any other sanction required by the Law, divide among the Members in specie the whole or any part of the assets of the Company and may, for that purpose, value any assets and determine how the division shall be carried out as between the Members or different classes of Members. The liquidator may, with the like sanction, vest the whole or any part of the assets in trustees upon such trusts for the benefit of the Members as he with the like sanction determines, but no Member shall be compelled to accept any assets upon which there is a liability.

 

37.3

If the Company shall be wound up and the assets available for distribution amongst the Members as such shall be insufficient to repay the whole of the paid up capital, such assets shall be distributed so that, as nearly as may be, the losses shall be borne by the Members in proportion to the capital paid up, or which ought to have been paid up, at the commencement of the winding up, on the shares held by them respectively. If in a winding up the assets available for distribution amongst the Members shall be more than sufficient to repay the whole of the capital paid up at the commencement of the winding up, the excess shall be distributed pari passu amongst the Members in proportion to the capital paid up at the commencement of the winding up on the shares held by them respectively. This Article is to be without prejudice to the rights of the holders of shares issued upon special terms and conditions.

 

43


38

INDEMNITY

 

38.1

Every Indemnified Person for the time being and from time to time of the Company and the personal representatives of the same shall be indemnified and secured harmless out of the assets and funds of the Company against all actions, proceedings, costs, charges, expenses, losses, damages, liabilities, judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses and amounts paid in settlement and costs of investigation (collectively Losses ) incurred or sustained by him otherwise than by reason of his own dishonesty, wilful default or fraud in or about the conduct of the Company’s business or affairs (including as a result of any mistake of judgment) or in the execution or discharge of his duties, powers, authorities or discretions, including without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, any Losses incurred by him in defending or investigating (whether successfully or otherwise) any civil, criminal, investigative and administrative proceedings concerning or in any way related to the Company or its affairs in any court whether in the Islands or elsewhere. Such Losses incurred in defending or investigating any such proceeding shall be paid by the Company as they are incurred upon receipt, in each case, of an undertaking by or on behalf of the Indemnified Person to repay such amounts if it is ultimately determined by a non-appealable order of a court of competent jurisdiction that such Indemnified Person is not entitled to indemnification hereunder with respect thereto.

 

38.2

No such Indemnified Person of the Company and the personal representatives of the same shall be liable (i) for the acts, receipts, neglects, defaults or omissions of any other Director or officer or agent of the Company or (ii) by reason of his having joined in any receipt for money not received by him personally or in any other act to which he was not a direct party for conformity or (iii) for any loss on account of defect of title to any property of the Company or (iv) on account of the insufficiency of any security in or upon which any money of the Company shall be invested or (v) for any loss incurred through any bank, broker or other agent or any other party with whom any of the Company’s property may be deposited or (vi) for any loss, damage or misfortune whatsoever which may happen in or arise from the execution or discharge of the duties, powers, authorities or discretions of his office or in relation thereto or (vii) for any loss occasioned by any negligence, default, breach of duty, breach of trust, error of judgement or oversight on such Person’s part, unless he has acted dishonestly, with wilful default or through fraud.

 

38.3

The Company hereby acknowledges that certain Indemnified Persons may have certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance from or against (other than directors’ and officers’ or similar insurance obtained or maintained by or on behalf of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, including any such insurance obtained or maintained pursuant to Article 38.4 hereof) Other Indemnitors. The Company hereby agrees that: (i) it is the indemnitor of first resort (i.e., its obligations to an Indemnified Person are primary and any obligation of any Other Indemnitors to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the same expenses or liabilities incurred by such Indemnified Person are secondary); (ii) it shall be required to advance the full amount of expenses incurred by an Indemnified Person and shall be liable for the full amount of all Losses to the extent legally permitted and as required by the terms of these Articles (or any other agreement between the Company and an Indemnified Person) without regard to any rights an Indemnified Person may have against any Other Indemnitors; and (iii) it irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases any Other Indemnitors from any and all claims against the Other Indemnitors for contribution, subrogation or any other

 

44


  recovery of any kind in respect thereof. The Company further agrees that no advancement or payment by any Other Indemnitors on behalf of an Indemnified Person with respect to any claim for which such Indemnified Person has sought indemnification from the Company shall affect the foregoing, and without prejudice to Article 39 below, Other Indemnitors shall have a right of contribution and/or be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of such Indemnified Person against the Company. For the avoidance of doubt, no Person or entity providing Directors’ or officers’ or similar insurance obtained or maintained by or on behalf of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, including any Person providing such insurance obtained or maintained pursuant to Article 38.4 hereof, shall be an Other Indemnitor.

 

38.4

The Directors may exercise all the powers of the Company to purchase and maintain insurance for the benefit of a Person who is or was (whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify such Person against such liability under the provisions of this Article 38 or under applicable law): (a) a Director, alternate Director, Secretary or auditor of the Company or of a company which is or was a subsidiary of the Company or in which the Company has or had an interest (whether direct or indirect); or (b) the trustee of a retirement benefits scheme or other trust in which a person referred to in Article 38.1 is or has been interested, indemnifying him against any liability which may lawfully be insured against by the Company.

 

39

CLAIMS AGAINST THE COMPANY

 

39.1

Notwithstanding Article 38.3, unless otherwise determined by a majority of the Board, in the event that (i) any Member (the Claiming Party ) initiates or asserts any claim or counterclaim ( Claim ) or joins, offers substantial assistance to or has a direct financial interest in any Claim against the Company and (ii) the Claiming Party (or the third party that received substantial assistance from the Claiming Party or in whose Claim the Claiming Party had a direct financial interest) does not obtain a judgment on the merits in which the Claiming Party prevails, then each Claiming Party shall, to the fullest extent permissible by law, be obligated jointly and severally to reimburse the Company for all fees, costs and expenses (including, but not limited to, all reasonable attorneys’ fees and other litigation expenses) that the Company may incur in connection with such Claim.

 

40

UNTRACEABLE MEMBERS

 

40.1

Without prejudice to the rights of the Company under Article 40.2, the Company may cease sending cheques for dividend entitlements or dividend warrants by post if such cheques or warrants have been left uncashed on two (2) consecutive occasions. However, the Company may exercise the power to cease sending cheques for dividend entitlements or dividend warrants after the first occasion on which such a cheque or warrant is returned undelivered.

 

40.2

The Company shall have the power to sell, in such manner as the Board thinks fit, any shares of a Member who is untraceable, but no such sale shall be made unless:

 

  (a)

all cheques or warrants in respect of dividends of the shares in question, being not less than three (3) in total number, for any sum payable in cash to the holder of such shares in respect of them sent during the relevant period in the manner authorised by the Articles of the Company have remained uncashed;

 

45


  (b)

so far as it is aware at the end of the relevant period, the Company has not at any time during the relevant period received any indication of the existence of the Member who is the holder of such shares or of a person entitled to such shares by death, bankruptcy or operation of law; and

 

  (c)

the Company, if so required by the rules governing the listing of shares on the Designated Stock Exchange, has given notice to, and caused advertisement in newspapers to be made in accordance with the requirements of, the Designated Stock Exchange of its intention to sell such shares in the manner required by the Designated Stock Exchange, and a period of three (3) months or such shorter period as may be allowed by the Designated Stock Exchange has elapsed since the date of such advertisement.

For the purposes of the foregoing, the relevant period means the period commencing twelve (12) years before the date of publication of the advertisement referred to in this Article 40.2 and ending at the expiry of the period referred to in that paragraph.

 

40.3

To give effect to any such sale the Board may authorise some person to transfer the said shares and an instrument of transfer signed or otherwise executed by or on behalf of such persons shall be as effective as if it had been executed by the registered holder or the person entitled by transmission to such shares, and the purchaser shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money nor shall his title to the shares be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings relating to the sale. The net proceeds of the sale will belong to the Company and upon receipt by the Company of such net proceeds it shall become indebted to the former Member for an amount equal to such net proceeds. No trust shall be created in respect of such debt and no interest shall be payable in respect of it and the Company shall not be required to account for any money earned from the net proceeds which may be employed in the business of the Company or as it thinks fit. Any sale under this Article shall be valid and effective notwithstanding that the Member holding the shares sold is dead, bankruptcy or otherwise under any legal disability or incapacity.

 

41

AMENDMENT OF MEMORANDUM AND ARTICLES

 

41.1

Subject to the Law, the Company may by Special Resolution and with the consent of the Founding Shareholders, change its name or change the provisions of the Memorandum with respect to its objects, powers or any other matter specified therein.

 

41.2

Subject to the Law and as provided in these Articles, the Company may at any time and from time to time by Special Resolution and with the consent of the Founding Shareholders alter or amend these Articles in whole or in part.

 

42

TRANSFER BY WAY OF CONTINUATION

 

42.1

The Company may by Special Resolution resolve to be registered by way of continuation in a jurisdiction outside the Islands or such other jurisdiction in which it is for the time being incorporated, registered or existing. In furtherance of a resolution adopted pursuant to this Article, the Directors may cause an application to be made to the Registrar of Companies to deregister the Company in the Islands or such other jurisdiction in which it is for the time being incorporated, registered or existing and may cause all such further steps as they consider appropriate to be taken to effect the transfer by way of continuation of the Company.

 

46


43

MERGER AND CONSOLIDATION

 

43.1

Subject to the Law and the rules of any Designated Stock Exchange, the Company shall, with the approval of a Special Resolution, have the power to merge or consolidate with one or more constituent companies (as defined in the Law), upon such terms as the Directors may determine, provided that any such merger or consolidation shall require the consent of the Founding Shareholders.

 

43.2

For the avoidance of doubt: a) statutory mergers and consolidations have the specific meaning as set out in Law, b) no additional requirements are imposed by the Articles, and c) transactions which are not deemed by the Directors, in their sole discretion following due deliberations and advice, to be a merger or consolidation as set out in the Law, do not require a Special Resolution and may be carried out by the Company with the approval of Directors and shall not (unless otherwise set out in these Articles or the Law) require separate shareholder approval.

 

47

Exhibit 10.10

SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT

dated as of

October     , 2018

among

STONECO LTD.

and

CERTAIN SHAREHOLDERS OF STONECO LTD.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

     P AGE  

 

ARTICLE 1

D EFINITIONS

  

Section 1.01 . Definitions

     1  

Section 1.02 . Other Definitional and Interpretative Provisions

     4  

 

ARTICLE 2

C ORPORATE G OVERNANCE

  

Section 2.01 . Composition of the Board

     4  

Section 2.02. Removal

     6  

Section 2.03. Vacancies

     6  

Section 2.04. Board Expenses

     6  

Section 2.05. Board Committees

     7  

Section 2.06. Actions Requiring Consent

     7  

 

ARTICLE 3

C ERTAIN C OVENANTS AND A GREEMENTS

  

Section 3.01 . Access; Information

     8  

Section 3.02 . Confidentiality

     8  

Section 3.03. Conflicting Agreements

     10  

Section 3.04. Corporate Opportunities

     10  

 

ARTICLE 4

M ISCELLANEOUS

  

Section 4.01 . Binding Effect; Assignability; Benefit

     10  

Section 4.02. Notices

     11  

Section 4.03. Term; Waiver; Amendment

     12  

Section 4.04. Fees and Expenses

     12  

Section 4.05. Governing Law

     12  

Section 4.06. Jurisdiction

     13  

Section 4.07. Specific Enforcement

     13  

Section 4.08. Counterparts; Effectiveness

     13  

Section 4.09. Entire Agreement

     13  

Section 4.10. Severability

     13  
Exhibit A    Joinder Agreement   

 


SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT

This SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT (as the same may be amended from time to time in accordance with its terms, the “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of October     , 2018, by and among StoneCo Ltd., an exempted company formed under the laws of the Cayman Islands (the “ Company ”), and each Shareholder whose name appears on the signature pages hereto.

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, the Company is currently contemplating an underwritten initial public offering (the “ IPO ”) of shares of its Class A Common Shares;

WHEREAS, in connection with, and effective upon, the completion of the IPO (such date of completion, the “ IPO Date ”) of the Company, the Company and the Shareholders (as defined in Section 1.01 hereof) wish to set forth certain understandings between such parties, including with respect to certain governance matters; and

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the covenants and agreements contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

D EFINITIONS

Section 1.01 . Definitions. (a) As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the following meanings:

Affiliate ” means, in respect of a Person, means any other Person that, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person, and (i) in the case of a natural person, shall include, without limitation, such person’s spouse, parents, children, siblings, mother-in-law and father-in-law and brothers and sisters-in-law, whether by blood, marriage or adoption or any relative up to the second degree, a trust for the benefit of any of the foregoing, a company, partnership or any natural person or entity wholly or jointly owned by any of the foregoing, and (ii) in the case of an entity, shall include a partnership, a corporation or any natural person or entity which directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such entity. For the purpose of this definition, the term “ control ” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “ controlling ”, “ controlled by ” and “ under common control with ”), as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

Aggregate Voting Power ” means, with respect to any Shareholder or group of Shareholders, the total voting power of the total number of Shares (as determined on a Common Equivalents basis) entitled to vote generally in the election of the Company’s Directors that are “beneficially owned” (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act) (without duplication) by such Shareholder or group of Shareholders as of the date of such calculation.


Articles of Association ” means the Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Company, as the same may be amended from time to time.

Board ” means the board of directors of the Company.

Business Day ” means any day except a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in the Cayman Islands or New York City are authorized by law to close.

Change of Control ” means (i) the merger or consolidation of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries with or into another Person (other than the Company or any of its wholly-owned Subsidiaries) or the merger of another Person (other than the Company or any of its wholly-owned Subsidiaries) with or into the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, (ii) the direct or indirect sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole to any Person other than a wholly-owned Subsidiary or (iii) any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act) is or becomes the a beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power of the capital stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of the Company’s Directors or acquires the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of the Company, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

Common Equivalents ” means (i) with respect to Common Shares, the number of Shares, (ii) with respect to any Company Securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for Common Shares, the number of Shares issuable in respect of the conversion or exchange of such securities into Common Shares.

Class  A Common Shares ” means the Class A common shares, par value $0.000079365 per share, of the Company and any other security into which such Class A Common Shares may hereafter be converted or changed.

Class  B Common Shares ” means the Class B common shares, par value $0.000079365 per share, of the Company and any other security into which such Class B Common Shares may hereafter be converted or changed.

Common Shares ” means collectively, the Class A Common Shares and the Class B Common Shares ( provided that in no circumstance shall such shares be counted twice).

Company Securities ” means (i) the Common Shares and (ii) securities that entitle the holder to vote in the election of directors to the Board that are convertible into or exchangeable for Common Shares.

Exchange ” means the Nasdaq Global Market or such other stock exchange or securities market on which the Shares are listed.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

2


Governing Documents ” means the Articles of Association, as amended or modified from time to time.

Independent Director ” means an “independent director” as such term is used in the listing requirements of the Exchange.

Necessary Action ” means, with respect to a specified result, all actions (to the extent such actions are permitted by law and by the Governing Documents) necessary to cause such result, including (i) voting or providing a written consent or proxy with respect to the Company Securities, (ii) causing the adoption of shareholders’ resolutions and amendments to the Governing Documents, (iii) executing agreements and instruments, and (iv) making, or causing to be made, with governmental, administrative or regulatory authorities, all filings, registrations or similar actions that are required to achieve such result.

Person ” means an individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association, trust or other entity or organization, including a government or political subdivision or an agency or instrumentality thereof.

Permitted Assigns ” means with respect to any of the Shareholders, their respective Affiliates who are a transferee of Shares (which are transferred other than pursuant to a widely distributed public sale) that agrees in writing to become party to, and be bound to the same extent as its transferor by the terms of, this Agreement, in the form of Exhibit A hereto; provided, that upon such Transfer, such Permitted Assign shall be deemed to be a “Shareholder” hereto for all purposes herein.

Shareholders ” means at any time, HR Holdings LLC, VCK Investment Fund Ltd. SAC, Cakubran Holdings Ltd., as long as they remain vehicles controlled by André Street de Aguiar, Eduardo Cunha Monnerat Solon de Pontes, collectively, and any Person (other than the Company) affiliated with André Street or Eduardo Pontes and any of their Permitted Assigns who in each case shall then be a party to or bound by this Agreement, so long as such Person shall “beneficially own” (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act) any Company Securities.

Shares ” means the outstanding Common Shares.

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any entity of which securities or other ownership interests having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors or other persons performing similar functions are at the time directly or indirectly owned by such Person.

(b) Each of the following terms is defined in the Section set forth opposite such term:

 

Term

   Section

Shareholder Directors

   2.01

Cause

   2.02

Company

   Preamble

Confidential Information

   3.02(b)

Replacement Nominee

   2.03

Representatives

   3.02(b)

 

3


Section 1.02 . Other Definitional and Interpretative Provisions. The words “hereof”, “herein” and “hereunder” and words of like import used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement. The captions herein are included for convenience of reference only and shall be ignored in the construction or interpretation hereof. References to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules are to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules of this Agreement unless otherwise specified. All Exhibits and Schedules annexed hereto or referred to herein are hereby incorporated in and made a part of this Agreement as if set forth in full herein. Any capitalized terms used in any Exhibit or Schedule, but not otherwise defined therein, shall have the meaning as defined in this Agreement. Any singular term in this Agreement shall be deemed to include the plural, and any plural term the singular. Whenever the words “include”, “includes” or “including” are used in this Agreement, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”, whether or not they are in fact followed by those words or words of like import. “Writing”, “written” and comparable terms refer to printing, typing and other means of reproducing words (including electronic media) in a visible form. References to any agreement or contract are to that agreement or contract as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; provided that with respect to any agreement or contract listed on any schedules hereto, all such amendments, modifications or supplements must also be listed in the appropriate schedule. References to any law include all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. References to any Person include the successors and permitted assigns of that Person. References from or through any date mean, unless otherwise specified, from and including or through and including, respectively.

ARTICLE 2

C ORPORATE G OVERNANCE

Section 2.01 . Composition of the Board. (a) The members of the Board shall be nominated and elected in accordance with the Governing Documents and the provisions of this Agreement. Effective as of the IPO Date, the Board shall be comprised of five Directors, which directors shall initially be (i) André Street de Aguiar, Eduardo Cunha Monnerat Solon de Pontes, Roberto Moses Thompson Motta (collectively, the “ Shareholder Directors ”), Thomas A. Patterson and Ali Mazanderani. The Chairman of the Board shall initially be André Street de Aguiar.

(b) From and after the date hereof, the Shareholders shall have the right, but not the obligation, to nominate a number of designees to the Board, equal to:

(i) up to three designees (or if the size of the Board is increased, a majority (i.e. more than 50%) of the Total Number of Directors, rounded upward to the nearest whole number), so long as the Shareholders’ and their Affiliates’ Aggregate Voting Power of Shares (as determined on a Common Equivalents basis) continues to be at least 25% of the total voting power of all Shares (as determined on a Common Equivalents basis),

 

4


(ii) up to two designees (or if the size of the Board is increased, 25% of the Total Number of Directors, rounded upward to the nearest whole number), so long as the Shareholders’ and their Affiliates’ Aggregate Voting Power of Shares (as determined on a Common Equivalents basis) continues to be at least 10% of the total voting power of all Shares (as determined on a Common Equivalents basis), and

(iii) up to one designee (or if the size of the Board is increased, 10% of the Total Number of Directors, rounded upward to the nearest whole number), so long as the Shareholders’ and their Affiliates’ Aggregate Voting Power of Shares (as determined on a Common Equivalents basis) is (x) less than 10% of the total voting power of all Shares and (y) at least 5% of the total voting power of all Shares, each as determined on a Common Equivalents basis.

In the event that the Shareholders have nominated less than the total number of designees the Shareholders are entitled to nominate pursuant to this Section 2.01(b), the Shareholders shall have the right, at any time, to nominate such additional designees to which they are entitled, in which case the Shareholders and the Company shall take, or cause to be taken, all Necessary Action to (A) increase the size of the Board as required to enable the Shareholders to so nominate such additional designees and (B) appoint such additional designees nominated by the Shareholders to such newly created directorships. Each specified Shareholder designee shall be referred to hereinafter as a “ Shareholder Designee .”

(c) In accordance with the Articles of Association, from and after the date on which the Shareholders (and/or their respective Affiliates) no longer constitute a group that beneficially owns more than fifty percent of the outstanding voting power of the Company (the “ Classifying Date ”), the Company shall cause the Directors to be, and the Directors shall be, divided into three classes designated Class I, Class II and Class III. Each class of Directors shall consist, as nearly as possible, of one third of the total number of Directors constituting the entire Board. The Board is hereby authorized to assign members of the Board in office at the Classifying Date to such classes. Each Director shall serve for a term ending on the date of the third annual general meeting of shareholders next following the annual general meeting of shareholders at which such Director was elected, provided that Directors initially designated as Class I Directors (“ Class  I Directors ”) shall serve for a term ending on the date of the first annual general meeting of shareholders following the Classifying Date, Directors initially designated as Class II Directors (“ Class  II Directors ”) shall serve for a term ending on the second annual general meeting of shareholders following the Classifying Date, and Directors initially designated as Class III Directors (“ Class  III Directors ”) shall serve for a term ending on the date of the third annual general meeting of shareholders following the Classifying Date. The Shareholder Designees shall be allocated to the longest duration classes, unless otherwise determined by the Shareholders.

(d) The Company agrees, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law (including with respect to any applicable fiduciary duties under Cayman Islands law), to take all Necessary Action to effectuate the above by; (A) including the persons designated pursuant to this  Section  2.01  in the slate of nominees recommended by the

 

5


Board for election at any meeting of stockholders called for the purpose of electing Directors, (B) nominating and recommending each such individual to be elected as a Director as provided herein, (C) soliciting proxies or consents in favor thereof, and (D) without limiting the foregoing, otherwise using its reasonable best efforts to cause such nominees to be elected to the Board, including providing at least as high a level of support for the election of such nominees as it provides to any other individual standing for election as a Director.

(e) At any time the number of Directors that the Shareholders are entitled to designate pursuant to this Section 2.01 is less than the number of Shareholder Directors on the Board, the Shareholders shall cause the required number of Directors to resign from the Board or not stand for reelection on or prior to the Company’s next general meeting of shareholders at which Directors of the Company are to be elected, and any vacancies resulting from such resignation shall be filled by the Board in accordance with the Governing Documents, the rules of the U.S. Securities Exchange Commission (the “ SEC ”) and the rules of the Exchange then in effect.

(f) For the avoidance of doubt, the rights granted to the Shareholders to designate members of the Board are additive to, and not intended to limit in any way, the rights that the Shareholders or any of their respective Affiliates may have to nominate, elect or remove directors under the Governing Documents or Cayman Islands law.

Section 2.02. Removal. So long as a Shareholder is entitled to designate one or more nominees pursuant to Section 2.01 such Shareholder shall have the right to remove any such director (with or without cause), from time to time and at any time, from the Board, exercisable upon written notice to the Company, and the Company shall take all Necessary Action to cause such removal.

Section 2.03. Vacancies . In the event that a vacancy is created on the Board at any time by the death, disability, resignation or removal (whether by the Shareholders or otherwise in accordance with the Governing Documents, as either may be amended or restated from time to time) of a Shareholder Director, the Shareholders entitled to appoint such Shareholder Director shall be entitled to designate an individual to fill the vacancy so long as the total number of persons that will serve on the Board as designees of such Shareholders immediately following the filling of such vacancy will not exceed the total number of persons such Shareholder is entitled to designate pursuant to  Section  2.01 on the date of such replacement designation. The Company and the Shareholders shall take all Necessary Action to cause such replacement designee to become a member of the Board.

Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the Board may nominate additional Directors to the Board, or fill any vacancy on the Board, pursuant to the terms of the Governing Documents.

Section 2.04. Board Expenses. The Company shall pay all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by each director in connection with attending regular and special meetings of the Board and any committee thereof, and any such meetings of the board of directors of any Subsidiary of the Company and any committee thereof.

 

6


Section 2.05. Board Committees . As of the IPO Date, the Board has designated each of the following committees: a Compensation Committee, an Audit Committee, a Finance Committee and an Advisory Board Committee. As of the IPO Date, the committees shall be comprised of the persons identified in the section titled “Management—Committees of the Board of Directors” in the Company’s registration statement on Form F-1 filed with the SEC on October 16, 2018 (the “ Form F-1 ”). For so long as the Shareholders have the right to designate at least one (1) Shareholder Director pursuant to Section 2.01, the Shareholders shall have the right, but not the obligation, to designate the pro rata share of the total number of members of each committee of the Board that is equal to the proportion that the number of Shareholder Designees bears to the Total Number of Directors of the Company pursuant to Section 2.01; provided that the right of any Shareholder Director to serve on a committee shall be subject to applicable Law and the Company’s obligation to comply with any applicable independence requirements of the Stock Exchange.

Section 2.06. Actions Requiring Consent. For so long as the Shareholders’ and their respective Affiliates’ Aggregate Voting Power of Shares (as determined on a Common Equivalents basis), continues to be at least 15% of the total voting power of all Shares (as determined on a Common Equivalents basis), the Company agrees that it will not take any action, nor shall it permit its Subsidiaries to take any action (including any action by the Board or any committee thereof), with respect to any of the following matters without the prior written approval of the Shareholders:

(a) entering into any transaction or series of transactions that would result in a Change of Control;

(b) any merger, consolidation, reorganization (including conversion) or any other business combination involving the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;

(c) any liquidation, dissolution, receivership, commencement of bankruptcy, insolvency or similar proceedings with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;

(d) authorizing or issuing any capital stock of the Company or any security or obligation that, by its terms, directly or indirectly, is convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Common Equivalents or preferred shares of the Company and any option, warrant or other right to subscribe for, purchase or acquire Common Equivalents or preferred shares of the Company, other than (i) pursuant to the StoneCo Ltd. 2018 Omnibus Equity Plan approved by the Board on or prior to the IPO and (ii) in connection with the exchange or conversion of Class A Common Shares into Class B Common Shares, as contemplated by the Governing Documents;

(e) the acquisition, sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition of any asset or business of the Company and/or its Subsidiaries, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, the aggregate consideration or fair value of which is greater than or equal to 20% of the Company’s fair market value on the date of such transaction, as determined by the Board in good faith;

 

7


(f) the incurrence, creation, or assumption of any indebtedness of the Company or any of its subsidiaries in an amount greater than or equal to the Company’s net equity in the aggregate on a consolidated basis;

(g) any amendment, alteration or repeal of any provision of the Governing Documents of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, including the Articles of Association of the Company; or

(h) any determination or approval of the annual compensation of the senior executive officers and/or Directors of the Company.

ARTICLE 3

C ERTAIN C OVENANTS AND A GREEMENTS

Section 3.01 . Access; Information . For so long as the Shareholders’ and their respective Affiliates’ Aggregate Ownership of Shares (as determined on a Common Equivalents Basis) continues to be at least 5% of the total voting power of all Shares (as determined on a Common Equivalents Basis), the Company shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries to, permit the Shareholders, and their designated representatives, at reasonable times and upon reasonable prior notice to the Company, to review the books and records of the Company or any of such Subsidiaries and to discuss the affairs, finances and condition of the Company or any of such Subsidiaries with the officers of the Company or any such Subsidiary; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to disclose any privileged information of the Company so long as the Company has used its best efforts to provide such information to the Shareholder, as applicable, without the loss of any such privilege, and notified the Shareholder that such information has not been provided.

Section 3.02 . Confidentiality . (a) Each Shareholder agrees that Confidential Information furnished and to be furnished to it has been and may in the future be made available in connection with such Shareholder’s investment in the Company. Each Shareholder agrees that it shall use, and that it shall cause any Person to whom Confidential Information is disclosed pursuant to clause (i) below to use, the Confidential Information only in connection with its investment in the Company and not for any other purpose (including to disadvantage competitively the Company, any of its Affiliates or any other Shareholder). Each Shareholder further acknowledges and agrees that it shall not disclose any Confidential Information to any Person, except that Confidential Information may be disclosed:

(i) to such Shareholder’s Representatives in the normal course of the performance of their duties or to any financial institution providing credit to such Shareholder;

(ii) such information becomes known to the public through no fault of such Shareholder;

(iii) to the extent required by applicable law, rule or regulation (including complying with any oral or written questions, interrogatories, requests for information or documents, subpoena, civil investigative demand or similar

 

8


process to which a Shareholder is subject; provided that such Shareholder agrees to give the Company prompt notice of such request(s), to the extent practicable, so that the Company may seek an appropriate protective order or similar relief (and the Shareholder shall cooperate with such efforts by the Company, and shall in any event make only the minimum disclosure required by such law, rule or regulation));

(iv) such information was available or becomes available to such Shareholder before, on or after the date hereof, without restriction, from a source (other than the Company) without any breach of duty to the Company;

(v) to any regulatory authority to which the Shareholder or any of its Affiliates is subject; provided that such authority is advised of the confidential nature of such information;

(vi) to the extent related to the tax treatment and tax structure of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (including all materials of any kind, such as opinions or other tax analyses that the Company, its Affiliates or its Representatives have provided to such Shareholder relating to such tax treatment and tax structure); provided that the foregoing does not constitute an authorization to disclose the identity of any existing or future party to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or their Affiliates or Representatives, or, except to the extent relating to such tax structure or tax treatment, any specific pricing terms or commercial or financial information; or

(vii) if the prior written consent of the Board shall have been obtained.

Nothing contained herein shall prevent the use (subject, to the extent possible, to a protective order) of Confidential Information in connection with the assertion or defense of any claim by or against the Company or any Shareholder.

(b) “ Confidential Information ” means any information concerning the Company or any Persons that are or become its Subsidiaries or the financial condition, business, operations or prospects of the Company or any such Persons in the possession of or furnished to any Shareholder (including by virtue of its present or former right to designate a director of the Company); provided that the term “Confidential Information” does not include information that (i) is or becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of a disclosure by a Shareholder or its directors, officers, employees, stockholders, members, partners, agents, counsel, investment advisers or other representatives (all such persons being collectively referred to as “ Representatives ”) in violation of this Agreement, (ii) was available to such Shareholder on a non-confidential basis prior to its disclosure to such Shareholder or its Representatives by the Company, (iii) becomes available to such Shareholder on a non-confidential basis from a source other than the Company after the disclosure of such information to such Shareholder or its Representatives by the Company, which source is (at the time of receipt of the relevant information) not, to the best of such Shareholder’s knowledge, bound by a confidentiality agreement with (or other confidentiality obligation to) the Company or another Person or (iv) is independently developed by such Shareholder without violating any confidentiality agreement with, or other obligation of secrecy to, the Company.

 

9


Section 3.03. Conflicting Agreements . The Company and each Shareholder represents and agrees that it shall not grant any proxy or enter into or agree to be bound by any voting trust or agreement with respect to the Company Securities, or enter into any agreement or arrangement of any kind with any Person with respect to any Company Securities, in each case that is inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement or for the purpose or with the effect of denying or reducing the rights of any other Shareholder under this Agreement.

Section 3.04. Corporate Opportunities. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Company, on behalf of itself and its Subsidiaries, waives and renounces any right, interest or expectancy of the Company and/or its Subsidiaries in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, business opportunities that are from time to time presented to or business opportunities of which any of the Shareholders or any of their respective officers, directors, agents, shareholders, members, partners, Affiliates and Subsidiaries (other than the Company and its Subsidiaries) (each, a “ Specified Party ”) gain knowledge, even if the opportunity is competitive with the business of the Company or its Subsidiaries or one that the Company or its Subsidiaries might reasonably be deemed to have pursued or had the ability or desire to pursue if granted the opportunity to do so and each such Specified Party shall have no duty (statutory, fiduciary, contractual or otherwise) to communicate or offer such business opportunity to the Company and, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, shall not be liable to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for breach of any statutory, fiduciary, contractual or other duty, as a director or otherwise, by reason of the fact that such Specified Party pursues or acquires such business opportunity, directs such business opportunity to another person or fails to present or communicate such business opportunity, or information regarding such business opportunity, to the Company or its Subsidiaries. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 3.04 to the contrary, a Specified Party who is a director of the Company and who is offered a business opportunity for the Company or its Subsidiaries in his or her capacity solely as a director of the Company (a “ Directed Opportunity ”) shall be obligated to communicate such Directed Opportunity to the Company; provided , however , that all of the protections of this Section 3.04 shall otherwise apply to the Specified Parties with respect to such Directed Opportunity, including the ability of the Specified Parties to pursue or acquire such Directed Opportunity, directly or indirectly, or to direct such Directed Opportunity to another person.

ARTICLE 4

M ISCELLANEOUS

Section 4.01 . Binding Effect; Assignability; Benefit. (a) Except as otherwise provided herein, this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective heirs, successors, legal representatives and permitted assigns. Any Shareholder that ceases to beneficially own any Company Securities shall cease to be bound by the terms hereof (other than Sections 3.02, 4.02, 4.05, 4.06, 4.07, 4.09 and 4.10).

 

10


(b) Neither the Company nor any of the Shareholders shall assign or transfer all or any part of this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other parties hereto; provided, however, that the Shareholders shall be entitled to assign, in whole or in part, to any of their Permitted Assigns without such prior written consent. Any such Permitted Assignee that shall become a party to this Agreement shall (unless already bound hereby) execute and deliver to the Company an agreement to be bound by this Agreement in the form of Exhibit A hereto and shall thenceforth be a “Shareholder.”

(c) Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, is intended to confer on any Person other than the parties hereto, and their respective heirs, successors, legal representatives and permitted assigns, any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement.

Section 4.02. Notices . All notices, requests and other communications to any party shall be in writing and shall be delivered in person, mailed by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, or sent by facsimile transmission or email transmission so long as receipt of such email is requested and received:

if to the Company to:

StoneCo Ltd.

R. Fidêncio Ramos, 308, 10th floor

Vila Olímpia, São Paulo, SP, Brazil

04551-010

Attention: Chief Executive Officer and Legal Department

with a copy to:

Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP

450 Lexington Avenue

New York, NY 10017

Attention: Byron B. Rooney

Fax: (212) 701-5800

Email: byron.rooney@davispolk.com

if to the Shareholders, to:

André Street

R. Fidêncio Ramos, 308, 10th floor

Vila Olímpia, São Paulo, SP, Brazil

04551-010

Attention: Daniela Mastrorocco

 

11


with a copy to:

Gênova Consultoria e Participações Ltda.

R. Fidêncio Ramos, 308, 10th floor

Vila Olímpia, São Paulo, SP, Brazil

04551-010

Attention: Legal Department

Email: dmastrorocco@arpexcapital.com.br

All notices, requests and other communications shall be deemed received on the date of receipt by the recipient thereof if received prior to 5:00 p.m. in the place of receipt and such day is a Business Day in the place of receipt. Otherwise, any such notice, request or communication shall be deemed not to have been received until the next succeeding Business Day in the place of receipt. Any notice, request or other written communication sent by facsimile transmission shall be confirmed by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, posted within one Business Day, or by personal delivery, whether courier or otherwise, made within two Business Days after the date of such facsimile transmissions.

Any Permitted Assignee that becomes a Shareholder shall provide its address, fax number and email address to the Company.

Section 4.03. Term; Waiver; Amendment . (a) This Agreement shall terminate as it relates to each Shareholder on the earlier to occur of: (i) such time as the Shareholders’ and their respective Affiliates’ Aggregate Ownership of Shares (as determined on a Common Equivalents Basis) cease to be at least 5% of the total voting power of all Shares (as determined on a Common Equivalents Basis) (ii) any Shareholder ceases to beneficially own any Company Securities, and (iii) upon the delivery of a written notice by such Shareholder to the Company requesting that this Agreement terminate as it relates to such Shareholder (in each case, other than Sections 3.02, 4.02, 4.05, 4.06, 4.07, 4.09 and 4.10).

(b) This Agreement may be amended, waived or otherwise modified only by a written instrument executed by the parties hereto. In addition, any party may waive any provision of this Agreement with respect to itself by an instrument in writing executed by the party against whom the waiver is to be effective. Except as provided in the preceding sentences, no action taken pursuant to this Agreement, including any investigation by or on behalf of any party, will be deemed to constitute a waiver by the party taking such action of compliance with any covenants or agreements contained herein. The waiver by any party hereto of a breach of any provision of this Agreement will not operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach.

Section 4.04. Fees and Expenses . All costs and expenses incurred in connection with the preparation of this Agreement, or any amendment or waiver hereof, and the transactions contemplated hereby shall be paid by the party incurring such costs or expenses.

Section 4.05. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the Cayman Islands.

 

12


Section 4.06. Jurisdiction . Each party hereto submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the Cayman Islands courts for the purpose of any action arising out of or in relation to this Agreement. Each party agrees that, in any such action, it will not contest jurisdiction on the grounds that the Cayman Islands courts are an inconvenient forum or otherwise.

Section 4.07. Specific Enforcement . Each party hereto acknowledges that the remedies at law of the other parties for a breach or threatened breach of this Agreement would be inadequate and, in recognition of this fact, any party to this Agreement, without posting any bond, and in addition to all other remedies that may be available, shall be entitled to obtain equitable relief in the form of specific performance, a temporary restraining order, a temporary or permanent injunction or any other equitable remedy that may then be available.

Section 4.08. Counterparts; Effectiveness . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument. This Agreement shall become effective upon completion of the IPO on the IPO Date; provided , that this Agreement shall be of no force and effect (i) prior to the completion of the IPO and (ii) if the IPO has not been consummated within thirty (30) Business Days from the date of this Agreement. Until and unless each party has received a counterpart hereof signed by the other party hereto, this Agreement shall have no effect and no party shall have any right or obligation hereunder (whether by virtue of any other oral or written agreement or other communication).

Section 4.09. Entire Agreement . This Agreement sets forth the entire understanding of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof. There are no agreements, representations, warranties, covenants or undertakings with respect to the subject matter hereof other than those expressly set forth herein. This Agreement supersedes all other prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to such subject matter.

Section 4.10. Severability . If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction or other authority to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party. Upon such a determination, the parties shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in an acceptable manner so that the transactions contemplated hereby be consummated as originally contemplated to the fullest extent possible.

 

13


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

THE COMPANY:

STONECO LTD.

By: 

 

      Name:

 

      Title:

THE SHAREHOLDERS:

HR HOLDINGS LLC

By: 

 

      Name:

 

      Title:

VCK INVESTMENT FUND LTD. SAC

By: 

 

      Name:

 

      Title:

CAKUBRAN HOLDINGS LTD.

By: 

 

      Name:

 

      Title:


EXHIBIT A

JOINDER TO SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT

This Joinder Agreement (this “ Joinder Agreement ”) is made as of the date written below by the undersigned (the “ Joining Party ”) in accordance with the Shareholders Agreement dated as of October     , 2018 (as amended, amended and restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Shareholders Agreement ”), as the same may be amended from time to time. Capitalized terms used, but not defined, herein shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms in the Shareholders Agreement.

The Joining Party hereby acknowledges, agrees and confirms that, by its execution of this Joinder Agreement, the Joining Party shall be deemed to be a party to the Shareholders Agreement as of the date hereof and shall have all of the rights and obligations of a “Shareholder” thereunder as if it had executed the Shareholders Agreement. The Joining Party hereby ratifies, as of the date hereof, and agrees to be bound by, all of the terms, provisions and conditions contained in the Shareholders Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date written below.

Date:                       ,         

 

[NAME OF JOINING PARTY]

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

Address for Notices:

 

Acknowledged by:

STONECO LTD.

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

Exhibit 10.11

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

     P AGE  
ARTICLE 1   
DEFINITIONS   

Section 1.01. Defined Terms

     1  

Section 1.02. General Interpretive Principles

     4  
ARTICLE 2   
REGISTRATION RIGHTS   

Section 2.01. Registration

     4  

Section 2.02. Piggyback Registrations

     7  

Section 2.03. Selection of Underwriter(s)

     8  

Section 2.04. Registration Procedures

     8  

Section 2.05. Holdback Agreements

     11  

Section 2.06. Underwriting Agreement in Underwritten Offerings

     12  

Section 2.07. Registration Expenses Paid By Company

     12  

Section 2.08. Indemnification

     12  

Section 2.09. Reporting Requirements; Rule 144

     14  
ARTICLE 3   
MISCELLANEOUS   

Section 3.01. Term

     15  

Section 3.02. Notices

     15  

Section 3.03. Successors, Assigns and Transferees

     16  

Section 3.04. GOVERNING LAW; NO JURY TRIAL

     16  

Section 3.05. Specific Performance

     17  

Section 3.06. Headings

     17  

Section 3.07. Severability

     17  

Section 3.08. Amendment; Waiver

     17  

Section 3.09. Further Assurances

     17  

Section 3.10. Counterparts

     17  

 

i


REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT, dated as of                 , 2018 (this “ Agreement ”), is by and between StoneCo Ltd., an exempted company formed under the laws of the Cayman Islands (the “ Company ”), Cakubran Holdings Ltd., HR Holdings, LLC and VCK Investment Fund Limited SAC (the “ Founding Shareholders ”), Madrone Partners L.P. (the “ Institutional Shareholder ”) and the Persons listed on Schedule 1 hereto (the “ Management Shareholders ”).

W I T N E S E T H:

WHEREAS, the Company is currently contemplating an underwritten initial public offering (“ IPO ”) of its Class A Common Shares (as defined below); and

WHEREAS, the Company desires to grant registration rights to the Founding Shareholders, the Institutional Shareholder and the Management Shareholders on the terms and conditions set out in this Agreement;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the covenants and agreements contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.01.     Defined Terms . As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

Action ” means any demand, action, suit, countersuit, arbitration, inquiry, proceeding or investigation by or before any Governmental Authority or any federal, state, local, foreign or international arbitration or mediation tribunal.

Affiliate ” in respect of a Person, means any other Person that, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person, and (i) in the case of a natural person, shall include, without limitation, such person’s spouse, parents, children, siblings, mother-in-law and father-in-law and brothers and sisters-in-law, whether by blood, marriage or adoption or anyone residing in such person’s home, a trust for the benefit of any of the foregoing, a company, partnership or any natural person or entity wholly or jointly owned by any of the foregoing, and (ii) in the case of an entity, shall include a partnership, a corporation or any natural person or entity which directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such entity. As used herein, “ control ” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such entity, whether through ownership of voting securities or other interests, by contract or otherwise.

Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which banking institutions are authorized or obligated by law to be closed in the Cayman Islands or New York, New York.

Class  A Common Shares ” means the Class A common shares, par value $0.000079365 per share, of the Company and any shares into which such Class A common shares may be converted.

“Class  B Common Shares” means the Class B common shares, par value $0.000079365 per share, of the Company and any shares into which such Class B common shares may be converted.

Company Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.01(a).


Company Takedown Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.01(f).

Demand Registration ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.01(a).

Eligible Holders ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.01(a).

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

FINRA ” means the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority.

Founding Shareholders ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement and shall include their successors, by merger, acquisition, reorganization or otherwise.

Governmental Authority ” means any nation or government, any state, municipality or other political subdivision thereof, and any entity, body, agency, commission, department, board, bureau, court, tribunal or other instrumentality, whether federal, state, local, domestic, foreign or multinational, exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory, administrative or other similar functions of, or pertaining to, government and any executive official thereof.

Holder ” shall mean the Founding Shareholders, the Institutional Shareholder and the Management Shareholders or, in each case, any of their Affiliates, so long as such Person holds any Registrable Securities or Class B Common Shares convertible into Registrable Securities, and any Person owning Registrable Securities or Class B Common Shares convertible into Registrable Securities who is a permitted transferee of rights under Section 3.03.

Initiating Holder ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.01(a).

Institutional Shareholder ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement and shall include their successors, by merger, acquisition, reorganization or otherwise.

IPO ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

Loss ” or “ Losses ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.08(a).

Management Shareholders ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Person ” means an individual, a general or limited partnership, a corporation, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization, a limited liability entity, any other entity and any Governmental Authority,

Piggyback Registration ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.02(a).

Prospectus ” means the prospectus included in any Registration Statement, all amendments and supplements to such prospectus, including post-effective amendments, and all other material incorporated by reference in such prospectus.

Registrable Securities ” means any Shares and any securities issued or issuable directly or indirectly with respect to, in exchange for, upon the conversion of or in replacement of the Shares, whether by way of a dividend or distribution or stock split or in connection with a combination of shares, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, exchange or other reorganization; provided that any such Shares shall cease to be Registrable Securities if (i) they have been registered and sold pursuant to an effective Registration Statement, (ii) they have been transferred by a Holder in a transaction in which the Holder’s rights under this Agreement are not, or cannot be, assigned, (iii) they may be sold pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act without limitation thereunder on volume or manner of sale and the Holder of such securities does not then beneficially own more than 3% of outstanding common shares, or (iv) they have ceased to be outstanding.

 

2


Registration ” means a registration with the SEC of the offer and sale to the public of Class A Common Shares under a Registration Statement. The terms “ Register, ” “ Registered ” and “ Registering ” shall have a correlative meaning.

Registration Expenses ” shall mean all expenses incident to the Company’s performance of or compliance with this Agreement, including all (i) registration, qualification and filing fees; (ii) expenses incurred in connection with the preparation, printing and filing under the Securities Act of the Registration Statement, any Prospectus and any issuer free writing prospectus and the distribution thereof; (iii) the fees and expenses of the Company’s counsel and independent accountants; (iv) the fees and expenses incurred in connection with the registration or qualification and determination of eligibility for investment of the Shares under the state or foreign securities or blue sky laws and the preparation, printing and distribution of a blue sky or legal investment memorandum (including the related fees and expenses of counsel); (v) the costs and charges of any transfer agent and any registrar; (vii) all expenses and application fees incurred in connection with any filing with, and clearance of an offering by, FINRA; (vii) expenses incurred in connection with any “ road show ” presentation to potential investors; (viii) printing expenses, messenger, telephone and delivery expenses; (ix) internal expenses of the Company (including all salaries and expenses of employees of the Company performing legal or accounting duties); and (x) fees and expenses of listing any Registrable Securities on any securities exchange on which Class A Common Shares are then listed; but excluding any Selling Expenses.

Registration Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.01(c).

Registration Rights ” shall mean the rights of the Holders to cause the Company to Register Registrable Securities pursuant to this Agreement.

Registration Statement ” means any registration statement of the Company filed with, or to be filed with, the SEC under the rules and regulations promulgated under the Securities Act, including the related Prospectus, amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments, and all exhibits and all material incorporated by reference in such registration statement.

SEC ” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

Securities Act ” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Selling Expenses ” means all underwriting discounts, selling commissions and transfer taxes applicable to the sale of Registrable Securities hereunder.

Shares ” means all Class A Common Shares that are beneficially owned by the Founding Shareholders, the Institutional Shareholder and the Management Shareholders or, in each case, any of their Affiliates or any permitted transferee of rights under Section 3.03 from time to time, whether or not held immediately following the IPO.

Shelf Registration ” means a Registration Statement of the Company for an offering to be made on a delayed or continuous basis of Class A Common Shares pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act (or similar provisions then in effect).

Subsidiary ” means, when used with respect to any Person, (a) a corporation in which such Person or one or more Subsidiaries of such Person, directly or indirectly, owns capital stock having a majority of the total voting power in the election of directors of all outstanding shares of all classes and series of capital stock of such corporation entitled generally to vote in such election; and (b) any other Person (other than a corporation) in which such Person or one or more Subsidiaries of such Person, directly or indirectly, has (i) a majority ownership interest or (ii) the power to elect or direct the election of a majority of the members of the governing body of such first-named Person.

Takedown Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.01(f).

 

3


Underwritten Offering ” means a Registration in which securities of the Company are sold to an underwriter or underwriters on a firm commitment basis for reoffering to the public.

Section 1.02.     General Interpretive Principles . Whenever used in this Agreement, except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires, any noun or pronoun shall be deemed to include the plural as well as the singular and to cover all genders. Whenever the words “ include ,” “ includes ” or “ including ” are used in this Agreement, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words “ without limitation .” Unless otherwise specified, the terms “ hereof ,” “ herein ,” “ hereunder ” and similar terms refer to this Agreement as a whole (including the exhibits hereto), and references herein to Articles and Sections refer to Articles and Sections of this Agreement. Except as otherwise indicated, all periods of time referred to herein shall include all Saturdays, Sundays and holidays; provided , however , that if the date to perform the act or give any notice with respect to this Agreement shall fall on a day other than a Business Day, such act or notice may be performed or given timely if performed or given on the next succeeding Business Day. References to a Person are also to its permitted successors and assigns. The parties have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement and, in the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as jointly drafted by the parties, and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any provision of this Agreement.

ARTICLE 2

REGISTRATION RIGHTS

Section 2.01.     Registration .

(a)     Request . The Founding Shareholders and the Institutional Shareholder shall each have the right to request that the Company file a Registration Statement with the SEC on the appropriate registration form for all or part of the Registrable Securities held (or that would be held upon conversion of Class B Common Shares into Registrable Securities) by such Holder once such Holder is no longer subject to the lock-up applicable to it entered into in connection with the IPO (which may be due to the expiration or waiver of such lock-up with respect to such Registrable Securities) by delivering a written request to the Company specifying the kind and number of shares of Registrable Securities such Holder wishes to Register and the intended method of distribution thereof (a “ Demand Registration ” and the Holder submitting such Demand Registration, the “ Initiating Holder ”). The Company shall (i) within 10 days of the receipt of such request, give written notice of such Demand Registration (the “ Company Notice ”) to all Holders other than the relevant Initiating Holder (the “ Eligible Holders ”), (ii) use its reasonable best efforts to file a Registration Statement in respect of such Demand Registration within 45 days of receipt of the request, and (iii) use its reasonable best efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter. The Company shall include in such Registration all Registrable Securities that the Eligible Holders request to be included within the 10 Business Days following their receipt of the Company Notice.

(b)     Limitations of Demand Registrations . There shall be no limitation on the number of Demand Registrations pursuant to Section 2.01(a); provided , however , that (i) the Founding Shareholders shall not require the Company to effect more than three Demand Registrations collectively in a 12-month period and (ii) the Institutional Shareholder shall not require the Company to effect more than one Demand Registration in a 12-month period. In the event that any Person shall have received rights to Demand Registrations pursuant to Section 3.03, and such Person shall have made a Demand Registration request, such request shall be treated as having been made by the Holder who transferred such rights to such Person. The Registrable Securities requested to be Registered pursuant to Section 2.01(a) (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the Registrable Securities of Eligible Holders requested to be registered) must represent (i) an aggregate offering price of Registrable Securities that is reasonably expected to equal at least $25,000,000 or (ii) all of the remaining Registrable Securities owned by the Initiating Holder and its Affiliates or that would be owned upon conversion of all of the Class B Common Shares held by the Initiating Holder and its Affiliates into Class A Common Shares.

 

4


(c)     Effective Registration . The Company shall be deemed to have effected a Registration for purposes of Section 2.01(b) if the Registration Statement is declared effective by the SEC or becomes effective upon filing with the SEC, and remains effective until the earlier of (i) the date when all Registrable Securities thereunder have been sold and (ii) 60 days from the effective date of the Registration Statement (the “ Registration Period ”). No Registration shall be deemed to have been effective if (i) the conditions to closing specified in the underwriting agreement, if any, entered into in connection with such Registration are not satisfied by reason of the Company or (ii) the number of Registrable Securities included in any such Registration Statement is reduced in accordance with Section 2.01(e) such that less than 25% of the aggregate number of Registrable Securities requested to be Registered pursuant to Section 2.01(a) are included. If, during the Registration Period, such Registration is interfered with by any stop order, injunction or other order or requirement of the SEC or other Governmental Authority, the Registration Period shall be extended on a day-for-day basis for any period the Holder is unable to complete an offering as a result of such stop order, injunction or other order or requirement of the SEC or other Governmental Authority.

(d)     Underwritten Offering . If the Initiating Holder so indicates at the time of its request pursuant to Section 2.01(a), such offering of Registrable Securities shall be in the form of an Underwritten Offering and the Company shall include such information in the Company Notice. In the event that the Initiating Holder intends to distribute the Registrable Securities by means of an Underwritten Offering, no Holder may include Registrable Securities in such Registration unless such Holder, subject to the limitations set forth in Section 2.06, (i) agrees to sell its Registrable Securities on the basis provided in the applicable underwriting arrangements; (ii) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements and (iii) cooperates with the Company’s reasonable requests in connection with such Registration (it being understood that the Company’s failure to perform its obligations hereunder, which failure is caused by such Holder’s failure to cooperate, will not constitute a breach by the Company of this Agreement).

(e)     Priority of Securities in an Underwritten Offering . If the Company, after consultation with the managing underwriter or underwriters of a proposed Underwritten Offering, including an Underwritten Offering from a Shelf Registration, pursuant to this Section 2.01, determines in its sole discretion that the number of securities requested to be included in such Underwritten Offering exceeds the number that can be sold in such Underwritten Offering without being likely to have a significant adverse effect on the price, timing or distribution of the securities offered or the market for the securities offered, then the number of securities to be included in such Underwritten Offering shall be reduced in the following order of priority: first , there shall be excluded from the Underwritten Offering any securities to be sold for the account of any selling securityholder other than the Initiating Holder and the Eligible Holders; second , there shall be excluded from the Underwritten Offering any securities to be sold for the account of the Company; third , there shall be excluded from the Underwritten Offering any securities to be sold for the account of the Eligible Holders and their Affiliates that have been requested to be included therein, pro rata based on the number of Registrable Securities and Class B Common Shares convertible into Registrable Securities owned by each such Eligible Holder; and finally , there shall be excluded from the Underwritten Offering any securities to be sold for the account of the Initiating Holder and its Affiliates that have been requested to be included therein, in each case to the extent necessary to reduce the total number of securities to be included in such offering to the number determined by the Company after consultation with the managing underwriter or underwriters.

(f)     Shelf Registration . At any time after the date hereof when the Company is eligible to Register the applicable Registrable Securities on Form F-3 (or a successor form) and an Initiating Holder is entitled to request Demand Registrations, such Initiating Holder may request the Company to effect a Demand Registration as a Shelf Registration. For the avoidance of doubt, the requirement that (i) the Company deliver a Company Notice in connection with a Demand Registration and (ii) the right of Eligible Holders to request that their Registrable Securities be included in a Registration Statement filed in connection with a Demand Registration, each as set forth in Section 2.01(a), shall apply to a Demand Registration that is effected as Shelf Registration. There shall be no limitations on the number of Underwritten Offerings pursuant to a Shelf Registration; provided , however , that (i) the Founding Shareholder may not require the

 

5


Company to effect more than three Underwritten Offerings collectively in a 12-month period and (ii) the Institutional Shareholder may not require the Company to effect more than one Underwritten Offering in a 12-month period. If any Initiating Holder holds Registrable Securities included on a Shelf Registration, or Class B Common Shares convertible into Registrable Securities included on a Shelf Registration, it shall have the right to request that the Company cooperate in a shelf takedown at any time, including an Underwritten Offering, by delivering a written request thereof to the Company specifying the kind and number of shares of Registrable Securities such Initiating Holder wishes to include in the shelf takedown (“ Takedown Notice ”). The Company shall (i) within five days of the receipt of a Takedown Notice, give written notice of such Takedown Notice to all Holders of Registrable Securities or Class B Common Shares convertible into Registrable Securities included on such Shelf Registration (the “ Company Takedown Notice ”), and (ii) shall take all actions reasonably requested by the Initiating Holder who submitted the Takedown Notice, including the filing of a Prospectus supplement and the other actions described in Section 2.04, in accordance with the intended method of distribution set forth in the Takedown Notice as expeditiously as practicable. If the takedown is an Underwritten Offering, the Company shall include in such Underwritten Offering all Registrable Securities that the Holders of Registrable Securities (or Class B Common Shares convertible into Registrable Securities) included in the Registration Statement for such Shelf Registration, request be included within the five Business Days following such Holders’ receipt of the Company Takedown Notice. If the takedown is an Underwritten Offering, the Registrable Securities requested to be included in a shelf takedown must represent (i) an aggregate offering price of Registrable Securities that is reasonably expected to equal at least $25,000,000 or (ii) all of the remaining Registrable Securities owned by the requesting Initiating Holder and its Affiliates or that would be owned upon conversion of all of the Class B Common Shares held by the requesting Initiating Holder and its Affiliates into Class A Common Shares.

(g)     SEC Form . Except as set forth in the next sentence, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause Demand Registrations to be Registered on Form F-3 (or any successor form), and if the Company is not then eligible under the Securities Act to use Form F-3, Demand Registrations shall be Registered on Form F-1 (or any successor form). The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to become eligible to use Form F-3 and, after becoming eligible to use Form F-3, shall use its reasonable best efforts to remain so eligible. All Demand Registrations shall comply with applicable requirements of the Securities Act and, together with each Prospectus included, filed or otherwise furnished by the Company in connection therewith, shall not contain any untrue statement of material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading.

(h)     Postponement . Upon notice to, in the case of a Demand Registration, the Initiating Holder for such Demand Registration and any other Eligible Holders or, in the case of a shelf takedown, the Initiating Holder or Holders requesting such shelf takedown and any other Holders to which a Company Takedown Notice has been delivered with respect to such shelf takedown, the Company may postpone effecting a Registration or shelf takedown, as applicable, pursuant to this Section 2.01 on two occasions during any period of six consecutive months for a reasonable time specified in the notice but not exceeding 120 days (which period may not be extended or renewed), if (i) the Company reasonably believes that effecting the Registration or shelf takedown, as applicable, would materially and adversely affect a proposal or plan by the Company to engage in (directly or indirectly through any of its Subsidiaries): (x) a material acquisition or divestiture of assets; (y) a merger, consolidation, tender offer, reorganization, primary offering of the Company’s securities or similar material transaction; or (z) a material financing or any other material business transaction with a third party or (ii) the Company is in possession of material non-public information the disclosure of which during the period specified in such notice the Company reasonably believes would not be in the best interests of the Company.

(i)     Right to Withdraw . Unless otherwise agreed, each Holder shall have the right to withdraw such Holder’s request for inclusion of its Registrable Securities in any Underwritten Offering pursuant to this Section 2.01 at any time prior to the execution of an underwriting agreement with respect thereto by giving written notice to the Company of such Holder’s request to withdrawn and, subject to the preceding clause, each Holder shall be permitted to withdraw all or part of such Holder’s Registrable Securities from a Demand Registration at any time prior to the effective date thereof.

 

6


Section 2.02.     Piggyback Registrations .

(a)     Participation . If the Company proposes to file a Registration Statement under the Securities Act with respect to any offering of Class A Common Shares for its own account and/or for the account of any other Persons (other than a Registration (i) under Section 2.01 hereof, (ii) pursuant to a Registration Statement on Form S-8 (or other registration solely relating to an offering or sale to employees or directors of the Company pursuant to any employee stock plan or other employee benefit arrangement) or Form F-4 or similar form that relates to a transaction subject to Rule 145 under the Securities Act, (iii) in connection with any dividend reinvestment or similar plan or (iv) for the sole purpose of offering securities to another entity or its security holders in connection with the acquisition of assets or securities of such entity or any similar transaction), then, as soon as practicable (but in no event less than 5 days prior to the proposed date of filing such Registration Statement), the Company shall give written notice of such proposed filing to each Holder, and such notice shall offer such Holders the opportunity to Register under such Registration Statement such number of Registrable Securities as each such Holder may request in writing (a “ Piggyback Registration ”). Subject to Section 2.02(a) and Section 2.02(c), the Company shall include in such Registration Statement all such Registrable Securities that are requested to be included therein within seven Business Days after the receipt of any such notice; provided , however , that if, at any time after giving written notice of its intention to Register any securities pursuant to this Section 2.02(a) and prior to the effective date of the Registration Statement filed in connection with such Registration, the Company shall determine for any reason not to Register or to delay Registration of such securities, the Company may, at its election, give written notice of such determination to each such Holder and, thereupon, (i) in the case of a determination not to Register, shall be relieved of its obligation to Register any Registrable Securities in connection with such Registration and shall have no liability to any Holder in connection with such termination, and (ii) in the case of a determination to delay Registration, shall be permitted to delay Registering any Registrable Securities for the same period as the delay in Registering such other Class A Common Shares, in each case without prejudice, however, to the rights of any Holder to request that such Registration be effected as a Demand Registration under Section 2.01. For the avoidance of doubt. no Registration effected under this Section 2.02 shall relieve the Company of its obligation to effect any Demand Registration under Section 2.01. If the offering pursuant to a Registration Statement pursuant to this Section 2.02 is to be an Underwritten Offering, then each Holder making a request for a Piggyback Registration pursuant to this Section 2.02(a) shall, and the Company shall use reasonable best efforts to coordinate arrangements with the underwriters so that each such Holder may, participate in such Underwritten Offering. If the offering pursuant to such Registration Statement is to be on any other basis, then each Holder making a request for a Piggyback Registration pursuant to this Section 2.02(a) shall, and the Company shall use reasonable best efforts to coordinate arrangements so that each such Holder may, participate in such offering on such basis. If the Company files a Shelf Registration for its own account and/or for the account of any other Persons, the Company agrees that it shall use its reasonable best efforts to include in such Registration Statement such disclosures as may be required by Rule 430B under the Securities Act in order to ensure that the Holders may be added to such Shelf Registration at a later time through the filing of a Prospectus supplement rather than a post-effective amendment.

(b)     Right to Withdraw . Unless otherwise agreed, each Holder shall have the right to withdraw such Holder’s request for inclusion of its Registrable Securities in any Underwritten Offering pursuant to this Section 2.02 at any time prior to the execution of an underwriting agreement with respect thereto by giving written notice to the Company of such Holder’s request to withdraw and, subject to the preceding clause, each Holder shall be permitted to withdraw all or part of such Holder’s Registrable Securities from a Piggyback Registration at any time prior to the effective date thereof.

(c)     Priority of Piggyback Registration . If the managing underwriter or underwriters of any proposed Underwritten Offering of a class of Registrable Securities included in a Piggyback Registration informs the Company and the Holders in writing that, in its or their opinion, the number of securities of such class which such Holder and any other Persons intend to include in such Underwritten Offering exceeds the number which can be sold in such Underwritten Offering without being likely to have a significant adverse effect on the price, timing or distribution of the securities offered or the market for the securities offered, then the securities to be included in such Underwritten Offering shall be reduced in the following order of priority: first , there shall be excluded from the Underwritten Offering any securities to be sold for the

 

7


account of any selling securityholder other than the Holders; and second , there shall be excluded from the Underwritten Offering any securities to be sold for the account of Holders and their Affiliates that have been requested to be included therein, pro rata based on the number of Registrable Securities and Class B Common Shares convertible into Registrable Securities owned by each such Holder, in each case to the extent necessary to reduce the total number of securities to be included in such offering to the number recommended by the managing underwriter or underwriters.

Section 2.03.     Selection of Underwriter(s) . In any Underwritten Offering pursuant to Section 2.01, the Company shall select the underwriter(s). The Company may consult with the Initiating Holder in the selection of such underwriter(s), provided that the Company shall be under no obligation to the Initiating Holder as a result of or in connection with such consultation.

Section 2.04.     Registration Procedures .

(a)    In connection with the Registration and/or sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to this Agreement, through an Underwritten Offering or otherwise, the Company shall use reasonable best efforts to effect or cause the Registration and the sale of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended methods of disposition thereof and:

(i)    prepare and file the required Registration Statement, including all exhibits and financial statements required under the Securities Act to be filed therewith, and before filing with the SEC a Registration Statement or Prospectus, or any amendments or supplements thereto, (A) furnish to the underwriters, if any, and to the Holders participating in such Registration, copies of all documents prepared to be filed, which documents will be subject to the review of such underwriters and such participating Holders and their respective counsel, and (B) consider in good faith any comments of the underwriters and Holders and their respective counsel on such documents;

(ii)    prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such Registration Statement and the Prospectus used in connection therewith as may be necessary to keep such Registration Statement effective in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all of the Shares Registered thereon;

(iii)    in the case of a Shelf Registration, prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such Registration Statement and the Prospectus used in connection therewith as may be necessary to keep such Registration Statement effective and to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all Shares subject thereto for a period ending on the 3 rd anniversary after the effective date of such Registration Statement;

(iv)    notify the participating Holders and the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, and (if requested) confirm such advice in writing and provide copies of the relevant documents, as soon as reasonably practicable after notice thereof is received by the Company (A) when the applicable Registration Statement or any amendment thereto has been filed or becomes effective, or when the applicable Prospectus or any amendment or supplement to such Prospectus has been filed, (B) of any written comments by the SEC or any request by the SEC or any other Governmental Authority for amendments or supplements to such Registration Statement or such Prospectus or for additional information, (C) of the issuance by the SEC of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of such Registration Statement or any order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary or final Prospectus or the initiation or threatening of any proceedings for such purposes, (D) if, at any time, the representations and warranties of the Company in any applicable underwriting agreement cease to be true and correct in all material respects, and (E) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Registrable Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose;

 

8


(v)    promptly notify each selling Holder and the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, when the Company becomes aware of the occurrence of any event as a result of which the applicable Registration Statement or the Prospectus included in such Registration Statement (as then in effect) contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of such Prospectus and any preliminary Prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading or, if for any other reason it shall be necessary during such time period to amend or supplement such Registration Statement or Prospectus in order to comply with the Securities Act and, in either case as promptly as reasonably practicable thereafter, prepare and file with the SEC, and furnish without charge to the selling Holder and the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, an amendment or supplement to such Registration Statement or Prospectus which will correct such statement or omission or effect such compliance;

(vi)    use its reasonable best efforts to prevent or obtain the withdrawal of any stop order or other order suspending the use of any preliminary or final Prospectus;

(vii)    promptly incorporate in a Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment such information as the managing underwriters, if any, and the Holders may reasonably request to be included therein in order to permit the intended method of distribution of the Registrable Securities; and make all required filings of such Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment as soon as reasonably practicable after being notified of the matters to be incorporated in such Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment;

(viii)    furnish to each selling Holder and each underwriter, if any, without charge, as many conformed copies as such Holder or underwriter may reasonably request of the applicable Registration Statement and any amendment or post-effective amendment thereto, including financial statements and schedules, all documents incorporated therein by reference and all exhibits (including those incorporated by reference);

(ix)    deliver to each selling Holder and each underwriter, if any, without charge, as many copies of the applicable Prospectus (including each preliminary Prospectus) and any amendment or supplement thereto as such Holder or underwriter may reasonably request (it being understood that the Company consents to the use of such Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto by each selling Holder and the underwriters, if any, in connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable Securities covered by such Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto) and such other documents as such selling Holder or underwriter may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities by such Holder or underwriter;

(x)    on or prior to the date on which the applicable Registration Statement is declared effective or becomes effective, use its reasonable best efforts to register or qualify, and cooperate with each selling Holder, the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, and their respective counsel, in connection with the registration or qualification of such Registrable Securities for offer and sale under the securities or “blue sky” laws of each state and other jurisdiction of the United States as any selling Holder or managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, or their respective counsel reasonably request in writing and do any and all other acts or things reasonably necessary or advisable to keep such registration or qualification in effect for so long as such Registration Statement remains in effect and so as to permit the continuance of sales and dealings in such jurisdictions of the United States for so long as may be necessary to complete the distribution of the Registrable Securities covered by the Registration Statement; provided that the Company will not be required to qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it is not then so qualified or to take any action which would subject it to taxation or general service of process in any such jurisdiction where it is not then so subject;

(xi)    in connection with any sale of Registrable Securities that will result in such securities no longer being Registrable Securities, cooperate with each selling Holder and the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Registrable Securities to be sold and not bearing any restrictive Securities Act legends; and to register such Registrable Securities in such denominations and such names as such selling Holder or the underwriter(s), if any, may request at least two Business Days prior to such sale of Registrable Securities; provided that the Company may satisfy its obligations hereunder without issuing physical stock certificates through the use of The Depository Trust Company’s Direct Registration System;

 

9


(xii)    cooperate and assist in any filings required to be made with the FINRA and each securities exchange, if any, on which any of the Company’s securities are then listed or quoted and on each inter-dealer quotation system on which any of the Company’s securities are then quoted, and in the performance of any due diligence investigation by any underwriter (including any “qualified independent underwriter”) that is required to be retained in accordance with the rules and regulations of each such exchange, and use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Registrable Securities covered by the applicable Registration Statement to be registered with or approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary to enable the seller or sellers thereof or the underwriter or underwriters, if any, to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Securities;

(xiii)    not later than the effective date of the applicable Registration Statement, provide a CUSIP number for all Registrable Securities and provide the applicable transfer agent with printed certificates for the Registrable Securities which are in a form eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company; provided that the Company may satisfy its obligations hereunder without issuing physical stock certificates through the use of The Depository Trust Company’s Direct Registration System;

(xiv)    in the case of an Underwritten Offering, obtain for delivery to and addressed to the selling Holders and the underwriter or underwriters, an opinion from the Company’s outside counsel in customary form and content for the type of Underwritten Offering, dated the date of the closing under the underwriting agreement;

(xv)    in the case of an Underwritten Offering, obtain for delivery to and addressed to the underwriter or underwriters and, to the extent agreed by the Company’s independent certified public accountants, each selling Holder, a comfort letter from the Company’s independent certified public accountants (and the independent certified public accountants with respect to any acquired company financial statements) in customary form and content for the type of Underwritten Offering, including with comfort letters customarily delivered in connection with quarterly period financial statements if applicable, dated the date of execution of the underwriting agreement and brought down to the closing under the underwriting agreement;

(xvi)    use its reasonable best efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and make generally available to its security holders, as soon as reasonably practicable, but no later than 90 days after the end of the 12-month period beginning with the first day of the Company’s first quarter commencing after the effective date of the applicable Registration Statement, an earnings statement satisfying the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder and covering the period of at least 12 months, but not more than 18 months, beginning with the first month after the effective date of the Registration Statement;

(xvii)    provide and cause to be maintained a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities covered by the applicable Registration Statement from and after a date not later than the effective date of such Registration Statement;

(xviii)    cause all Registrable Securities covered by the applicable Registration Statement to be listed on each securities exchange on which any of the Company’s Class A Common Shares are then listed or quoted and on each inter-dealer quotation system on which any of the Company’s Class A Common Shares are then quoted, including the filing of any required supplemental listing application;

(xix)    provide (A) each Holder participating in the Registration, (B) the underwriters (which term, for purposes of this Agreement, shall include a Person deemed to be an underwriter within the meaning of Section 2(11) of the Securities Act), if any, of the Registrable Securities to be Registered, (C) the sale or placement agent therefor, if any, (D) counsel for such underwriters or agent, and (E) any attorney, accountant or other agent or representative retained by such Holder or any such underwriter, as selected by such Holder, the opportunity to participate in the preparation of such Registration

 

10


Statement, each Prospectus included therein or filed with the SEC, and each amendment or supplement thereto, and to require the insertion therein of material, furnished to the Company in writing, which in the reasonable judgment of such Holder(s) and their counsel should be included; and for a reasonable period prior to the filing of such Registration Statement, make available upon reasonable notice at reasonable times and for reasonable periods for inspection by the parties referred to in (A) through (E) above, all pertinent financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company that are available to the Company, and cause the Company’s officers, employees and the independent public accountants who have certified its financial statements to make themselves available at reasonable times and for reasonable periods, to discuss the business of the Company and to supply all information available to the Company reasonably requested by any such Person in connection with such Registration Statement as shall be necessary to enable them to exercise their due diligence responsibility, subject to the foregoing, provided that any such Person gaining access to information or personnel pursuant to this Section 2.04(a)(xix) shall agree to use reasonable efforts to protect the confidentiality of any information regarding the Company which the Company determines in good faith to be confidential, and of which determination such Person is notified, unless (x) the release of such information is required by law or regulation or is requested or required by deposition, interrogatory, requests for information or documents by a governmental entity, subpoena or similar process, (y) such information is or becomes publicly known without a breach of this Agreement, (F) such information is or becomes available to such Person on a non-confidential basis from a source other than the Company or (z) such information is independently developed by such Person;

(xx)    to cause the executive officers of the Company to participate in the customary “road show” presentations that may be reasonably requested by the managing underwriter or underwriters in any Underwritten Offering and otherwise to facilitate, cooperate with, and participate in each proposed offering contemplated herein and customary selling efforts related thereto; and

(xxi)    take all other customary steps reasonably necessary to effect the Registration, offering and sale of the Registrable Securities.

(b)    As a condition precedent to any Registration hereunder, the Company may require each Holder as to which any Registration is being effected to furnish to the Company such information regarding the distribution of such securities and such other information relating to such Holder, its ownership of Registrable Securities and other matters as the Company may from time to time reasonably request in writing. Each such Holder agrees to furnish such information to the Company and to cooperate with the Company as reasonably necessary to enable the Company to comply with the provisions of this Agreement.

(c)    Each Holder agrees that, upon receipt of any written notice from the Company of the occurrence of any event of the kind described in Section 2.04(a)(v), such Holder will forthwith discontinue disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to such Registration Statement until such Holder’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 2.04(a)(v), or until such Holder is advised in writing by the Company that the use of the Prospectus may be resumed, and if so directed by the Company, such Holder will deliver to the Company (at the Company’s expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies then in such Holder’s possession, of the Prospectus covering such Registrable Securities current at the time of receipt of such notice. In the event the Company shall give any such notice, the period during which the applicable Registration Statement for a Demand Registration is required to be maintained effective shall be extended by the number of days during the period from and including the date of the giving of such notice to and including the date when each seller of Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement either receives the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 2.04(a)(v) or is advised in writing by the Company that the use of the Prospectus may be resumed.

Section 2.05.     Holdback Agreements . Each of the Company and the Holders agrees, upon notice from the managing underwriter or underwriters in connection with any Registration for an Underwritten Offering of the Company’s securities (other than pursuant to a registration statement on Form F-4 or any similar or successor form or pursuant to a registration solely relating to an offering and sale to employees or directors of the Company pursuant to any employee stock plan or other employee benefit plan arrangement), not to

 

11


effect (other than pursuant to such Registration) any public sale or distribution of Registrable Securities, including, but not limited to, any sale pursuant to Rule 144, or make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of, any Registrable Securities, any other equity securities of the Company or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any equity securities of the Company without the prior written consent of the managing underwriters during such period as reasonably requested by the managing underwriters (but in no event longer than the seven days before and the 180 days after the pricing of such Underwritten Offering); and subject to reasonable and customary exceptions to be agreed with such managing underwriter or underwriters. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no holdback agreements of the type contemplated by this Section 2.05 shall be required of Holders unless each of the Company’s directors and executive officers agrees to be bound by a substantially identical holdback agreement for at least the same period of time.

Section 2.06.     Underwriting Agreement in Underwritten Offerings . If requested by the managing underwriters for any Underwritten Offering, the Company and the participating Holders shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with such underwriters for such offering; provided , however , that no Holder shall be required to make any representations or warranties to the Company or the underwriters (other than representations and warranties regarding (i) such Holder’s ownership of Registrable Securities to be transferred free and clear of all liens, claims and encumbrances created by such Holder, (ii) such Holder’s power and authority to effect such transfer, (iii) such matters pertaining to such Holder’s compliance with securities laws as reasonably may be requested and (iv) such Holder’s intended method of distribution) or to undertake any indemnification obligations to the Company with respect thereto, except as otherwise provided in Section 2.08 hereof.

Section 2.07.     Registration Expenses Paid By Company . In the case of any Registration of Registrable Securities required pursuant to this Agreement (including any Registration that is delayed or withdrawn) or proposed Underwritten Offering pursuant to this Agreement, the Company shall pay all Registration Expenses regardless of whether the Registration Statement becomes effective or the Underwritten Offering is completed. The Company shall have no obligation to pay any Selling Expenses for Registrable Securities offered by any Holders.

Section 2.08.     Indemnification.

(a)     Indemnification by the Company . The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by law, each Holder and such Holder’s officers, directors, employees, advisors, Affiliates and agents and each Person who controls (within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act) such Holder from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities (or actions in respect thereof, whether or not such indemnified party is a party thereto) and expenses, joint or several (including reasonable costs of investigation and legal expenses) (each, a “ Loss ” and collectively “ Losses ”) arising out of or based upon (i) any untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement under which the sale of such Registrable Securities was Registered under the Securities Act (including any final or preliminary Prospectus contained therein or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or any documents incorporated by reference therein), or any such statement made in any free writing prospectus (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) that the Company has filed or is required to file pursuant to Rule 433(d) of the Securities Act, or (ii) any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of a Prospectus, preliminary Prospectus or free writing prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading; provided , however , that the Company shall not be liable to any particular indemnified party in any such case to the extent that any such Loss arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in any such Registration Statement in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such indemnified party expressly for use in the preparation thereof. This indemnity shall be in addition to any liability the Company may otherwise have. Such indemnity shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of such Holder or any indemnified party and shall survive the transfer of such securities by such Holder.

 

12


(b)     Indemnification by the Selling Holder . Each selling Holder agrees (severally and not jointly) to indemnify and hold harmless, to the full extent permitted by law, the Company and the Company’s directors, officers, employees, advisors, Affiliates and agents and each Person who controls the Company (within the meaning of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act) from and against any Losses arising out of or based upon (i) any untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement under which the sale of such Registrable Securities was Registered under the Securities Act (including any final or preliminary Prospectus contained therein or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or any documents incorporated by reference therein), or any such statement made in any free writing prospectus that the Company has filed or is required to file pursuant to Rule 433(d) of the Securities Act, or (ii) any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of a Prospectus, preliminary Prospectus or free writing prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading but only to the extent, in each of cases (i) or (ii), that such untrue statement or omission is contained in any information furnished in writing by such selling Holder to the Company expressly for inclusion in such Registration Statement, Prospectus, preliminary Prospectus or free writing prospectus. In no event shall the liability of any selling Holder hereunder be greater in amount than the dollar amount of the net proceeds received by such Holder under the sale of the Registrable Securities giving rise to such indemnification obligation. This indemnity shall be in addition to any liability the selling Holder may otherwise have. Such indemnity shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the Company or any indemnified party.

(c)     Conduct of Indemnification Proceedings . Any Person entitled to indemnification hereunder will (i) give prompt written notice to the indemnifying party of any claim with respect to which it seeks indemnification ( provided that any delay or failure to so notify the indemnifying party shall relieve the indemnifying party of its obligations hereunder to the extent that it is materially prejudiced by reason of such delay or failure) and (ii) permit such indemnifying party to assume the defense of such claim with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party; provided , however , that any Person entitled to indemnification hereunder shall have the right to select and employ separate counsel and to participate in the defense of such claim, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Person unless (a) the indemnifying party has agreed in writing to pay such fees or expenses, (b) the indemnifying party shall have failed to assume the defense of such claim within a reasonable time after receipt of notice of such claim from the Person entitled to indemnification hereunder, (c) the named parties to any proceeding include both such indemnified and the indemnifying party and the indemnified party has reasonably concluded (based on written advice of counsel) that there may be legal defenses available to it or other indemnified parties that are different from or in addition to those available to the indemnifying party, or (d) in the reasonable judgment of any such Person, based upon written advice of its counsel, a conflict of interest may exist between such Person and the indemnifying party with respect to such claims (in which case, if the Person notifies the indemnifying party in writing that such Person elects to employ separate counsel at the expense of the indemnifying party, the indemnifying party shall not have the right to assume the defense of such claim on behalf of such Person). If such defense is not assumed by the indemnifying party, the indemnifying party will not be subject to any liability for any settlement made without its consent, but such consent may not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. If the indemnifying party assumes the defense, the indemnifying party shall not have the right to settle such action without the consent of the indemnified party, which consent may not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. No indemnifying party shall consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement without the consent of the indemnified party which does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such indemnified party of an unconditional release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation. It is understood that the indemnifying party or parties shall not, in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any appropriate local counsel) at any one time from all such indemnified party or parties unless (x) the employment of more than one counsel has been authorized in writing by the indemnifying party or parties, (y) an indemnified party has reasonably concluded (based on written advice of counsel) that there may be legal defenses available to it that are different from or in addition to those available to the other indemnified parties or (z) a conflict or potential conflict exists or in the reasonable judgment of such indemnified party may exist (based on advice of counsel to an indemnified party) between such indemnified party or parties and the other indemnified parties, in each of which cases the indemnifying party shall be obligated to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such additional counsel.

 

13


(d)     Contribution . If for any reason the indemnification provided for in Section 2.08(a) or Section 2.08(b) is unavailable to an indemnified party or insufficient to hold it harmless as contemplated by Section 2.08(a) or Section 2.08(b), then the indemnifying party shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party thereunder, contribute to the amount paid or payable by the indemnified party as a result of such Loss in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and the indemnified party on the other hand in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such Loss as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such untrue statement or omission. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 2.08(d) to the contrary, no indemnifying party (other than the Company) shall be required pursuant to this Section 2.08(d) to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the net proceeds received by such indemnifying party from the sale of Registrable Securities in the offering to which the Losses of the indemnified parties relate (before deducting expenses, if any) exceeds the amount of any damages which such indemnifying party has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue statement or omission. The parties hereto agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 2.08(d) were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in this Section 2.08(d). No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party hereunder shall be deemed to include, for purposes of this Section 2.08(d), any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating, preparing to defend or defending against or appearing as a third party witness in respect of, or otherwise incurred in connection with, any such loss, claim, damage, expense, liability, action, investigation or proceeding. If indemnification is available under this Section 2.08, the indemnifying parties shall indemnify each indemnified party to the full extent provided in Section 2.08(a) and Section 2.08(b) hereof without regard to the relative fault of said indemnifying parties or indemnified party.

Section 2.09.     Reporting Requirements; Rule 144 . Following the IPO, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to be and remain in compliance with the periodic filing requirements imposed under the SEC’s rules and regulations, including the Exchange Act, and thereafter shall timely file such information, documents and reports as the SEC may require or prescribe under Section 13 or 15(d) (whichever is applicable) of the Exchange Act. If the Company is not required to file such reports during such period, it will, upon the request of any Holder, make publicly available such necessary information for so long as necessary to permit sales pursuant to Rule 144 or Regulation S under the Securities Act, and it will take such further action as any Holder may reasonably request, all to the extent required from time to time to enable such Holder to sell Registrable Securities without Registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by (a) Rule 144 or Regulation S under the Securities Act, as such Rules may be amended from time to time, or (b) any rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the SEC. From and after the date hereof through the date upon which no Holder owns any Registrable Securities or Class B Common Shares convertible into Registrable Securities, the Company shall forthwith upon request furnish any Holder (i) a written statement by the Company as to whether it has complied with such requirements and, if not, the specifics thereof, (ii) a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company, and (iii) such other reports and documents filed by the Company with the SEC as such Holder may reasonably request in availing itself of an exemption for the sale of Registrable Securities without registration under the Securities Act.

Section 2.10.     Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights . The Company agrees that it shall not enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company (i) that would allow such holder or prospective holder to include such securities in any Demand Registration or Piggyback Registration unless, under the terms of such agreement, such holder or prospective holder may

 

14


include such securities in any such registration only to the extent that their inclusion would not reduce the amount of the Registrable Securities of the Holders included therein or (ii) on terms otherwise more favorable than this Agreement.

ARTICLE 3

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 3.01.     Term . This Agreement shall terminate at such time as there are no Registrable Securities or Class B Common Shares convertible into Registrable Securities, except for the provisions of Section 2.07 and Section 2.08 and all of this Article 3, which shall survive any such termination.

Section 3.02.     Notices . All notices or other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to be duly given when (a) delivered in person or (b) deposited in the United States mail or private express mail, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

If to a Founding Shareholder, to its address as set forth below:

Cakubran Holdings Ltd.

André Street

[●]

Attention: [●]

HR Holdings, LLC

André Street

[●]

Attention: [●]

VCK Investment Fund Limited

André Street

[●]

Attention: [●]

If to an Institutional Shareholder, to its address as set forth below:

Madrone Partners L.P.

[●]

[●]

Attention: [●]

If to a Management Shareholder to:

c/o StoneCo Ltd.

R. Fidêncio Ramos, 308, 10th floor

Vila Olímpia, São Paulo, SP, Brazil

04551-010

Attention: Legal Department

If to the Company to:

StoneCo Ltd.

R. Fidêncio Ramos, 308, 10th floor

Vila Olímpia, São Paulo, SP, Brazil

04551-010

Attention: Chief Executive Officer and Legal Department

 

15


with a copy to:

Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP

450 Lexington Avenue

New York, NY 10017

Attention: Byron B. Rooney

Any party may, by notice to the other party, change the address to which such notices are to be given.

Section 3.03.     Successors, Assigns and Transferees . This Agreement and all provisions hereof shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns. The Company may assign this Agreement at any time in connection with a sale or acquisition of the Company, whether by merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, or similar transaction, without the consent of the Holders; provided that the successor or acquiring Person agrees in writing to assume all of the Company’s rights and obligations under this Agreement. A Founding Shareholder may assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement to any transferee that (i) is an Affiliate and (ii) acquires from such Founding Shareholder in a private placement a number of Class A Common Shares or Class B Common Shares equal to at least 5% of the aggregate number of outstanding Class A Common Shares and Class B Common Shares and executes an agreement to be bound hereby in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A , an executed counterpart of which shall be furnished to the Company. An Institutional Shareholder may assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement to any transferee that is an Affiliate and executes an agreement to be bound hereby in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A , an executed counterpart of which shall be furnished to the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in each case, if such transfer is subject to covenants, agreements or other undertakings restricting transferability thereof, the Registration Rights shall not be transferred in connection with such transfer unless such transferee complies with all such covenants, agreements and other undertakings. Except as set forth in this Section 3.03, the Holders may not assign their rights and obligations hereunder.

Section 3.04.     GOVERNING LAW; NO JURY TRIAL .

(a)    This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to the conflict of laws principles thereof that would result in the application of any law other than the laws of the State of New York. EACH OF THE PARTIES HEREBY WAIVES TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY WITH RESPECT TO ANY COURT PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF AND PERMITTED UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT. EACH OF THE PARTIES HEREBY (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF THE OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT HAS BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT, AS APPLICABLE.

(b)    With respect to any Action relating to or arising out of this Agreement, each party to this Agreement irrevocably (i) consents and submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York and any court of the United States located in the Borough of Manhattan in New York City; (ii) waives any objection which such party may have at any time to the laying of venue of any Action brought in any such court, waives any claim that such Action has been brought in an inconvenient forum and further waives the right to object, with respect to such Action, that such court does not have jurisdiction over such party; and (iii) consents to the service of process at the address set forth for notices in Section 3.02 herein; provided , however , that such manner of service of process shall not preclude the service of process in any other manner permitted under applicable law.

 

16


Section 3.05.     Specific Performance . In the event of any actual or threatened default in, or breach of, any of the terms, conditions and provisions of this Agreement, the party or parties who are or are to be thereby aggrieved shall have the right to seek specific performance and injunctive or other equitable relief of its rights under this Agreement, in addition to any and all other rights and remedies at law or in equity, and all such rights and remedies shall be cumulative.

Section 3.06.     Headings . The article, section and paragraph headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

Section 3.07.     Severability . If any provision of this Agreement or the application thereof to any Person or circumstance is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remaining provisions hereof or the application of such provision to Persons or circumstances or in jurisdictions other than those as to which it has been held invalid or unenforceable, shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated thereby, so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner adverse to any party. Upon such determination, the parties shall negotiate in good faith in an effort to agree upon such a suitable and equitable provision to effect the original intent of the parties.

Section 3.08.     Amendment; Waiver .

(a)    This Agreement may not be amended or modified and waivers and consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given, except by an instrument or instruments in writing making specific reference to this Agreement and signed by the Company and Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities as of such time, for purposes of which calculation Registrable Securities shall be deemed to include Class B Common Shares convertible into Registrable Securities; provided , however , that any amendment, modification or waiver that results in a non- pro rata material adverse effect on the rights of a Holder under this Agreement will require the written consent of such Holder.

(b)    Waiver by any party of any default by the other party of any provision of this Agreement shall not be deemed a waiver by the waiving party of any subsequent or other default, nor shall it prejudice the rights of the other party.

Section 3.09.     Further Assurances . Each of the parties hereto shall execute and deliver all additional documents, agreements and instruments and shall do any and all acts and things reasonably requested by the other party hereto in connection with the performance of its obligations undertaken in this Agreement.

Section 3.10.     Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement, and shall become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each of the parties and delivered to the other party. Execution of this Agreement or any other documents pursuant to this Agreement by facsimile or other electronic copy of a signature shall be deemed to be, and shall have the same effect as, executed by an original signature.

[ The remainder of page intentionally left blank. Signature page follows. ]

 

17


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first written above.

 

StoneCo Ltd.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

Cakubran Holdings Ltd.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

HR Holdings, LLC
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

VCK Investment Fund Limited SAC
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

Madrone Partners L.P.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

[ Signature page to the Registration Rights Agreement ]


MANAGEMENT SHAREHOLDERS:

 

[●]

 

[●]

 

[●]

 

[●]

 

[●]

 

[●]

 

[●]

 

[●]

[ Signature page to the Registration Rights Agreement ]


SCHEDULE 1

 

  1.

[ ]

 

  2.

[ ]

 

  3.

[ ]

 

  4.

[ ]

 

  5.

[ ]

 

  6.

[ ]

 

  7.

[ ]

 

  8.

[ ]


EXHIBIT A

THIS INSTRUMENT forms part of the Registration Rights Agreement (the “ Agreement ”), dated as of             , 2018, by and among StoneCo Ltd., an exempted company formed under the laws of the Cayman Islands, Cakubran Holdings Ltd., HR Holdings, LLC and VCK Investment Fund Limited SAC (the “ Founding Shareholders ”), Madrone Partners L.P. (the “ Institutional Shareholder ”) and the Persons listed on Schedule 1 thereto. The undersigned hereby acknowledges having received a copy of the Agreement and having read the Agreement in its entirety, and for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, hereby agrees that the terms and conditions of the Agreement binding upon and inuring to the benefit of [ insert name of Founding Shareholder [or Institutional Shareholder] from which Class  A Common Shares or Class  B Common Shares were acquired ] shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the undersigned and its successors and permitted assigns as if it were such [Founding Shareholder][Institutional Shareholder] as an original party to the Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this instrument on this day of             , 20    .

 

By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

Exhibit 14.1

StoneCo Ltd.

( together with its subsidiaries, the “Company”)

Code of Ethics

Adopted October 15, 2018

Introduction

This Code of Ethics (the “ Code ”) has been adopted by our Board of Directors and summarizes the standards that must guide our actions. Although they cover a wide range of business practices and procedures, these standards cannot and do not cover every issue that may arise or every situation in which ethical decisions must be made, but rather set forth key guiding principles that represent Company policies and establish conditions for employment at the Company and its subsidiaries.

We must strive to foster a culture of honesty and accountability. Our commitment to the highest level of ethical conduct should be reflected in all of the Company’s business activities, including, but not limited to, relationships with employees, customers, suppliers, competitors, the government, the public and our shareholders. All of our employees, officers and directors must conduct themselves according to the language and spirit of this Code and seek to avoid even the appearance of improper behavior. Even well-intentioned actions that violate the law or this Code may result in negative consequences for the Company and for the individuals involved.

One of our Company’s most valuable assets is our reputation for integrity, professionalism and fairness. We should all recognize that our actions are the foundation of our reputation and adhering to this Code and applicable law is imperative.

Conflicts of Interest

Our employees, officers and directors have an obligation to conduct themselves in an honest and ethical manner and to act in the best interest of the Company. All employees, officers and directors should endeavor to avoid situations that present a potential or actual conflict between their interest and the interest of the Company.

A “conflict of interest” occurs when a person’s private interest interferes in any way, or even appears to interfere, with the interests of the Company as a whole, including those of its subsidiaries and affiliates. A conflict of interest can arise when an employee, officer or director takes an action or has an interest that may make it difficult for him or her to perform his or her work objectively and effectively. Conflicts of interest may also arise when an employee, officer or director (or a member of his or her family) receives improper personal benefits as a result of the employee’s, officer’s or director’s position in the Company.

Although it would not be possible to describe every situation in which a conflict of interest may arise, the following are examples of situations that may constitute a conflict of interest:

 

   

Working, in any capacity, for a competitor, customer or supplier while employed by the Company.


   

Accepting gifts of more than modest value or receiving personal discounts (if such discounts are not generally offered to the public) or other benefits as a result of your position in the Company from a competitor, customer or supplier.

 

   

Competing with the Company for the purchase or sale of property, products, services or other interests.

 

   

Having an interest in a transaction involving the Company, a competitor, customer or supplier (other than as an employee, officer or director of the Company and not including routine investments in publicly traded companies).

 

   

Receiving a loan or guarantee of an obligation as a result of your position with the Company.

 

   

Directing business to a supplier owned or managed by, or which employs, a relative or friend.

Situations involving a conflict of interest may not always be obvious or easy to resolve. You should report actions that may involve a conflict of interest to the Legal Department..

In the event that an actual or apparent conflict of interest arises between the personal and professional relationship or activities of an employee, officer or director, the employee, officer or director involved is required to handle such conflict of interest in an ethical manner in accordance with the provisions of this Code.

Quality of Public Disclosures

The Company has a responsibility to communicate effectively with shareholders so that they are provided with full and accurate information, in all material respects, about the Company’s financial condition and results of operations. Our reports and documents filed with or submitted to the United States Securities and Exchange Commission and our other public communications shall include full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosure, and the Company may establish a Disclosure Committee consisting of senior management to assist in monitoring such disclosures.

Compliance with Laws, Rules and Regulations

We are strongly committed to conducting our business affairs with honesty and integrity and in full compliance with all applicable laws, rules and regulations. No employee, officer or director of the Company shall commit an illegal or unethical act, or instruct others to do so, for any reason.

Compliance with This Code and Reporting of Any Illegal or Unethical Behavior

All employees, directors and officers are expected to comply with all of the provisions of this Code. The Code will be strictly enforced and violations will be dealt with immediately, including by subjecting persons who violate its provisions to corrective and/or disciplinary action such as dismissal or removal from office. Violations of the Code that involve illegal behavior will be reported to the appropriate authorities.

 

2


Situations which may involve a violation of ethics, laws, rules, regulations or this Code may not always be clear and may require the exercise of judgment or the making of difficult decisions. Employees, officers and directors should promptly report any concerns about a violation of ethics, laws, rules, regulations or this Code to their supervisors/managers or the Legal Department or, in the case of accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing matters, the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors.

Any concerns about a violation of ethics, laws, rules, regulations or this Code by any senior executive officer or director should be reported promptly to the President and the President shall notify the Board of Directors. Any such concerns involving the President should be reported to the Board of Directors. Reporting of such violations may also be done anonymously through different channels made available by the Company or contracted third-parties. An anonymous report should provide enough information about the incident or situation to allow the Company to investigate properly. If concerns or complaints require confidentiality, including keeping an identity anonymous, the Company will endeavor to protect this confidentiality, subject to applicable laws, regulations or legal proceedings.

The Company encourages all employees, officers and directors to report any suspected violations promptly and intends to thoroughly investigate any good faith reports of violations. The Company will not tolerate any kind of retaliation for reports or complaints regarding misconduct that were made in good faith. Open communication of issues and concerns by all employees, officers and directors without fear of retribution or retaliation is vital to the successful implementation of this Code. All employees, officers and directors are required to cooperate in any internal investigations of misconduct and unethical behavior.

The Company recognizes the need for this Code to be applied equally to everyone it covers. The Legal Department, together with HR Department of the Company will have primary authority and responsibility for the enforcement of this Code, subject to the supervision of the President and the Board of Directors, or, in the case of accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing matters, the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors, and the Company will devote the necessary resources to enable the Legal Department and HR Department to establish such procedures as may be reasonably necessary to create a culture of accountability and facilitate compliance with this Code. Questions concerning this Code should be directed to the Legal Department.

The provisions of this section are qualified in their entirety by reference to the following section.

Reporting Violations to a Governmental Agency

You have the right under U.S. federal law and under the Whistleblower Protection Law, 2015 (as may be amended or revised) of the Cayman Islands (as long as it is a protected disclosure, which means it is in the public interest, and is not protected by legal professional privilege), to certain protections for cooperating with or reporting legal violations to governmental agencies or entities and self-regulatory organizations. As such, nothing in this Code is intended to prohibit you from disclosing or reporting violations to, or from cooperating with, a governmental agency or entity or self-regulatory organization, and you may do so without notifying the Company. The Company may not retaliate against you for any of these activities, and nothing in this Code or otherwise requires you to waive any monetary award or other payment that you might become entitled to from a governmental agency or entity, or self-regulatory organization.

 

3


Protection of Confidential Proprietary Information

Confidential proprietary information generated by and gathered in our business is a valuable Company asset. Protecting this information plays a vital role in our continued growth and ability to compete, and all proprietary information should be maintained in strict confidence, except when disclosure is authorized by the Company or required by law.

Proprietary information includes all non-public information that might be useful to competitors or that could be harmful to the Company, its customers or its suppliers if disclosed. Intellectual property such as trade secrets, patents, trademarks and copyrights, as well as business, research and new product plans, objectives and strategies, records, databases, salary and benefits data, employee medical information, customer, employee and suppliers lists and any unpublished financial or pricing information must also be protected.

Unauthorized use or distribution of proprietary information violates Company policy and could be illegal. Such use or distribution could result in negative consequences for both the Company and the individuals involved, including potential legal and disciplinary actions. We respect the property rights of other companies and their proprietary information and require our employees, officers and directors to observe such rights.

Your obligation to protect the Company’s proprietary and confidential information continues even after you leave the Company, and you must return all proprietary information in your possession upon leaving the Company.

The provisions of this section are qualified in their entirety by the section entitled “Reporting Violations to Governmental Agencies” above.

Protection and Proper Use of Company Assets

Protecting Company assets against loss, theft or other misuse is the responsibility of every employee, officer and director. Loss, theft and misuse of Company assets directly impact our profitability. Any suspected loss, misuse or theft should be reported to a senior manager/supervisor or the Legal Department immediately.

The sole purpose of the Company’s equipment, vehicles, supplies and electronic resources (including hardware, software and the data thereon) is the conduct of our business. They may only be used for Company business consistent with Company guidelines.

Social Media

While business should only be conducted through approved channels, we understand that social media is used as a source of information and as a form of communicating with friends, family and workplace contacts.

When you are using social media and identify yourself as a Company employee, officer or director or mention the Company incidentally, for instance on a Facebook page or professional networking site, please remember the following:

 

   

Never disclose confidential information about the Company or its business, customers or suppliers.

 

   

Make clear that any views expressed are your own and not those of the Company.

 

   

Be respectful of your colleagues and all persons associated with the Company, including customers and suppliers.

 

4


Equal Opportunity, Non-Discrimination and Fair Employment

The Company’s policies for recruitment, advancement and retention of employees forbid discrimination on the basis of any criteria prohibited by law, including but not limited to race, sex and age. Our policies are designed to ensure that employees are treated, and treat each other, fairly and with respect and dignity. In keeping with this objective, conduct involving discrimination or harassment of others will not be tolerated. All employees, officers and directors are required to comply with the Company’s policy on equal opportunity, non-discrimination and fair employment.

Compliance with Antitrust Laws

The antitrust laws prohibit agreements among competitors on such matters as prices, terms of sale to customers and the allocation of markets or customers. Antitrust laws can be complex, and violations may subject the Company and its employees to criminal sanctions, including fines, jail time and civil liability. If you have any questions about our antitrust compliance policies, consult the Compliance Department.

Environment, Health and Safety

We are committed to conducting our business in compliance with all applicable environmental and workplace health and safety laws and regulations. We strive to provide a safe and healthy work environment for our employees and to avoid adverse impact and injury to the environment and the communities in which we conduct our business. Achieving this goal is the responsibility of all officers, directors and employees.

Dealings with the Community

We are committed to being a responsible member of, and recognize the mutual benefits of engaging and building relationships with, the communities in which we operate. Wherever the Company operates, we strive to make a positive and meaningful contribution to the surrounding community and to ensure the distribution of a fair share of benefits to all stakeholders impacted by its activities, including the surrounding community. We strongly encourage our employees to play a positive role in the community.

Doing Business with Others

We strive to promote the application of the standards of this Code by those with whom we do business. Our policies, therefore, prohibit the engaging of a third party to perform any act prohibited by law or by this Code, and we shall avoid doing business with others who intentionally and continually violate the law or the standards of this Code.

Accuracy of Company Financial Records

We maintain the highest standards in all matters relating to accounting, financial controls, internal reporting and taxation. All financial books, records and accounts must accurately reflect transactions and events and conform both to required accounting principles and to the Company’s system of internal controls. Records shall not be distorted in any way to hide, disguise or alter the Company’s true financial position.

Anti-Money Laundering

We are committed to preserving our reputation in the financial community by assisting in efforts to combat money laundering and terrorist financing. Money laundering is the practice of disguising the ownership or source of illegally obtained funds through a series of transactions to “clean” the funds so they appear to be proceeds from legal activities.

 

5


We have adopted measures to reduce the extent to which the Company’s facilities, products and services can be used for a purpose connected with market abuse or financial crimes. Additionally, where necessary, we screen customers, potential customers and suppliers to ensure that our products and services cannot be used to facilitate money laundering or terrorist activity. If you have any questions about our internal anti-money laundering process and procedure, consult the Compliance Department.

Professional Networking

Online networking on professional or industry sites, such as LinkedIn, has become an important and effective way for colleagues to stay in touch and exchange information. Employees, officers and directors should use good judgment when posting information about themselves or the Company on any of these services.

What you post about the Company or yourself will reflect on all of us. When using professional networking sites, you should observe the same standards of professionalism and integrity described in our code and follow the social media guidelines outlined above.

Drug-Free, Violence-Free Workplace

The use of alcohol and drugs can impair your ability to work effectively and productively. Except at approved Company functions, or with appropriate authorization, you may not drink alcohol on Company premises.

You are prohibited from working while your performance is impaired by alcohol or any other drug whether legal or illegal. Additionally, you may not possess any non-pharmaceutical drugs on Company premises or at work-related functions.

We strictly prohibit acts of hostility, intimidation or violence towards others in the workplace and in places where our business is being conducted. You may not bring firearms, explosives or any other weapons onto Company premises, or to any work-related setting, regardless of whether you are licensed to carry such weapons.

Government Inquiries

The Company cooperates with government agencies and authorities. Forward all requests for information to the Legal Department immediately to ensure that we respond appropriately.

All information provided must be truthful and accurate. Never mislead any investigator. Do not ever alter or destroy documents or records subject to an investigation.

Waivers and Amendments

Any waiver (including any implicit waiver) of the provisions in this Code for executive officers or directors will be disclosed to the Company’s shareholders in the Company’s annual report on Form 20-F. Any waiver of this Code for other employees may only be granted by the President. Amendments to this Code will also be disclosed in the Company’s annual report on Form 20-F.

Review

The Board of Directors shall review this Code annually and make changes as appropriate.

 

6


Distribution

For enforcement purposes of this Code of Ethics, the Legal Department, together with the HR Department, may distribute this Code to employees, officers and directors of the Company and its subsidiaries, in a simpler and adapted language, including applicable translations of its terms, in order to facilitate understanding of persons impacted by this Code, provided that no material changes in the terms of this Code Ethics shall result from this distribution.

 

7

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our report dated July 24, 2018 (except Note 32.b, as to which the date is October 14, 2018), in the Registration Statement (Form F-1) and related Prospectus of DLP Payments Holdings Ltd. for the registration of its Class A common shares.

/s/ ERNST & YOUNG

Auditores Independentes S.S.

São Paulo, Brazil

October 16, 2018